uddānam mahāsaṃmataḥ siṃhahanuḥ suprabuddhas tathaivaca / (SBV I 2) tuṣitās ca dohado jātiḥ chando 'sito 'py atha pātrī //

yaśodharā haṃsaś cāpy atha kalyāṇī gopikā / nirdeśanaṃ jambū ca mṛgajā saptamaḥ kulo bhārgavaḥ / rājagṛhaṃ tapasaś ca ārāḍo duṣkaraṃ nandā / (SBV I 3)

Lineage of kings

arciṣmantaḥ potalake ekaśatam arindamaḥ ayodhyāyāṃ catuṣpaṃcāśad ajitaṃjayo vārāṇasyāṃ triṣaṣṭiḥ duṣprasaho kimpilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ brahmadattaḥ hastināpure dvātriṃśad hastidattaḥ takṣaśīlāyāṃ paṃcasahasrāṇi kālīśo urasāyāṃ dvātriṃśan nagnajid ajitaṃjaye dvātriṃśaj jayadatto kanyākubjāyāṃ dvādaśa jayasena caṃpāyām aṣṭādaśa nāgadeva tālipye paṃcaviṃśatiḥ naradevaḥ tāmaliptyāṃ dvādaśa sāgaradevaḥ dantapuryām aṣṭādaśa sumatiḥ rājagṛhe paṃcaviṃśatiḥ tamonud vārāṇasyām ekaśataṃ mahendrasenaḥ kuśāvatyāṃ caturaśītiḥ samudrasenaḥ potalake sahasraṃ tapaṃcaraḥ kusāvatyāṃ caturaśītiḥ mahīmukho vārāṇāsyāṃ śatasahasraṃ mahīpatir ayodhyāyāṃ śatasahasraṃ mahīdharo mithilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ mahādevo (A 350b) punar api mithilāyāṃ caturaśītiḥ (SBV I 4) mahādevo nimiḥ ... peyālam ... dṛḍharathaḥ sāṃkāśye saptasaptatiḥ ambarīśo nāgasaṃpālo vārāṇasyām ekaśataṃ kṛkiḥ sujātaḥ potalake ekaśataṃ karṇa ikṣvākuḥ potalake ekaśataṃ virūḍhaka ikṣvākvādir gopūrakaḥ kapilavastuni paṃcapaṃcāśatsahasrāṇi daśarathaḥ ... peyālam ... siṃhahanuḥ siṃhahanoś catvāraḥ caturbhyaḥ dvikayuktiḥ (SBV I 5)

Bhikṣus desire to know the origin of the Śākyas

buddho bhagavān kapilavastuni viharati nyagrodhārāme / atha saṃbahulānāṃ kāpilavāstavānāṃ śākyānāṃ saṃsthāgāre saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃ rūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudāhāraḥ / kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇakulavaṃśaś ca / sacet kaścid asmākam upasaṃkramyaivaṃ pṛcchet: kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / evaṃ pṛṣṭā vayaṃ kiṃ vyākuryāmaḥ / na ca punar jānīmaḥ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / ete vayaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāmāmaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ, yathā cāsmākaṃ bhagavān vyākaroti tathainaṃ dhārayiṣyāmaḥ iti / atha saṃbahulāḥ kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ / ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ saṃbahulāḥ kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyā bhagavantam idam avocan / ihāsmākaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulānāṃ kāpilavāstavānāṃ śākyānāṃ saṃsthāgāre saṃniṣaṇṇānāṃ saṃnipatitānām ayam evaṃrūpo 'bhūd antarākathāsamudhāhāraḥ / kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśaḥ / sacet kaścid asmākam (SBV I 6) upasaṃkramyaivaṃ pṛcchet kuto nirjātā bhavantaḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / evaṃ pṛṣṭā vayaṃ kiṃ vyākuryāmaḥ / na ca punar jānīmaḥ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca teṣāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / ete vayaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkramāmaḥ / upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ, yathā cāsmākaṃ bhagavān vyākariṣyati tathainaṃ dhārayiṣyāmaḥ iti / te vayam etam evārthaṃ paripṛcchāmaḥ: kuto bhagavan nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / atha bhagavata etad abhavat / saced ahaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kuryāṃ sthānam etad vidyate: yad anyatīrthikaparivrājakā evaṃ vadeyuḥ ātmaślāghī śramaṇo gautamo yad icchati tad vyākarotīti / atha ko nu mama śrāvakaḥ (A 351a) pratibalaḥ syād yaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kuryāt; tena khalu samayenāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasyām eva pariṣadi saṃniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt saṃnipatitaḥ

The Buddha asks Maudgalyāyana to narrate

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: pratibhātu te maudgalyāyana śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kartum / pṛṣṭhaṃ me āvilāyate / tat tāvad āyāmayiṣyāmīti / adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena / atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā gaṇapuṭāṃ saṃghāṭīṃ śirasy upanidhāya dakṣiṇapārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī smṛtaḥ saṃprajānann utthānasaṃjñām eva manasikurvāṇaḥ / athāyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasyaitad abhavat / yanv ahaṃ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyeyaṃ (SBV I 7) yathā samāhite citte śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokayeyaṃ kuto nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ kimagraṇyāḥ kimanvayāḥ kaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśa iti / athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokayati / adrākṣīd āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam avalokya yato nirjātāḥ śākyāḥ yadagraṇyāḥ yadanvayāḥ yaś ca śākyānāṃ paurāṇaḥ kulavaṃśaḥ / dṛṣṭvā ca punas tasmāt samādher vyutthāya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ / niṣadyāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyānaḥ kapilavāstavāṃś chākyān āmantrayate

Maudgalyāyana narrates.

The beings in the region of the Ābhāsvara Devas

bhavati gautamā sa samayo yad ayaṃ lokaḥ saṃvartate; saṃvartamāne loke yadbhūyasā satvā ābhāsvare devanikāye upapadyante; te tatra bhavanti rūpiṇo manomayāḥ avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tena khalu samayeneyaṃ mahāpṛthivī ekodakā bhavaty ekārṇavā / yaḥ khalu <ekodakāyā> mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati santanoti tadyathā payasaḥ pakvasya śītībhūtasya upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrchati santanoti / evam ekodakāyā mahāpṛthivyā ekārṇavāyā upari vāyunā saraḥ saṃgacchati saṃmūrcchati santanoti / sa bhavati pṛthivīraso varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā navanītam; evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / bhavati gautamā sa samayo yad ayaṃ loko vivartate; vivartamāne loke tata eke satvā āyuḥkṣayāt karmakṣayāt puṇyakṣayād ābhāsvarād (A 351b) (SBV I 8) devanikāyāc cyutvā ittham āgacchanti mānuṣyāṇāṃ sabhāgatāyām / te iha bhavanti rūpiṇo manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tena khalu samayena na sūryācandramasor loke prādurbhāvo bhavati; na nakṣatrāṇāṃ; na kṣaṇalavamuhūrtānāṃ; na rātrindivasānāṃ; na māsārdhamāsaritusaṃvatsarāṇāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / na strī prajñāyate na puruṣo nānyatra satvaḥ satva iti saṃkhyā gacchati /

The tasting of the pṛthivīrasa

athānyatamo lolupajātīyaḥ satvaḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayati / yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate; yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuṅkte / adrākṣur anye 'pi satvā taṃ satvaṃ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇāsvādayamānaṃ yathā yathāsvādayati tathā tathā rocayate; yathā yathā rocayate tathā tathā kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavān iti / dṛṣṭvā ca punas te satvāḥ pṛthivīrasam aṅgulyagreṇa āsvādayitum ārabdhāḥ; yathā yathāsvādayanti tathā tathā rocayante; yathā yathā rocayante tataḥ kavaḍīkāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ; yatas ca te satvāḥ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktās tatas teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kharatvaṃ ca gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntam / teṣāṃ yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā / andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam / dharmatā khalu gautamā andhakārasya loke prādurbhāvāt sūryācandramasor loke prādurbhāvo bhavati; nakṣatrāṇāṃ kṣaṇalavamuhūrtānāṃ rātrindivasānāṃ māsārdhamāsaritusaṃvatsarāṇāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati (SBV I 9) / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtataram āhāram āharati sa durvarṇo bhavati; ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; duvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīrase te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kiṃcid eva svādu subhojanaṃ bhuktvā tad eva purāṇam akṣarapadavyañjanam anusmaranta evam āhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / evaṃ te satvā antarhite gautamā pṛthivīrase saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho rasa aho rasa iti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanti: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti

The appearance of the pṛthivīparpaṭake, etc.

antarhite pṛthivīrase teṣāṃ satvānāṃ pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; evaṃrūpo varṇena tadyathā karṇikārapuṣpam; (A 352a) evaṃrūpo rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtataram āhāram āharati sa durvarṇaḥ; ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān aham asmi; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīparpaṭako 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho bata aho bateti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyāḥ kenacid eva duḥkhadaurmanasyena (SBV I 10) spṛṣṭāḥ tāny eva purāṇāny akṣarapadavyañjanāny anuvyavaharanta evam āhur aho bata aho bateti / evam eva te satvā antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur aho bata aho bateti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanty: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake teṣāṃ satvānāṃ vanalatā prādurbhūtā varṇasaṃpannā gandhasaṃpannā rasasaṃpannā; evaṃrūpā varṇena tadyathā kadambakāpuṣpam; evaṃrūpā rasena tadyathā kṣaudramadhv aneḍakam / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / teṣāṃ yo 'lpataram āhāram āharati sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtam āhāram āharati sa durvarṇo bhavatīty āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣāṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ vanalatā antarhitā / antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyāṃ te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ cāhur apaihi purastād apaihi purastād iti / evam eva te satvā antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyāṃ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante / evaṃ āhur apaihi purastād apaihi purastād iti / arthaṃ cāsya na jānanty: ayam asya bhāṣitasyārtho 'yam asya bhāṣitasyārtha iti / antarhitāyāṃ gautamā vanalatāyāṃ teṣāṃ satvānām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliḥ prādurbhūta akaṇa atuṣaḥ śuddhaḥ śuciḥ caturaṅgulaḥ paryavanaddhaḥ / sa sāyaṃ lūnaḥ kālyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati (SBV I 11) prativirūḍhaś ca / kālyāṃ lūnaḥ sāyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati prativirūḍhaś ca iti lūno lūnaḥ prativirohaty alūnaś ca prajñāyate / te tadbhakṣās tadāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhanti / tataś ca te satvā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktavantaḥ / (A 352b) tatas teṣām indriyanānātvaṃ prādurbhūtam / ekeṣāṃ strīndriyam ekeṣāṃ puruṣendriyam / tatra yeṣāṃ strīndriyaṃ yeṣāṃ ca puruṣendriyaṃ te 'nyonyaṃ cakṣuṣā cakṣur upanidhyāya paśyanti / ye yathā cakṣuṣā cakṣur upanidhyāya paśyanti tathā tathā saṃraktāḥ; yathā yathā saṃraktās tathā tathāvadīrṇāḥ; yathā yathāvadīrṇās tathā tathā vipratipannāḥ / adrākṣur anye 'pi satvāḥ satvaṃ satve vipratipannaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pāṃśum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api śarkarā api kapālāny api; evaṃ cāhuḥ: dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ dūṣayasīti / tadyathaitarhi manuṣyā vadhukāyām udvāhyamānāyāṃ cūrṇam api kṣipanti gandham api mālyam api vastrajālāny api kṣipanti / evaṃ cāhuḥ sukhinī bhava vadhūke sukhinī bhava vadhūke iti / evam eva te satvāḥ satvaṃ satve vipratipannaṃ dṛṣṭvā pāṃśum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api śarkarā api kapālāny api; evaṃ cāhuḥ: dhig grāmyasatva <dhig grāmyasatva akāryakāraka> katham idānīṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ dūṣayasīti / iti hi gautamā yat pūrvam adharmasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi dharmasaṃmataṃ; yat pūrvam avinayasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi vinayasaṃmataṃ; yat pūrvaṃ garhyasaṃmataṃ tad etarhi praśasyasaṃmatam / te tam ekāham api pravāsayanti dvis triḥ saptāham api pravāsayanti / yataś ca te satvās tasmin pāpake asaddharme 'tyarthaṃ pātakavratam āpannās tatas te udyuktā agārāṇi māpayitum iha vayam akāryaṃ kariṣyāma iha vayam akāryaṃ kariṣyāma iti; agāram agāram iti saṃjñā udapādi / ayaṃ gautamā purāṇo 'graṇīr agāre (SBV I 12) karmāntānāṃ loke prādurbhāvaḥ / yataś ca te dharmeṇa nādharmeṇa tatrāyaṃ dharmaḥ śreṣṭho jinendrāṇāṃ; te sāyaṃ ca sāyamāśārthinaḥ śālikāraṇāt samavasaranti prātaś ca prātarāśārthinaḥ / athānyatareṇālasajātīyena satvena sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir ānītaḥ / athānyataraḥ satvas taṃ satvam idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti / atha sa satvas tam idam avocat: pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva svaṃ śālim; ānīto mayā sāyaṃprātikaḥ śālir iti / atha tasya satvasyaitad abhavat: etad bata sādhv etad bata suṣṭhu yanv ahaṃ dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat saptāhikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti / sa dvaiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhikaṃ śālim ānītavān / athānyataraḥ satvas taṃ satvam idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva śālikāraṇāt samavasarāma iti / atha sa satvas tam idam avocat: pratijānīhi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva svaṃ śālim; ānīto mayā sa dvaiyahnikaṃ traiyahnikaṃ yāvat sāptāhnikaṃ śālir iti / atha tasya satvasyaitad abhavat: etad bata sādhv etad bata (A 353a) suṣṭhu yanv ardhamāsikaṃ māsikaṃ śālim ānayeyam iti / so 'rdhamāsikaṃ māsikaṃ śālim ānītavān / yataś ca te satvā akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ saṃnidhīkāraparibhogena paribhuktās tatas tasya śāleḥ kaṇaś ca tuṣaś ca taṇḍulaṃ paryavanahyati; lūno lūno na prativirohaty abalaś ca prajñāyate / ṣaṇḍavanaṣaṇḍeṣu vyavasthitaḥ śāliḥ / atha te satvāḥ saṃgamya samāgamya śocanti klāmyanti paridevante vayaṃ sma bhavantaḥ pūrvaṃ (SBV I 13) rūpiṇo bhavāmo manomayā avikalā ahīnendriyāḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetāḥ śubhā varṇasthāyinaḥ svayaṃprabhā vihāyasaṃgamāḥ prītibhakṣāḥ prītyāhārāḥ dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / teṣām asmākaṃ pṛthivīrasaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ / te vayaṃ pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā yataś ca pṛthivīrasaṃ kavaḍīkārāhāropakrameṇa paribhuktā tato asmākam kharatvaṃ gurutvaṃ ca kāye 'vakrāntaṃ; yāsau śubhā varṇanibhā sāntarhitā; andhakāraṃ loke prādurbhūtam / te vayaṃ tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / teṣām asmākaṃ yo 'lpam āhāram āhṛtavān sa varṇavān bhavati; yaḥ prabhūtam āhāram āhṛtavān sa durvarṇa ity āhāradvimātratāṃ pratītya varṇadvimātratā prajñāyate / varṇadvimātratāyāṃ satyāṃ satvaḥ satvam avamanyate: hambhoḥ satva varṇavān ahaṃ; durvarṇas tvam iti; teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānām akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīraso 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīrase pṛthivīparpaṭakaḥ prādurbhūto varṇasaṃpanno gandhasaṃpanno rasasaṃpannaḥ; teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānāṃ akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ pṛthivīparpaṭako 'ntarhitaḥ / antarhite pṛthivīparpaṭake vanalatā prādurbhūtā varṇasaṃpannā gandhasaṃpannā rasasaṃpannā / teṣām asmākaṃ varṇābhimānikānāṃ satāṃ teṣām eva pāpakānāṃ akuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ samādānahetoḥ vanalatā antarhitā / antarhitāyāṃ vanalatāyām akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliḥ prādurbhūtaḥ akaṇa atuṣṭaḥ śuddhaḥ śuciḥ caturaṅgulaḥ paryavanaddhaḥ / sa sāyaṃ lūnaḥ kālyaṃ pakvaś ca bhavati prativirūdhaś ca iti lūnaḥ lūnaḥ prativirohati alūnaś ca prajñāyate sma / te vayaṃ tadbhakṣās tadāhārā dīrghāyuṣo dīrgham adhvānaṃ tiṣṭhāmaḥ / yataḥ vayam akṛṣṭoptaṃ taṇḍulaphalaśāliṃ saṃnidhikāraparibhogena paribhuktavantaḥ / tato 'sya śāleḥ kuṇaś ca tuṣaś ca tanḍulaṃ (SBV I 14) paryavanahyati / lūno lūno na prativirohaty abalaś ca prajñāyate / ṣaṇḍavanaṣaṇḍeṣu vyavasthitaḥ śāliḥ

The establishing of lines of demarcation, boundaries, etc.,

the origin of property, and the first king

yannu vayaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya kṣetrāṇi māpayema sīmāṃ badhnīyāma maryādāṃ sthāpayema idaṃ tava idaṃ mameti; te saṃgamya samāgamya kṣetrāṇi māpitavantaḥ; sīmāṃ ca baddhavantaḥ; maryādāṃ sthāpitavantaḥ / ayaṃ gautamā purāṇo 'graṇīḥ maryādākarmāntānāṃ loke prādurbhāvo bhavati / tac ca dharmeṇa nādharmeṇa / tatrāyaṃ dharmo dharmaḥ śreṣṭho jinendrāṇām / athānyatamaḥ satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte / adrākṣīd anyataraḥ satvaḥ taṃ satvaṃ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ satvam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim ādatse? gaccha bhos tvaṃ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣiḥ; dvir api trir sa satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatte / adrākṣīt sa satvaḥ taṃ satvaṃ dvir api trir api tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādadānaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ satvam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse? sa tam ākarṣati parākarṣati yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatārayati ayaṃ bhavantaḥ satvaḥ tiṣṭhati sve śālau parakīyaṃ śālim adatta iti / atha te satvās taṃ satvam idam avocan: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva tiṣṭhati sve śālau yāvat trir api parakīyaṃ śālim adattam ādatse? gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣiḥ; atha sa satvas tān satvān idam avocat: anenāsmi bhavantaḥ satvena śālikāraṇād ākṛṣṭaḥ parākṛṣṭo yāvat parṣanmadhye api avadhyāyitaḥ / atha te satvās satvam idam avocan: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ satva satvaṃ śālikāraṇād ākarṣasi parākarṣasi yāvat parṣanmadhye 'py avatarayasi; (SBV I 15) gaccha tvaṃ bhoḥ satva mā bhūya evaṃ kārṣīr iti / atha teṣāṃ satvānām etad abhavad: dṛṣyante khalu śālikāraṇād ākarṣaṇam api parākarṣaṇam api yāvatparṣanmadhye 'py avatāraṇam / yannu vayaṃ saṃgamya samāgamya yo 'smākaṃ satvo 'bhirūpataraś ca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca taṃ vayaṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayema yo 'smākaṃ nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigrahīṣyati (A 354a) pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragrahīṣyati / yac cāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpatsyate tato 'smai dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti te saṃgamya samāgamya yas teṣāṃ satvo 'bhirūpataraś ca darśanīyataraś ca prāsādikataraś ca maheśākhyataraś ca taṃ kṣetrāṇām adhipatiṃ sthāpayanti / evaṃ cāhuḥ: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ satva asmān nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigṛhāṇa; pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragṛhāṇa; yac cāsmākaṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpatsyate tatas te vayaṃ dharmyāṃ kṣitim anupradāsyāma iti / sa teṣāṃ nigṛhītavyāṃś ca nigṛhṇāti pragṛhītavyāṃś ca pragṛhṇāti / yac ca teṣāṃ kṣetrebhyaḥ saṃpadyate tato 'smai dharmyāṃ kṣitim anuprayacchanti; mahājanena saṃmato mahāsaṃmata iti mahāsaṃmato mahāsaṃmata iti saṃjñodapādi / kṣetrāṇām adhipatiḥ kṣatāc ca trāyata iti kṣatriyaḥ kṣatriya iti saṃjñodapādi / dharmeṇa prajā rañjayati śīlavṛttasamudācāreṇa prajñāvṛttasamudācāreṇeti rājā rājeti saṃjñodapādi / mahāsaṃmatasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ satvā satvā iti saṃjñābhūt / mahāsaṃmatasya gautamā rājño <rocaḥ putraḥ; rocasya rājño mānuṣyāṇām ehikā ehikā iti saṃjñodapādi; rocasya gautamā kalyāṇaḥ putraḥ; kalyāṇasya rājño mānuṣyāṇāṃ tilakās tilakā iti saṃjñodapādi; kalyāṇasya gautamā varakalyāṇaḥ putraḥ varakalyāṇasya gautamā rājño mānuṣyāṇām> abhrakaṇṭhā abhrakaṇṭhā iti saṃjñodapādi / varakalyāṇasya upoṣadhaḥ putraḥ / upoṣadhasya gautamā rājño manuṣyāṇāṃ stālajaṅghā stālajaṅghā iti saṃjñābhūt / upoṣadhasya (SBV I 16) rājño mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛduḥ; tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kadācid ābādhāṃ janayati / paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; mūrdhnā jāto iti mūrdhnāto mūrdhnāta iti saṃjñodapādi / jātamātraḥ kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśitaḥ / upoṣadhasya rājñaḥ ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi / sarvāsāṃ stanāḥ prasrutāḥ / ekaikā kathayati mān dhāpaya mān dhāpayeti; māndhātā māndhāteti saṃjñodapādi / yasmin samaye māndhātā rājā rājyaṃ kārayati tasmin samaye manuṣyāḥ cintakā abhūvan tulakā upaparīkṣakāḥ / te cintayitvā tulayitvā upaparīkṣya pṛthakchilpasthānakarmasthānāni māpayantīti teṣāṃ manujā manujā iti saṃjñodapādi / itīme gautamā ṣaḍrājāno 'mṛtāyuṣaś cābhūvann aparimitāyuṣaś ca

antaroddānam satvā ehikās tilakā abhrakaṇṭhās tathaiva ca / stālajaṅghāś ca manujā ṣaḍete uditāḥ padā /

Lineage of kings

māndhātur gautamā rājño dakṣiṇe ūrau piṭako jāto mṛduḥ sumṛduḥ; tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; sa na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati / paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; (A 354b) dakṣiṇād ūror jātaś cāruś cārur iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvaḥ / athedānīṃ caturṣu dvīpeṣu rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / cāror gautamā vāme ūrau piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt (SBV I 17) sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; vāmād ūror jātaḥ upacārur upacārur iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvo 'pīdānīṃ triṣu dvīpeṣu rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / upacāror gautamā rājño dakṣiṇe caraṇe piṭako jāto mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; dakṣiṇāc caraṇāj jātaḥ cārumāṃś cārumān iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāva ity apīdānīṃ dvayor dvīpayo rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / cārumato gautamā rājño vāme caraṇe piṭako jātaḥ mṛduḥ sumṛdus tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; na kāṃcid ābādhāṃ janayati, paripākānvayāt sphuṭitaḥ; kumāro jāto 'bhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko dvādriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ; vāmāc caraṇāj jāta upacārumān upacārumān iti saṃjñā udapādi / mahardhikaḥ sa kumāro mahānubhāvaḥ apīdānīṃ ekasmin dvīpe rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kāritavān / iti hi gautamā mahāsaṃmatasya rājño rocaḥ putraḥ rocasya kalyāṇaḥ kalyāṇasya varakalyāṇaḥ varakalyāṇasya upoṣadhaḥ upoṣadhasya māndhātā māndhātuś cāruḥ cāror upacāruḥ upacāroś cārumān cārumata upacārumān ruciḥ suruciḥ mucir mucilinda aṅga aṅgīratho bhṛṅgo bhagīrathaḥ sagaraḥ sāgaro mahāsāgaraḥ śakunir mahāśakuniḥ kuśa upakuśo mahākuśaḥ sudarśano mahāsudarśanaḥ praṇayo mahāpraṇayaḥ praṇādo mahāpraṇādaḥ prabhaṅkaraḥ pratāpavān merur merumān merumantaḥ arcir arciṣmān arciṣmantaḥ; arciṣmantasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā (SBV I 18) potalake nagare ekaśatarājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimakaḥ arindamo nāma rājābhūd; arīn damayatīty arindamaḥ arindama iti saṃjñā udapādi; arindamasya gautamā rājñāḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā ayodhyāyāṃ catuḥpaṃcāśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ ajitañjayo nāma rājābhūd; ajitaṃ jayatīty ajitaṃjayaḥ ajitaṃjaya (A 355a) iti saṃjñā udapādi / ajitaṃjayasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā vārāṇasyāṃ triṣaṣṭī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako duṣprasaho nāma rājābhūt / duṣprasahasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kiṃpilye nagare caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako brahmadatto nāma rājābhūt / brahmadattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā hastināpure dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako hastidatto nāma rājābhūt / hastidattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā takṣaśilāyāṃ paṃca rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako kālīśo nāma rājābhūt / kālīśasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā urasāyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako nagnajin nāma rājābhūt / nagnajino gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā ajitaṃjaye nagare dvātriṃśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako jayadatto nāma rājābhūt / jayadattasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kanyakubjāyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvādaśarājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako jayaseno nāma rājābhūt / jayasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā caṃpāyāṃ nagaryāṃ aṣṭādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako nāgadevo nāma rājābhūt / nāgadevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā tālipye nagare paṃcaviṃśatī (SBV I 19) rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako naradevo nāma rājābhūt / naradevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā tāmaliptyāṃ nagaryāṃ dvādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ sāgaradevo nāma rājābhūt / sāgaradevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā dantapuryāṃ nagaryāṃ aṣṭādaśa rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ sumatir nāma rājābhūt / sumater gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā rājagṛhe nagare paṃcaviṃsatī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakas tamonudo nāma rājābhūt / tamonudasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ekaśatarājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahendraseno nāma rājābhūt / mahendrasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kuśāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ samudraseno nāma rājābhūt / samudrasenasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare rājasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimakas tapaṃcaro nāma rājābhūt / (A 355b) tapaṃcarasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api kuśāvatyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako mahīmukho nāma rājābhūt / mahīmukhasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ rājaśatasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahīpatir nāma rājābhūt / mahīpater gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api ayodhyāyāṃ nagaryāṃ śatasahasram abhūt; teṣām apaścimako mahīdharo nāma rājābhūt / mahīdharasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā mithilāyāṃ nagaryāṃ caturaśītirājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimako mahādevo nāma rājābhūt / mahādevasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api mithilāyāṃ nagaryāṃ (SBV I 20) caturaśītimahādevasahasrāṇi rājarṣaya brahmacaryam acārṣuḥ; teṣām apaścimako nimir nāma rājābhūt / nimer nimagno dṛḍhanemiḥ khanur upakhanuḥ khanumān khanumantaḥ sudṛśaḥ samadṛśaḥ śrutaseno dharmaseno vidito mahāvidito viditasena aśoko vigataśoko dṛḍhaseno jarāsandha dhundhumāraḥ aruṇo diśāṃpatir eṇḍaḥ saṃkakarakaḥ ānanda ādarśamukho janakaḥ saṃjanako janarṣabhaḥ annapānaḥ pracurānnapānaḥ ajito 'parājitaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ supratiṣṭhitaḥ mahābalo mahābalavāhanaḥ sumatir dṛḍhavāhanaḥ śatadhanuḥ citradhanuḥ navatidhanuḥ vijitadhanur dṛḍhadhanur daśarathaḥ śataratho navatirathaḥ nararṣabhaḥ citraratho vicitraratho dṛḍharathaḥ; dṛḍharathasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā sāṃkāsye nagare saptasaptatī rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apaścimakaḥ ambarīṣo nāma rājābhūt / ambarīṣasya gautamā rājñaḥ nāgasaṃpālaḥ putraḥ; nāgasaṃpālasya gautamā rajñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ekaśataṃ rājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako krkir nāma rājābhūt / tena khalu samayena kāśyapo nāma śāstā loke utpannaḥ; tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; yasya antike bodhisatvo bhagavān āyatyāṃ bodhāya praṇidhāya (SBV I 21) brahmacaryaṃ caritvā tuṣite devanikāye upapannaḥ / kṛker gautamā rājñaḥ sujātaḥ putraḥ; sujātasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśataṃ rājaśatam abhūt; teṣām apaścimako karṇo nāma rājābhūt

Story of Gautama, the progenitor of Ikṣvāku

(A 356a) karṇasya gautamā rājño dvau gautamo bharadvājaś ca; tayor gautamo naiṣkarmyābhinandi; bharadvājo rājyābhinandī; sa pitaraṃ paśyati dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayantaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: aham api pitur atyayād rājā bhaviṣyāmy aham api dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayitvā narakaparāyaṇo bhaviṣyāmi; kim atra prāptakālam agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣye iti viditvā yena karṇo rājā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ / upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya vijñāpayati; tātānujānīhi māṃ pravrajāmi śraddhayā agārād anagārikām iti; sa kathayati: putra yasyārthe yajñā ijyante homā hūyante tapāṃsi tapyante tat tava karatalagataṃ rājyaṃ; mamātyayād rājā bhaviṣyasi / kimarthaṃ pravrajasīti / sa kathayati: tāta na śakyaṃ mayā dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayituṃ; tad anujānīhi pravrajāmīti; tato rājñā avaśyaṃ nirbandhaṃ jñātvā anujñātaḥ / tena khalu samayena anyatamasminn āśramapade kṛṣṇadvaipāyano nāma ṛṣiḥ prativasati; tato gautamaḥ kumāro rājñā samanujñāto hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto yena kṛṣṇadvaipāyano riṣis tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya vinīteryāpathapādābhivandanaṃ (SBV I 22) kṛtvā kathayati pravrajyārthī pravrajāyasva mām iti / sa tena pravrajitaḥ; kṛṣṇadvaipāyano ṛṣiḥ phalamūlāṃbubhakṣaḥ; tasyāpi gautama ṛṣiḥ gautama ṛṣiḥ iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā / yāvad apareṇa samayena karṇo rājā kālagataḥ; bharadvājakumāro rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ pitryaṃ rājyaṃ kārayati; yāvad apareṇa samayena gautamo ṛṣir upādhyāyāsya kathayati: upādhyāya na śaknomi āraṇyakābhir oṣadhībhir yāpayituṃ; grāmāntaṃ samavasarāmīti; sa kathayati: putra śobhanaṃ; grāme vā araṇye vā prativasatā riṣiṇā sarvathā indriyāṇi rakṣitavyānīti; gaccha tvaṃ potalasāmantakena śākhāparṇakuṭiṃ kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpaya; evam upādhyāya ity uktvā gautama riṣiḥ potalakasāmantakena śākhāparṇakuṭiṃ kṛtvā avasthitaḥ; tena khalu samayena potalake nagare bhadrā nāma rūpājīvanī prativasati; mṛṇālaś ca nāmnā dhūrtapuruṣaḥ; tena vastrālaṃkāram anupreṣitaṃ paricāraṇāya; sā tadvastrālaṃkāraṃ prāvṛtya saṃprasthitā; anyatamaś ca puruṣaḥ paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāny ādāyopasthitaḥ; bhadre āgaccha paricāraya iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: yadi gamiṣyāmi paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāni lapsye; adākṣiṇyaṃ caitad gṛhāgataṃ pratyākhyāyānyatra gamanam iti; tayā preṣyadārikābhihitā: gaccha mṛṇālasya kathaya āryā kathayati na tāvad ahaṃ sajjā paścād āgamiṣyāmīti; tayāpi tasya gatvārocitaṃ; so 'pi puruṣo bahukaraṇīyaḥ; sa (A 356b) tāṃ paricārya prathama eva yāme prakrāntaḥ / sā saṃlakṣayati: mahatī velā vartate śakṣyāmy ahaṃ tasyāpi cittagrāhaṃ kartum iti; tayā punar apy asau dārikābhihitā: gaccha mṛṇālasyārocaya āryā sajjā saṃvṛttā kathaya katarad udyānam āgacchatv iti; tayā tasmai gatvārocitaṃ; sa kathayati kṣaṇena tavāryā sajjā kṣaṇenāsajjeti; sā dārikā tasyāḥ sāntarā; tayā samākhyātam: āryputra nāsāv asajjā; kiṃ tarhi; tayā tvadīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricāritam iti; tasya yattat kāmarāgaparyavasthānaṃ (SBV I 23) tad vigataṃ; vyāpādaparyavasthānaṃ samutpannaṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati: dārike gatvā bhadrāyāḥ kathaya mṛṇālaḥ kathayaty amukam udyānaṃ nirgaccheti; tayā gatvā bhadrāyā ārocitaṃ; tataḥ sā tad udyānaṃ nirgatā; mṛṇālena dhūrtapuruṣeṇoktā: yuktaṃ nāma tava madīyena vastrālaṃkāreṇānyena puruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitum iti; sā kathayati: āryaputrāsty eva mamāparādhaḥ; kiṃ tu nityāparādho mātṛgrāmaḥ kṣamasveti; tatas tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā jīvitād vyaparopitā; tatas tayā preṣyadārikayā mahān kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ āryā praghātitā āryā praghātiteti; śrutvā samantāj janakāyaḥ pradhāvitaḥ yāvat tasminn evāśramapade gautamariṣiḥ prativasati; tato 'sau mṛṇālo dhūrtapuruṣaḥ saṃtrasto rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ gautamasya riṣeḥ purastāc chorayitvā tasyaiva mahājanakāyasya madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; mahājanakāyaś ca rudhiramrakṣitam asiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati: anena pravrajitena bhadrā jīvitād vyaparopiteti / tatas taṃ gautamariṣiṃ parivārya saṃjātāmarṣāḥ kathayanti: bhoḥ pravrajita riṣidhvajaṃ dhārayasi īdṛśaṃ ca karma karoṣīti / sa kathayati: kiṃ kṛtaṃ; te kathayanti: bhadrayā te sārdhaṃ paricāritaṃ sā ca jīvitād vyaparopiteti; sa kathayati: śāntaṃ nāham asya karmaṇaḥ kārīti; sa śāntavādy api tena mahājanakāyena paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho rājñe upanāmitaḥ devānena pravrajitena bhadrayā sārdhaṃ paricāritaṃ sā jīvitād vyaparopitā iti; aparīkṣakā rājānaḥ; kathayati: yady evaṃ gacchata; enaṃ śūle samāropayata; parityakto 'yaṃ mayā pravrajita iti / tato 'sau pravrajitaḥ karavīramālāsaktakaṇṭhaguṇo nīlāṃbaravasanaiḥ puruṣair udyataśastraiḥ saṃparivārito rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṇgāṭakeṣu śravaṇāsukheṣv anuśrāvya dakṣiṇena (SBV I 24) nagaradvāreṇa niṣkāsya jīvann eva śūle samāropitaḥ; tasyāsāv upādhyāyaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanaḥ kālena kālaṃ tasyāśramapadam upasaṃkrāmati; yāvad apareṇa samayenopasaṃkrāntaḥ na paśyati sa itaś cetaś ca samanveṣitum ārabdho yāvat paśyati śūlasamāropitaṃ (A 357a) sa bāṣpagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ karuṇadīnavilaṃbitākṣaraṃ kathayati: hā vatsa kim idaṃ; so 'pi gadgadakaṇṭho marmavedanoparodhajanitaviṣādaḥ kathayaty upādhyāya karmāṇi; kim anyad bhaviṣyatīti / sa kathayati: vatsa nāsi kṣata upahato vā; tāta kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena; vatsa kathaṃ jñāyate; upādhyāya satyopayācanaṃ kariṣye śṛṇu yena satyena satyavacanena kṣato 'haṃ kāyena no tu cittena tena satyena satyavacanena yeyam upādhyāyasya kṛṣṇavarṇā cchavir iyaṃ suvarṇavarṇā bhaved; bhāvitādhyāśayo 'sau mahātmā; vacanāvasānasamanantaram eva kṛṣṇadvaipāyanasya ṛṣeḥ kṛṣṇavarṇā cchavir antarhitā; suvarṇavarṇā saṃvṛttā / sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ kṛṣṇadvaipāyanariṣiḥ suvarṇavarṇaḥ saṃvṛtta iti / tasya suvarṇadvaipāyanaḥ suvarṇadvaipāyana iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; sa paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; tato 'sau gautamariṣiḥ kathayati: upādhyāya itaś cyutasya me kā gatir bhaviṣyati kā upapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāya iti / sa kathayati: vatsa brāhmaṇāḥ kathayanti: aputrasya gatir nāstīti; asti tvayā kiṃcid apatyam utpāditam; upādhyāya kumāra evāhaṃ; strītantre aprakṛtijñaḥ; pitrā rājyanimittaṃ protsāhyamānaḥ pravrajitaḥ; kuto mamāpatyasamutpattiḥ; vatsa yady evaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ kuru; upādhyāya gāḍhavedanābhyāhatasya me idānīṃ chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu sandhiṣu (SBV I 25) maraṇaikāntamanasaḥ kathaṃ pūrvopabhuktaviṣayānusmaraṇaṃ bhavati; sa tasyopādhyāyaḥ paṃcābhijñālābhī; tena ṛddhyā mahān vātavarṣo nirmitaḥ; tasya varṣabindavaḥ kāye nipatitāḥ; tataḥ śītalasalilavātasparśād veedanā viṣṭaṃbhitā; sa pūrvopabhuktaviṣayān smartum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad asya maithunarāgasamanusmaraṇād dvau śukrabindū sarudhire nipatitau; catvāri sthānāny acintanīyāni; ātmacintā lokacintā satvānāṃ karmavipākacintā buddhānāṃ ca buddhaviṣayacintā iti; tau śukrabindū dve aṇḍe prādurbhūte; sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmiparipācite sphuṭite; dvau kumārau jātau; tato nātidūre ikṣuvāṭaḥ; tau tatra praviṣṭau; tatas sūryaraśmayo bhāsuratarā jātāḥ; gautamariṣiḥ sūryaraśmiparitāpitaḥ kālagataḥ; tataḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanariṣir āgataḥ; paśyati kālagataḥ; sa śūlasāmantake paśyati aṇḍe sphuṭite; kapālāny avasthitāni; so 'nusarann itaś cāmutaś ca ikṣuvāṭaṃ praviṣṭo yāvat paśyati: dvau kumārau; samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ; kasyaitau putrāv iti; paśyati: gautamasya ṛṣeḥ; tato 'sya sutarāṃ premā utpannaḥ; tena tāv āsramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitau poṣitau saṃvardhitau; (A 357b) tayoś ca nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayituṃ pravṛttaḥ; sūryasyābhyudgamanakālasamaye sūryaraśmibhiḥ paripācitau jātau bhavataḥ; tasmāt sūryagotrāv iti sūryagotrā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; gautamasya riṣeḥ putrau gautamā gautamā iti dvitīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; svāṅgīnisṛtā iti āṅgīrasā āṅgīrasā iti tṛtīyā saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; ikṣuvāṭāl labdhā ikṣvākā ikṣvākā iti caturthī saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yāvad apareṇa samayena bharadvājo rājā aputra eva kālagataḥ; amātyāḥ saṃnipatya samavāyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; bhavantaḥ kam idānīṃ rājānam abhiṣiñcāma iti; apare kathayanti tasya bhrātā gautamo riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tasyedaṃ kulakramāgataṃ rājyaṃ; tam abhisiñcāma iti; kṛtasañjalpāḥ suvarṇadvaipāyanasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya pādayor nipatya kathayanti: maharṣe gautamaḥ kva gata iti; sa kathayati yuṣmābhir eva praghātita iti; maharṣe vayaṃ tasya darśanam api na samanusmarāmaḥ; kathaṃ praghātayāmaḥ (SBV I 26) ahaṃ yuṣmān smārayāmi; śobhanaṃ; tena te smāritāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe yady evam alaṃ tasya nāmagrahaṇena; pāpakāry asāv akīrtanīyaḥ; kiṃ tena pāpakaṃ karma kṛtaṃ; idaṃ cedaṃ ca; nāsau pāpakarmakārī; adūṣy anapakāry eva yuṣmābhiḥ praghātitaḥ; kathaṃ; tena vistareṇa yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; te saṃjātadaurmanasyāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe yady evaṃ vayaṃ pāpakarmakāriṇo nāsāv iti; te caivam ālāpaṃ kurvanti; tau ca dārakau riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntau; amātyāḥ kathayanti: maharṣe kasyetau dārakau kathayati tasyaiva putrau; katham etau samutpannau kā vā anayoḥ saṃjñā; tena sotpattikaṃ vistareṇa samākhyātam; amātyāḥ śrutvāpi paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ; tais taṃ riṣim anujñāpya tayor jyeṣṭhaḥ kumāro rājyābhiṣekeṇābhiṣiktaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; tato 'sau dvitīyaḥ kanīyān abhiṣiktaḥ; tasya ikṣvākurājā ikṣvākurājā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; ikṣvākor gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā punar api potalake nagare ekaśatam ikṣvākurājaśatam abhūt

The story of Virūḍhaka

teṣām apaścimako virūḍhako nāma ikṣvākurājo 'bhūd; virūḍhakasya gautamā ikṣvākurājasya catvāraḥ putrāḥ; ulkāmukhaḥ karakarṇī hastiniyaṃsaḥ nūpurakaś ca; tasyāpareṇa samayenāgramahiṣī kālagatā; sa kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ; amātyāḥ kathayanti: kimarthaṃ deva kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhati; sa kathayati: mamāgramahiṣī kālagatā; kathaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmīti; deva yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ devasyāgramahiṣī na samanviṣyate; saṃvidyante pratisāmāntakānāṃ rājñāṃ (SBV I 27) duhitaraḥ; (A 358a) rājā kathayati: ime rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārāḥ; eṣu saṃvidyamāneṣu pratyanīkabhūteṣu ko me duhitaraṃ dāsyati: devaś cittaṃ karotu; vayaṃ samanveṣāmaḥ; yāvad anyatamasya rājñaḥ duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā pratirūpā devītvena; te tāṃ samupalabhya tasya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; taiḥ pāraṃparyeṇa rājño niveditaṃ; rājñā ājñā dattā āhūyatām iti; tatas te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ; pādayor nipatya kathālāpapūrvakaṃ niṣaṇṇāḥ; ālāpāvasaraprāptā rājānaṃ saṃmukhaṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: deva svasti svastīti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kiṃ yācadhve; virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasyāgramahiṣī kālagatā; tasyārthāya kanyāṃ bhikṣāṃ; rājā kathayati: śobhanaṃ pratirūpo varaḥ; kiṃ tu samayato 'nuprayacchāmi yadi me duhituḥ putro bhavati; taṃ yadi rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpayati; deva evaṃ bhavatu gacchāmaḥ devaṃ śrāvayāmaḥ; tair gatvā virūḍhakasyekṣvākurājasya yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto naitat pratirūpaṃ jyeṣṭhatarān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyasaḥ pratiṣṭhāpanaṃ; deva sandigdho 'yam arthaḥ ānīyatāṃ tāvad devī; tayā sārdhaṃ devaḥ krīḍatu ramatāṃ paricārayatu; na jñāyate kim asau kumāraṃ janayiṣyatīty āhosvit kumārikāṃ vandhyā vā bhaviṣyatīti; rājā kathayati: bhavanto yady evaṃ gacchata; tataḥ pratiṣṭā bhavatu; tair gatvā pratigṛhītā; yāvad rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā; sā ca rājño 'bhimatā saṃvṛttā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntare devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyā deva yasmād ayam ajāta eva (SBV I 28) rājyam abhinandati tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rājyābhinandīti; sa dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyaḥ anupradattaḥ pūrvavad yāvad āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajaṃ; taṃ rājā yauvarājye na pratiṣṭhāpayati; tasya mātāmahena rājñā śrutaṃ; tena tasya dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; sakarkaśaṃ ca likhitaṃ: tvayā pūrvam anujñātam eva; yadi yathāpratijñātaṃ karoṣi ity evaṃ kuśalaṃ; no ced yat te balaṃ vīryaṃ parākramas ### tenāvatiṣṭhasva; eṣo 'ham āgataḥ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ karomīti; mahābalasamudito 'sau rājā; sa śrutvā vyathitaḥ; amātyān saṃnipātya pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ mama tena rājñā evaṃ likhitaṃ; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; te kathayanti: deva abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī yauvarājye; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ naitad yuktaṃ jyeṣṭhān rājyābhinandinaḥ kumārān pratyākhyāya kanīyaso rājyābhiṣecanaṃ; te kathayanti: deva udīrṇabalavāhano (A 358b) 'sau rājā; sthānam etad vidyate yad āgatya niyataṃ rāṣṭrāpamardaṃ kariṣyati; abhiṣicyatāṃ rājyābhinandī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye; pravāsyantāṃ kumārā rājyād; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ kumārā nirvāsyante; deva vayam amātyā hitādhānatatparāḥ adūṣiṇo 'napakāriṇaḥ pravāsayāmaḥ; dūṣiṇam apakāriṇaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ; rājā apy upekṣya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; amātyāḥ saṃnipatya parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanta upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyaṃ yena rājā kumāreṣu vimukhī bhavati; tatas tair udyānaṃ śodhayitvā citram upacitraṃ kāritaṃ; surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktadāmapaṭṭakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ; tatas tair amātyais tad udyānaṃ tathābhisaṃskṛtaṃ dūrād dṛṣṭaṃ; te kumārāś capalād udyānābhimukhaṃ saṃprasthitāḥ; amātyā udyānaśobhāṃ kārayitvā nirgatāḥ; kumāraiḥ pṛṣṭāḥ kasyedam udyānam (SBV I 29) iti; te kathayanti devasya; te pratinivartitum ārabdhāḥ; amātyāḥ kathayanti: kumārāḥ praviśata kimarthaṃ nivartatha iti; te kathayanti devakīyam udyānaṃ; kathaṃ praviśāma iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: devo vā krīḍet kumāro vā ko 'tra virodhaḥ; te praviśya krīḍitum ārabdhāḥ; amātyai rājābhihitaḥ: deva udyānaṃ śobhanaṃ parikarmīkṛtaṃ; kālo devasya draṣṭum iti; rājā saṃprasthitaḥ; aśrauṣīd udyāne kolāhalaṃ śabdaṃ; śrutvā ca punar amātyān pṛcchati: bhavanta udyāne kolāhalaḥ śabdaḥ śrūyate; ko 'trāvatiṣṭhate; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva kumārāḥ; yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kumārāḥ; amātyāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: deva kṣamyatāṃ kumārāṇāṃ; mā parityajyantām iti; rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatv iti; te pravāsayitum ārabdhāḥ rājñaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: deva yady evaṃ yo 'smābhiḥ sārdhaṃ parijano gacchati sa yathā na nivāryate tathājñāṃ dātum arhasi; rājñā ājñā dattā; te saṃprasthitāḥ; anuraktajanapadās te; taiḥ sārdhaṃ mahājanakāyaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; saptadivasaṃ potalakasya nagaradvāram apāvṛtaṃ sthitaṃ janakāyasya nirgacchataḥ; amātyai rājñe niveditaṃ: deva yadi nagarasya dvāraṃ nāvriyate na cirāt potalakaṃ nirāvāsaṃ bhavatīti; yady evaṃ dvārāṇy āvṛṇuta; tatas te kumārāḥ svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāyānupūrveṇa himavatpārśvaṃ nadyā bhagīrathyās tīraṃ kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūram anuprāptāḥ; te tasmiṃś chākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpitavantaḥ mṛgāṃś ca praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; triṣkālaṃ ca kapilasya riṣer āśramapadam upasaṃkrāmanti; abhinavayauvanamadākṣiptāḥ kāmarāgeṇātyarthaṃ bādhyamānāḥ utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍūkāḥ kṛśālakāḥ (A 359a) saṃvṛttāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena kapilena riṣiṇā tathāvidhā dṛṣṭāḥ pṛṣṭāś ca: kasmād yūyam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukāḥ; te kathayanti: maharṣe kāmarāgeṇātīva bādhyāmahe; sa kathayati: svakasvakā bhaginīs tyaktvā vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ vāsaṃ kalpayata; labhyaṃ maharṣe asmābhir evaṃ kartuṃ; labhyaṃ bhavanto yathāpitat kṣatriyai rājyaparibhraṣṭaiḥ; tatas te riṣivacanaṃ pramāṇam iti kṛtvā kāmarāgādhyavasitāḥ prītiprāmodyajātāḥ vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ (SBV I 30) krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ tābhiḥ saṃkrīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; te vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ

The cities of Kapilavastu and Devadṛśa

kapilariṣiḥ śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayati; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ avalokitā bhavata; aham anyatra gamiṣyāmi; maharṣe kimarthaṃ; cittaikāgratāṃ nārāgayāmi, śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni; maharṣe tvam ihaiva tiṣṭha; vayam anyatra gacchāmaḥ; kiṃ tu bhūbhāgam asmākam anuprayaccha; bhavantaḥ śobhanaṃ; ṛṣayas te mahātmānaḥ īpsitamanorathasādhakāḥ; tena sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṃgāram ādāya nagarākāreṇa udakadhārāpātair nagaraṃ māpitaṃ; kapilena riṣiṇā teṣāṃ vāsāya vastu parityaktam iti kapilavastu kapilavastv iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; te tatra vṛddhiṃ gatāḥ; mahājanakāyaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; saṃbādhād vṛddhiṃ na labhante; teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya devatābhir anyapradeśa upadarśitaḥ; tais tatra gatvā dvitīyaṃ nagaraṃ māpitaṃ; devadriśaṃ devadriśam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tatas te saṃgamya samāgamya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto yad vayaṃ nirvāsitāḥ tat sadṛśabhāryopādānāt; tad asmākaṃ na kenacid dvitīyā sadṛśī bhāryā upādātavyā; ekayaiva santoṣaḥ karaṇīya iti; te ekām eva sadṛśīṃ bhāryāṃ pariṇamayanti; na dvitīyām; athāpareṇa samayena virūḍhako rājā priyān putrān samanusmaran amātyān āmantrayate: hambhoḥ grāmaṇyas te kumārāḥ kva sāṃprataṃ; tair vistareṇārocitaṃ; deva kenacid adhikaraṇena nirvāsitāḥ; te svakasvakā bhaginīr ādāya itaḥ prakrāntāḥ; anuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhagīrathyās tīre kapilasya riṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre vāsaṃ kalayanti; svakasvakā bhaginīḥ pratyākhyāya vaimātṛkābhir bhaginībhiḥ sārdhaṃ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatāṃ putrā (SBV I 31) duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; śakyaṃ grāmaṇyaḥ kumārair evaṃ kartuṃ; deva śakyam; atha virūḍhakaḥ ikṣvākurājaḥ pūrvaṃ kāyam abhyunnamayya dakṣiṇabāhum abhiprasāryodānam udānayati; śakyā bata kumārāḥ, paramaśakyā bata kumārā iti; maheśākhyena satvena vāṅ niścāritā śākyā bata kumārāḥ; paramaśākyā bata kumārā iti śākyā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā

Successors to Virūḍhaka

apareṇa samayena virūḍhaka ikṣvākurājaḥ kālagataḥ (A 359b); rājyābhinandī rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; ulkāmukho rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; karakarṇī rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; hastiniyaṃso rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; so 'py aputraḥ kālagataḥ; nūpurako rājā samvṛttaḥ; tasya putra opurakaḥ; opurakasya gopurakaḥ gopurakasya gautamā rājñaḥ putraprapautṛkayā naptṛpranaptṛkayā kapilavastunagare paṃcapaṃcāśad rājasahasrāṇy abhūvan; teṣām apścimako daśarathaḥ śataratho navatirathaḥ citraratho bijitaratho dṛḍharathaḥ daśadhanuḥ śatadhanuḥ navatidhanuḥ vijitadhanur citradhanuḥ dṛḍhadhanur; dṛḍhadhanuṣo gautamā dvau putrau siṃhahanuḥ siṃhanādī ca; yāvantaḥ khalu gautamā jambūdvīpe dhanurdharāḥ siṃhahanus teṣām agra akhyātaḥ; siṃhahanor gautamā catvāraḥ putrāḥ śuddhodanaḥ śuklodanaḥ droṇodanaḥ amṛtodanaḥ; śuddhā śuklā droṇā amṛtikā ceti duhitaraḥ; śuddhodanasya dvau putrau bhagavān āyuṣmāṃś ca nandaḥ; śuklodanasya (SBV I 32) dvau putrau; āyuṣmāṃś ca tiṣyo bhadrakaś ca śākyarājaḥ; droṇodanasya dvau putrau mahānāmā āyuṣmāṃś cāniruddhaḥ; amṛtodanasya dvau putrau āyuṣmān ānando devadattaś ca; śuddhāyāḥ suprabuddhaḥ putraḥ; śuklāyāḥ putro mālī; droṇāyā bhāddālī; amṛtikāyāḥ śaivalaḥ bhagavato rāhulaḥ putra iti gautamā rāhule mahāsaṃmatavaṃśaḥ pratiṣṭhitaḥ; ucchinnā bhavanetrī vikṣīṇo jātisaṃsāro nāstīdānīṃ punarbhavaḥ

Buddha's remarks

atha bhagavān āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya kathāparyavasānaṃ viditvā utthāya niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣadyāyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana sādhu sādhu khalu tvaṃ maudgalyāyana yas tvaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ purastāc chākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavamśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayasi; punar api tvaṃ maudgalyāyana abhīkṣṇam api tvaṃ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathaya; tad eṣāṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: udgṛhṇīta yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayituṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ; arthopasaṃhitā bhikṣavaḥ śākyānāṃ paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyā kathā; arthopasaṃhitā brahmacaryopasaṃhitā; yuktam eva bhikṣavaḥ śraddhayā pravrajitena kulaputreṇa śākyānāṃ (SBV I 33) paurāṇaṃ kulavaṃśam ārabhya dharmyāṃ kathāṃ dhārayituṃ grāhayituṃ vācayitum; atha kāpilavastavāḥ (A 360a) śākyā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāḥ

Siṃhahanu's reign

tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni nagare siṃhahanur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; devadṛśe nagare suprabuddho rājyaṃ rājā kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; suprabuddhasya rājño lumbinī nāmāgramahiṣī abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā janapadakalyāṇī; devadṛśe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tasyārāmaḥ puṣpasaṃpannaḥ phalasaṃpannaḥ śālisaṃpanno nānāvihaganikūjitaḥ; tasyābhirāmatayā rājā kālānukālaṃ tatra gatvā sārdham antaḥpureṇa ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhavati; lumbinyās taṃ dṛṣṭvā spṛhā utpannā; sa kathayati: deva mamaitam ārāmam anuprayaccheti; rājā kathayati: gṛhapatisantako 'yam ārāmaḥ; katham anuprayacchāmi; yadi tvam ārāmeṇārthinī anyaṃ tavārthāya śobhanataraṃ kārayāmīti; tato rājñā suprabuddhena lumbinyā arthāya tadviśiṣṭatara ārāmaḥ kāritaḥ; tasya luṃbinīvanaṃ lumbinīvanam iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; siṃhahanor dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ: aho bata me kule cakravartī utpadyeta iti; suprabuddhasyāpi rājño dīrgharātram ayam āśāsakaḥ: aho bata me siṃhahanunā sārdhaṃ saṃbandhaḥ syād iti; yāvat tasyāpareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetā; (SBV I 34) tasyā rūpaśobhayā suprabuddho rājā sāntaḥpuro devadṛśanivāsī janakāyaś ca paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; sandigdhamanāś ca saṃvṛttaḥ: kim iyaṃ dārikā āhosvid viśvakarmanirmiteyaṃ māyeti; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate: kiṃ bhavatu dārikāyā nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva devadṛśanivāsijanakāyā rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vipravadante; kecit kathayanti: dārikā evāsau pūrvakarmavipākābhiniṣpannā evaṃ varṇarūpaśobheti; apare kathayanti: nāsau dārikā; kiṃtarhi viśvakarmanirmitā sā māyeti tasmād bhavatu dārikāyā māyeti nāma; tasya māyeti nāma kṛtaṃ; māyā dārikā aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattā pūrvavad yāvan mahatī saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā; putraṃ janayiṣyaty anekalakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartī; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato rammāṇasya paricārayataḥ duhitā (A 360b) jātā pratirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā paramayā varṇapuṣkalatayā samanvāgatā; tasyā janmani sarvaṃ tan nagaram udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsitaṃ; na cāsyāḥ śakyate sarvathā rūpaśobhāṃ varṇayituṃ; yathā māyāyās tasyā api vistareṇa jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārikā nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: asyā rūpaśobhā yan māyāṃ vyatiricya vartate tasmād bhavatu mahāmāyeti; sāpy unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā; putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; suprabuddhena rājñā siṃhahanor dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; dve duhitarau jāte māyā mahāmāyā ca; tatraikā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati lakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati balacakravartīti; dvitīyā vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣanaiḥ (SBV I 35) samalaṅkṛtaṃ; sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; anayor yābhipretā śuddhodanasya kumārasyārthāyānayeti; siṃhahanunā pratisandeśo dattaḥ, dvābhyām api kumārasya prayojanaṃ; kiṃ tu na dve sadṛśe bhārye ekasyopasthāpayitavye iti yaivaṃ vyākṛtā putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaṃ sa rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti, eṣā tāvat pratīṣṭā; dvitīyāyā arthāya gaṇam avalokayiṣyāmīti; tena sā pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā; tena khalu samayena śākyānāṃ pāṇḍavā nāma khaṣāḥ prativiruddhāḥ; śākyāḥ saṃbhūya rājñaḥ siṃhahanoḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; deva pāṇḍavaiḥ khaṣair upadrutāḥ sma, sāhāyyaṃ kalpayeti; sa kathayati bhavanto vṛddho 'haṃ na śaknomi taiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃgrāmayituṃ; deva śuddhodanaṃ kumāram anupreṣaya; samayato 'nupreṣayāmi yadi kumārasya yathābhipretaṃ varaṃ prārthayato 'nuprayacchata; te kathayanti: deva evaṃ bhavatu prayacchāmaḥ; rājñā caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ datvā śuddhodanaḥ kumāraḥ preṣitaḥ; tena te khaṣāḥ hataprahatavidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ; tataḥ śākyāḥ parituṣṭāḥ siṃhahano rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; deva kumāreṇa pāṇḍavā khaṣāḥ hataprahatāḥ vidhvastāḥ kṛtāḥ; parituṣṭā smaḥ; vada kumārasya kaṃ varam anuprayacchāmaḥ; bhavantaḥ śākyaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid dve sadṛśe bhārye upasthāpayitavye iti; deva kiṃ mucyatāṃ kriyākāraḥ; sa kathayati: sutarāṃ baddhavyo na moktavyaḥ; kiṃ tu kumārasyaikaṃ varam anuprayacchatha, dvitīyāṃ sadṛśīṃ bhāryām upasthāpayituṃ; deva śobhanam; evaṃ kriyatāṃ; tataḥ siṃhahanunā suprabuddhasya lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ avalokito mayā gaṇaḥ; dvitīyāṃ duhitaram anupreṣayeti; tena sāpi pañcaśataparivārā preṣitā; śuddhodanena kumāreṇa dve api pariṇīte (SBV I 36)

Śuddhodana succeeds Siṃhahanu and the descent of the Buddha

yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhahanū rājā kālagataḥ; kapilavastuni śuddhodano rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ (A 361a) ca; so 'pareṇa samayena mahāmāyādevyā sārdham upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; dharmatā hy eṣā tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvaḥ paṃcabhir avalokanair lokam avalokayati jātyavalokanena deśāvalokanena kālāvalokanena vaṃśāvalokanena stryavalokanena ca; (1) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti? tuṣitabhavanasthasya bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśyāṃ jātau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati brāhmaṇakule vā kṣatriyakule vā; tatra kadācid brāhmaṇā uccakulasaṃmatā bhavanti; kadācit kṣatriyāḥ; idānīṃ tu kṣatriyāḥ uccakulasaṃmatāḥ, yanv ahaṃ kṣatriyakule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena garhaṇīyāyāṃ jātau pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; <avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ>; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā jātyavalokanaṃ kurvanti; (2) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: kīdṛśi deśe bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yo 'sau deśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsaṃpanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ; tasyaivaṃ bhavaty ayaṃ madhyadeśa ikṣuśālimālāgomahiṣīsaṃpanno bhaikṣukaśatakalilo dasyujanavivarjitaḥ āryajanādhyuṣitaḥ; yanv ahaṃ madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ bodhisatvena (SBV I 37) pratyanteṣu janapadeṣu pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikā hi buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā deśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (3) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat; kīdṛśe kāle bodhisatvā jaṃbūdvīpe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti; utkarṣe vartamanāyāṃ prajāyām aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti; apakarṣe śatavarṣāyuṣāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ <prajāyām arvāk pratisandhiṃ na> gṛhṇanti; kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣi manuṣyāṇām ūrdhvaṃ pratisandhiṃ na gṛhṇanti? aśītivarṣasahasrāyuṣo hi manuṣyā durudvejyā bhavanti; duḥsaṃvedyā jaḍā mṛdvindriyāḥ pramattāḥ sukhabahulāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtāḥ; apakarṣe 'py arvāg varṣaśatasya pañcakaṣāyā udriktā bhavanti; tadyathā āyuḥkaṣāyaḥ kleśakaṣāyaḥ satvakaṣāyo dṛṣṭikaṣāyaḥ kalpakaṣāyaś ca; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pañcakaṣāyodrikte kāle bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś (A 361b) ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ kālāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (4) kena kāraṇena kulāvalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśe kule bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yat kulam uccasaṃmatam anupākruṣṭacāritraṃ yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyeti; tasyaitad abhavad ayaṃ śākyavaṃśa uccakulasaṃmato yāvan mahāsaṃmatam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritraś ca yanv ahaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kule pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇīyāṃ; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ pratyavare kule bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma (SBV I 38) kṛtam upacitam; avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvā vaṃśāvalokanaṃ kurvanti; (5) kena kāraṇena bodhisatvā stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti? bodhisatvasyaivaṃ bhavati; kīdṛśyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvāḥ pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇantīti; paśyati yā strī rūpavatī bhavati śīlavatī kulavatī kulinā kulavardhanī pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhasya mātā syām iti; śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ; na ca svārthaṃ hāpayati; tasyaivaṃ bhavati iyaṃ mahāmāyā yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahaṃ mātāmahaṃ paitāmahaṃ yugam upādāyānupākruṣṭacāritrā rūpavatī śīlavatī kulinā kulavardhanī; śaknoti bodhisatvaṃ daśamāsaṃ kukṣiṇā dhārayituṃ; na ca svārthaṃ hāpayitum; tathā hi mahāmāyā pūrvabuddheṣu kṛtādhikārapraṇidhānā aho batāhaṃ buddhamātā syām iti; mā ca me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ alakṣaṇasaṃpannāyā striyāḥ kukṣau bodhisatvena pratisandhir gṛhīta iti; tathā hi bodhisatvenānādikālīnam anākṣepasaṃvartanīyaṃ karma kṛtam upacitam; <avandhyaphaladharmadeśikāś ca buddhā bhagavantaḥ>; anena kāraṇena bodhisatvāḥ stryavalokanaṃ kurvanti; atha bodhisatvaḥ pañca vyavalokanāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvayati ito 'haṃ mārṣās tuṣitād devanikāyāc cyutvā manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ grahīṣyāmi rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyāgramahiṣyāḥ kukṣau; tasya putratvam adhigamya amṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi; yo yuṣmākam amṛtenārthī sa manuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu bhūyo madhyadeśa iti; evam uktās tuṣitakāyikā devā bodhisatvam idam avocan: yat khalu bodhisatva jānīyā etarhi kalikaluṣo lokaḥ krūrasantānaprajā ākulīkṛtaś ca jaṃbūdvipaḥ ṣaḍbhis tārkikaiḥ ṣaḍbhir ānuśravikaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ samāpattṛbhiḥ; tatra ṣaṭ tārkikāḥ katame? tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ (SBV I 39) maskarī gośāliputraḥ sañjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakaṃbalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyano nirgrantho jñātiputra; ṣaḍ ānusravikāḥ katamas tadyathā kūṭatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ śroṇatāṇḍyo brāhmaṇaḥ, cogī brāhmaṇaḥ brāhmāyur brāhmaṇaḥ (A 362a) puṣkarasāri brāhmaṇaḥ lohityaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ; ṣaṭ pratipattāraḥ katame? tadyathā udrako rāmaputraḥ; arāḍaḥ kālāmaḥ subhadraḥ parivrājakaḥ sañjayī māṇavaḥ asitariṣiḥ urubilvākāśyapaś ca jaṭilaḥ; iha tu bodhisatvasya dvādaśayojanāni dharmaśravaṇārtham āsanaprajñaptiḥ prajñāpyate; asmākaṃ caivaṃ bhavati: yam asmākaṃ tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvo dharmaṃ deśayiṣyati taṃ vayaṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā tathā tathā pratipatsyāmahe; yathāpitad asmākaṃ bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāyeti; evam ukto bodhisatvaḥ tuṣitakāyikān devān idam avocat: tena hi mārṣā sarvavādyāni prahaṇyantām iti

Descent from the Tuṣitas

tuṣitakāyikābhir devatābhiḥ sarvavādyāni prahatāni; bodhisatvenāpi saṅkham āpūryābhihitaṃ: kataro 'tra mārṣāḥ odārikaḥ śabdaḥ? śaṅkhaśabdo bhagavan; yathāyaṃ mārṣāḥ śaṅkhaśabdaḥ sarvavādyāny abhibhūyāvasthitaḥ evam evāhaṃ jambūdvīpam avatīrya ṣaṭ tārkikān, ṣaḍ ānuśravikān, ṣaṭ ca pratipattrīn abhibhūyāmṛtam adhigamiṣyāmi; amṛtena jagat santarpayiṣyāmi; anityatāśaṅkham āpūrayiṣyāmi; śūnyatābherīṃ tāḍayiṣyāmīti; nairātmyasiṃhanādaṃ nadiṣyāmī iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate: siṃhaikaḥ pramathati naikaśvāpadaughān vajraiko vilikhati naikaṣṛṅgaśailān / śakraiko vijayati naikadānavendrān sūryaiko vimathati naikam andhakāram // (SBV.I 40) yo yuṣmākaṃ mārṣā amṛtenārthī sa madhyadeśe pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇātu; ṣaṭsu mahānagareṣv iryataha; śakrasya devendrasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān mahāmāyāyāḥ devyāḥ kukṣāu pratisandhiṃ grahītukāmaḥ; yanv aham asyā ojopasaṃhāraṃ kuryāṃ kukṣiṃ ca viśodhayeyam iti viditvā śakreṇa devānām indreṇa mahāmāyāyā devyāḥ ojopasaṃhāraṃ kṛtavān; kukṣiṃ ca śodhitavān; tatas tuṣitabhavanastho bodhisatvaḥ pañcāvalokitāni vyavalokya ṣaṭ kāmāvacarān devāṃs trir anuśrāvya gajanidarśanena rātryā madhyame yāme māhāmāyāyā devyāḥ kukṣim avakrāntaḥ; āha ca

Conception; auspicious signs in the dream

tathā hi mahāmāyā caturaḥ svapnān paśyati; (1) ṣaḍdanto me śveto hastināgaḥ kukṣiṃ bhitvā praviṣṭaḥ; (2) upari vihāyasā gacchāmi; (3) mahāśailaparvatam abhiruhāmi; (4) mahājanakāyo me praṇāmaṃ karotīti; tayā rajña śuddhodanāyārocitam; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā; bhavantaḥ āhūyantāṃ svapnādhyāyavidaḥ naimittikāś ca brāhmaṇā iti; taiś ca svapnādhyāyavido naimittikāś ca brāhmaṇā āhūtāḥ; tato rājñā teṣām svapnāni niveditāni; te kathayanti: deva yathā śāstre dṛṣṭaṃ, putraṃ janayiṣyati dvātriṃśanmahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam; saced gṛhī agāram adhyāvatsyati, (A 362b) rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi (SBV I 41) vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati, tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti

antaroddānam: cyutir devaputro ratanam aṣṭāṅgaṃ śrāntavratamānasam

The Buddha in mother's womb

dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvas tuṣitād devanikāyāc cyutvā mātuḥ kukṣim avakrānto 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; sarvaś cāyaṃ lokaḥ udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryācandramasāv evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās te svakam api bāhuṃ pragṛhītaṃ na paśyanti; te tayā ābhayā anyonyaṃ satvān dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti

avabhāsayitveha diśaḥ samantataḥ pṛthak ca lokāntarikās tamovṛtāḥ / yadākramat kukṣim atulyavikramas tathā tadāsīd iyam atra dharmatā // (SBV I 41) dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kuksāv avakrāntaḥ tasmin samaye śakro devendrāś caturo devaputrān mātur ārakṣakān sthāpayaty asihastān, prāsahastāṃś chaktihastān tomarahastān, mā kaścid bodhisatvaṃ viheṭayiṣyati manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo veti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt kośogata evāsthād amrakṣito garbhamalena, juvramalena, rudhiramalena, anyatamānyatamena vāśucinā viprakṛtena; tadyathā maṇiratnaṃ kāśikaratne upakṣiptaṃ naiva maṇiratnaṃ kāśīkaratnena lipyate, nāpi kāśikaratnaṃ maṇiratnena; evam eva yasmin samaye bodhisatvo mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt kośogata evāsthād amrakṣito garbhamalena, juvramalena, rudhiramalena anyatamānyatamena vā aśucinā viprakṛtena; tadyathā maṇiratnaṃ; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tam enaṃ tasmin sasmaye mātā sarvam antaḥkukṣigataṃ paripūrṇaṃ paśyati; tadyathā maṇir aṣṭāṅgo vaiḍūryaḥ śubhro jātimān accho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ pañcaraṅgike sūtre 'rpitaḥ syāt; tadythā nīle pīte lohite 'vadāte māñjiṣṭhe; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā jānīyād idaṃ sūtram ayaṃ maṇiḥ; sūtre maṇir arpitaḥ; evam eva bodhisatvo yasmin samaye mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tam enaṃ tasmin samaye mātā sarvam antaḥkukṣigataṃ paripūrṇaṃ paśyati; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthān nāsya tasmin samaye mātā śrāntakāyā vā 'bhūt klāntakāyā vā yaduta bodhisatvaṃ dhārayantī; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān (SBV I 43) mātuḥ kukṣāv asthāt tasmin samaye mātā yāvajjīvaṃ pañcavratapadāni samādattavatī; yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāyā prāṇātipātāt prativiratā; adattādānam, ahrahmacaryaṃ, mṛṣāvādaṃ surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānāṃ prahāya surāmaireyamadyapramādasthānāt prativiratā; prāṇān ahantī nādattam ādadau; mṛṣā nāvocat; na madyalolupā 'bhūt; abrahmacaryād viratā ca maithunāt siddhārthamātā; iyam atra dharmatā; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣāv asthān nāsya mātā tasmin samaye puruṣeṣu mānasaṃ nibaddhavatī yaduta kāmopasaṃhitam; na rajyate kleśeṣu; na cāsyāḥ kāmahetoḥ paridahyate manaḥ; na cāsya mātā puruṣeṣu mānasaṃ badhnāti kāmaguṇopasaṃhitam

Pains of childbirth

atha mahāmāyāyā dohada utpannaḥ aho batāhaṃ caturbhyo mahāsmudrebhyaḥ pānīyaṃ pibeyam iti; tayā rajñe śuddhodanāyārocitam; rājñā śuddhodanena naimittikānāṃ niveditam; kimarthaṃ devyā ayam evaṃrūpo dohada utpannaḥ; naimittikair vyākṛtaṃ: deva devī kumārāṃ janayiṣyati; dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ pravrajitvā sakalaṃ jñeyārṇavaṃ pāsyati; rājñābhihitam; yady asyāḥ mahāsamudrāt pānīyaṃ <na> dīyate, kiṃ tat syāt; vyaṅgaṃ putraṃ janayet; rājñābhihitaṃ: mama tāvat śuddhodanasyāvikalāṅgaḥ putro bhaviṣyatīti; tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni raktākṣo nāma parivrājakas tiṣṭhati indrajāle kṛtāvī; rājñā tasyāhūya niveditam; tena tasyā upariprāsādatalagatāyā yāvac caturo mahāsamudrān darśayitvā pānīyaṃ dattam; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa (SBV I 44) prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho bata sarvabandhanamokṣaḥ kriyeteti; rājñā sarvabandhanamokṣaḥ kṛta iti tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho bata dānāni dīyeran puṇyāni kriyerann iti; rājñā dānāni dattāni puṇyāni kṛtāni; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ; aho batāham udyānāni paśyeyam iti; rājñā udyānāni darśitāni; tasyā yo dohada utpannaḥ sa prativigataḥ; punar apy asyā dohada utpannaḥ aho batāham udyāne tiṣṭheyam iti; rājñaḥ suprabuddhasya lumbinī nāmodyānam; tasya śuddhodanena rājñā sandiṣṭaṃ duhitā te udyānaṃ nirgantukāmā; udyānaṃ śodhayeti; tena pauruṣeyāṇāṃ ājñā dattā, bhavanta udyānaṃ śodhayateti; tair udyānaṃ śodhitam; tataḥ sā paricārikāsahīyā nirgatā; tatas tayā luṃbinīvane vicarantyā sapuṣpitaḥ aśokapādapo dṛṣṭaḥ; sā tam avalokyāvasthitā prasavitukāmā

The birth of the Buddha and the accompanying wonders

śakro (A 363b) devendraḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvamātā hrīmatī; na śaknoti mahājanaparivṛtā prasavitum; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tena tumulaṃ vātavarṣaṃ nirmitam; tenāsau mahājanakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; tataḥ śakro devendraḥ vṛddhadhātrīvarṇam ātmānām abhinirmāya mahāmāyāyāḥ purastād avasthitaḥ sā prasavitum ārabdhā; bodhisatvo nirgacchaṃś chakreṇājinaśāṭikāyāṃ pratigṛhītaḥ; sa garbhavāsapariklāntaḥ; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: madaprāpto 'yaṃ śakro bhaviṣyati mayā bodhisatvaḥ pratīcchita iti; viditvā vajraśarīram ātmānam adhiṣṭhitaḥ; śakro devendraḥ kaṃpayitum ārabdho bodhisatvenābhihitaḥ; muñca muñca kauśika apaihi purastād iti; (SBV I 45) <dharmatā khalu>, yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān jātaḥ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; pūrvavad yāvad anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣer niṣkrāntaḥ kośogata ivāsir niṣkrāntaḥ amrakṣito garbhamalena juvramalena rudhiramalenānyatamānyatamena vā aśucinā viprakṛtena; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye bodhisatvo bhagavān mātuḥ kukṣer niṣkrānto nāsya tasmin samaye mātā niṣaṇṇā vā 'bhūn nipannā vā; sthitaiva sā kṣatriyī kṣatriyaṃ prasūtā; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvaḥ saptapadāni prakrāntaḥ parigṛhīto na kenacit; caturdiṣaṃ ca vyavalokayati; vācaṃ ca bhāṣate, iyaṃ pūrvā dik pūrvaṃgamo bhaviṣyāmi nirvāṇāya, iyaṃ dakṣiṇā dakṣiṇīyo bhaviṣyāmi kṛtsnasya <jagataḥ, iyaṃ paścimā dik, mama paścimaṃ janma bhaviṣyati; iyam uttarā dik, bhavasaṃsārād utttariṣyāmi iti; tasya śirasi upari devāḥ śvetaṃ ca chatraṃ maṇidaṇḍakaṃ ca cāmaraṃ ca dhārayanti; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya dve vāridhāre 'ntarikṣāt prādurbhavata ekā śitā ekā uṣṇā ye bodhisatvaṃ snāpitavatye>; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya mātur janayitryāḥ purastān mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriniṣyandi; yato 'sya mātā udakenodakakāryam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātasya bodhisatvasya devatā antarikṣāt divyāny utpalāni kṣipanti; padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāny agarucūrṇāni, tagaracūrṇāni; candanacūrṇāni, tamālapatracūrṇāni, (SBV I 46) divyāni ca māndāravāṇi puṣpāṇi kṣipanti; divyāni ca vādyāni pravādayanti

antaroddānām utpādakośasthitiḥ sapta padāni dve vāridhāre, udapānaṃ devatā

yadā śākyamunir bodhisatvo jātaḥ tadā caturṇāṃ rājñāṃ putrā jātāḥ, śrāvastyām arāḍabrahmadattasya putro jātaḥ; arāḍabrahmadattasyaitad abhavat: mama putrasya janmani prasannaḥ prasanna iva janapadaḥ khyāti; tasmād bhavatv asya prasenajit iti nāma, rājagṛhe nagare mahāpadmasya rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyaitad abhavat mama putrasya janmani ādityabimbenevodayatā loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bimbāyāś ca putraḥ; bhavatv asya bimbisāra iti nāma; kauśāṃbyāṃ śatānīkasya rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyaitad abhavat: mama putrasya janmani (A 364a) ādityenevodayatā loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bhavatv asyodayana iti nāma; ujjayanyāṃ nagaryām anantanemino rājñaḥ putro jātaḥ; anantanemino rājña etad abhavat mama putrasya janmani pradyoteneva loko 'vabhāsitaḥ; bhavatv asya pradyota iti nāma; tac ca naivam; api sarvaṃ tad bodhisatvānubhāvāt.

Asita, Nālada and the yakṣa Śākyavardhana

kiṣkindhe parvate asito nāma riṣiḥ prativasati saṃvartanīyakuśalo vivartanīyakuśalaś ca tasya nālado nāma bhāgineyaḥ; sa tasya kālena kālaṃ saṃvartanīyavivartanīyaṃ kathayati; sa tasya sakāśe pravrajitaḥ; bodhisatvasya (SBV I 47) bhagavato janmani sarvaloka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; tena khalu samayena nālado guhāṃ praviśya dhyāyati; sa tam avabhāsaṃ dṛṣṭvā asitam uvāca; upādhyāya upādhyāya

nāladaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya gacchāmo bodhisatvaṃ paśyāmaḥ; sa kathayati: vatsa idānīṃ bodhisatvo maheśākhyamaheśākhyābhir devatābhir ākīrṇo viharati; sthānam etad vidyate yad vayam avakāśaṃ na lapsyāmahe; yadā bhagavān kapilavastu praveśito bhavati, nāma cāsya vyavasthāpitam, tadā vayaṃ darśanāyopasaṅkramiśyāma iti; yam eva divasaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān jātaḥ tam eva divasaṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya chandakapramukhāni pañcopasthāyakaśatāni jātāni; cchandikāpramukhāni pañcopasthāyikaśatāni <jātāni>; pañcahastinīśatāni prasūtāni; pañcavaḍavāśatāni pañcabhir nidhiśatair mukhāny upadarśitāni; prātisīmaiś ca koṭṭarājabhiḥ karapratyayā upanibaddhāḥ

Names of the bodhisatva

amātyai rājñe śuddhodanāya yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; rājā saṃlakṣayati: mama putrasya janmani sarvārthāḥ sarvakarmāntāś ca paripūrṇāḥ; bhavatu kumārasya sarvārthasiddha iti nāma; tatra bodhisatvasyedaṃ prathamaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta sarvārthasiddha (SBV I 48) iti; kapilavastuni nagare śākyavardhano nāma yakṣo naivāsikaḥ; ācaritaṃ śākyānāṃ, yasya kasyacit chākyasya putro vā jāte duhitā vā sa śākyavardhanasya pādābhivandako nīyate; rājñā pauruṣeyāṇām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavantaḥ kumāraṃ śākyavardhanasya yakṣasya pādayor nipatya pātayata iti; evaṃ deva ity amātyā rājñāḥ śuddhodanasya pratiśrutya, bodhisatvaṃ catūratnamayāṃ śibikām āropya kapilavastunagaraṃ praveśayitum ārabdhāḥ; kāpilavāstavāḥ śākyāś caṇḍā rabhasāḥ karkaśāḥ sāhasikāś ca; te bodhisatvasya praviśato munaya iva sthitāḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ime kāpilavāstavāḥ (A 364b) śākyāś caṇḍā rabhasāḥ karkaśāś ca kumārāsya praviśato munaya ivāvasthitāḥ; bhavatu kumārasya śākyamunir iti nāmeti; tatra bohisatvasya dvitīyaṃ nāma vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta śākyamunir iti; bodhisatvaḥ śāyavardhanasya yakṣaya bhavanasasmīpaṃ nītaḥ; adrākṣīc chākyavardhano yakṣo bodhisatvaṃ bhavanasamīpam āgataṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhavanān nirgamya sarvakāyena bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatitaḥ; janakāyena rājñā śuddhodanāya niveditam: deva śākyavardhana eva yakṣo bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatitaḥ iti; śrutvā ca rājā kathayati: bhavanto devā api kumārasya pādayor nipatanti; devānām apy ayaṃ devaḥ; tasmāt bhavatu kumārasya devātideva iti nāma iti; tatra bodhisatvasya tṛtīyaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ yaduta devātideva iti; sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvaḥ mātāpitṛbhyāṃ dhātryai dattaḥ: ayaṃ te dhātri kumāraḥ kālena kālam udvartayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ snapayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ bhojayitavyaḥ, kālena kālaṃ samyak sukhena parihartavyaḥ iti; tam enaṃ dhātrī āttamanāttamanā ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pratigṛhya, kālena kālam udvartayati, kālena kālaṃ snapayati, kālena kālaṃ bhojayati, kālena kālam samyak sukhena pariharati; apīdānīṃ ye gandhāḥ sumanojñarūpāḥ tair vilipya, sarvālaṅkārair alaṅkṛtaṃ pituḥ śuddhodanasyānuprayacchati; tam enaṃ rājā śuddhodano gṛhītvā, aṅke niṣādya, punaḥ punaḥ prekṣate harṣajātaḥ (SBV I 49)

Predictions of the naimittikas

dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajātaṃ bodhisatvaṃ mātāpitarau brāhmaṇānāṃ, naimittikānām, vipañcanakānām copadarśayataḥ: kaccid bhavantaḥ samanvāgataḥ kumāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ? yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya (A 365a?) dve gatī bhavato, nānyā; saced gṛhī agāram adhyāvasati, rājā bhavati cakravartī, cāturantāṃ vijetā, dhārmiko, dharmarājaḥ saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ; tasyemāny evaṃrūpāṇi sapta ratnāni bhavanti; tadyathā (1) cakraratnam, (2) hastiratnam, (3) aśvaratnam, (4) maṇiratnam, (5) strīratnam, (6) gṛhapatiratnam, (7) pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhavati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ śūrāṇāṃ vīrāṇāṃ varāṅgarūpiṇāṃ parasainyapramardakānām; sa imām eva samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm akhilām akaṇṭakām anutpīḍām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyāvatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajati tathāgato bhavaty arhan saṃyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti; tathyaṃ deva samanvāgataḥ kumāro dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāiḥ; yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; sacet gṛhī agāram adhyāvasati, rājā bhavati cakravarti, cāturantāṃ vijetā, dhārmiko dharmarājāḥ pūrvavad yāvat tathāgato bhavaty arhan samyakasṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke

Lakṣaṇas of a mahāpuruṣa

katamāni tāni bhavanto dvātriṃśat mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāni? yaiḥ samanvāgatasya mahāpuruṣasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke (SBV I 50) (1) supratiṣṭhitapādo deva kumāraḥ; apīdānīṃ supratiṣṭhitatvāt pādayoḥ samam ākramate mahīm; idaṃ kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (2) adhastāc cāsya pādatalayoḥ cakre jāte sahasrāre, sanābhike sanemike, sarvākāraparipūrṇe; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (3) dīrghāṅgulir deva kumāraḥ (4) āyatapādpārṣṇir (5) mṛdutaruṇapāṇipādaḥ; mṛdukam asya pāṇipādaṃ tadyathā tūlapicur vā karpāsapicur vā; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (6) jālinīpāṇipādo deva kumāraḥ; jāliny asya hastayoś ca pādayoś ca, tadyathā abhijātasya haṃsarājasya; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (7) ucchāṅkhacāro deva kumāraḥ; (8) eṇījaṅghaḥ; (9) anavanatakāyaḥ anavanamanena kāyena ubhau jānumaṇḍalāv āmārṣṭi parāmārṣṭi; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣaṇam; (10) kośogatavastiguhyo deva kumāraḥ; kośogatavastiguhyaṃ tadyathā abhijātasya hastyājāneyasya vā aśvājāneyasya vā; ideṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (11) nyagrodhaparimaṇḍalo deva kumāraḥ; yāvān kāyena tāvān vyāmena, yāvān vyāmena tāvān kāyena; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (12) ūrdhvāṅgaromo deva kumāraḥ; (13) ekaikaromaḥ; ekaikam asya roma kāye jātaṃ nīlam, kuṇḍalajātakāṃ pradakṣiṇāvartam; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (14) suvarṇavarṇasaṅkāśo deva kumāraḥ; vyāmaprabhaḥ kāñcanasannibhas tvak; (15) sūkṣmacchaviḥ; apīdānīṃ sūkṣmatvāc cchave rajomalam asya kāye na santiṣṭhate; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣlakṣaṇam; (16) saptotsadakāyo deva kumāraḥ; saptotsadāḥ kāye jātāḥ; dvau hastayor dvau pādayor dvāu aṃsayor ekaṃ grīvāyām; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (SBV I 51) (17) citāntarāṃso deva kumāraḥ, (18) siṃhapūrvārdhakṛyo (19) bṛhadṛjugātrāḥ, (20) susaṃvṛtaskandhaḥ, (21) catvāriṃśaddantaḥ, (22) samadantaḥ (23) aviraladantaḥ, (24) śukladaṃṣṭraḥ, (25) simhahanū (26) rasarasāgraprāptaḥ; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (27) prabhūtatanujihvo deva kumāraḥ; apīdānīṃ pradhūtatvāt tanutvāc ca jihvāyā mukhāj jihvāṃ nirṇamayya sarvaṃ mukhamaṇḍalaṃ chādayati yāvat keśaparyantam upādāya; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (28) brahmasvaro deva kumāraḥ, kalaviṅkamanojñabhāṇī dundubhisvaranirghoṣaḥ; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; (29) abhinīlanetro deva kumāraḥ, (30) gopakṣmā; (31) uṣṇīṣaśirāḥ; (32) ūrṇā cāsya bhruvor mādhye jātā śvetā śaṅkhanibhā pradakṣiṇāvartā; idaṃ deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇam; imāni tāni (A 365b) deva kumārasya mahāpuruṣasya mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇāni, yaiḥ samanvāgatasya dve gatī bhavato nānyā; pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; yadi ca kumāro na pravrajiṣyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī

Beauty and other qualities of the bodhisatva

dharmatā khalu saptāhajātasya śākyamuner bodhisatvasya mātā janayitrī kālagatā; samanantarakālagatā praṇīte trayastriṃśaddevanikāye upapannā; dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatva abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; atikrānto mānuṣavarṇam asaṃprāptaś ca divyaṃ varṇaṃ; apīdānīm narāś ca nāryaś ca nirīkṣamāṇās tṛptiṃ na gacchanti; mudaṃ labhante; tadyathā jāṃbūnadamayī suvarṇaniṣkā karmāraparimṛṣṭā ahate pāṇḍukambala upanikṣiptā atyarthaṃ bhāsate tapati virocate; evam eva śākyamunir bodhisatva abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ atikrānto mānuṣaṃ varṇaṃ asaṃprāptaś ca divyaṃ varṇaṃ; dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatvo mahājanakāyasya priyaś cābhūn manāpaś ca; apīdānīṃ mahājanakāyam (SBV I 52) aṃsenāṃsaṃ samparivartayati, tadyathā śāradakaṃ padmaṃ mahājanakāyasya priyaṃ ca manāpaṃ ca; apīdānīṃ mahājanakāyas tat pāṇinā pāṇiṃ saṃvārayati; evaṃ pūrvavat

antaroddānam: animiṣavipākadharmaś ca valgusvaraś ca paṇḍita udyānam //

dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva animiṣaṇ; rūpāṇi paśyan nāsau nimiṣati; tadyathā devās trayastriṃśāḥ; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva pūrvakarmavipākajena divyena cakṣuṣā samanvāgato yenāsu paśyati divā ca rātrau ca samantayojanaṃ; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratajāto bodhisatva valgusvaraś cābhūn madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; tadyathā haimavataḥ śakunako valgusvaraś ca madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; evam eva sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvo valgusvaraś cābhūn madhurasvaraś ca manojñasvaraś ca; dharmatā khalu sāṃpratatajāto bodhisatvaḥ paṇḍito 'bhūd vyakto medhāvī tantropamikayā mīmāṃsikyā prajñayā samanvāgataḥ; apīdānīṃ rājñaś ca śuddhodanasyārthādhikaraṇena niṣadya gaṃbhīram arthapadavyañjanaṃ prajñayā pratividhyati

The arrival of Asita and Nālada

tato nāladaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya bodhisatvaḥ kapilavastuni praveśitaḥ; nāmatrayaṃ ca vyavasthāpitam; idānīṃ gacchāmo bodhisatvaṃ darśanāya iti; sa kathayati; evaṃ kurmaḥ; tau saṃprasthitau; bodhhisatvānubhāvād ṛddheḥ parihīṇau; padbhyām eva kapilavastunagaraṃ praviśya rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya gṛhadvāraṃ gatau; tata asitariṣir dauvārikaṃ puruṣaṃ āmantrayate: gaccha bhoḥ puruṣa rajñaḥ śuddhodanasya gatvā kathaya, asitariṣir dvāri tiṣṭhati, devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; tena praviśya (SBV I 53) rājñe niveditam; rājā kathayati, praviśatu ko bhavantam asitaṃ vārayati; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena satkārapurassaram arghapādyena pūjitaḥ āsane datte niṣaṇṇaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena kathālāpena pratisaṃmodyābhihito: maharṣe kim āgamanaprayojitam (A 366a); sa kathayati: mahārāja tava putradarśanāya vayam ihāgatāḥ, lokajyeṣṭhasya vināyakasya muner darśanāya; yady evaṃ muhūrtaṃ tāvad udīkṣasva, suptaḥ kumāro yāvat pratibuddhyata iti; sa kathayati suptam eva paśyāmi; evaṃ kuru; sa paśyati; yāvad bodhisatva animiṣaḥ; rūpāṇi paśyati na nimisān; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate

tataḥ sāṃpratajāto bodhisatvo dhātryā aṅke gṛhītvā riṣer upanāmitaḥ; asitena riṣiṇā ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ pratigṛhītaḥ; muhūrtaṃ nirīkṣya kathayati: deva darśitaḥ kumāro brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānām? rājā kathayati darśitaḥ; kim tair vyākṛtam? rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī, pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; athāsitariṣir bodhisatvaṃ dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

avyaktair bhavati hi lakṣaṇair narendro dvīpānām adhipatir īśvaraś caturṇām / suvyaktair bhavati hi lakṣaṇair munīndro saṃbuddho naravara dharmacakravartī // iti (SBV I 54) viditvā ātmana āyuḥprakarṣaṃ vyavalokayitum ārabdho bodhisatvasya cābhisaṃbodhiṃ yāvat; paśyati bodhisatva ekānnatriṃśatko vayasā gṛhān nirgamiṣyati; ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ cariṣyati; tato 'mṛtam adhigamiṣyati; ātmanaḥ paśyaty antaraiva kālakriyām; so 'sruparyākulekṣaṇo vyavasthitaḥ; rājā śuddhodano dṛṣṭvā santrastamatir gāthāṃ bhāṣate

asito 'pi ṛṣir gāthāṃ bhāṣate

bhayārditānām abhayapradātā audaryabhūmiḥ karuṇāvihārī / (SBV I 55) kṛtsnasya lokasya bhayaṃ sa hanti bhayaṃ bhavet tasya kuto narendra //

Asita's departure

asitarṣiḥ kliṣṭasantānaḥ saṃlakṣayti: ahaṃ bodhiṣatvasyānubhāvād ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; sayadi padbhyāṃ gamiṣyāmi (A 366b) mahājanakāyo māṃ pratarkayiṣyati rājā ca ; iti viditvā kathayati: deva tavāyaṃ dīrgharātram āśāsakaḥ, aho batāsitarṣiḥ, padbhyām eva kapilavastu praviśed iti; so 'haṃ padhbhyām kapilavastu praviṣṭaḥ; idānīṃ padbhyām eva niṣkramiṣyāmi; tvaṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayeti; rājñā śuddhodanena amātyānām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavanto nagaraśobhāṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayata rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇām; asitiriṣiḥ padbhyāṃ kapilavastuno nagarān niṣkrāmati; yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvam iti; evaṃ devety amātyaiḥ rājñaḥ pratiśrutya kapilavastunagaram apagataśarkarakaṭhallaṃ (SBV I 56) vyavasthāpitam, candanavāripariṣiktam surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapallavadāmakalāpam, ucchritadhvajapatākaṃ; rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakesu ghaṇtāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kapilavāstavāḥ śākyāḥ asitarṣiḥ kapilavastuno nagarān niṣkrāmati; yad vaḥ kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat kurudhvam iti; tato 'sau kliṣṭabuddhiḥ kṛtopacārī rājñā śuddhodanenāmātyagaṇaparivṛtenānekaiś ca kāpilavāstavair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir anugamyamāno madhyamadhyena nagarasya parayā vibhūtyā kapilavastuno niṣkrāntaḥ; rājānaṃ nivartya yatheṣṭagatipracāratayā saṃprasthito 'nupūrveṇa kiṣkindhaṃ parvatam anuprāptaḥ; sa tam adhiruhya itaś cāmutaś ca paribhraman yathābhipretasthānasamanveṣaṇayā anyatamasmin pradeśe niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatas tena mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya dhyānāny utpāditāni; ṛddhiś cābhinirhṛtā; yāvad apareṇa samayena asitariṣir glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagandhapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; tathāpy asau hīyata eva; tato 'sya nāladaḥ śarīrāvasthāṃ paricchidya kathayati: upādhyāya yatkiṃcid vayaṃ pravrajitās tat sarvam amṛtārthino mṛtagaveṣiṇaḥ; saced upādhyāyenāmṛtam adhigatam asmākam apu amṛtena saṃvibhāgaṃ karotv iti; sa kathayati: māṇava aham api yatkiṃcit pravrajitaḥ sarvaṃ tad amṛtārthī amṛtagaveṣi; na ca mayāmṛtam adhigatam; api tu ya eṣa śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanna eṣo 'mṛtam adhigamiṣyati; amṛtena jagat santarpayiṣyati; tasyāntike pravraja; pravrajya ca tena <na> jātivādaḥ kartavyo na gotravādo na māṇavakavādaḥ; kevalaṃ tu pravrajya brahmacaryaṃ caritavyam; amṛtādhigame codyogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; tatas te amṛtaṃ bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

ity uktvā sarve kṣayāntā nicayāḥ patanāntāḥ samucchrayāḥ / saṃyogā viprayogāntā maraṇāntaṃ hi jīvitam // (SBV I 57) ity uktvā kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktaḥ; tato nāladas tasya śarīre śarīrapūjāṃ kṛtvā (A 367a) vārāṇasīṃ gatvāvasthitaḥ; sa tatra pañcamāṇavakaśatāni brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayati; nāladaḥ kātyāyano gotreṇa; tasya kātyāyanaḥ kātyāyana iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; so 'bhisambuddhabodher bhagavataḥ sakāśam upasaṅkramiṣyati; taṃ bhagavān kātyāyanāvavādenāvabodhya saṃsārakāntārād uttārya atyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpayiṣyati; tasya mahākātyāyano mahākātyāyana iti saṃjñā bhaviṣyati

Siddhārtha, the Nāgasahasrabala

athāpareṇa samayena śākyamunir bodhisatvo dhātryaṃsagataḥ suvarṇapātryāṃ śālimāsaudanaṃ bhuṅkte; sa prabhūtaṃ bhuṅkte; nāvatiṣṭhata iti dhātrī ācchettum ārabdhā; na śaknoty ācchettum; tayā rājñe śuddhodanayā ārocitam; rājā antaḥpurasahīya ācchettum ārabdhaḥ; so 'pi na śaknoti; tato rājñā amātyāḥ kapilavāstavāś ca janakāyāḥ prayukṭāḥ; te 'pi na śaknuvanty ācchettum; tataḥ pañcahastiśatāni yoktritāni; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mā mameti balaṃ paṃsayiṣyanti; yanv aham kuṭilāṅgulikayā pātrīṃ vidhārayeyam iti; tena kuṭilāṅgulikayā suvarṇapātrī ākṛṣṭā; tāni ca pañcaśatāni pṛṣṭhatomukhāni ākṛṣṭāni, na tu taiḥ suvarṇapātrī ākṛṣṭā; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvena vāmena pāṇinā pañcahastiśatāny ākṛṣṭāni; niyatam ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ nāgasahasram ākrakṣyati; tasmād bhavatu kumārasya nāgasahasrabala iti nāmeti

antaroddānam dārakā krīḍanakā caiva vidyā prāsāda eva ca / haṃso yuddhaṃ sārakalyānī yuddham antaḥpureṇa ca // (SBV I 58)

Siddhārtha's performances

dharmatā khalu śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ pañcaśataparivāraḥ kṛmivarmaṇo lipyācāryasya lipiṃ śikṣaṇāyopanyastaḥ; kṛmivarmaṇā lipyācāryeṇa bodhisatvasya lipir likhitvā dattā; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati jānāmy aham enām iti; tatas tena dvitiyā tṛtīyā; evaṃ yāvat pañcalipiśatāni likhitvā dattāni; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: etām apy ahaṃ jāne anyāṃ kathayeti; kṛmivarmā kathayati: etāvatyo loke lipayaḥ pracaranti, nāham anyāṃ jāne iti; tato bodhisatvena svayam eva lipir likhitvā kṛmivarmaṇo dattā; uktaś ca kathaya kiṃnāmeyaṃ lipir iti; sa kathayati na jānāmīti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: dvayor loke pradurbhāvād iyaṃ lipiḥ prajñāyate, bodhisatvasya cakravartino vā iti; gaganatalasthena brahmaṇābhihitam: evam etat kṛmivarman yathā bodhisatvaḥ kathayati; dvayor eva loke prādurbhāvād iyaṃ lipiḥ prajñāyate, bodhisatvasya cakravartino vā iti; bodhisatveneyaṃ lipir brahmasvareṇa vācitā; brahmaṇā ca gaganatalasthena sākṣyaṃ dattam; brāhmī lipir brāhmī lipir iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yadā bodhisatvo lipyāḥ pāraṃ gataḥ bhāddālināma bodhisatvasya mātulas tena hastigrīvāyaṃ śikṣāyāṃ śikṣitaḥ; sahadevo nāma iṣvastrācāryaḥ; tena pañcaśataparivāraḥ cchedyaṃ śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; bhāddālinā sahadeva ucyate: bodhisatvaḥ kāruṇikaḥ (A 367b) sarvāś śikṣāś śikṣayitavyaḥ; evam anye kumārāh; ayaṃ devadattaḥ krūrakarmā; asya marmavedho na vyapadeṣṭavyaḥ mā sarvalokaṃ vyāpādayiṣyatīti; yadā bodhisatvaḥ sarvaśikṣāsu śikṣitaḥ, pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ, dūravedhe, śabdavedhe, marmavedhe, akṣūṇavedhe, dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ ca, sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ śākyānāṃ kumāra utpannaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loka iti; tena khalu samayena vaiśālair licchavibhir lakṣaṇasaṃpanno hastī labdhaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti; rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya putro naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; tasyānubhāvād idaṃ hastiratnam (SBV I 59) utpannam; gacchāmas tasyaiva upanāmayāma iti; te taṃ hastyalaṅkārair alaṅkṛtya mahatyā vibhūtyā saṃprasthitā anupūrveṇa kapilavastv anprāptāḥ; rājakuladvāre hastinaṃ sthāpayitvā sthitāḥ; daivāt krūrakarmā devadatto nirgataḥ; tenāsau hastināgas tathālaṅkāravibhūṣito dṛṣṭaḥ; yato 'sya mahatī īrṣyā samutpannā; īrṣyāṃarṣajātaḥ pṛcchati kasyāyaṃ hastināga iti; taiḥ samākhyātam; śākyamuniḥ kumāro naimittikaiś cakravartī vyākṛtaḥ; tasyedaṃ hastiratnaṃ vaiśālikena gaṇena preṣitam iti; devadattaḥ sutarāṃ sañjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati: yāvad asau cakravartī na bhavati tāvad yuṣmābhir asya hastiratnam upanītam ity uktvā talaprahāreṇāsau hastī jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; yāvat tena pradeśena nando gacchati; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ; sa pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ śobhano 'yaṃ hastī kena praghātitaḥ; taiḥ samākhyātaṃ: devadattena; sa saṃlakṣayati: nūnam atra devadattena balaṃ jijñāsitam, <yannu vayam apy atra balaṃ jijñāsayemaḥ> iti kṛtvā pucche gṛhītvā ekānte sthāpito mā daurgandhyaṃ kariṣyatīti; yavat śākyamunir bodhisatvo nirgataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ; sa pṛcchati; kuto 'yaṃ hastī? tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; kena praghātitaḥ? devadattena; na śobhanam; atithīnām atithipūjā kartavyā; kasmmin pradeśe praghātitaḥ? etasmin; kenāyam atrānītaḥ? nandena; saṃlakṣayati: nūnam atra tābhyāṃ balaṃ jijñāsitam; yanv aham apy atra balaṃ jijñāsyeyam iti viditvā pucche gṛhītvā upariṣṭāt prākārasya kṣiptaḥ sapta prākārān, sapta ca parikhā laṅghayitvā patitaḥ; tena patatā gartā kṛtā; hastigartā hastigartā iti (SBV I 60) saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tatra śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhiś caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam; adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; āha cātra

kumārāḥ kathayanti: gacchāmaḥ; cchedyaṃ kurmaḥ iti te nirgatāḥ; śrutvā śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ pañcāśataparivāraḥ cchedyaṃ kartuṃ nirgataḥ; kumārāḥ kalamacchedyaṃ kurvanti; taiś chinnāś chinnāḥ patanti; bodhisatvaḥ āḍhakacchedyaṃ karoti; tena chinnā na patanti; tathaivāvatiṣṭhante; kumārāḥ kathayanti; bhavantaḥ śākyamunir bodhisatvo balavān śrūyate, pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvīti; tad ayaṃ chedyam api na jānāti kartum; na cāyam asmatto balavān; tathā hy asmābhiḥ pādapāś chinnās te sarve nipatitāḥ; anena tu ye chinnās te tathaivāvatiṣṭhanta iti; atha yā devatā śākyamunau bodhisatve abhiprasannā tasyā etad abhavat: ime śākyā bodhisatvabalam ajānantaḥ śilpe ca kṛtāvitāṃ bodhisatvasyāvajñāṃ kariṣyanti; balaṃ ca paṃsayiṣyanti; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tayā tādṛśaṃ vātam utsṛṣṭaṃ, yena sarve te vṛkṣāḥ karkarāyamāṇāḥ patitāḥ; dṛṣṭvā śākyāḥ paraṃ vismayam āpananāḥ; te vedhyaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; teṣāṃ tatra lohā lakṣyāḥ; sapta lohamayās tālā bherī <sūrī> ca <pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ>; devadattena padabandhaṃ kṛtvā nārācaḥ kṣiptaḥ; ekas tālo bhinnaḥ; nandena dvau; bodhisatvena nārācaḥ kṣiptaḥ; sapta tālā bherī sūrī ca bhinnāḥ; sa nārācaḥ pātālaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; nāgair uddḥṛtaḥ; pānīyaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ svādu; tan mahājanakāyaḥ pātum ārabdhaḥ; śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tatra caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam; adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante (SBV I 61)

Śuddhodana's efforts

For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349

kumārā rathābhirūḍhāḥ kapilavastu praviśanti; naimittikāś ca nagarān niṣkrāmanti; taiḥ śākyamuniḥ kumāro rathābhiruḍhaḥ praviśan vyākṛtaḥ; yady ayaṃ dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajiṣyati, niyataṃ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaṃ kumāro naimittikair vyākṛta iti; śrutvā punaḥ prītiprāmodyajataḥ śākyān sannipātya kathayati: śrutaṃ me bhavantaḥ kumāro naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ yadi dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajiṣyati, niyataṃ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartīti; tad yadi kumāro dvādaśabhir varṣair na pravrajati rājā bhavati cakravartī; te vayaṃ gaganatalavicāriṇaś caturo dvīpān anusaṃyāsyāmaḥ; niveśo 'sya kriyatām; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva kumāro 'narthikaḥ kāmair iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: sarvāḥ kanyāḥ kummārasyopadarśayāmaḥ; yāsyābhipretā bhaviṣyati, tām antaḥpuraṃ praveśayiṣyāmaḥ; apare kathayanti: deva dānābhiruciḥ kumāraḥ; kanyānām alaṅkāro dāpyatām; yāsya paritoṣaṃ janayiṣyati tām antaḥpuraṃ praveśayiṣyāma iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayaty evaṃ kriyatām; amātyair nānāprakārāṇāṃ ratnavicitrāṇām alaṅkārāṇāṃ rāśir upasthāpitaḥ; tato rājñā śuddhodanena gṛhaśobhāṃ nagaraśobhāṃ ca kārayitvā nakṣatratithimuhūrtair maṇḍape siṃhāsanaṃ prajñapya śākyamunikumāro niṣāditaḥ; siṃhāsanasamīpe cd nānāvicitrāṇām alaṅkārāṇāṃ rāśir vyavasthāpitah; amātyā anyaś ca kāpilavāstavapradhānasaṃmato janakāyaḥ praviṣṭaḥ; tataḥ sarvakanyāḥ svakulavibhavānurūpeṇa veṣālaṅkāraparicchadena praveśitāḥ; bodhisatvena dānarucitayā tāsām alaṅkāraṃ dattam (SBV I 62)

Yaśodharā

For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349

daṇḍapāṇeḥ śākyasya duhitā yaśodharā nāma rūpayauvanavayasānugatā; daṇḍapāṇinā śākyenoktā: putri bodhisatvo 'laṅkāraṃ dadāti; sā kathayati: tāta kim asmākam ālaṅkārikaṃ nāsti? putri na nāsti; kiṃ tu yā (A 368b) bodhisatvasya kanyābhirucitā tām asau varayati; tāta varayatu vā mā vā; api tu sa eva mama bhartā; putri yady evaṃ sutarāṃ gantavyam; gacchataḥ; yaśodharābhinavavayāḥ; suveṣā, mahājanamanonayanāny ākṣipantī sarvās tāḥ kanyāḥ devakanyā ivāvabhāsamānā praviśya śānteneryāpathena bodhisatvasya purastād avasthitā; bodhisatvena sarvālaṅkārikaṃ dattam; aṅgulīyakam eva samavaśiṣṭam; bodhisatvena tasyās tad upadarśitam; tatas tayā anādikālaprakarṣapraṇayanayā siṃhāsanasopānakam abhiruhya bodhisatvahastāt svayam ākṛṣṭam; amātyāḥ kāpilavāstavaś ca pradhānasaṃmato janakāyaḥ kathayanti: bhavantaḥ sarvakanyānām iyaṃ viśiṣṭā; śaknoty eṣā kumārasya cittagrāhaṃ kartum; eṣā praveśyatām iti; tato rājñā śuddhodanena yaśodharā viṃśatikanyāsahasraparivārā śākyamuṇeḥ kumārasyāntaḥpuraṃ praveśitā

The Sārakalyāṇi-tree, the goose and Devadatta's first quarrel

For SBV I 61.18-63.3 cf. also GBM 10.3348-3349

dharmatā khalu yadā buddhā bhagavanto loka utpadyante tadā sārakalyāṇī nāmā vṛkṣo jāyate; sa divasena hastaśataṃ vardhate; yāvac cādityo nodayati tāvan nakhenāpi chidyate; udite tv āditye śastreṇāpi na chidyate; agnināpi na dahyate; antarā ca kapilavastu antarā ca devadṛṣam, (SBV I 63) atrāntarā nadī rohakā nāma, tasyāḥ kūle jātaḥ; kālena kālam udakavṛddhyā tasya mūlaṃ śocitam; vātavaśāt patitaḥ setuvan nadīṃ ruddhvā sthitaḥ; tataḥ suprabuddhasya rājñaḥ anudakena deśo nāśyati; śuddhodanasyāpy udakena; suprabuddhena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya sandiṣṭam: sārakalyāṇi vṛkṣaḥ patitaḥ; rohakāṃ nadīm avaṣṭabhyāvasthitaḥ; kumārā balavantaḥ śrūyante; tad etān preṣayitum arhasi iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: nāhaṃ kumārāṇām ājñāṃ dadāmīti; chandaḥ kathayati: kevalaṃ devo 'nujānātu; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā na ca kumārāṇām ājñā dīyate, atha ca punaḥ svayam eva gacchantīti; rājñā śuddhodanenādhivāsitaṃ; chandena nadyā rohakāyās tīre pratyekaṃ kumārāṇām udyānāni māpitāni; uktāś ca kumārā gacchāma udyānaṃ; te kathayanti, gacchāmaḥ; te pratyekaṃ ratham abhiruhya udyānaṃ gatāḥ; devadattasyodyānopariṣṭad dhaṃso gacchati; sa devadattena śareṇa viddhaḥ; bodhisatvasyodyāne nipatitaḥ; bodhisatvena gṛhītvā viśalyīkṛtaḥ; upahāraś ca dattaḥ; svastho jātaḥ; devadattena bodhisatvasya sandiṣṭam: mayāyaṃ pūrvaparigṛhīto haṃsaḥ, preṣayainam iti; bodhisatvena sandiṣṭam: yadaiva mayā bodhāya cittam utpāditaṃ, taidaiva mayā sarvasatvāḥ parigṛhītā iti; tatra devadattasya bodhisatvena sārdhaṃ carame bhave tatprathamato vairūkṣyam utpannam; anyabhaveṣu tu bahuśaḥ; suprabuddhena (SBV I 64) kumārā udyānabhūmiṃ sārakalyāṇīvṛksasyāpanayanāya nirgatā iti śrutvā mahājanakāyaḥ preṣitaḥ; tatroccaśabdamahāśabdo mahājanakāyasya ca nirghoṣo jātaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ (A 369a) pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ kim eṣa uccaśabdamahāśabdo mahājanakāyasya ca nirghoṣa iti; chandena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: yady evaṃ gacchāmo 'panayāmaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ sārdhaṃ kumāraiḥ; yāvad vivarād āśīviṣo bodhisatvasyābhimukho nirgataḥ; udāyinā mā bodhisatvaṃ daṅkṣyatīti tīkṣṇena śastreṇa madhye chinnaḥ; tena udāyī śvāsena dagdhaḥ kṛṣṇībhūtaḥ; tasya kālodāyī kālodayīti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; tataḥ kumārāḥ sārakalyāṇīvṛkṣam apanetuṃ pravṛttāḥ; devadattena parikaraṃ baddhvā īṣaccālitaḥ; nandeneṣad utkṣiptaḥ; bodhisatvena tu sarvam upari vihāyasā kṣipto dvikhaṇḍo jātaḥ; nadyā rohakāyā ekasmiṃs tīre ekakhaṇḍo niparitaḥ, dvitīye dvitīyaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhavantaḥ ayaṃ sārakalyāṇīvṛkṣaḥ śītavipākaḥ, pittaghnaḥ; gaṇḍagaṇḍaṃ kṛtvā nayata; utpātagaṇḍapiṭakānāṃ pralepaṃ dāsyatha; kumārāḥ svakasvakān rathān abhiruhya udyānabhūmeḥ kapilavastu saṃprasthitāḥ; purapraveśe rathābhirūḍho bodhisatvo naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ; yady eṣa saptadivase na pravrajati, rājā bhavati cakravartīti

Meeting with Gopikā

ghāṭāgireḥ śākyasya gopikā duhitā, upariprāsādatalagatā bodhisatvena dṛṣṭā; sahadarśanāc ca rathaḥ pādāṅguṣṭhenāvaṣṭabdho niṣkampo jātaḥ; bodhisatvo gopikāṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; gopikāpi bodhisatvam; bodhisatvasya haste nārācaḥ; sa tena gopikāṃ paśyatā cūrṇīkṛtaḥ; gopikayāpi bodhisatvaṃ (SBV I 65) nirīkṣamāṇayā pādāṅguṣṭhena prāsādatalaṃ chidritam; mahājanakāyena bodhisatvo gopikā ca parasparaṃ niṛīkṣamāṇau bhāvitādhyāśayau dṛṣṭau; <dṛṣṭvā kathayanti>: yādṛśī kanyā śakṣyaty evaiṣā bodhisatvasya cittagrāhaṃ kartum; eṣa vṛttānto rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaḥ; tena <sā> bodhisatvasyāntaḥpuraṃ viṃśatikanyāśahasraparivārā praveśitā

Sight of am old man

dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi <iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrābhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ gacchāmi;> evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śākyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ, yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyate; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣaṃ jīrṇaṃ vṛddhaṃ mahallakaṃ <kubjaṃ> gopānasīvāṅkaṃ daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchantaṃ; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā, na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣaḥ? jīrṇo (A 369b) vṛddho mahallakaḥ kubjo gapānasīvaṅko daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchati; keśāś cāsya na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām; eṣa, deva, puruṣo jīrṇo nāma; ka eṣa sārathe jīrṇo nāma?; anena, deva, puruṣeṇa na cirād eva martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa jīrno nāma; aham api sārathe jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? devo 'pi jarādharmā jarādharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya (SBV I 66) ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmīti; jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra

atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne?; no deva: tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāra udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣaṃ jīrṇaṃ vṛddhaṃ mahallakaṃ kubjaṃ gopānasīvaṅkaṃ daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchantam; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā; na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām idam avocat: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ kubjo gopānasīvaṅko daṇḍam avaṣṭabhya purataḥ pravepamānena kāyena gacchati; keśāś cāsya vivarṇā na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi; eṣa deva jīrṇo nāmeti; sa evam āha; ka eṣa sārathe jīrṇo nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: anena deva, puruṣeṇa na cirān martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa jīrṇo nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: devo 'pi jarādharmā, jarādharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayāmi, jarāṃ kilāham (SBV I 67) avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, jarāṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti

Śuddhodanas' anxiety

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ ca vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā matrayā pañca kāmaguṇān anupradadyām, apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān (A 370a) anuprayacchaty apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra

Sight of a sick man

dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi (SBV I 68) iti; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipaṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śāyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ, yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣam utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaṃ kṛśālaṃ durbalakaṃ vyatibhinnendriyaṃ no tu nibandhanīyaṃ bahujanasya cakṣuṣo darśanāya; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣa utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaḥ kṛśālo durbalako vyatibhinnendriyo no tu nibandhanīyo bahujanasya cakṣuṣo darśanāya? eṣa deva vyādhito nāma; ka eṣa sārathe vyādhito nāma? anena deva puruṣeṇa sthānam etad vidyate yad anenaivābādhena martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa vyādhito nāma; aham api sārathe vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatitah? devo 'pi vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra dṛṣṭveha rogeṇa viṣaktarūpaṃ pāṇḍuṃ manuṣyaṃ kṛśam asvatantram / athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati vyādhiṃ kilāsmy avyativṛtta ityasau // iti / atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāraḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣam (SBV I 69) utpāṇḍūtpāṇḍukaṃ kṛśālakaṃ durbalakaṃ mlānaṃ vyatibhinnendriyaṃ, no tu nibandhanīyaṃ bahujanasya cakṣuṣā darśanāya; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate; ka eṣa sārathe puruṣa utpaṇḍūtpāṇḍukaḥ kṛśālako durbalakaḥ mlāno vyatibhinnendriyo no tu nibandhanīyo bahujanasya cakṣuṣā darśanāya; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: eṣa deva vyādhito nameti; sa evam āha: ka eṣa sārathe vyādhito nāma? tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: anena deva puruṣeṇa sthānam etad vidyate yad anenaivābādhena martavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; sa eṣa deva vyādhito nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatīta? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: devo 'pi vyādhidharmā vyādhidharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagata apratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, vyādhiṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyatīti; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anupradāsyāmi; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anuprayacchaty apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra rūpāṇi śabdāṃś ca tathaiva gandhān spraṣṭavyān vai premaṇīyān pradhānān / (SBV I 70) dadau tadā kāmaguṇāṃs tu pañca bhūyo rato 'py eva na māṃ tyajed iti //

Sight of a deceased-man

dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya; yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrābhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ gacchāmi; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena śākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ: upasaṅkramya śākyamuniṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitataṃ, śibikāṃ ca pragṛhītām, ulkāṃ ca purastān nīyamānāṃ, mahājanakāyaṃ ca purastād gacchantaṃ, nārībhiḥ prakīrṇakeśābhiḥ rudantībhiḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddham; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kim etat sārathe nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam? śibikā ca pragṛhītā? ulkā ca purastān nīyate? mahājanakāyaś ca purastād gacchati? nāryaś ca prakīrṇakeśyo rudantyaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā? iti; deva eṣa mṛto nāma; ka eṣa sārathe mṛto nāma? eṣa deva puruṣo na bhūyaḥ priyaṃ mātāpitaraṃ drakṣyati; na putradāraṃ; dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyaṃ; te 'py enaṃ na bhūyo drakṣyanti; sa eṣa deva mṛto nāma; aham api sārathe maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? (A 371a) devo 'pi maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad ahaṃ (SBV I 71) antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; pratinivartayati sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ apratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; āha cātra

atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgata abhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoḥ? adrākṣīd deva kumāra udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam; śibikāṃ ca gṛhītām; ulkāṃ ca purastān nīyamānām; mahājanakāyaṃ ca purastād gacchantaṃ; nārīś ca prakīrṇakeśā rudatīḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate: kim etat sārathe nānāraṅgair vastraiś cailavitānaṃ vitatam? śibikā ca pragṛhītā? ulkā ca purastān nīyate? mahājanakāyaś ca purastād gacchati? nāryaś ca prakīrṇakeśyo rudantyaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: eṣa deva mṛto nāmeti; sa evam āha; ka eṣa sārathe mṛto nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi: (SBV I 72) eṣa deva puruṣo na bhūyaḥ priyaṃ mātāpitaraṃ drakṣyati; na putradāraṃ; na dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyam; te 'py enaṃ na bhūyo drakṣyanti; sa eṣa deva mṛto nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham api sārathe maraṇadharmā? maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatītaḥ? iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi; devo 'pi maraṇadharmā maraṇadharmatāṃ cānatīta iti; sa evam āha; tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti; sa eṣa deva kumāro 'ntaḥpuramadhyagataḥ; athāpratītaḥ karuṇāni dhyāyati, maraṇaṃ kilāham avyativṛtta iti atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ bhūtaṃ satyaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumārasya bhūyasyā mātrayā pañcakāmaguṇān anupradadyām; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pañcakāmaguṇān anuprayacchati; apy evābhirato na pravrajed iti; āha cātra

Sight of a mendicant

atha śuddhāvāsakāyikānāṃ devānām etad abhavat: (A 37lb) yady api bodhisatvā hetubalinas tathāpi pratyayopasaṃhāraḥ (SBV I 73) kartavyaḥ yasmād dhetubalaṃ pratyayabalam apekṣata iti; taiḥ puruṣo nirmito muṇḍaḥ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaḥ, pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāman; dharmatā khalu yadā bodhisatva udyānabhūmiṃ nirgantukāmo bhavati tadā sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya, yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmim <niryāsyāmi iti; tato bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: aṅga tāvat sārathe kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojaya yatrāham abhiruhyodyānabhūmiṃ> nirgacchāmi; evaṃ deveti sārathiḥ sākyamunir bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya kṣipraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ yojayitvā yena sākyamunir bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śākyamumiṃ bodhisatvam idam avocat: yuktaṃ devasya bhadraṃ yānaṃ yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyata iti; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvo bhadraṃ yānam abhiruhya udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; adrākṣīc chākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ puruṣaṃ muṇḍam kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaṃ pātrapāṇim anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: ka eṣa sārathe puruṣo muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmati? vastrāṇi cāsya vivarṇāni; ma yathānyeṣām? eṣa deva pravrajito nāma; ka eṣa sārathe pravrajito nāma; eṣa deva pravrajitaḥ sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti viditvā keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa eṣa deva pravrajito nāma; tena hi sārathe yenaiṣa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ preraya; evam deveti sārathiḥ śākyamuner bodhisatvasya pratiśrutya yena sa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ prerayati; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvas taṃ pravrajitam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmasi? vastrāṇi ca te vivarṇāni na yathānyeṣām? sa evam āha: aham asmi kumāra pravrajito nāma; yathā kathaṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa pravrajito nāma? aham asmi kumāra sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ (SBV I 74) sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya saṃyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; evam ahaṃ pravrajito nāma; sādhu tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ atha śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad aham antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi; pratinivartayati (A 372a) sārathī ratham; antaḥpuram eva yāti; tatra svic chākyamunir bodhisatvo 'ntaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayaty aho batāhaṃ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyam iti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ sārathim āmantrayate: kaccit sārathe kumāra āttamanāttamanā udyānabhūmiṃ nirgato 'bhirato vā udyāne? no deva; tat kasya hetoh? adrākṣīd deva kumāraḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgacchan puruṣaṃ muṇḍaṃ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaṃ pātrapāṇim anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar mām āmantrayate: eṣa sārathe muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇīr anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmati; vastrāṇi cāsya vivarṇāni na yathānyeṣām iti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi eṣa deva pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: ka eṣa sārathe pravrajito nāmeti; tam enam evaṃ vadāmi eṣa deva pravrajitaḥ sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ sādhudharmacaryaḥ sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa eṣa deva pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: tena hi sārathe yenaiṣa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ preraya; evaṃ deveti śākyamuner bodhisatvasya puatiśrutya yena sa pravrajitas tena rathaṃ prerayāmi; atha śākyamunir bodhisatvas taṃ pravrajitam idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa muṇḍaḥ pātrapāṇir anuveśmānuveśma kulāny upasaṅkrāmasi? vastrāṇi (SBV I 75) ca te vivarṇāni; na yathānyeṣāṃ puruṣāṇām? sa evam āha: aham asmi <kumāra> pravrajito nāmeti; bodhisatvaḥ prāha: yathākathaṃ tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa pravrajito nāmeti; sa evam āha: aham asmi kumāra sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ <sādhudharmacaryaḥ> sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; evam ahaṃ pravrajito nāmeti; bodhisatvaḥ prāha: sādhu tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa sādhudamaḥ sādhusaṃyamaḥ sādhvarthacaryaḥ <sādhudharmacaryaḥ> sādhukuśalacaryaḥ sādhukalyāṇacarya iti keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajita iti; tato deva kumāro mām āmantrayate: tena hi sārathe pratinivartaya ratham; antaḥpuram eva gaccha; yad antaḥpuramadhyagata etam arthaṃ cintayiṣyāmi; tan mayā nivartitaḥ <rathaḥ>; kumāro 'ntaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ

Visit to a farming village

rājā saṃlakṣayati: mā haiva teṣāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naimittikānāṃ vipañcanakānāṃ vacanaṃ satyaṃ bhūtaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā haiva kumāraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati; yanv ahaṃ kumāraṃ kārṣagrāmakaṃ preṣayeyam; apy eva tatra cittaṃ vinodayed iti viditvā śākyamuniṃ kumāram idam avocat: ehi tvaṃ kumāra kārṣakagrāmakaṃ gaccha; (A 372b) karmāntāny avalokaya iti; tato bodhisatvo jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvignaḥ pravrajyāyām abhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ pituḥ śākyasya śuddhodanasya vacanānukāritayā ratham abhiruhya kārṣagrāmakaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ kāyena no tu cittena; tasyāntarmārge pañcabhir nidhiśatair mukhāny upadarśitāni; śabdaś ca niścāritaḥ: kumāra vayaṃ tava jñātisantakā nidhayo gṛhāṇāsmān iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: tais tāvan mohaparigrahaṃ kṛtvā kiṃ kṛtam; gacchata mama na yuṣmābhiḥ prayojanam iti; gāthāṃ ca bhāṣate (SBV I 76)

taiḥ punar api śabdo niścāritaḥ: yady asmākaṃ kumāro na gṛhṇāti vayaṃ mhāsamudraṃ viśāma iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: praviśata yathāsukham iti; te mahāsamudraṃ praviṣṭāḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃprasthito yāvat paśyati kārṣakān uddhūtaśiraskān sphuṭitapāṇipādān rajasāvacūrṇitagātrān; balīvardāṃś ca pratodavikṣataśarīrān rudhirāvasiktapṛṣṭhakaṭipradeśān kṣutpipāsāśramoparudhyamānaprāṇān, pratataniśvāsoparudhyamānahṛdayān, yutagotpīḍanapragaḍitavraṇapūyaśoṇitān, makṣikākṛmisaṅghātabhakṣyamāṇaskandhaprāṇān, halayugavilikhitacaraṇān, lālāśiṅghāṇakaprasrutamukhanāsān, daṃśamaśakacarmaprāṇakākīrṇān; dṛṣṭvā ca punar anādikālapuṇyopacayasaṃbhṛtayā karuṇayā paryākulīkṛtamanāḥ kārṣakān idam avocat: bhavantaḥ kasya yūyaṃ? te kathayanti: devasya; sa kathayati: gacchata, bhavanto, yūyam adyāgreṇādāsā apreṣyābhujiṣyā yenakāmagamā sukhasparśaṃ viharata; balīvardāś ca uktāḥ: gacchata yūyam apy adyāgreṇa acchinnāgrāṇi tṛṇāni bhakṣayata; anavamarditāni svacchāni ca pānīyāni pibata anāvilāni; caturdiśaṃ ca śītalā vāyavo vāntv iti /

The shadow of the rose-apple tree

tato bodhisatvas tenaiva saṃvegena pituḥ śākyasya śuddhodanasya karmāntān avalokya yena jambūchāyā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya jambūchāyāyāṃ niṣadya viviktaṃ <kāmair viviktaṃ> pāpakair akuśaladharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhaṃ anāśravasadṛśaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ; janakāyo 'pi pariśiṣṭavṛkṣamūleṣv avasthito bokhisatvaṃ na (SBV I 77) parityajya gacchati; rājā śuddhodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bodhisatvaś cirayati; tathā hi bhaktakāIasamayo 'tikrāntaḥ, gacchāmi, paśyāmi iti; sa ratham abhiruhya kārṣakagrāmakaṃ gataḥ; itaś cāmutaś ca bodhisatvaṃ samanveṣamāṇo jambūsamīpam anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā, prācīnapravaṇā, prācīnaprāgbhārā; bodhisatvānubhāvāt tu jambūchāyā bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti; adrākṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā, prācīnapravaṇā, prācīnaprāgbhārā; bodhisatvasya <anubhāvāt> tu jambūchāyā bodhisatvasya kayaṃ na vijahāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: mahardhikaḥ kumāro mahānubhāvo yatredānīṃ pariṇate madhyāhne anyeṣāṃ vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā prācīnapravaṇā prācīnaprāgbhārā, (A 373a) jambūchāyā tu bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti; tataḥ prasannādhikāraṃ kṛtvā bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya, gāthāṃ bhāṣate

tataḥ prasannādhikāraṃ kṛtvā bodhisatvaṃ paryaṅkād utthāpya ratham abhiropya śmaśānamadhyena kapilavastu saṃprasthitaḥ; bodhisatvena śmaśānamadhyena gacchatā vinīlakāni, vipaṭumakāni, vyādhmātakāni śarīrāṇi dṛṣṭāni; tatra sutarāṃ saṃvigno rathābhirūḍha eva paryaṅkaṃ baddhvāvasthitaḥ; tato 'pi rājñā paryaṅkād utthāpitaḥ; sa saṃprasthitaḥ; kapilavastunagarapraveśe naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ yadi kumāraḥ saptame divase na pravrajati rājā bhavati cakravartī iti; viditvā rājānaṃ idam avocan (SBV I 78) prādurbhaviṣyanti divākarodaye

Meeting with Mṛgajā

tato bodhisatvena saubhāṣiṇiko muktāhāraḥ kṣiptaḥ; bodhisatvasyānubhāvena vātāyanenānupraviśya tasyā grīvāyāṃ lagnaḥ; praviśann asau mahājanakāyena dṛṣṭaḥ; tai rājñe śuddhodanāya vistareṇa samākhyātam; rājñā śuddhodanena mṛgajā viṃśatistrīsahasraparivārā bodhisatvasyāntaḥpuraṃ praveśitā; iti tatra bodhisatvasya gopikāmṛgajāyaśodharāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇy antaḥpuram abhūt

Precautions of Śuddhodana

tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ bhrātṛbhiḥ, droṇodanena, śuklodanena, amṛtodanena ca, sārdham ekadhye sannipatya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakaiś ca (SBV I 79) vyākṛtaḥ śākyamunir bodhisatvo yadi saptame divase na pravrajati, rājā bhavati cakravartīti; tad asmābhir bodhisatvaḥ sapta rātrindivasān yatnato rakṣaṇīyaḥ; nagaraṃ suguptaṃ kārayāmaḥ; tatas taiḥ kapilavastunagaraṃ saptabhiḥ prākāraiḥ parikṣiptaṃ saptabhiḥ parikhābhiś ca; āyasāś ca kavāṭāḥ puradvāre dattāḥ; ghaṇṭāś ca susvanāḥ kavāṭeṣu nibaddhāḥ; yāsām udghāṭyamāneṣu dvāreṣu samantād yojanam śabdaḥ sphurati; bodhisatvaś ca harmyatale nṛttagītavāditrai strībhiś cābhirūpamanoharābhir upacaryamāṇo 'vasthāpitaḥ; amātyāś ca turaṅgabalakāyasametā bahiḥ prākārasya samantād gulmakeṣu sthāpitāḥ; sañcārisaṃśodhanaṃ kāritam; yat pañcabhiḥ puruṣaśataiḥ sthāpyate antaḥpuradvāraṃ tādṛśaṃ kāritam; yasyodghāṭyamānasya rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya gṛhaṃ śabdena sphurati; tacchravaṇād antaḥpurajano nagaradvāraniyuktaś ca apramatto 'vatiṣṭhate bahirnagaraniyuktā amātyāḥ paurājanapadāś ca; tan mahatyā vibhūtyā bodhisatva upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa vīṇāveṇupaṇavasughoṣakādinā upagīyamanas tiṣṭhati; rātrau bahiḥ śuddhodanaś caturaṅgena balakāyena pūrvadvāre 'vahito 'vatiṣṭhate; dakṣiṇe droṇodanaḥ paścime śuklodanaḥ, uttare amṛtodanaḥ; madhye nagarasya mahānāmā śākyaḥ prāhārikaḥ; sa pūrvadvāraṃ gatvā kathayati, ko jāgarti, ko jāgartīti; rājā kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi deva, jāgratas te śreyān iti; vidivā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

dakṣiṇadvāraṃ gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti, ko jāgartīti; droṇodanaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi devaḥ jāgratas te śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV I 79)

uttaraṃ dvāraṃ gatvā kathayati: ko jāgarti ko jāgartīti; amṛtodanaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ jāgarmi; jāgṛhi deva; jāgratas te śreyān iti; viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ mahānāmā śākyo rājñe śuddhodanāya ārocayati: deva prabhātā rajanī; nirgataṃ saptānāṃ rātriṃdivasānām ekaṃ rātriṃdivasam; ṣaḍ rātriṃdivasāny avaśiṣṭāni iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: śobhanam; ṣaṇṇāṃ rātriṃdivasānām atyayāt kumāraś cakravartī bhaviṣyati; vayaṃ gaganatalavicāriṇaś caturo dvīpān anusaṃyāsyāmaḥ; ity evaṃ yāvad ekaṃ rātriṃdivasam avaśiṣṭaṃ; śakrasya devānām indrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa gāghāṃ bhāṣate; (SBV I 81) asau muniś śākyanarendragarbhaḥ prapūrṇaṣaḍpāramito mahātmā / prayātukāmo vanam āryakāntaṃ tapovanaṃ prītikaraṃ munīnām // iti /

Disgusting sight in harem

tato bodhisatvasyāntaḥpurasametasya niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa (A 374a) krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayata etad abhavat: bhaviṣyanti me atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ śākyamuniḥ kumāro 'pumān, yena yaśodharāgopikāmṛgajāprabhṛtīni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇy apāsya pravrajita iti; yanv ahaṃ yaśodharayā sārdhaṃ paricārayeyam iti; tena yaśodharayā sārdhaṃ paricāritam; yaśodharā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; tasyā etad abhavat: prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ bodhisatvasyārocayiṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas tasyāṃ velāyāṃ pratītyasamutpādayogād gāthāṃ bhāṣate

atha tāḥ striyo nṛttagītavāditrapariśrāntā lālāprasrutavadanā prakīrṇakeśyo vikṣiptabhujavāsasaḥ kāny api kāny apy aślīkāni pralapantyo middham avakrāntāḥ; adrākṣīd bodhisatvas tā striyaḥ prasrutavadanāḥ prakīrṇakeśyaḥ vikṣiptabhujavāsasaḥ kāny api kāny apy aślīkāni pralapantyaḥ middham avakrāntāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyāntaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā samutpannā; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate vātāhataṃ kamalaṣaṇḍam ivāpaviddhaṃ (SBV I 82)

dhik kāmapaṅkaśaraśaktiviṣāgnitulyān svapnopamān lavaṇapānaviṣopamāṃś ca / eṣa tyajāmi bhujagendranibhān durantān kāmān anarthakalikilbiṣahetubhūtān //iti /

Dreams of Mahāprajāpati, Yaśodharā and Siddhārtha

atrāntare mahāprajāpatiś caturaḥ svapnān paśyati: rāhuṇā candramasaṃ grastam; pūrvasyāṃ diśy ādityam uditaṃ, tatraivāstaṃgatam; mahājanakāyam ātmānaṃ praṇāmaṃ kurvantam; hasantaṃ cātmānam; yaśodharā aṣṭau svapnān adrākṣīt; ātmīyaṃ mātṛkāvaṃśaṃ bhagnam; śrīparyaṅkaṃ bhagnam; valayabāhū bhagne; dantamāle viśīrṇe; keśaveṇīṃ srastām; śriyaṃ gṛhān nirgatām; candramasaṃ rāhuṇā grastam: pūrvasyāṃ diśy ādityam uditaṃ tatraivāstaṃgatam; bodhisatvo 'pi pañca svapnān adrākṣīt: mahāpṛthivīm ātmano mahāśayanam; sumeruṃ parvatarājaṃ viśvopadhānam; vāmaṃ bāhuṃ pūrvamahāsamudre 'ntargatam; dakṣinaṃ bāhuṃ paścimamahāsamudre 'ntargatam; ubhau caraṇau dakṣiṇamahāsamudre 'ntargatau; sthitikāṃ tṛṇajātaṃ nābher abhyudgamya yāvannabha āsādya vyavasthitām; sarvaśvetāṃś chakunakān kṛṣṇaśirasaḥ pādayor nipatya yāvajjānumaṇḍalam utthitān; nānāvarṇāṃś chakunakān caturdiśām (SBV I 83) āgamya purastād ekavarṇān sthitān; amedhyaparvatasyopari ātmānaṃ caṅkramaṇaṃ <kurvantam>; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ prītamanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśā mayā svapnā dṛṣṭāḥ, na cirād evānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyāmi iti; tato yaśodharayā bodhisatvasya svapnā niveditāḥ: deva adya mayā aṣṭau svapnā dṛṣṭāḥ; (A 374b) mātṛkāvaṃśo bhagnaḥ; <śriparyaṅko bhagnaḥ>; valayabāhū bhagne; dantamāle viśīrṇe; veṇī srastā; śrī gṛhān nirgatā; candro rāhuṇā grastaḥ; pūrvasyāṃ diśy āditya uditas tatraiva astaṃgataḥ iti; bodhisatvo yaśodharāṃ prativinodayan svapnān āviṣkaroti: yat kathayasi mātṛkāvaṃśo me bhagna iti; nanv ayaṃ tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi śrīparyaṅko bhagna iti; so 'pi na bhagnaḥ; eṣa tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi valayabāhū bhagne iti; svayam eva pratyavekṣasva kiṃ bhagne na veti; yat kathayasi dantamāle viśīrṇe iti, etat te pratyātmavedyam; pratyavekṣasva kiṃ viśīrṇe na veti; yat kathayasi veṇī srasteti; etat te pratyātmavedyam; pratyavekṣasva kiṃ srastā na veti; yat kathayasi śrīr me gṛhān nirgateti; striyo bhartā śrīḥ, tad ahaṃ tiṣṭhāmy eva; yat kathayasi rāhuṇā candro grasta iti; nanv eṣa candramāḥ sākṣāt tiṣṭhati; yat kathayasi pūrvasyāṃ diśy āditya uditas tatraivāstaṃgata iti; tad ayam ardharātro vartate; na tāvad udeti; kuto 'staṃgamiṣyati; evaṃ saṃjñaptā yaśodharā tūṣṇīm avasthitā; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśāni yaśodharayā svapnāni dṛṣṭāni niyataṃ mayādyaiva gantavyam; tad asyā leśāṃśadeśena kathayām> iti; tena tasya leśāṃśadeśena kathitam; yaśodharā kathayati: deva yatra tvaṃ gamiṣyasi tatra māṃ neṣyasi iti; bodhisatvo nirvāṇaṃ sandhāya kathayaty evaṃ bhavatu; yatra yatra gamiṣyāmi tatra tatra tvāṃ neṣyāmi iti (SBV I 84)

Siddhārtha's renunciation

atha śakrabrahmādayo devā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ;

bodhisatvenābhihitam: nanu paśyasi kauśika

śakraḥ kathayati pūrvapratijñāṃ samanusmarasva dīpaṅkaravyākaraṇaṃ ca saumya / duḥkhārditaṃ lokam imaṃ ca bhūyas (SBV I 85) tyaktvā gṛhān niṣkramaṇaṃ kuruṣva //

vayaṃ tathā kariṣyāmaḥ sabrahmādyā divaukasaḥ / yad bhavān vighnanirmukto vanam (A 375b) adyaiva vāsyati // iti; bodhisatvaḥ śobhanam ityuktvā prītamanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ śakreṇa devendreṇa svāpanaṃ kṛtvā pāñcikasya mahāyakṣasenāpater ājñā dattā; mārṣa sopānam upānaya; bodhisatvo harmyatalād avataratīti; tena sopānam upanītam; bodhisatvo 'vatīrṇaḥ; tataḥ śakreṇa saha kṛtasaṅketo yena chandaka upasthāyakas tenopasaṅkrānto yāvat paśyati chandakaṃ gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdham; bodhisatvena yatnam āsthāya prabodhito gāthābhir gītena coktaḥ:

chandakaḥ suptapratibuddhalocanaḥ kathayati: deva

chandaḥ kathayati: kumāra rātrir iyaṃ bhayabhairavā; nāham aśvam ānayāmi iti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: uttarād uttare niyataṃ janaprabodho bhavati; gacchāmi svayam eva; kanthakam aśvarājaṃ sajjīkaromi iti; tataḥ svayam eva puradvāram udghāṭya kanthakam aśvarājaṃ grahītum ārabdhaḥ; sa krodhāgnisaṃpradīpta iva kṣipati pādaṃ, vakrayati mukhaṃ, sthānāt sthānaṃ cālayati; nāvatiṣṭhate; tato bodhisatvena cakrasvastikanandyāvartenānekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhūtānām āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa śirasi parāmṛṣṭa uktaś ca: (SBV I 86)

dharmatā khalu tiryañco 'py upasāntvyamānā vikṛtiṃ na vikṛtiṃ na bhajante; kanthako 'śvarājo nirvikāro 'vasthitaḥ; tato bodhisatvaḥ saṃjātasaumanasyaṃ kanthakam aśvarājaṃ sajjam avasthitaṃ <dṛṣṭvotthitaḥ>; śakrabrahmādibhir devaiś catvāro devaputrā bodhisatvaṃ niṣkāsanāya samanuśiṣya sthāpitāḥ, kūlaḥ, upakūlaḥ, parṇaḥ śabaraś ca; te bodhisatvenābhihitāḥ: bhavantaḥ ko māṃ neṣyati? kathayanti: vayaṃ neṣyāmaḥ; kiṃ yuṣmākaṃ balam? ekaḥ kathayati: kumāra yāvatī pṛthivyā mṛttikā tām ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmīti; dvitīyaḥ kathayati: yāvac caturṣu mahāsamudreṣu sarittaḍāgodapāneṣu ca salilaṃ tat sarvam ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; tṛtīyaḥ kathayati: yāvantaḥ pṛthivyāṃ parvatās tān ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; caturthaḥ kathayati: yāvat pṛthivyāṃ tṛṇakāṣṭhaparṇaśādaṃ tat sarvam ahaṃ skandhenādāya gacchāmi iti; tato bodhisatvena pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; te kampayitum api na śaknuvanti; vismayajātāḥ kathayanti: kumāra nāsmābhir vijñātam īdṛśaṃ balaṃ (A 375b) bodhisatvānām iti; yadi vijñātaṃ syān na vayam avasthitā syāma iti; taṃ kathālāpam śrutvā pūrvabuddhaś chandako bodhisatvasamīpam upasaṅkrāntaḥ; tato bodhisatvaḥ kanthakam aśvarājam adhirūḍhaḥ; chandake 'śvapṛṣṭhe lagne kanthako 'śvarāja upari vihāyasam abhyudgataḥ: yathāpi tat bodhisatvasya bodhisatvānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; antaḥpuranivāsinyo devatā bodhisatvavijogād roditum ārabdhāḥ; tāsāṃ rudantīnām aśrubindavaḥ kāye pṛthivyāṃ ca nipatitum ārabdhāḥ; chandakaḥ kathayati: kumāra udakabindavo nipatanti; kiṃ devo varṣati iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: na devo varṣati; kin tv antaḥpuranivāsinyo devatā madviyogād roditum ārabdhāḥ; tāsāṃ (SBV I 87) rudantīnām aśrubindavaḥ kāye nipatantīti; tataś chandako 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo dīrgham uṣṇaṃ ca niśvasya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; bodhisatvo dakṣiṇena sarvakāyena nāgāvalokitena vyavalokayati; cintayati ca: iyaṃ ca me paścimā rātrir <yadā> mātṛgrāmeṇa sārdhaṃ sahāgāraśayyā iti; bhūyas sa lakṣayati: saced ahaṃ pūrvaṃ dvāram apahāyānyena dvāreṇa nirgamiṣyāmi, rājño bhaviṣyaty anyathātvam carame kāle nāhaṃ kumāreṇa vyavalokita <iti>; yāvat paśyati rājānaṃ śuddhodanam gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdham; sa taṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya kathayati: tāta nāgauravāt, na śuśrūṣābhāvād gacchāmi; nānyatra jarāmaraṇābhimarditaṃ lokaṃ jarāmaraṇaduḥkhabhayāt parimocayeyam iti; yāvan mahānāmā śākyo jāgarakajanaṃ pratyavekṣamāṇas taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; paśyati bodhisatvaṃ gamanābhimukham; tato bāṣpagadgadakanṭho 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kathayati: kim idaṃ prārabdham? mahānāman gamyate; kumāra na yuktam etat; mahānāman yena mayā tribhiḥ kalpāsaṅkhyeyair anekaiś ca duṣkaraśatasahasraiḥ satvānām arthāya bodhiḥ samupārjitaḥ; mayā kiṃ śakyaṃ gṛhe vastum; eṣa niścayaḥ; gato 'smi tapovanam iti; tato mahānāmā śākyo niṣkaruṇavacanasamudācāraparāhato vikroṣṭum ārabdhaḥ; hā kaṣṭaṃ

gopikāmṛgajāyaśodharā sphītam antaḥpuraṃ tathā / siddhārthasya vigoyena bhaviṣyanti suduḥkhitāḥ // (SBV I 88)

tasyaivaṃ vipralapato 'py antaḥpure na kaścit pratibuddhyata iti .................................... araṇyaṃ vā nirākrandaṃ tathā devair adhiṣṭhitam / iti; tato mahānāmā duḥkhadaurmanasyaparītaḥ saṃtvaramāṇo rājñaḥ (A 376a) śuddhodanasya samīpaṃ gatvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ prabodhayan kathayati

daivāt so 'pi na pratibuddhyate; tataḥ śakrabrahmādayo devā anekadevatāśatasahasraparivṛtā yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bodhisatvaṃ parivārya saṃprasthitāḥ; dakṣiṇena pārśvena rūpāvacarā devā śānteryāpathavartinaḥ, vāme kāmāvacarā ucchritadhvajapatākair divyair vādyaviśeṣair; agrataḥ śakrabrahmādayaḥ svena svenācāravihāreṇa gaganatalasthāne cānekāni devatāśatasahasrāṇi bodhisatvasyopariṣṭād divyāny utpalāni, padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāni kṣipanti; agarucūrṇāni, (SBV I 89) tagarucūrṇāni, tamālapatracūrṇāni, divyāni māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi kṣipanti; divyāni ca vividhāni vāditrāṇi pravādayanti; cailavikṣepāṃś cākārṣuḥ; āha cātra

atha bodhisatvo yāmadvayena dvādaśayojanāni samatikramyāśvād avatīryābharaṇāny avamucya chandakam āmantrayate nivartaya chandakāśvam ādāyābharaṇāni ca / (SBV I 90) āha cātra

bodhisatvaḥ kathayati

chandakaḥ kathayati adṛṣṭaduḥkhaḥ sukumārapādo hastyaśvayānocito (A 376b) hā kumāra / darbhopalākīrṇatalāṃ kharāṃ mahīm kathaṃ samākramya vane bhramiṣyasi //

bodhisatvaḥ kathayati

chandakaḥ kathayati: deva vṛddho rājā putraśokena kālaṃ kariṣyatīti; tathā (SBV I 91) bodhisatvo bodhisaṃbhārasaṃbhṛtatvāt chandakavacanaṃ cittena na karoti; tato bodhisatvena nīlotpalasadṛśaṃ niṣkośam asiṃ kṛtvā cūḍām apanīya upari upari vihāyasi kṣiptā; śakreṇa devendreṇa gṛhītvā mahatā satkāreṇa devāṃs trayastriṃśān nītvā cūḍāmahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; śrāddhair api brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhis tasmin pradeśe keśagrahaṇaṃ nāma caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: kiṃ manyase chandaka? yasyedṛśo vyavasāyo na sa punar api gṛhī agāram adhyāvaseta? no deva; chandakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kṣatriyābhimānī kumāro, na śakyam anena pratinivartitum iti /

Return of Kanthaka and Chandaka

tataḥ kanthako 'śvarājo bodhisatvasya pādau jihvayā nirlīḍhe; bodhisatvena cakrasvastikanandyāvartena pāṇinā parāmṛśyābhihitaḥ: gaccha kanthaka so 'ham abhisaṃbuddhabodhir bhavatkṛtajño bhavīṣyāmi iti; chandako 'py uktaḥ: na tvayā kanthako 'ntaḥpuraṃ praveśayitavya iti; evam uktaś chandako bāṣpagadgadakanṭho 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ kanthakam aśvarājam ādāya punar bodhisatvam īkṣamāṇaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; tau yāṃ bhūmiṃ yāmadvayena gatau tāṃ saptarātreṇa pratinivṛttau; chandakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yugapat <yadi> pravekṣyāmo mahatā vipralāpena nātmānaṃ sandhārayiṣyāmi; tenodyāne sthitvā kanthakaḥ preṣitaḥ; tena heṣitam; tacchabdapratisaṃvedī antaḥpurajano 'nyaś ca janakāyaḥ sasaṃbhramo nirgato, na paśyati bodhisatvam; kanthakaṃ kaṇṭhe pariṣvajya roditum ārabdhāḥ; dharmatā hy eṣā anye prākṛtās tiryagyonigatāḥ prāṇinaḥ saṃvṛtijñānalābhinaḥ; prāg eva kanthako 'śvarājaḥ; sa mahājanakāyaviklavaṃ śrutvā antargatenaiva bāṣpeṇoparuddhyamānaḥ kālagataḥ; tena viśrute anyatamasmin ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule (SBV I 92) pratisandhir gṛhītaḥ; yadā bodhisatvo 'nuttarāṃ saṃyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate tadā taṃ khaṭuṃkāśvavādena avabodhya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratisthāpayiṣyati

The taking of the Yellow Robes

bodhisatvasya kāṣāyaiḥ prayojanam utpannam; anupame nagare 'nyatamo gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ (A 377a) putro jātaḥ; evaṃ yāvad daśaputrā jātāh; sarvaiś ca pravrajya pratyekā bodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; teṣāṃ mātā vṛddhā; sā tebhyaḥ śāṇakāni cīvarāṇy anuprayacchati; tair abhihitā: aṃba vayaṃ parinirvāsyāmaḥ; nāsmākam etaiḥ prayojanam; kin tu rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya śākyamunir nāma putraḥ kumāro 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbhotsyate; tasyaitāni dāsyasi; tatas te mahatī phalāvāptir bhaviṣyati; ityuktvā jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtāḥ; tayāpi vṛddhayā tāni cīvarāṇi maraṇakāle duhitur dattāni; yathāvṛttaṃ cārocitam; sāpy asyā duhitā glānā saṃvṛttā; tayāpi maraṇāvasthāṃ paricchidya vṛkṣe sthāpitāni; yā devatā tasmin vṛkṣe 'dhyuṣitā sā āyācitā tvayaitāni rājñaḥ śuddhodanaputrasya dātavyānīti; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; tena tāni gṛhītvā nītāni; tato jarājīrṇalubdhavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya tāni prāvṛtya dhanurbāṇavyagrapāṇiḥ bodhisatvasya pratimārge 'vasthitaḥ; bodhisatvaś cānupūrveṇa taṃ mārgaṃ pratipannaḥ paśyati lubdhaṃ dhanurbāṇavyagrapāṇiṃ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtam; dṛṣṭvā ca punas taṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa etāni sāṇakāni vastrāṇi pravrajitānurūpāṇi; imāni kāśikasūkṣmāṇi gṛhāṇa; mamaitaṇy anuprayaccha iti; sa kathayati: kumāra nāham etāny anuprayacchāmi; mā me syur atonidānaṃ pare vaktāraḥ, tvayā rājakumāraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya etāni kāśikasūkṣmāṇi vastrāṇi gṛhītāni <iti>; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa sarvaloko (SBV I 93) māṃ jānīte yāḍṛśo 'haṃ śaktisaṃpannaḥ; kaḥ śaknoti māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayitum; ko vā śraddhatte tvayāhaṃ jīvitād vyaparopita iti; nirviśaṅkaḥ prayaccha iti; tataḥ śakro devendro bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya śāṇakāny anuprayacchati; kāśikāni gṛhṇāti; bodhisatvasya tāni śāṇakāni vastrāṇi na kāyapramāṇikāṇi; tasyaitad abhavat: aho bata me śāṇakāni cīvarāṇi kāyapramāṇikāni syur iti; vākpravyāhārasamanantaram eva bodhisatvasya tāni śāṇakāni cīvarāṇi kāyapramāṇikāni saṃvṛttāni; yathāpitad bodhisatvasya bodhisatvānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: idānīm ahaṃ pravrajitaḥ, kariṣyāmi jagato 'nugraham iti; tatas tāni bodhisatvakāśikavastrāṇi <pratigṛhya> śakreṇa deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu kāśikamahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; śrāddhair brāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir tasmin pradeśe kāṣāyapratigrahaṇaṃ nāma caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpitam adyāpi caityavandakā bhikṣavo vandante; tato bodhisatvo muṇḍaḥ kāṣāyavastraprāvṛtaḥ itaś cāmutās ca paryaṭan bhārgavasya riṣer āśramapadam anuprāptaḥ

The sage Bhārgava

tasmiṃś ca samaye bhārgavariṣiḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo (A 377b) vyavasthitaḥ; sa bodhisatvena tathāvidho dṛṣṭaḥ; uktaś ca: maharṣe kim arthaṃ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasi iti; sa kathayati: mamāsminn āśramapade tālāḥ sauvarṇaiḥ puṣpaphalair āsan; te yathā paurāṇāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: maharṣe yasyānubhāvād etasminn āśramapade tālāḥ sauvarṇaiḥ puṣpaphalair āsan sa jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvigno vanaṃ saṃśṛtaḥ; yady asau jīrṇāturamṛtasandarśanād udvignas tapovanaṃ <na> saṃśṛto 'bhaviṣyat tasyaitad udyānam abhaviṣyat; ity evam ukto bhārgavariṣir bodhisatvaṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhah; tato rūpaśobhāṃ śāntaṃ ca veṣaṃ dṛṣṭvā, ciraṃ nirīkṣya kutūhalajātaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita mā haiva tvam eva saḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: maharṣe vyaktam etat; tato bhārgavena vismayotphulladṛṣṭinā bodhisatvas tatprathamata āsanenopanimantritaḥ puṣpaphalaiś ca; evaṃ pratisaṃmodito muhūrtam āsthāya kathayati: maharṣe kiyad dūram itaḥ kapilavastu nagaram (SBV I 94) iti; sa kathayati: dvādaśayojanānīti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati āsannam kapilavastunagaram, nātrāvasthānaṃ śreyaḥ; śākyāḥ paurāḥ saṃkṣobhaṃ kariṣyanti; yanv ahaṃ gaṅgām uttareyam iti

Arrival at Rājagṛha and Bimbisāra's meeting

sa gaṅgām uttīryānupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ: kuśalo bhavan bodhisatvas teṣu teṣu śilpasthanākarmasthāneṣu karavīrapatrapuṭakaṃ kṛtvā śānteneryāpathena rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya praviṣṭaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā biṃbisāra upariprāsādatalagataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ prāsādikena abhikramapratikrameṇa ālokitavyavalokitena saṃmiñjitaprasāritena saṅghāṭīcīvarapātradhāraṇena piṇḍapātam aṭan; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: yāvantaḥ pravrajitasamāpannā rājagṛhe prativasanti, nāsti kasyacid evaṃrūpa īryāpathas tadyathāsya pravrajitasya; ātha cātra

nokṣiptacakṣur medhāvi (A 378a) nāyam ūnakuloditaḥ / rājadūtānusaṃyāntu vāsaṃ kvopagamiṣyati //

tataḥ saṃcoditā dūtā anvabadhnaṃś ca pṛṣṭhataḥ / (SBV I 95) bhikṣur gamiṣyati kvāyaṃ kutra vāsam upaiṣyati //

niveśanāni ramyāṇi nārīś ca samalaṅkṛtāḥ / dadāmi te varān bhogān jātiṃ pṛṣṭo vadātmanaḥ//

niṣkrāntamātreṇa mayā tu rājan kṛtā na kāmeṣv abhilāṣabuddhiḥ / vāntān kathaṃ tān punar ādadeyam (SBV I 96) bhayaṅkarān dharmasapatnabhūtān //

rājñā biṃbisāreṇābhihitam: bhoḥ pravrajita anena vratena kiṃ prārthayase? kathayati: anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim; rājā kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita yadā tvam anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhyethās tadāsmān api samanvāharethā iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu samanvāhariṣyāmi; ityuktvā rājagṛhān niṣkrāntaḥ

Hermitage of the sages

gṛdhrakūṭasya nātidūre ṛṣīṇām āśramapadam; tatropasaṅkrāntaḥ; teṣāṃ cāravihāratayā dhyānaparo vyavasthitaḥ; (A 378b) yadā te ekapādā divasasya praharam avatiṣṭhante, bodhisatvo dvāv avatiṣṭhate; yadi te pañcatapaḥprayogeṇa divasasya praharam avatiṣṭhante, bodhisatvas tenāpi yogena dvāv avatiṣṭhate; tatas te vismayam āpannāḥ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: mahān ayaṃ śramaṇa <iti> mahāśramaṇo mahāśramaṇa iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; bodhisatvena te pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavanto yūyam anena vratena kiṃ prārthayatha? tatraike kathayanti: śakratvam iti; apare (SBV I 97) kathayanti vayaṃ brahmatvam iti; anye kathayanti māratvam iti; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: punarāvartakā hy ete ṛṣaya unmārgapratipannā iti

Ārāḍa Kālāma

sa taṃ mārgaṃ nālam iti kṛtvā yenārāḍaḥ kālāmas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ārāḍaṃ kālāmam idam avocat: sacet te ārāḍa aguru careyam ahaṃ bhavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti;sa kathayati: na me āyuṣman gautamāguru; vihara tvaṃ yathāsukham iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: kiyanto bhavatā ārāḍena dharmā adhigatāḥ? sa kathayati: yāvad evāyuṣman gautama ākiñcanyāyatanam; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ārāḍasyāpi kālāmasya śraddhā, mamāpi śraddhā; ārāḍasyāpi kālāmasya vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā, mamāpi vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; ārāḍena kālāmena iyanto dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ yāvad eva ākiñcanyāyatanam; kasmād aham imān dharmān na sākṣātkariṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas teṣām eva dharmāṇām aprāptānāṃ prāptaye anadhigatānaṃ adhigamāya asākṣātkṛtānāṃ sākṣātkriyāyai eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīd; eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharann acirād eva tān dharmān sākṣād akārṣīt; sākṣātkṛtvā ca punas tān dharmān yenārāḍaḥ kālāmas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ārāḍaṃ kālāmam idam avocat: nanu bhavatā ārāḍena ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam; sa evam āha: tathyaṃ mayā gautama ime dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: mamāpy āyuṣman ārāḍa ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad evākiñcanyāyatanam iti; tarhy āyuṣman gautama yāvat tava tāvan mama; yāvan mama tāvat tava; ehy āvām ubhāv apīmaṃ gaṇaṃ parikarṣāvaḥ; asmīṃś cārthe āvāṃ samasamau sāmānyaprāptau; athārāḍaḥ kālāmo bodhisatvasya pūrvācārya eva san bodhisatvaṃ paramayā mānanayā mānitavān; paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān; parameṣu cāsya pratyayeṣu āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ mārgo (SBV I 98) nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye

Udraka Rāmaputra

atha bodhisatvas taṃ mārgaṃ nālam iti viditvā yenodrako rāmaputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyodrakaṃ rāmaputram idam avocat: sacet te udraka aguru careyam ahaṃ tavāntike brahmacaryam; na me āyuṣman gautamāguru; vihara tvaṃ yathāsukhaṃ; kiyanto bhavatā udrakeṇa dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ? yāvad evāyuṣman gautama naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: udrakasya rāmaputrasya śraddhā; mamāpi śraddhā; udrakasya rāmaputrasya vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; mamāpi vīryaṃ smṛtiḥ samādhiḥ prajñā; udrakeṇa rāmaputreṇa iyanto dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; kasmād aham imān dharmān na sākṣātkariṣyāmi iti; atha bodhisatvas teṣām eva dharmāṇām aprāptānāṃ prāptaye anadhigatānām adhigamāya asākṣātkṛtānāṃ sākṣātkriyāyai eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīt; eko vyapakṛṣṭo 'pramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharann acirād eva tān dharmān sākṣādakārṣīt; sākṣātkṛtvā ca punas tān dharmān yenodrako rāmaputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyodrakaṃ rāmaputram idam avocat: nanu bhavatā udrakeṇa ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam? tathyam; mayā āyuṣman gautama ime dharmāḥ sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: mayāpy āyuṣmann udraka ime dharmāḥ svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtā yāvad eva naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam iti; tarhy āyuṣman gautama yāvat tava tāvan mama; yāvan mama tāvat tava; ehy āvām ubhāv apīmaṃ gaṇaṃ parikarṣāvaḥ; asmiṃś cārthe āvāṃ samasamau sāmānyaprāptau; athodrako rāmaputro bodhisatvasya pūrvācārya eva san taṃ paramayā mānanayā mānitavān; paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān; parameṣu cāsya pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; atha bodhisatvasya etad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye; atha bodhisatvas tam api mārgaṃ nālam iti kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ (SBV I 99)

The river Nairañjanā

rājā śuddhodanaḥ putraśokābhibhūto nityam eva bodhisatvaṃ samanveṣaṇāya dūtān preṣayati; tena śrutaṃ yathā siddhārthaṃ kumāra udrakeṇa rāmaputreṇa sārdhaṃ vihṛtya rājagṛhān niṣkrānto upasthāyakavirahitaḥ paribhramatīti; śrutvā trīṇy upasthāyakānāṃ śatāni preṣitāni; devadṛśe nagare suprabuddhena śākyenaivam eva śrutam; tenāpi dve upasthāyakaśate <preśite> iti; tatra bodhisatvaḥ pañcabhir upasthāyakaśataiḥ parivṛtas tapovane paribhramati; sa saṃlakṣayati: tapovanādhyācaraṇam (A 379b) ākīrṇavihāratā ca nālam amṛtādhigamāya; yanv ahaṃ pañcopasthāyakān gṛhītvā pariśiṣṭān preṣayeyam iti; tena mātṛpakṣād dvau gṛhītau, pitṛpakṣāt trayaḥ; te tasyopasthānaṃ kurvanti; atha bodhisatvaḥ pañcabhir upasthāyakaiḥ parivṛto gayādakṣiṇena yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; sa itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramann adrākṣīd ramaṇīyaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam, prāsādikaṃ vanaṣaṇḍam, nadīṃ ca nairañjanāṃ śītalasyandanāṃ sasikatāṃ sūpatīrthāṃ haritaśādvalavistīrṇakūlāṃ nānāvṛkṣopaśobhitāṃ ramaṇīyāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: ramaṇīyo batāyaṃ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ, prāsādikaṃ ca vanaṣaṇḍam, nadī ca nairañjanā śītalasyandanā sasikatā sūpatīrthā haritaśādvalavistīrṇakūlā nānāvṛkṣopaśobhitā ramaṇīyā; aho bata prahāṇārthinā kulaputreṇemaṃ vanaṣaṇḍam niśritya prahāṇaṃ praṇidhātuṃ <yuktam>; ahaṃ ca prahāṇenārthī; yanv aham imaṃ vanaṣaṇḍaṃ niśritya prahāṇaṃ praṇidadhyām iti (SBV I 100)

Self-tortures and fastings

atha bodhisatvas taṃ vanaṣaṇḍam abhyavagāhyānyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya danteṣu dantān ādhāya, jihvāgraṃ tāluni pratiṣṭhāpya, cetasā cittam abhigṛhṇāty abhinipīḍayaty abhisantāpayati; tasya cetasā cittam abhigṛhṇato 'bhinipīḍayato 'bhisantāpayataḥ sarvaromakūpebhyaḥ svedo muktaḥ; tadyathā balavān puruṣo durbalataraṃ puruṣaṃ udbāhukaṃ gṛhītvā abhinigṛhṇīyād abhinipīḍayed abhisantāpayet, tasya romakūpebhyaḥ svedo mucyeta; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye danteṣu dantān ādhāya jihvāgraṃ tāluni pratiṣṭhāpya cetasā cittam abhinigṛhṇato 'bhinipīḍayato 'bhisantāpayataḥ sarvaromakūpebhyaḥ svedo muktaḥ; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnaṃ, prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaṃ, upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni <dhyānāni> dhyāyeyam iti; bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; sa vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan, mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣv atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye śirasi śirovedanā vartante; tadyathā balavān puruṣo durbalatarasya puruṣasya dṛḍhena vāratrakeṇa dāmnā śirasy āmreḍakam dadyāt, tasyātyarthaṃ śirasi śirovedanā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ śirasi śirovedanā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaṃ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanām vedayataś (A 380a) cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni (SBV I 101) dhyānāni dhyāyeyam iti; tad bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; sa vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣu atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye

[Here there is a gap of about one leaf due to an error of the scribe. The Tib. Transl. That covers this gap has been reproduced below in facsimile, as the Appendix.]

kukṣau kukṣivedanā vartante; tadyathā goghātako vā goghātakāntevāsī vā tīkṣṇayā gokartanyā gokukṣiṃ pāṭayet, tasyātyarthaṃ kukṣau kukṣivedanā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kukṣau kukṣivedanā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam, prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ, upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā, samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ khāraṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyeyam iti; sa bhūyasyā mātrayā vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyātum ārabdhaḥ; vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyan mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāśapraśvāsān saṃniruṇaddhi; tasya mukhe nāsikāyāṃ cāśvāsapraśvāseṣu saṃniruddheṣv atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kāye kāyaparidāhā vartante; tadyathā dvau balavattarau puruṣau durbalataraṃ puruṣam udbāhukaṃ gṛhītvā aṅgārakarṣyām upanāmayete, tasyātyarthaṃ kāye kāyaparidāhā varteran; evam eva bodhisatvasya vyādhmātakāni dhyānāni dhyāyato 'tyarthaṃ tasmin samaye kāye kāyaparidāhā vartante; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā ca smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ (SBV I 102) vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ sarveṇa sarvam anāhāratāṃ pratipadyeya iti

Offer of the devatās

atha saṃbahulā devatā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bodhisatvam idam avocan: sacet tvaṃ mārṣa mānuṣyakeṇāhāreṇārttīyase jehrīyasi vitarasi vijugupsase, vayaṃ te sarvaromakūpeṣu divyam ojaḥ kāye upasaṃharāmaḥ; tat tvam āsādaya iti; atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ahaṃ cen manuṣyāṇām anāhāratāṃ pratijānīyām, devatāś ca me sarvaromakūpeṣu divyam (A 380b) ojaḥ kāye upasaṃhareyuḥ, tac cāthaṃ svīkuryām, tan mama syān mṛṣā; yan mama syān mṛṣā tan mama syān mithyādṛṣṭiḥ; mithyādṛṣṭipratyayaś ca punar ihaike satvāḥ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣūpapadyante; yanv ahaṃ devatānāṃ vacanaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ pratyākhyāyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āhareyam; yadi vā mudgayūṣeṇa yadi vā kulutthayūṣeṇa yadi vā hareṇukāyūṣeṇa iti

New Strivings

atha bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye devatānāṃ vacanaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ pratyākhyāyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ sarvāṇy aṅgapratyaṅgāni mlānāny abhūvan; saṃmlānāni kṛśāni alpamāṃsāni; tadyathā asītakaparvāṇi vā kālakāparvāṇi vā mlānāni bhavanti; saṃmlānāni kṛśāny alpamāṃsāni; evam eva tasmin (SBV I 103) samaye bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ śirasi śirastvak mlānābhūt; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; tadyathā alābūr vṛntāc chinnā mlānāvatiṣṭhate; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; evam eva bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ śirasi śirastvak mlānābhūt; saṃmlānā saṅkucitā saṃparpaṭakajātā; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopasaṅkramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ akṣṇor akṣitārake apagate gaṃbhīre gaṃbhīrānugate dūrānugate dūrānu praviṣṭe; apīdānīm uddhṛte iva khyāyete; tadyathā gaṃbhīrodake udapāne udakatārakā apagatā bhavanti; atyapagatā gaṃbhīrā gaṃbhīrānugatā dūrānupraviṣṭā apīdānīm ākhyāyikābhiḥ śrūyante; evam eva tasmin samaye bodhisatvasyālpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharata akṣṇor akṣitārake apagate abhūtām; atyapagate gaṃbhīre gaṃbhīrānugate dūrānupraviṣṭe; apīdānīm uddhṛte iva khyāyete; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati, yathāpitad bhāvitatvāt kāyasya; tasmin samaye alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pārśukāntarāṇy (A 381a) unnatāvanatāny abhūvan; tadyathā dvivarṣatrivarṣapraticchannāyās tṛṇaśālāyā gopānasyā unnatāvanatā bhavanti; evam eva tasmin samaye bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pārśukāntarāṇy unnatāvanatāny abhūvan; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ (SBV I 104) bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; evaṃrūpāṃ bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayataś cittaṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; atha bodhisatvasya alpaṃ stokaṃ katipayaṃ parīttam āhāram āharataḥ pṛṣṭhavaṃśo 'bhūt tadyathā vartanāveṇī; āniṣādo 'bhūt tadyathā uṣṭrapadam; sa ekadā utthāsyāmīty avāṅmukhaḥ patati; ekadā niṣatsyāmīty uttānamukhaḥ patati; sa pūrvaṃ kāyaṃ parigṛhya paścimakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃsthāpayati; paścimakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃparigṛhya pūrvakaṃ kāyaṃ saṃsthāpayati; sa ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ kāyam āmārṣṭi; parāmārṣṭi; tasyobhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyāṃ kāyam āmārjataḥ parimārjato 'pīdānīṃ pratimūlāni romāṇi pṛthivyāṃ śīryante; tasyaitad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaya iti; atha tisro devatā yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; tatraikā evam āha: kṛṣṇaḥ śramaṇo gautama iti: dvitīyā evam āha: naiṣa kṛṣṇo 'pi tu śyāma iti; tṛtīyā evam āha: naiṣa kṛṣṇo nāpi śyāmo 'pi tu madguracchavir iti; bodhisatvasya yā sā śubhā varṇanibhā sā sarveṇa sarvam antarhitābhūt

The three similes

atha bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye aśrutapūrvās tisra upamāḥ pratibhātāḥ; 1) tadyathā ārdraṃ kāṣṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ jala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāt sthalāt; atha puruṣa āgacched agnyarthī agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya abhimathnan na bhavyo 'gniṃ saṃjanayituṃ, tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam eva tad bhavati yathāpitad ārdrāt kāṣṭhāt sasnehāt; evam eva ye kecic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāmeṣu na kāyena cittena vā vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti, teṣāṃ yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmasnehaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyantrī kāmādhyavasānaṃ <sa> teṣāṃ cittaṃ paryādāya tiṣṭhati; evam eva tad bhavati yathāpitat kāyena cittena (SBV I 105) vāvyapakṛṣṭānāṃ viharatām; kiṃ cāpi te imām evaṃrūpāṃ ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayanti; atha ca punas te nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye prathamā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; 2) tadyathā ārdraṃ kāṣṭhaṃ sasnehaṃ sthala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāt jalāt; <atha> puruṣa āgacched (A 381b) agnyarthī agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpyābhimathnan na bhavyo 'gniṃ saṃjanayitum, tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam etad bhavati yathāpitad ārdrāt kāṣṭhāt sasnehāt; evam eva ye kesic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāmeṣu kāyena vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti, na tu cittena teṣāṃ tatra yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyantrī, kāmādhyavasānaṃ sa teṣāṃ cittaṃ paryādāya tiṣṭhati; kiṃcāpi te imām evaṃrūpām ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayanti; atha ca punas te nālaṃ jñānāya; nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye dvitīyā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; 3) tadyathā śuṣkaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ koṭaraṃ niḥsnehaṃ sthala upanikṣiptaṃ syād ārāj jalāt; atha puruṣa āgacched agnyarthī, agnigaveṣī; sa tatrādharāraṇyām uttarāraṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpyābhimathnan bhavyo 'gniṃ sañjanayituṃ tejaḥ prāviṣkartum; evam etad bhavati yathāpitat śuṣkāt kāṣṭhāt koṭarāt; evam eva ye kecic chramaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā kāyena vyapakṛṣṭā viharanti cittena ca, teṣāṃ yaḥ kāmeṣu kāmacchandaḥ kāmasnehaḥ kāmapremā kāmālayaḥ kāmaniyanti kāmādhyavasānaṃ sa teṣāṃ cittāṃ na paryādāya tiṣṭhati; kiṃcāpi te na imām evaṃrūpām ātmopakramikāṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayante; atha ca punas te alaṃ jñānāya alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; iyaṃ tatra bodhisatvasya tasmin samaye tṛtīyā aśrutapūrvā upamā pratibhātā; yanv aham ekatilaphalam āhāram āhareyam iti; sa ekaṃ tilaphalam āhāram (SBV I 106) āharati; na tāvad dvitīyaṃ yāvad asya tad ojaḥ kāyān na vigataṃ bhavati; tasyaikaṃ tilam āhāram āharataḥ sutarām aṅgapratyaṅgāni parikṣīṇāni, yathā ekaṃ tilam, ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ māṣam, ekaṃ mudgaṃ

Reaction of Śuddhodana and others

tāṃ duṣkaracaryāvasthāṃ śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ ardhatṛtīyāni vārtāvāhakaśatāni preṣayati; suprabuddho 'pi rājā ardhatṛtīyāni; tayoḥ pratidivasaṃ muhur muhur vārtāṃ kathayanti: bodhisatva īdṛśīṃ duṣkaracaryāṃ carati; ekaṃ tilam āhāram āharati; ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ māṣam, ekaṃ mudgam; darbhasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpyati; iti śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ putraśokābhibhūto bhūyasyā mātrayā bāṣpopatapyamānahṛdayo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇaḥ santapyate; darbhasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpayati; sārdham antaḥpureṇa yaśodharā devī bhartus tadavasthāṃ pratiśrutya bhartṛśokābhibhūtā bāṣpārdravadanā vinirmuktamālyābharaṇā viṣaṇṇā (A 382a) duṣkaraṃ carati; ekaṃ tilam āhāram āharati; ekaṃ taṇḍulam, ekaṃ kolam, ekaṃ kulattham, ekaṃ mudgam; tṛṇasaṃstare ca śayyāṃ kalpayati; tasyāḥ sa garbho layaṃ gataḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutam; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi yaśodharā pratidivasaṃ bodhisatvasya vārtāṃ śṛṇoti sthānam etad vidyate yad bhartṛśokābhyāhatā anayā duṣkaracaryayā garbhaṃ na dhārayiṣyati; prāṇair vā viyokṣyate; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartvayaṃ yena yaśodharāyā bodhisatvavārtāṃ na kaścit kathayati iti viditvā rājñā śuddhodanena sarvāntaḥpurajanaḥ kriyākāraṃ kārito na kenacit bodhisatvavārtā yaśodharāyā arocayitavyā <iti>; vārtāsaṃcārakāś ca samanuśiṣṭāḥ, māṃ muktvā na kasyacid bodhisatvavārtā nivedayitavyeti; śrutvāpi svayaṃ vārtāṃ yaśodharāpekṣayā antarnigūḍhasantāpo 'nyathāntaḥpurajanaṃ vipralaṃbhayati, yaṃ śrutvā yaśodharā devī prāṇān sandhārayati (SBV I 107)

Unpalatable food

atha bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: ayam api mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye; yanv ahaṃ paramavikṛtam āhāram āhareyam iti; sa paramavikṛtabhojanam āhāram āharati; tatredaṃ paramavikṛtabhojanam; ye te vatsakā acirajātakā mātus stanyena yāpayanti teṣām uccāraprasrāvaḥ; tāvac ca na dvitīyam āhāram āharati, yāvad asya tad ojaḥ kāyān na vigataṃ bhavati; dvitīye tu <vigate> dvitīyam āhāram āharati; mahāśmaśānaṃ ca gatvā mṛtakaḍebaraṃ śirasy upanidhāya dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayati pāde pādam ādhāyālokasaṃjñī smṛtaḥ saṃprajānan utthānasaṃjñām eva manasi kurvānaḥ

Village girls and boys

apīdānīm grāmakumārakā grāmakumārikāś cāgamyāsyobhayoḥ karṇasrotasos tūlikā āsārayanty api prasārayanty api; ubhayoḥ karṇasrotasor evaṃ cāhuḥ, pāṃsupiśācakaṃ bata paśyāmaḥ, pāṃsupiśācakaṃ bata paśyāmaḥ iti; apīdānīṃ pāṃsum api kṣipanti, loṣṭam api, śarkarām api; nābhijānāti bodhisatvas teṣāṃ grāmakumārakāṇāṃ grāmakumārikāṇāṃ vā antike praduṣṭaṃ cittam utpādayituṃ, pāpikāṃ vā vācaṃ niścārayitum; evaṃrūpāṇi bodhisatvasya duṣkarāṇi carataḥ etad abhavat: ye kecid duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktā viharanti sarve te etāvan nāta uttareṇa; ato bhūyas so 'pi mārgo nālaṃ jñānāya, nālaṃ darśanāya, nālam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; ārabdhaṃ cāsya vīryaṃ bhavaty asaṃlīnam; prasrabdhaḥ kāyo bhavaty asaṃrabdhaḥ; upasthitā smṛtir bhavaty asaṃmūḍhā; samāhitaṃ cittaṃ bhavaty ekāgram; tasyaitad abhavat: katamo 'sau mārgaḥ alaṃ jñānāya, alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye iti; tasyaitad abhavat: abhijānāmy ahaṃ pituḥ śuddhodanasya niveśane karmāntān anusaṅgamya jambūcchāyāyāṃ niṣadya (A 382a) viviktaṃ kāmair viviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhaṃ (SBV I 108) prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya vihartum; syāt sa mārgaḥ, syāt pratipad alaṃ jñānāya, alaṃ darśanāya, alam anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhye; sa tu mayā na sukaram utpādayituṃ yathāpitat kṛśena durbalenāplasthāmena; yanv ahaṃ yathāsukham āśvasyāṃ yathāsukhaṃ praśvasyāṃ, yathāsukham audāram āhāram āhareyam odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayeyam; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñceyam iti; sa yathāsukham āśvasiti, yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti; audārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati

The five attendants desert

atha teṣāṃ pañcānām upasthāyakānām etad abhavat: ayaṃ bhavantaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ śaithilikaḥ saṃvṛtto, bāhuliko bahulājīvaḥ, prahāṇavibhrānto ya eṣa idānīm audārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati; na śakyam anenādhunā kiṃcid adhigantum; iti viditvā bodhisatvam apahāya prakrāntāḥ, anupūrveṇa vārāṇasīṃ gatvā ye loke arhantas tān uddiśya pravrajitāḥ; te pañca samagrāḥ sahitāḥ saṃmodamānā avivadamānā ṛṣivadane viharanti mṛgadāve iti pañcakāḥ pañcakā iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā

Nandā and Nandabalā

bodhisatvo 'py anupūrveṇa kāyasya sthāmaṃ ca balaṃ ca viryaṃ ca saṃjanayya anupūrveṇa senāyanīgrāmaṃ gataḥ; tatra seno nāma grāmikaḥ; tasya dve duhitarau nandā ca nandabalā ca; tābhyāṃ śrutam: śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya ṛṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre: sa brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakair vyāktṛaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī; sa cābhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannaḥ sarvajanamanoharaḥ; yā nārī dvādaśavarṣāṇi idam evaṃrūpaṃ vrataṃ samādāya vartate tasyā (SBV I 109) asau bhartā bhavati iti; puruṣābhiprāyo mātṛgrāmaḥ; tābhyāṃ dvādaśavārṣikaṃ vrataṃ taptam; tasya samāptau ṣoḍaśaguṇitaṃ madhupāyasaṃ tapaḥparikhinnāya ṛṣaye pratipādyate āgantukāya iti śrutvā ca punas tābhyāṃ gosahasraṃ dohayitvā tad eva gosahasraṃ pāyitam; tatas tad eva gosahasraṃ dohayitvā pañcaśatāni pāyitāni; tatas tāni pañcaśatāni dohayitvā tāny eva <pañcaśatāni> pāyitāni; <tataḥ tāni> pañcaśatāni dohayitvā ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni pāyitāni; tatas tāny ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni dohayitvā <tāny evārdhatṛtīyāni śatāni pāyitani; tatas tāny ardhatṛtīyāni śātāni dohayitvā> pañcaviṃśatyuttaram śataṃ pāyitam; tatas tat pañcaviṃṣatyuttaraṃ śataṃ dohayitvā <tad eva pañcaviṃśatyuttaraṃ śataṃ pāyitam; tataḥ tat pañcaviṃśatyuttaraṃ śataṃ dohayitvā> triṣaṣṭiḥ pāyitā; tatas tāṃ triṣaṣṭiṃ dohayitvā saiva triṣaṣṭiḥ pāyitā; tatas tāṃ triṣaṣṭiṃ dohayitvā dvātriṃśat pāyitā; tatas tā dvātriṃśat dohayitvā tā eva dvātriṃśat pāyitāḥ; tatas tā dvātriṃśat dohayitvā ṣoḍaśa pāyitāḥ; tatas tāḥ ṣoḍaśa dohayitvā tā eva ṣoḍaśa (A 383a) pāyitāḥ; tatas tāḥ ṣodaśa dohayitvā aṣṭau pāyitāḥ; tatas tā aṣṭau dohayitvā tā evāṣṭau pāyitāḥ; tatas tā aṣṭau dohayitvā sphaṭikamayyāṃ sthālyāṃ ṣoḍaśaguṇitaṃ madhupāyasaṃ sādhayitum ārabdhāḥ; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti; bodhisatvaḥ idaṃ pāyasaṃ bhuktvā adyaivānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyati; tatas tejaupasaṃhāraḥ kartavya iti taiḥ sadyobalā oṣadhayaḥ prakṣiptāḥ; tatra ca kṣīre saṃparivartamāne cakrasvastikanandyāvartāni cihnāni dṛśyante; tatra ca upago nāmājīvakaḥ paribhramaṃs taṃ pradeṣam anuprāptaḥ; tena tat pāyasaṃ dṛṣṭam; sa saṃlakṣayati: ya etat pāyasaṃ bhuṅkte so 'nuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyati; yanv aham etat prārthayeyam iti; sa muhūrtam ekānte prakramya sthito yāvad avatāritam iti; sa upasaṅkramya kathayati: kṣuttarṣaśramapīḍito 'smi; mamaitat prayaccha iti; te kathayataḥ: nānuprayacchāma iti; sa tūṣṇīṃ prakrāntaḥ; tatas tābhyāṃ sphaṭikamayyāṃ sthālyāṃ ratnamayyāṃ pātryāṃ prakṣiptam; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: tasyām avasthāyāṃ brāhmaṇaveṣam abhinirmāya tayoḥ purato 'vasthitaḥ; brahmāpy avatīrya tasyādūre avasthitaḥ; te śakrāya dātum ārabdhe; sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha āhosvid yo mamāntikād viśiṣṭataraḥ? yas tavāntikād viśiṣṭataraḥ tasyānuprayacchāvaḥ; ayaṃ brahmā mamāntikāt prativiśiṣṭaḥ; tad asyānuprayacchatam; te tasmai dātum ārabdhe; (SBV I 110) sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānuprayacchatha āhosvid yo mamāntikāt prativiśiṣṭatamaḥ; yas tavāntikāt prativiśiṣṭatamaḥ; amī śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ; ebhyo 'nuprayacchatam; te tebhyo dātum ārabdhe; te kathayanti: kiṃ asmākam anuprayacchatha āhosvid yo 'smadviśiṣṭatamaḥ? yo yuṣmadviśiṣṭatamaḥ; te kathayanti: ayaṃ bodhisatvo bhagavān nairañjanām abhyavagāhya gātrāṇi pariṣicya alpasthāmavatvān na śaknoti pratyuttartum; eṣo 'smadviśiṣṭatamaḥ; asmāy anuprayacchatam; te tasya sakāśam saṃprasthite; tadā devatābhir arjunaśākhāvanāmitā yām avalaṃbya bodhisatvo nadīṃ nairañjanām uttīrya cīvarakāṇi prāvṛtya nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatas tābhyāṃ satkṛtya tīvreṇāśayena tan madhupāyasaṃ tasmai pratipāditam; bodhisatvenāpi tayor anugrahārthaṃ pratisaṅgṛhītam; pratigṛhya kathayati: kim eṣāpi pātrī parityaktā? te kathayataḥ: bhagavann eṣāpi parityaktā; tato boshisatvena madhupāyasaṃ paribhujya sā pātrī prakṣālya nadyāṃ nairañjanāyāṃ prakṣiptā; nāgaiḥ pratigṛhītā; devānām adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; śakreṇa devānām indreṇa garuḍaveṣam abhinirmāya nadīṃ nairañjanāṃ kṣobhayitvā, nāgān vitrāsya, tāṃ pātrīm apahṛtya, deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu pātrīmahaḥ prajñaptaḥ; tato nandā nandabalā bodhisatvenokte: anena dānena kiṃ prārthayatha iti; te kathayataḥ: bhagavan yo 'sau śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve (A 383b) nadyā bhāgīrathyās tīre kapilasya ṛṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre sa brāhmaṇair naimittikair vipañcanakair vyākṛtaḥ rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī iti; so 'smākam anena kuṣalamūlena cittotpādenānnaparityāgena bhartā bhaved iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: pravrajito 'sāv anarthikaḥ kāmair iti; te kathayataḥ: bhagavan yady anarthī kāmaiḥ

evam astv ityuktvā bodhisatvaḥ madhupāyasaṃ paribhujya santarpitaḥ ṣaḍindriyabalasthāmaprāptaḥ, (SBV I 111) nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre itaś cāmutaś ca niṣadya bhūmiṃ paryeṣate; yāvat paśyati mahāśailaṃ parvataṃ nānāpuṣpaphalopetam; sa tam abhiruhya viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe paryaṅkam ābhujya niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣādakālasamanantaram evāsau parvato viśīrṇaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: nūnaṃ mayāpakṣālāni karmāṇi kṛtāni yenāyaṃ parvato viśīrṇaḥ; devatā bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñāya kathayanti: bhagavan na tvayā pāpakāni karmāṇi kṛtāni; api tu dharmatā hy eṣā, sarvāpi dvau pṛthivī na śaknoti dhārayituṃ yaś cocchinnakuśalamūlo yaś cottaptakuśalamūlaḥ; sa tvam uttaptakuśalamūlaḥ; naitad bhagavan bodhisatvānāṃ sthānam; api tu nadīṃ nairañjanām uttīryāmuṣmin pradeśe gaccha vajrāsanam; tatra atītānāgatapratyutpannās sarve bodhisatvā niṣadyānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatavantaḥ; adhigamiṣyanti ca iti; tato bodhisatvo devatopadiṣṭena mārgeṇa saṃprasthitaḥ; tasya caraṇanipāte padmaṃ prādurbhavati; caturbhyaś ca mahāsamudrebhyas salilam āgacchati; padminī prādurbhavati; caraṇanipāte saṃpīditā ceyaṃ mahāpṛthivī kāṃsapātrīva raṭitum ārabhdā; cāṣā mṛgāś ca bodhisatvasya pradakṣiṇīkurvanti; vātabalāhakā api devaputrā mandamandaṃ pravātum ārabdhāḥ; varṣabalāhakā api devaputrā īṣat pravarṣitum ārabdhāḥ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yādṛśīni me nimittāni prādurbhavanti adyaiva mayā anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ bhaviṣyatīti

Kālika Nāgarāja

nadyāṃ nairañjanāyāṃ kālikasya nāgarājasya pūrvakarmavipākajaṃ bhavanam abhinirvṛttam; sa buddhotpāde buddhotpāde cakṣuṣī pratilabhate; sa raṇantyāḥ pṛthivyāḥ śabdena bhavanād abhyudgataḥ; paśyati bodhisatvaṃ dūrād eva dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraṃ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtaṃ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ, (SBV I 112) samantatobhadrakam; sahadarśanāc ca bodhisatvaṃ gāthābhir gītena cābhiṣṭotum ārabdhaḥ:

adrākṣīd uragaśreṣṭho nāgarājo mahardhikaḥ / nairañjanāyās tīreṇa āyāntaṃ (A 384a) lokanāyakam //

tava bhadanta yathā vimalaprabhā (SBV I 113)

antaroddānam: raṇanty, adrākṣīt, buddhaś ca, pūrva, caraṇa, cīvara, sudṛḍha cāṣa, anilāś caiva, tava, kṛtvātha te daśa /

Svastika and Buddha's determination

tato bodhisatvaḥ kālikanāgarājena saṃstūyamāno vajrāsanābhimukhaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: tṛṇasaṃstare niṣadyāṃ kalpayāmīti; tasya tṛṇaiḥ prayojanam iti śakro devānām indro bodhisatvasya cetasā cittam ājñaya gandhamādanāt parvatāt tūlasaṃsparśānāṃ tṛṃānāṃ bhāram ādāya svastikayāvasikavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya bodhisatvasya purastād avasthitaḥ; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: bhadramukha dīyantāṃ mamaitāni tṛṇānīti; śakreṇa devendreṇa bodhisatvasya pādayor nipatya sagauraveṇa dattāni; tato bodhisatvaḥ svastikasya yāvasikasyāntikāt tṛṇāny ādāya devatopadiṣṭena mārgeṇa yena bodhimūlaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anākulam asaṅkulaṃ tṛṇasaṃstarakaṃ prajñapayitum ārabdhaḥ; tatas tāni tṛṇāni pradakṣiṇāni patitum ārabdhāni; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yathaitāni tṛṇāni pradakṣiṇaṃ patanti, niyataṃ mayādyānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigantavyam; iti viditvā vajrāsanam abhiruhya suptoragarājabhogaparipiṇḍīkṛtaṃ paryaṅkaṃ baddhvā niṣaṇṇaḥ; ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya cittam utpādayati; vācaṃ ca bhāṣate: na tāvad bhetsyāmi paryaṅkaṃ yāvad aprāpta āsravakṣayaḥ (A 384b) sa na tāvat bhindati paryaṅkaṃ yāvad aprāpta āsravakṣayaḥ

Māra's mischief

mārasya pāpīyaso dvau dhvajau harṣasthānīyaḥ śokasthānīyaś ca; yāvac chokasthānīyo dhvajaḥ kampitum (SBV I 114) ārabdhaḥ māraḥ pāpīyān saṃlakṣayati: yathaiṣa kampate dhvajaḥ, nūnam anarthena bhavitavyam; sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ yāvat paśyati bodhisatvaṃ vajrāsane niṣaṇṇam; tasyaitad abhavat: ayaṃ śuddhodanaputro vajrāsane niṣaṇṇo yāvan madviṣayaṃ nākrāmati, tāvad asya vighnaḥ kartavyaḥ; iti viditvā uddhūtaśiraskaḥ śaṇaśāṭīnivasitaḥ, lekhavāhakavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya, yena bodhisatvas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya sasaṃbhramaḥ kathayati: kimarthaṃ bhavān niṣaṇṇo 'vatiṣṭhate; kapilavastu nagaraṃ devadattenāvaṣṭabdham; antaḥpuraṃ vidhvaṃsitam; śākyāḥ praghātitā iti; tatra bodhisatvasya trayaḥ pāpakā akuśalā vitarkāḥ samutpannāḥ; tadyathā, kāmavitarko, vyāpādavitarko, vihiṃsāvitarkaś ca; tatra yaśodharāmṛgajāgopikāsu kāmavitarkaḥ, devadatte vyāpādavitarkaḥ, tadanujīviṣu śākyeṣu vihiṃśāvitarkaḥ; bodhisatvasyaitad abhavat: kim arthaṃ me trayaḥ pāpakā akuśalā vitarkāḥ samutpannāḥ; yāvat paśyati, māraḥ pāpīyān upasaṅkrānto yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇeti; tato bodhisatvasya trayaḥ kuśalāḥ samutpannāḥ; tadyathā naiṣkramyavitarkaḥ, avyāpādavitarkaḥ, avihiṃsāvitarkaś ca bhūyo māraḥ kathayati: kim arthaṃ tvaṃ bodhimūle niṣaṇṇa iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigamiṣyāmīti; māraḥ kathayati: kumāra kutas tava anuttaraṃ jñānam iti; bodhisatvaḥ kathayati: tava tāvat pāpīyan ekaṃ yajñam iṣṭvā kāmadhātvīśvaratvaṃ saṃpannam; prāg eva yena mayā triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇīṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam anuttarajñānādhigamāya; so 'ham anuttaraṃ jñānaṃ nādhigamiṣyāmīti kuta etat? evam ukto māraḥ kathayati: sa tāvat bhavān eva sākṣī yathā mayā ekena yajñena kāmadhātvīśvaratvaṃ prāptam iti; bhavataḥ kaḥ sākṣī; yathā tvayā triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇīṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam anuttarajñānādhigamāyeti? tato bhagavatā cakrasvastikanandyāvartena jālāvanaddhena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām (SBV I 115) āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa pṛthivī parāmṛṣṭā pṛthivī sākṣiṇī yathā mayā (A 385a) triṣu kalpāsaṅkhyeyeṣv anekāni yajñakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇiṣṭāni; satvānāṃ cārthāya śiraḥkaracaraṇanayanamāṃsarudhirasutadārahiraṇyasuvarṇādi parityaktam iti; tataḥ pṛthivīdevatā pṛthivīm udbhidya kṛtāñjalipuṭā śabdam udīrayati: evam etat pāpīyan yathā bhagavān kathayatīti; evam ukte māraḥ pāpīyāṃs tūṣṇīṃbhūto madgubhūtas srastaskandho 'dhomukho niṣpratibhaḥ pradhyānaparamo vyavasthitaḥ sa duḥkhī durmanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: evam apy ahaṃ kurvan na labhe śākyasya śuddhodanaputrasya avatāraṃ; yanv aham asya bhūyasyās mātrayā vighnaṃ kuryām ityuktvā prakrāntaḥ; tatas tena tisro duhitaraḥ preṣitāḥ tṛṣṇā ca ratā ca ratiś ca; tā rūpayauvanamadamattā divyavastrālaṅkāravibhūṣitā bodhisatvasya purastāt strīsādhyāni vidarśayitrm ārabdhāḥ; tato bodhisatvenopāyakauśalena tathādhiṣṭhitā yathā vṛddhāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; yena māras tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; māras tās tathāvidhā dṛāṭvā viṣaṇṇaḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: ko 'sāv upāyas syād yena śākyasya śuddhodanaputrasya tapovighnaṃ kuryām iti; ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭibalāgram ādāya hastyaśvoṣṭramṛgamahiṣavarāhakukkurolūkanakulaśākhāmṛgādyākārāṇām asitomarabhiṇḍipālacakrakuntakadhanuṣpāśaparaśubhusuṇḍyādyāyudhānām, svayaṃ cākarṇād dhanuḥ pūrayitvā bodhisatvaṃ parivāryāvasthitaḥ; tato bodhisatvas tān anekarūpān bahuvividhapraharaṇasahitān dṛṣṭvā saṃlakṣayati: yas tāvat prākṛtapuruṣeṇa sārdhaṃ saṃraṃbham ārabhate, sa pratipakṣaṃ yojayati; prāg evāyaṃ kāmadhātvīśvaro yanv ahaṃ pratipakṣaṃ yojayeyam; iti viditvā tadupaśamanopāyaṃ cintayitum ārabdhaḥ; māraś ca ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭisahito bodhisatvasyopari kuntakacakratomarabhiṇḍipālaśarādi nikṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; tato bodhisatvo maitrīṃ samāpannaḥ; tāni cāsya praharaṇāni divyāny utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkāṇi bhūtvā bodhisatvasya samantāt patitum ārabdhāni; tato māra upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya pāṃsuvarṣaṃ varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tad api (SBV I 116) divyāni māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi bhūtvā bodhisatvasyopari nipatitum ārabdhāni; tato māreṇa viṣavāyur utsṛṣṭaḥ upalavarṣaś ca; śuddhāvāsakāyikābhir devatābhis tato bodhisatvasyopari parṇikākuṭir abhinirmitā; upalavarṣeṇāpi viṣavāyusametena bodhisatvasya na kiñcit kṛtam iti; māraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kiyac ciraṃ mayā parivārya avasthātavyam; śabdakaṇtakāni dhyānāni; bodhivṛkṣaṃ sphaṭikamayam abhinirmāya gacchāmi; tasya patrāṇi nityaṃ śabdaṃ kariṣyanti; tenāsya cittaikāgratā na bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā bodhivṛkṣaṃ sphaṭikamayam abhinirmāya śrotrāvadhānatatparo 'vasthitaḥ; bodhipatrāṇi (A 385b) sphaṭikamayāni muhur muhuḥ svanitum ārabdhāni; bodhisatvaś śabdakaṇṭakatvād dhyānānāṃ cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: bodhisatvaḥ sphaṭikabodhipatranisvanāc cittaikāgratāṃ nāsādayati; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tatas taiḥ patraṃ vidhāritam; tathāpi mārabalaṃ tiṣṭhaty eva; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: ayaṃ māraḥ pāpīyāṃś ciraṃ bodhisatvaṃ viheṭhayiṣyati; iti viditvā tan mārabalaṃ cakravāṭasyopariṣṭāt kṣiptam iti

Experiences of suernatural powers

tatra bodhisatvo bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati; nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle yuktaḥ sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto viharati; sa rātryā prathame yāme riddhiviṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; eko bhūtvā bahūdhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvā eko bhavati; āvirbhāvatirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanaṃ pratyanubhavati; tiraḥ kuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥ prākāram asajjamānena kāyena gacchati, tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathā udake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati; tadyathā pṛthivyām, ākāśaṃ paryaṃkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakuniḥ; imaū vā punaḥ sūryācandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi; yāvat, (SBV I 117) brahmalokaṃ kāyena vaśe vartayati; bhūyo māraḥ saṃlakṣayati: śabdakaṇṭakāni dhyānāni; yanv ahaṃ dūrastha eva śabdaṃ kuryām iti; tena ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāreṇa mahābhayabhairavaśabda utsṛṣṭaḥ; bodhisatvenāpi tadāvaranāya dvādaśayojanāni kadalīvanaṃ nirmitaṃ yenāsau śabdaḥ parāhataḥ śrūyate; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yanv ahaṃ divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyaṃ cittam abhinirṇamayeyaṃ, yena yān śabdān ākāṅkṣāmi śrotuṃ tān śṛṇomi, divyān api mānuṣān api; iti viditvā divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa divyena śrotreṇa viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa ubhayān śabdān śṛṇoti mānuṣān apy amānuṣān api, ye 'pi dūre, ye'py antike

Reasoning within, and enlightenment

tato bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivārasya <mārasya> kena mamāntike cittaṃ pradūṣitaṃ, kena neti katham etaj jñāyate iti; tasyaitad abhavat: cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyayābhijñayā iti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; parasatvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ vitarkitaṃ, vicāritaṃ manasā mānasaṃ yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sadveṣaṃ vigatadveṣaṃ, samohaṃ (A 386a) vigatamohaṃ, saṃkṣiptaṃ vikṣiptaṃ, līnaṃ pragṛhītam, uddhatam anuddhatam, avyupaśāntaṃ vyupaśāntam, asamāhitaṃ samāhitam, abhāvitaṃ bhāvitam, avimuktaṃ cittam, avimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; savimuktaṃ cittam <savimuktaṃ cittam> iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; tasyaitad abhavat: eṣāṃ mārakiṃkarāṇāṃ ko me anyasyāṃ jātau mātṛsaṃbandhaṃ pitṛsaṃbandhaḥ; ko vā vadhakaḥ, pratyarthikaḥ, pratyamitra iti; katham etaj jñāyata iti; tasyaitad abhavat: pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; so 'nekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsaṃ samanusmarati; tadyathā ekām api jātiṃ, dve, tisraś, catasraḥ, pañca, ṣaṭ, sapta, aṣṭau, (SBV I 118) nava daśa, viṃśatiṃ, triṃśataṃ, catvāriṃśataṃ, pañcāśataṃ, jātisahasram api, jātiśatāny anekāny api, jātishasrāṇy anekāny api, jātiśatasahasrāṇi, saṃvartakalpam api, vivartakalpam api, saṃvartavivartakaplam api, anekān api saṃvartakalpān, anekān api vivartakalpān, anekān api saṃvartavivartakaplān samanusmarati; amī nāma te bhavantaḥ satvāḥ yatrāham āsam evaṃnāmā, evaṃjātyaḥ, evaṃgotraḥ, evamāhāraḥ, evaṃ sukhaduḥkhaṃ pratisaṃvedī, evaṃdīrghāyuḥ, evaṃcirasthitikaḥ, evamāyuḥparyantaḥ; so 'haṃ tasmāt sthānāc cyutaḥ amutropapannaḥ tasmād api cyutaḥ amutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyuta ihopapanna iti; sākāraṃ soddeśam anekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsaṃ samanusmarati; tasyaitad abhavat: eṣāṃ mārakiṃkarāṇāṃ ke apāyagāminaḥ, ke neti; katham etaj jñāyate? tasyaitad abhavat: cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti; sa rātryā madhyame yāme cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyakeṇa satvān paśyati, cyavamānān api upapadyamānān api, suvarṇān api, durvarṇān api, hīnān api, praṇītān api, sugatim api gacchato, durgatim api gacchato; yathākarmopagān satvān yathābhūtān prajānāti; amī nāma te bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakā mithyādṛṣṭayaḥ; mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetoḥ taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣu prapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanassucaritena samanvāgatās āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ; samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante; tasyaitad abhavat: amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāmāśraveṇa bhavāśraveṇāvidyāśravena (A 386b) ca saṃsāre saṃsaranti; tat kāmāśravo bhavāśravo 'vidyāśravaś ca; yathā prahīyante tat kathaṃ jñāyata iti; tasyaitad abhavat: āśravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñayeti–āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām–; ca yuktaḥ sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto viharann āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayati; sa idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam iti yathābhutaṃ prajānāti; tasyaivaṃ jānata evaṃ (SBV I 119) paśyataḥ kāmāśravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; bhavāśravād cittaṃ vimucyate; <avidyāśravāc cittaṃ vimucyate>; vimuktasya vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati, kṣīnā me jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti; iti tatrābhisaṃbuddhabodhir bhagavān kṛtakṛtyaḥ, kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ, tejodhātuṃ samāpannaḥ

Māra's defeat, and mischievous rumour

yadā bodhisatvena ṣaṭtriṃśādbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ maitreṇāstreṇābhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā mārasya pāpīyaso hastād dhanuḥ srasto, dhvajaḥ patitaḥ, bhavanaṃ ca kampitam; tato māraḥ pāpīyān ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāro duḥkhī, durmanā, vipratīsārī, tatraivāntarhitaḥ; mārakāyikābhir devatābhiḥ kapilavastunagare ārocitam: śākyamunir bodhisatvo duṣkaracaryāṃ caritvā vajrāsanam abhiruhya tṛṇasaṃstare kālagataḥ iti; yat śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ antaḥpurakumārāmātyagaṇasahīyo mahatā duḥkhadaurmanasyena santaptaḥ, kapilavāstavaś ca janakāyaḥ; gopikā mṛgajā yaśodharā ca bodhisatvaguṇānusmaraṇāt mūrchitāḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatitāḥ; jalāvasekapratyāgataprāṇās tā antaḥpurajanena sāntvyamānā aśruparyākulekṣaṇā muhur bāṣparodhagadgadasvarā vipralapantyo 'vasthitāḥ; tāṃ vipratipattiṃ dṛṣṭvā buddhābhiprasannābhir devatābhir ārocitam: na śākyamunir bodhisatvaḥ kālagataḥ, api tu tenānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam iti

Rāhula and Ānanda

yat śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ saparivāraḥ kapilavāstavaś ca janakāyaḥ paraṃ harṣam upāgatāḥ; anuttarajñānādhigame ca bhagavataḥ yaśodharāyaḥ putro jātaḥ; amṛtodanasya ca putro jātaḥ; rāhuṇā candro grastaḥ; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ tāṃ saṃpattiṃ dṛṣṭvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tena kapilavastunagaram apagatapāṣaṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitam, candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpasphaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam ucchṛtadhvajapatākaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyam; (SBV I 119) caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpitā madhye ca śṛṇgāṭakasya; tataḥ pūrvanagaradvāre śramaṇabrāhmaṇacarakaparivrājakādīnavānāthakṛpaṇavanīpakayācanakebhyo dānāni dattāni; dakṣiṇe paścime uttare madhye śṛṅgāṭakasya (A 387a) dānāni dīyante; puṇyāṇi kriyante; yaśodharāyāḥ putrasya nāma vyavasthāpyate; antaḥpurajanaḥ kathayati: asya janmani rāhuṇā candro grastaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya rāhula iti nāmeti; amṛtodanasyāpi tathaiva dānāni datvā puṇyāni kṛtvā putrasya nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti: jñātaya ūcuḥ: yasmād asya janmani sarvaṃ nagaram ānanditaṃ, tasmād bhavatu dārakasya ānanda iti nāmeti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: yo 'yaṃ yaśodharāyāḥ putro jātaḥ naiṣa śākyamuneḥ putraḥ; iti śrutvā yaśodharā vyathitā; tatas tayā bodhisatvasya vyāyāmaśilāyām āropya krīḍāpuṣkariṇyās tīre sthitayā satyopayācanaṃ kṛtam: yady ayaṃ bodhisatvena jātas tathāsyāṃ puṣkariṇyāṃ saha śilayā plaveta; no cen nimajjeta; ityuktvā udake prakṣiptaḥ; sa tūlapicuvat saha śilayā plavitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā śuddhodanas tad atyadbhutaṃ <śrutvā> mahājanakāyaparivṛto bodhisatvasya kriḍāpuṣkariṇīgato yāvat paśyati rāhulabhadraṃ bodhisatvasya śilāyāṃ niṣaṇṇaṃ tūlapicuvad udake plavamānam; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ sahasā puṣkariṇīm avatīrya rāhulabradraṃ kumāram aṃśenādāya vyutthitaḥ yadā bhagavatā ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ maitreṇāstreṇābhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam, atyarthaṃ tasmin samaye mahāpṛthivīcālo 'bhūt; sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratamisrā yatremau sūryācandramasāv evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayā ābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās <te svakam api bāhuṃ pragṛhītaṃ na paśyanti>; te tayā ābhayā (SBV I 121) anyonyaṃ satvān dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate; anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantaḥ satvā upapannā iti; antaroddānam:

Two Devatas

atha dvayor brahmakāyikayor devatayor <brahmaloke nivāsinor> etad abhavat: ayaṃ buddho bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati; nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddhabodhis tejodhātusamāpannaḥ saptāham ekaparyaṅkena atināmayati; na cainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; yan nu vayam enaṃ gatvā pratyekapratyekaṃ gāthābhir abhiṣṭuyāma iti; atha dve brahmakāyike devate tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃmiñjitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃmiñjayet, evam eva dve brahmakāyike devate brahmaloke antarhite bhagavataḥ purataḥ pratyaṣṭhātām; ekāntasthite dve brahmakāyike devate; ekā gāthāṃ bhāṣate: uttiṣṭha vijitasaṃgrāma sārthavāhānigha vicara loke / deśaya sugata varadharmaṃ bhaviṣyanti (A 387b) dharmaratnasyājñātāraḥ //

dvitiyā gāthaṃ bhāṣate uttiṣṭha vijitasaṅgrāma parṇalopānigha vicara loke / cittaṃ hi te suviśuddhaṃ pañcadaśyāṃ śaśīva paripūrṇaḥ // (SBV I 122)

Trapuṣa and Bhallika

vimuktiprītisukhasaṃvedī buddho bhagavān saptāham ekaparyaṅkena atināmayati; na cainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; tena khalu samayena trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau pañcamātraiḥ śakaṭaśataiḥ sārdham anuvyavaharamāṇau, tasminn eva mārge adhvapratipannāv abhūtām; atha trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor anyatamāyāḥ purāṇamitrāmātyajñātisālohitāyāḥ devatāyāḥ etad abhavat: ayaṃ buddho bhagavān urubilvāyāṃ viharati nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddho vimuktiprītisukhapratisaṃvedī saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati; na cainaṃ kaśit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; taṃ trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau tatprathamataḥ pratipādayetām; tat syāt trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; yanv ahaṃ svayam evautsukyam āpadayeya yaduta bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātapradānasya hetor iti; atha sā devatā sarvaṃ karvaṭakam udāreṇāvabhāsena sphāritvā trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocat: vaṇijau vaṇijau ayaṃ buddho bhagavān uribilvāyāṃ viharati nadyā nairañjanāyās tīre bodhimūle acirābhisaṃbuddho vimuktiprītisukhapratisaṃvedī; saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati; nainaṃ kaścit piṇḍakena pratipādayati; taṃ yuvāṃ tatprathamataḥ piṇḍakena pratipādayatam; tad yuvayor bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya sukhāya; ityuktvā sā devatā tatraivāntarhitā; (SBV I 123) atha trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ devatā api tasya bhagavata autsukyam āpadyante yaduta piṇḍapātapratipādanahetoḥ; iti viditvā prabhūtaṃ madhu ca manthāś ca ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntau; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte 'sthātām; ekāntasthitau trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocatām: ihāvābhyāṃ bhadanta bhagavantam uddiśya prabhūtaṃ madhu ca manthāś ca ānītāḥ; tān bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ pāṇau piṇḍapātaṃ pratigṛhṇīyāṃ, tadyathā anyatīrthikaḥ; yanv ahaṃ samanvāhareyam kutra pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti: pātre bhadanta pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate pātre pūrvakaiḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaiḥ piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; tatra bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannam; atha catvāro mahārājā bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannam iti viditvā anyatamasmāt pāṣāṇaparvatāc catvāri śailamayāni pātrāṇy amanuṣyakṛtāny amanuṣyaniṣṭhitāny acchāni śucīni niṣpratigandhāny ādāya, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitāś catvāro mahārājā bhagavantam idam avocan: iha asmābhir bhadanta bhagavataḥ pātreṇa pātrakāryam utpannaṃ viditvā anyatamamāt pāṣāṇaparvatāc catvāri śailamayāni pātrāṇy amanuṣyakṛtāny amanuṣyaniṣṭhitāni acchāni śucīni niṣpratigandhāni ānītāni; tāni bhagavān pratigṛhṇātv anukampām upādāya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced aham ekasya mahārājasyāntikād ekaṃ pātraṃ pratigrahīṣyāmi, trayāṇāṃ bhaviṣyati cetaso 'nyathātvam; saced dvayor, dvayor bhaviṣyati cetaso 'nyathātvam; sacet trayāṇām ekasya bhaviṣyati cetaso (SBV I 124) 'nyathātvam; yanv ahaṃ caturṇāṃ mahārājānām antikāc catvāri pātrāṇi pratigṛhya ekaṃ pātram adhimucyeyam iti; atha bhagavāṃś caturṇāṃ mahārājānām antikāc catvāri patrāṇi pratigṛhya ekaṃ pātram adhimuktavān iti; tatra bhagavatā trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor antikāt piṇḍapātaḥ pratigṛhīto hitāya prāṇinām iti; tatra bhagavān trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijāv idam avocat: etau yuvāṃ vaṇijau buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; yo 'py asau bhaviṣyaty anāgate 'dhvani saṅgho nāma tam api śaraṇaṃ gacchatām; etāv āvāṃ bhadanta buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvah, dharmaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvaḥ, yo 'py asau bhaviṣyaty anāgate 'dhvani saṅgho nāma tam api śaraṇaṃ gacchāvaḥ; atha bhagavāṃs trapuṣbhallikayor vaṇijos tad dānam anayā abhyanumodanayā abhyanumodate

saced hi sa vyāyamate āryaprajñayā tyāgavān / duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai sparśo (A 388b) bhavati vipaśyataḥ //

atha trapuṣabhallikau vaṇijau bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntau (SBV I 125)

The Buddha's ailment, and Māra's mischief again

atha bhagavān trapuṣabhallikayor vaṇijor antikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya yena nadī nairañjanā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya nadyā nairañjanāyās tire niṣadya bhaktakṛtyam akārṣīt; tatra madhv api vātikaṃ, manthā api vātikāḥ, tena bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannam; atha māraḥ pāpīyān bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: parinirvātu bhagavān, parinirvāṇakālasamaya iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: māro batāyaṃ pāpīyān upasaṅkrānto yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇi; iti viditvā māraṃ pāpīyāṃsam idam avocat: na tāvat pāpīyan parinirvāsyāmi, yāvan na me śrāvakāḥ paṇḍitā bhaviṣyanti vyaktā medhāvinaḥ, alam utpannotpannānāṃ parapravādakānāṃ saha dharmeṇa nigrahītāraḥ alaṃ svasya vādasya paryavadāpayitāraḥ bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakā upāsikāḥ, vaistārikaṃ ca me brahmacaryaṃ bhaviṣyati bāhujanyaṃ pṛthubhūtaṃ yāvad devamanuṣyebhaḥ samyaksuprakāśitam iti; atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat: na parinirvāsyati bata śramaṇo gautamaḥ; iti viditvā duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī tatraivāntarhitaḥ

Harītakī brought by Śakra

atha śakro devendro bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā, yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tasya nātidūre mahad dharītakīvanam, tato varṇagandharasopetā harītakīr ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt: ekāntasthitaḥ śakro devendro bhagavantam idam avocat: iha mayā bhadanta bhagavato vātābādhikaṃ glānyam utpannaṃ viditvā yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tasya nātidūre mahad dharītakīvanaṃ tato mayā varṇagandharasopetā (SBV I 126) harītakya ānītāḥ; tā bhagavān paribhuṅktām; bhagavatā paribhuktā vātaṃ cānulomayiṣyanti; vātābādhikaṃ glānyaṃ vyupaśamayiṣyantīti; tā bhagavān paribhuktavān; bhagavatā paribhuktā vātaṃ cānulomitam; vātābādhikaṃ glānyaṃ vyupaśāntam; tena bhagavataḥ kṣemaṇīyataraṃ cābhūd yāpanīyataraṃ ca

Mucilinda Nāgarāja

atha bhagavān yathāsukhaṃ ramyaṃ bodhimūle vihṛtya, yena mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavanaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇaḥ paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpya; tena khalu samayena mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavane sāptāhika akālameghaḥ samupāgataḥ; atha mucilindo nāgarājaḥ sāptāhikam akālameghaṃ samupāgataṃ viditvā bhavanād abhyudgamya saptakṛtvaḥ kāye kāyaṃ veṣṭayitvā, upari mahāntaṃ phaṇaṃ kṛtvā asthāt; mā (A 389a) bhagavata imaṃ saptāhaṃ śītaṃ bhaviṣyati; mā uṣṇaṃ mā daṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśāḥ kāyaṃ paritāpayiṣyanti; mucilindo nāgarājo taṃ vigataṃ sāptāhikaṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ kāyena kāyam udveṣṭya aṅgadakuṇḍalavicitramālyābharaṇānulepano bhūtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: mā bhagavata imaṃ saptāhaṃ śītam abhūt, mā uṣṇaṃ, mā daṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśāḥ kāyaṃ paritāpitavantaḥ; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate sukho vivekas tuṣṭasya śrutadharmasya paśyataḥ / avyābādhasukhaṃ loke prāṇibhūteṣu saṃyamaḥ / sukhaṃ virāgatā loke kāmānāṃ samatikramaḥ / asmimānasya yo vinaya etad vai paramaṃ sukham // (SBV I 127)

Cognizance of pratītyasamutpāda

atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ mucilindasya nāgarājasya bhavane vihṛtya, yena bodhimūlaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta eva tṛṇasaṃstarake niṣaṇṇaḥ, paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhaṃ smṛtim upasthāpya saptāham ekaparyaṅkenātināmayati, idam evaṃ dvādaśāṅgaṃ pratītyasamutpādam anulomapratilomaṃ vyavalokayan, yaduta asmin sati idaṃ bhavati; asyotpādād idam utpadyate; yadutāvidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānam; vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpam; nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanam; ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ; sparśapratyayā vedanā; vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā; tṛṣṇāpratyayam upādānam; upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ; bhavapratyayā jātiḥ; jātipratyayā jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā amī bhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yaduta asminn asati idaṃ na bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ niruddhyate; yaduta avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ; saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodhaḥ; vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodhaḥ; nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ; ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ; sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ; vedanānirodhāt tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ; tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ; upādānanirodhāt bhavanirodhaḥ; bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ; jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā niruddhyante; evam asya kevalasya mahataḥ duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati atha bhagavāṃs tasyaiva saptāhasyātyayāt tasmāt samādher vyutthāya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate

yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā ātāpino dhyāyato brāhmaṇasya / (SBV I 128) athāsya kāṅkṣā vyapayānti sarvā yadā prajānāti sahetuduḥkam //

yadā ime (A 389b) prādurbhavanti dharmā

atha bhagavata etad abhavat: adhigato me dharmo gambhīro gambhīrāvabhāso durdṛśo duravabodhaḥ; atarkyo 'tarkyāvacaraḥ sūkṣmo nipuṇapaṇḍitavijñavedanīyaḥ; taṃ ced ahaṃ pareṣām ārocayeyam; taṃ ca pare na vijānīyuḥ; sa mama syād vighātaḥ; syād bhramaḥ; cetaso 'nudaya eva; yanv aham ekākī araṇye pravaṇe dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyukto vihareyam iti; tatra bhagavata alpotsukavihāratāyāṃ cittaṃ krāmati, na dharmadeśanāyām; atha brahmaṇaḥ sabhāpater etad abhavat; vinaśyati batāyaṃ lokaḥ; praṇaśyati batāyaṃ lokaḥ, yatredānīṃ kadācit karhicit tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā (SBV I 129) loke utpadyante, tadyathā udumbarapuṣpam; tasya cādya bhagavata alpotsukavihāratāyāṃ cittaṃ krāmati, na dharmadeśanāyām; yanv aham enaṃ gatvā adhyeśayeyam; atha brahmā sabhāpatis, tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃmiñjitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃmiñjayet, evam eva brahmā sabhāpatir brahmaloke antarhitaḥ; sa bhagavataḥ purastāt pratyasthāt; atha brahmā sabhāpatis tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate

Brahma's request for Dharmadeśanā

santi bhadanta satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyā, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā, ye 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; tadyathā bhadanta utpalāni vā, padmāni vā kumudāni vā, puṇḍarīkāṇi vā udake jātāny, udake vṛddhāny, ekatyāni udakād abhyudgatāni tiṣṭhanti; ekatyāni samodakāni; ekatyāni udakanimagnakośāni tiṣṭhanti; evam eva santi bhadanta satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyāḥ, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā ye 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; deśayatu bhagavān dharmam; deśayatu sugato dharmam; bhaviṣyanti dharmatatnasyājñātāraḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yac cāham svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā (SBV I 130) lokaṃ vyavalokayeyam iti; atha bhagavān svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayati; adrākṣīd bhagavān svayam eva buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayan santi satvā loke jātā, loke vṛddhās, tīkṣṇendriyā api, madhyendriyā api, mṛdvindriyā api, svākārāḥ, suvineyāḥ, alparajaso 'lparajaskajātīyā, ye (A 390a) 'śravaṇāt saddharmasya parihīyante; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asya satveṣu mahākaruṇā 'vakrāntā; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate

atha brahmaṇaḥ sabhāpater etad abhavat: deśayiṣyati bata bhagavān dharmaṃ, deśayiṣyati bata sugato dharmam; iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tatraivāntarhitaḥ

Death of Ārāḍa Kālāma

atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat; yanv aham ārāḍasya kālāmasya tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, yo māṃ pūrvācārya eva san paramayā mānanayā mānitavān, paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān, parameṣu ca pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd abhirāddhaś ca; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti: saptāhakālagato bhadantārāḍaḥ kālāma iti; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; saptāhakālagata ārādaḥ kālāmaḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat; mahatī bateyaṃ jyānir, ārāḍasya kālāmasya kālakriyāyā; sumahatī bateyaṃ jyānir ārāḍasya kālāmasya kālakriyāyā, ya imaṃ dharmavinayaṃ nāśrauṣīt; saced aśroṣyad ajñāsyat sa imaṃ dharmavinayam iti; (SBV I 131) atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv chaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti

Death of Udraka Rāmaputra

atha bhagavata etad abhavat; yanv aham udrakasya rāmaputrasya tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, yo māṃ pūrvācārya eva san paramayā mānanayā mānitavān, paramayā pūjanayā pūjitavān, parameṣu ca pratyayeṣv āttamanāś cābhūd, abhirāddhaś ca; devatā bhagavata ārocayanti; abhidoṣakālagato bhadanta udrako rāmaputraḥ; bhagavato 'pi samanvāhṛtya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; abhidoṣakālagata udrako rāmaputraḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: mahatī bateyaṃ jyānir udrakasya rāmaputrasya kālakriyāyā; sumahatī bateyaṃ jyānir udrakasya rāmaputrasya kālakriyāyā, yo mama imaṃ dharmavinayaṃ nāśrauṣīt; saced imaṃ dharmavinayam aśroṣyad ajñāsyat sa imaṃ dharmavinayam iti

Buddha starts of Vārāṇasī

atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; tasyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; ye māṃ pūrvaṃ duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktaṃ viharantaṃ satkṛtyopatastuḥ premṇā ca gauraveṇa ca; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra tv etarhi pañcakā bhikṣavo viharanti iti; adrākṣīd bhagavān divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhena atikrāntamānuṣeṇa pañcakān bhikṣūn; vārāṇasyāṃ viharanti ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yathābhiramyaṃ bodhimūle vihṛtya yena vārāṇasī kāśīnāṃ nigamas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ

Upagu Ājīvika

tena khalu samayena upagur ājīvikas tasminn eva (A 390b) mārge adhvapratipanno 'bhūt; adrākṣīd upagur ājīvako bhagavantaṃ pratipannaṃ (SBV I 132) mārge; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: viprasannāni te āyuṣman gautama indriyāṇi; pariśuddho mukhavarṇaḥ paryavadātaś chavivarṇaḥ; kas te āyuṣman gautama śāstā; taṃ vāsy uddiśya pravrajitaḥ; kasya vā dharmaṃ rocasīti; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate

sadevakeṣu lokeṣu ahaṃ mārābhibhūr jinaḥ //

jina ity āyuṣman gautama <kaṃ> vadasi; jinā hi mādṛśā jñeyā ye prāptā āśravakṣayam / –āsravakṣayam jitā me pāpakā dharmās tenopagu jino hy aham //

sādhv āyuṣman gautama jinaḥ; ityuktvā upagur ājīvakaḥ mārgād apakrāntaḥ (SBV I 133)

The five Bhikṣus

atha bhagavān kāśiṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena pañcakā bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ viharanti ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; adrākṣuḥ pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar anyonyaṃ saṃpratasthuḥ; kriyākāraṃ cākārṣuḥ; ayaṃ sa bhavantaḥ śramaṃo gautama āgacchati śaithiliko bāhuliko bahulājīvaḥ prahāṇavibhrāntaḥ; sa etarhy audārikam āhāram āharati odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcati; so 'smābhir upasaṅkrānto nābhivādyaḥ, na vanditavyo, na pratyutthātavyo, notthāyāsanenopanimantrayitavyo nānyatra prāg evāsanāni prajñapya; idaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ; saṃvidyante āyuṣman gautama āsanāni; saced ākāṅkṣasi niṣīda iti; yathā yathā bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn darśanāyopasaṅkrāmati tathā tathā pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavatas tejaś ca śriyaṃ ca gauravaṃ ca asahamānā utthāyāsanād eke bhagavato 'rthe āsanaṃ prajñapayanti; eke pādodakaṃ, pādādhiṣṭhānaṃ caikānte upanikṣipanti; eke pratyudgamya cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇanti; evaṃ cāhuḥ: etu bhavān gautama; svāgataṃ bhavate gautamāya; niṣīdatu bhavān gautama prajñapta evāsane; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: cyutā bateme nohapuruṣā svasmāt kriyākārād; iti viditvā prajñapta eva āsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; tatrasvit pañcakā bhikṣavo bhagavantam atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācaranti; tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mā yūyaṃ bhikṣavas tathāgatam (A 391a) atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācarata; mā vo 'bhūd dīrgharātram anarthāyāhitāya duḥkhāya; tat kasya hetoḥ? yaḥ kaścid bhikṣavaḥ tathāgatam atyarthaṃ nāmavādena gotravādena āyuṣmadvādena samudācarati; tat tasya bhavati mohapuruṣasya dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; ta evam (SBV I 134) āhuḥ: tayā tāvat tvam āyuṣman gautama pūrvikayā īryayā caryayā duṣkaracaryayā kiñcid adhigatavān uttaraṃ manuṣyadharmād alaṃ āryaviśeṣādhigamaṃ jñānaṃ vā, darśanaṃ vā, sparśavihāratāṃ vā; kutaḥ punar yas tvam etarhi śaithiliko bahulājīvaḥ prahāṇavibhrāntaḥ sa tvam etarhy audārikaṃ āhāram āharasy odanakulmāṣān; sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayasi; sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiñcasi; nanu yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ paśyatha tathāgatasya pūrveṇāparaṃ mukhasya vā viprasannatvam, indriyāṇāṇ <vā> nānākaraṇam ? ta evam ūhuḥ: evam etad āyuṣman gautama

The middle course of conduct tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma : dvāv imau bhikṣavo 'ntau pravrajitena na sevitavyau, na vaktavyau, na paryupāsitavyau; katamau dvau; yaś ca kāmeṣu kāmasukhālayānuyogo hīno grāmyaḥ prākṛtaḥ pārthagjanikaḥ; yaś cātmaklamathānuyogo duḥkho 'nāryo 'narthopasaṃhitaḥ; ity etāv ubhāv antāv anupagamya asti madhyamā pratipac cakṣuṣkaraṇī jñānakaraṇī upaśamasaṃvartanī abhijñāyaiva saṃbhodhaye nirvāṇāya saṃvartate; madhyamā pratipat katamā? āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ; tasya samyagdṛṣṭiḥ, samyaksaṅkalpaḥ, samyagvāk, samyakkarmāntaḥ, samyagājīvaḥ; samyagvyāyāmaḥ, samyaksmṛtiḥ, samyaksamādhiḥ; aśakad bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn anayā saṃjaptyā saṃjñapayitum; dvau ca bhagavān pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ pūrvabhakte avavadati; trayo grāmaṃ piṇḍāya praviśanti; yat trivargo 'bhinirharati tena ṣaḍvargo yāpayati; trīṃś ca bhagavān pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ paścādbhakte avavadati; dvau grāmaṃ piṇḍāya praviśataḥ; yad dvivargo 'bhinirharati tena pañcavargo yāpayati; tathāgataḥ pratiyaty eva kālabhojī (SBV I 135)

The four Noble Truths

tatra bhagavān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: 1) idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi; jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayaḥ, ayaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ; iyaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipat āryasatyam iti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkham āryasatyam abhijñayā parijñeyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyam abhijñayā prahātavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam (A 391b) ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodham āryasatyam abhijñayā sākṣātkartavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam abhijñayā bhāvayitavyaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi tat khalu duḥkham āryasatyam abhijñāyā parijñātaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyam abhijñayā prahīṇaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodham āryasatyam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; tat khalu duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam abhijñayā bhāvitaṃ mayeti bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam ananuśruteṣu dharmeṣu yoniśo manasi kurvataś cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi; yāvac ca (SBV I 136) mama bhikṣava eṣu caturṣv āryasatyeṣv evaṃ triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ na cakṣur udapādi, na jñānaṃ <na> vidyā na buddhir udapādi, na tāvad aham asmād bhikṣavaḥ sadevakāl lokāt, samārakāt, sabrahmakāt, saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāyā mukto nisṛto visaṃyukto vipramukto viparyāsāpagatena cetasā bahulaṃ vyāhārṣam; na tāvad ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣam; yataś ca mama bhikṣava eṣu caturṣv āryasatyeṣv evaṃ triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ cakṣur udapādi, jñānaṃ vidyā buddhir udapādi, tato 'ham asmāt sadevakāl lokāt samārakāt sabrahmakāt, saśramaṇabrāhmaṇikāyāḥ prajāyāḥ sadevamānuṣāyā mukto nisṛto visaṃyukto vipramukto viparyāsāpagatena cetasā bahulaṃ vyāhārṣam; bhikṣavaḥ anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣaṃ

The name of Ājñātakauṇḍinya

asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe āyuṣmata ājñātākauṇḍinyasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam, aśīteś ca devatāsahasrāṇām; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ kauṇḍinyam āmantrayate sma: ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñātaḥ bhagavann ājñātaḥ; ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñātaḥ sugata ājñāta; <ājñāto> āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena dharma iti tasmād āyuṣmataḥ kauṇḍinyasya ājñātakauṇḍinya ity adhivacanam; ājñāta āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena dharma iti

Proclamation of Dharmacakra

bhaumā yakṣāḥ śabdam udīrayanti, ghoṣam anuśrāvayanti: etan mārṣā bhagavatā vārāṇasyām ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam, apravartyaṃ śramaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā kenacid vā (SBV I 137) loke <sahadharmataḥ> bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām iti divyāḥ kāyā abhivardhiṣyante, āsūrāḥ kāyāḥ parihāsyante iti; bhaumānāṃ yakṣāṇāṃ śabdaṃ śrutvā antarikṣāvacarā yakṣās <tam anuśrāvayanti> cāturmahārājakāyikā devāḥ trāyastriṃśā yāmās tuṣitā nirmāṇaratayaḥ paranirmitavaśavartino devāḥ; tena kṣaṇena, teṇa lavena, tena muhūrtena, tena kṣaṇalavamuhūrtena (A 392a) yāvad brahmalokaṃ śabdo 'gamat; brahmakāyikā devāḥ śabdam udīrayanti; ghoṣam anuśrāvayanti: etan mārṣā bhagavatā vārāṇasyaṃ ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakraṃ pravartitam apravartyaṃ śramaṇena brāhmaṇena vā devena vā māreṇa vā brahmaṇā vā kenacid vā punar loke sahadharmataḥ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām iti divyāḥ kāyā abhivardhiṣyante; āsurāḥ kāyāḥ parihāsyanta iti; pravartitaṃ bhagavatā vārāṇasyām ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve triparivartaṃ dvādaśākāraṃ dharmyaṃ dharmacakram iti; tasmād asya dharmaparyāyasya dharmacakrapravartanam ity adhivacanaṃ

The Budda explains the four Noble Truths

tatra bhagavān dvir api pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: catvārīmāni bhikṣava āryasatyāni; katamāni catvāri? duḥkham āryasatyaṃ, duḥkhasamudayo duḥkhanirodho duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam; 1) duḥkham āryasatyaṃ katamat? jātir duḥkhaṃ, jarā duḥkhaṃ, vyādhir duḥkhaṃ, maraṇaṃ duḥkham, priyaviprayogo duḥkham, apriyasaṃprayogo duḥkham, yad apīcchan paryeṣamāṇo na labhate tad api duḥkham; saṅkṣepataḥ pañca ime upādānaskandhā duḥkham; tasya parijñāyai āryāṣṭaṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 2) duḥkhasamudayam āryasatyaṃ katamat? tṛṣṇā paunarbhavikī nandīrāgasahagatā tatra tatrābhinandinī; tasyāḥ prahāṇāya āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 3) duḥkhanirodham āryāsatyaṃ katamat? yad asyā eva tṛṣṇāyāḥ paunarbhavikyāḥ nandīrāgasahagatāyās tatra tatrābhinandinyā aśeṣaprahāṇaṃ pratinisargo vāntībhāvaḥ kṣayo virāgo nirodho (SBV I 138) vyupaśamaḥ astaṅgamaḥ; tasya sākṣātkriyāyai āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgo bhāvayitavyaḥ; 4) duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyaṃ katamat? āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ; tadyathā, samyagdṛṣṭiḥ, samyaksaṅkalpaḥ; samyagvāk, samyakkarmāntaḥ; samyagājīvaḥ; samyagvyāyāmaḥ; samyaksmṛtiḥ; samyaksamādhiḥ; so 'pi bhāvayitavyaḥ asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe āyuṣmata ājñātakauṇḍinyasyānupādāyāśravebhyaś cittaṃ vimuktam; avaśiṣṭānāṃ tu pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; tena khalu samayena eko <loke> arhan bhagavāṃś ca dvitīyaḥ; tatra bhagavān avaśiṣṭān pañcakān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: rūpaṃ bhikṣavo nātmā; rūpaṃ ced bhikṣava ātmā syān na rūpam ābādhāya duḥkhāya saṃvarteta; labhyeta ca rūpasyaivaṃ me rūpaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; yasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo rūpam anātmā tasmād rūpam ābādhāya duḥkhāya saṃvartate; na ca labhyate rūpasyaivaṃ me bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñanaṃ bhikṣavo nātmā; vijñānaṃ cet bhikṣavaḥ ātmā syān na vijñānam ābādhāya <duḥkhāya> saṃvarteta; labhyeta ca vijñānasyaivaṃ me vijñānaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti; yasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ vijñānam anātmā, tasmād vijñānam ābādhāya (A 392b) duḥkhāya saṃvartate; na ca labhyate vijñānasyaivaṃ me vijñanaṃ bhavatu, evaṃ mā bhūd iti kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo, rūpaṃ, nityaṃ vā <anityaṃ vā>? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eso 'ham asmy, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ <duḥkhaṃ> vā tan, na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ <duḥkham> vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eṣo 'ham asmy, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; (SBV I 139) tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavo yat kiñcid rūpam atītānāgatapratyutpannam adhyātmaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā audārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā yad vā dūre yad vā antike tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmeti; evam etat yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; <evaṃ yā kācid vedanā yā kācit saṃjñā ye kecit saṃskārā yat kiṃcid vijñānam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā audārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā yad vā dūre yad vāntike tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiso 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmeti; evam etat yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam;> yataś ca bhikṣavaḥ śrutavān āryaśrāvaka imāṃ pañca upādānaskandhān naivātmato nātmīyataḥ samanupaśyati; sa evaṃ samanupaśyan na kiñcil loka upādatte; anupādadāno na paritasyati aparitasya ātmaiva parinirvāti; kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryam; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyam; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti; asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyaṃāṇe avaśiṣṭanāṃ pañcakānāṃ bhikṣūṇām anupādāyāśravebhyaś cittāni vimuktāni; tena khalu samayena pañca loke 'rhanto, bhagavāṃś ca ṣaṣṭha iti

The conversin of Yaśas, son of Agrakulika

tatra bhagavān vārāṇasyāṃ viharati nadyā vārakāyaṣ tīre; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ prativasati; divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍitvā ramitvā paricārya śrāntakāyaḥ klāntakāyaḥ prābhārakāyaḥ pratiyaty eva middham avakrāntaḥ; tā api striyaḥ śrāntakāyāḥ klāntakāyāḥ prāgbhārakāyāḥ pratiyaty eva middham avakrāntāḥ; adrākṣīd yaśā agrakulikasya putraḥ sarātram eva suptapratibuddhaḥ sarvās tā striyo vilālikā vinagnikā vikeśikā vikṣiptabhujāḥ kāny api kāny api vipralapantyaḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asya sve 'ntaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā avakrāntā; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro mahāśayanād avatīrya śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ prāvṛtya (SBV I 140) yenāntaḥpuradvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya apasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā iti; tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena niveśanadvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāpasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā iti: tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena nagaradvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; (A 393a) upasaṅkramyāpasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi mārṣā upasṛṣṭo 'smi mārṣā <iti>; tasyāmanuṣyā dvāraṃ vivṛṇvanti; śabdaṃ cāntardhāpayanti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputro yena nadī vārakā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena bhagavān nadyā vārakāyās tīre bahir vihārasyābhyavakāśe caṅkrame caṅkramyate yadbhūyasā yaśasam evāgrakulikaputram āgamayamānaḥ; adrākṣīt yaśā agrakulikaputro bhagavantaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre caṅkrame caṅkramyamāṇam dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar apasvaram akārṣīt: upadruto 'smi śramaṇa upasṛṣṭo 'smi śramaṇa <iti>; atha bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputram idam avocat: ehi kumāra; idaṃ te sthānam anupadrutam; idam anupasṛṣṭam iti; atha yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre ujjhitvā, nadīṃ vārakāṃ pratyuttīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt; atha bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputram ādāya yena svo vihāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; niṣadya bhagavān yaśasam agrakulikaputraṃ dharmayayā kathayā sandarśayati <samādāpayati> samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā tadyathā dānakathā, śīlakathā, svargakathā, kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittaṃ kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā (SBV I 141) yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti; evam eva yaśā agrakulikaputras tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgaṃ atha yaśā agrakulikaputro dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣas tīrṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadanta, abhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhāraya adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam abhiprasannaṃ

Yaśas's father becomes a lay-disciple and Yaśas an Arhat

adrākṣīd anyatamāvaruddhikā sarātram eva suptapratibuddhā yaśāḥ kumāro mahāśayane na dṛśyate iti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yenāgrakuliko gṛhapatis tenopasaṃkrāntā; upasaṅkramyāgrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: yat khalv ārya jānīyā yaśāḥ kumāraḥ sve mahāśayane na dṛśyate (A 393b) iti; atha agrakulikasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: māhaiva kumāraś corair vā dhūrtair vā svāpateyakāraṇāt bahir niṣkāsito bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā caturdiśam aśvadūtān preṣayati; svayam eva pradīpikāhastaiḥ puruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ yena nadī vārakā tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd agrakuliko gṛhapatir nadyā vārakāyās tīre śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugam ujjhitam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: māhaiva (SBV I 142) kumāraś corair vā dhūrtair vā niṣkāsitaḥ; tathā hi nadyā vārakāyās tīre śatasahasraṃ maṇipādukāyugam ujjhitam; māhaiva kumāro 'nena tīrthena nadīṃ vārakām uttīrṇo bhaviṣyati; tathā <hi> śatasāhasraṃ maṇipādukāyugaṃ nadyā vārakāyās tīre ujjhitaḥ; iti viditvā tenaiva tīrthena nadīṃ vārakām uttīrya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd bhagavān agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathāgrakuliko gṛhapatir asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ na paśyed iti; atha bhagavān tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti yathāyrakuliko gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ na paśyati; athāgrakuliko gṛhapatir yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: kaccit bhagavān yaśasaṃ kumāram <adrākṣīt>? tena hi gṛhapate niṣīda sthānam etad vidyate yad asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ drakṣyasīti; athāgrakulikasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: nūnaṃ ca bhagavatā yaśāḥ kumāro dṛṣṭo bhaviṣyati; tathāhi bhagavān evam āha, tena hi gṛhapate niṣīda sthānam etad vidyate yad asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇo yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ drakṣyasi; iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudita udagraprītisaumanasyajāto bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdat; ekānte niṣaṇṇam agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatiṃ bhagavān dharmayayā kathayā sandarśayati, samādāpayati, samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anusaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittaṃ kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgaṃ catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakam rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ (SBV I 143) pratigṛhṇāti, evam evāgrakuliko gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny (A 394a) abhisameti; duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; tasmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe agrakulikasya gṛhapater virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; āyuṣmataś ca yaśasaḥ sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitasyānupādāyāśravebhyāś cittaṃ vimuktam; atha bhagavāṃṣ tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

tena khalu samayena ṣaṭ loke arhantaḥ, bhagavāṃś ca saptamaḥ; adrākṣīd agrakuliko gṛhapatir yaśasaṃ kumāraṃ tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yaśasaṃ kumāram idam avocat: ehi kumāra niveśanaṃ gamiṣyāvo mātā te śrāntakāyā klāntakāyā paridevitavatīti; atha bhagavān agrakulikaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: kiṃ manyase gṛhapate yenāśaikṣeṇa jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ, api nu sa punar api gṛhī agāram adhyāvaseta? sannidhīkāraparibhogena vā kāmān paribhuñjīta iti? no bhadanta: yathā khalu tvayā gṛhapate śaikṣeṇa jñānena śaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ; evam eva kumāreṇa aśaikṣeṇa jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ iti; lābhā bhadanta yaśasā kumāreṇa sulabdhā yena aśaikṣenā jñānena aśaikṣeṇa darśanena catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamitāni, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ, samudayo, nirodho, mārgaḥ; sādhu bhagavān yaśasā kumāreṇa paścācchramaṇena yenāgrakulikas tenopasaṅkrāmed anukampām upādāya; adhivāsayati bhagavān agrakulikasya gṛhapates tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athāgrakuliko gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ (SBV I 144) viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ

Yaśa's mother and wife become lay-disciples

atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātrer atyayāt nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya āyuṣmatā yaśasā paścācchrameṇena yenāgrakulikasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca madhyamāyāṃ dvāraśālāyām āsthātāṃ yadbhūyasā bhagavantam āgamayamāne; adrāṣṭām āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavantam dūrata eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthe āsanaṃ prajñāpayataḥ; evaṃ cāhatuḥ; etu bhagavān; svāgataṃ bhagavate; niṣīdatu bhagavān prajñapta eva āsane; niṣaṇṇo bhagavān prajñapta evāsane; athāyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇe; ekānte niṣaṇṇām āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāṃ purāṇadvitīyāṃ ca bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati, (A 394b) samādāpayati, samuttejayati, saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā caite bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacitte kalyacitte muditacitte vinivaraṇacitte bhavye pratibale sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātum, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā, tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni, <vistareṇa> saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam eva āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇe catvāry āryastyāny abhisamitavatyau; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudaya nirodha mārgaḥ; atha āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca dṛṣṭadharme prāptadharme viditadharme paryavagāḍhaharme (SBV I 145) tīrṇakāṅkṣe tīrṇavicikitse aparapratyaye anayaneye śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpte utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocatām: abhikrānte āvāṃ, bhadanta, abhikrānte; ete āvāṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvo, dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsike ca āvāṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopete śaraṇāgate abhiprasanne; tena hi bhadanta ihaiva bhaktakṛtyaṃ kriyatām; adhivāsayati bhagavān āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāyāḥ purāṇadvitīyāyāś ca tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikā purāṇadvitīyā ca bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavantaṃ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ śucipraṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayataḥ, saṃpravārayataḥ; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇe dharmaśravaṇāya; atha bhagavān āyuṣmato yaśaso mahallikāṃ purāṇadvitīyāṃ ca dharmyayā kathayā sandarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; yena svo vihāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchanti: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā yaśasā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena antaḥpuramadhyagatasya svasminn antaḥpure śmaśānasaṃjñā utpannā; sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitena ca bhagavato 'ntike arhatvaṃ ca sākṣātkṛtam; yaśasā evaṃ bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni; (A 395a) yaśasā karmāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau, api tu upātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante, śubhāny aśubhāni ca na pranaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api / sāmagrīṃ prāpya kālam ca phalanti khalu dehinām // (SBV I 146)

Previous birth of Yaśas

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ nātidūre riṣiḥ prativasati sma maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitavatsalaḥ; tena piṇḍapātaṃ praviśatā mṛtakuṇapaṃ dṛṣṭam; asatpratibaddheneva cittena piṇḍapātaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; piṇdapātaṃ caritvābhyāgataḥ; yāvat paśyati taṃ mṛtakuṇapaṃ vilīnībhūtaṃ vyādhmātakaṃ ca; tasyaivāgrataḥ sphuṭitam; tena tatraiva vairāgyam utpāditam; tata ihāntaḥpure pratyayo dattaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau riṣir eṣa evāsau yaśāḥ kumāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena tatra vairāgyam utpāditam tenaitarhi antaḥpuramadhyagatasya pratyayo dattaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavasḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklo vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇi apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam

Yaśas's four brothers are converted and become Arhats

aśrauṣur vārāṇasyāṃ dvitīya agrakulokaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcama agrakulikaputraḥ, pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatiḥ subāhuś ca: yaśā agrakulikaputraḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajita iti; śrutvā ca punar eṣām etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati, nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ yaśā agrakulikaputras tāvat taruṇaḥ tāvat sukhaiṣī keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; yannu (SBV I 147) vayam api keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajemeti; atha dvitīyo 'grakulikaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcamo 'grakulikaputraḥ pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatis, subāhur, vārāṇasyāṃ niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitā dvitīyo 'grakulikaputras tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ pañcamaḥ agrakulikaputraḥ pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatis, subāhur, bhagavantam idam avocan: labhemahi vayaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantas ta āyuṣmantaḥ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; evaṃ pravrajitā ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno vyahārṣuḥ; ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno viharanto yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva (A 395b) śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānam dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante: kṣīnā no jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīma iti ājñātavanta āyuṣmanto 'rhanto babhūvuḥ suvimuktacittāḥ; tena khalu samayena daśa loke 'rhanto, bhagavān ekādaśamaḥ

The conversion of fifty young men

aśrauṣur vārāṇasyāṃ pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakāḥ, prathamo 'grakulikaputro, dvitīyas, tṛtīyaś caturthaḥ, pañcamo 'grakulikaputro, yaśāḥ, pūrṇo, vimalo, gavāṃpatiḥ, subāhuḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitā iti; śrutvā ca punar eṣām etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhasviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīṃ prathamo 'grakulikaputro, dvitīyo yāvat purṇo vimalo gavāṃpatiḥ subāhur tāvat taruṇās tāvat sukhaiṣiṇaḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ (SBV I 148) pravrajitāḥ; yannu vayam api keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣayāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajemeti; atha pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakā vārāṇasyāṃ niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte tasthuḥ; ekāntasthitāḥ pañcāśad utsadotsadā grāmikadārakā bhagavantam idam avocan: labhemahi vayaṃ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantas ta āyuṣmantas svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyāṃ upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; evaṃpravrajitās te āyuṣmanta ekakino vyapakṛṣṭāḥ apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmāno vyahārṣuḥ; ekākino vyapakṛṣṭā apramattā ātāpinaḥ prahitātmano viharanto yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣayāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante; kṣīṇā no jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ, kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīma iti ājñātavanta āyuṣmanto 'rhanto babhūvuḥ suvimuktacittāḥ; tena khalu samayena ṣaṣṭir loke arhanto bhagavān ekaṣaṣṭitamaḥ iti

The Buddha goes to the village Urubilvā

tatra bhagavān vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mukto 'haṃ, bhikṣavaḥ, sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktāḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; tato bhikṣavaś cārikāṃ prakramiśyāmo bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāyai arthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanuṣyāṇām; mā ca vo dvāv ekena gamiṣyatha; aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmi; atha mārasya (A 396a) pāpīyasa etad abhavat; ayaṃ śramaṇo gautamo vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; evaṃ śrāvakān dharmaṃ deśayati: mukto 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye ca divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktās sarvapāśebhyo ye ca divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yāvad aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmīti; yanv aham asyopasaṅkrameyaṃ yaduta vyākṣepakarmaṇi; atha māraḥ (SBV I 149) pāpīyān māṇavakavarṇam ātmānam abhinirmāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavato 'ntike tiṣṭhan gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

atha mārasya pāpīyasa etad abhavat: jānāti me śramaṇo gautamaś cetasā cittam; iti viditvā duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī tatraiva antarhitaḥ; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: mukto 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; yūyam api bhikṣavo muktāḥ sarvapāśebhyo ye divyā ye ca mānuṣāḥ; carata bhikṣavaś cārikāṃ bahujanahitāya pūrvavad yāvad aham api yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakramiṣyāmi; evaṃ bhadanta iti bhikṣavo bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya janapadacārikāṃ prakrāntāḥ atha bhagavāv yathābhiramyaṃ vihṛtya yenorubilvāsenāyanīgrāmakas tena cārikāṃ prakrānto 'nupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran senāyanīgrāmakam anuprāptaḥ; atha bhagavān yena kārpāsavanaṣaṇḍaḥ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśritya niṣaṇṇo divāvihārāya

Sixty Gentlemen become lay-disciples

tena khalu samayena ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bahiḥ senāyanīgrāmakasya divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; teṣāṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatām anyatarā strī samayaṃ virāgya niṣpalāyitā; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ tāṃ striyaṃ samanveṣamāṇā yena kārpāsavanaṣaṇḍas tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya adrākṣuḥ ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgā bhagavantam anyatarad vṛkṣamūlaṃ niśrityā niṣaṇṇaṃ prāsādikaṃ prasādanīyam śāntendriyaṃ śāntamānasaṃ parameṇa cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgataṃ (SBV I 150) suvarṇayūpam iva śriyā jvalantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam idam avocan: kaccid bhagavān striyam adrākṣīt; <kiṃ punar vaḥ kumārakās tayā striyā?> iha vayaṃ bhadanta ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bahiḥ senāyanīgrāmasya divādivase strīmayena tūryeṇa krīḍāmo ramāmo paricārayāmaḥ; teṣām asmākaṃ krīḍatāṃ ramamāṇānāṃ paricārayatām anyatamā <strī samayaṃ virāgya niṣpalāyitā; te> vayam tāṃ striyaṃ samanveṣāmahe; kiṃ manyadhve kumārakāḥ? kiṃ varaṃ yo vā striyaṃ samanveṣāte, yo vā ātmānam? kim asmākaṃ bhadanta strī (A 396b) kariṣyati; idam evāsmākaṃ varaṃ yad vayam ātmānaṃ samanveṣemahi; tena hi kumārakā niṣīdantu; dharmaṃ vo deśayiṣyāmi; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇān ṣaṣṭiṃ bhadravargīyān pūgān bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau <buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ dharmyā kathā; tadyathā> dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveka anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā caitān bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacittān muditacittān kalyacittān vinivaraṇacittān bhavyān pratibalān sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaḥ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti; evam eva ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pugāḥ eṣv evāsaneṣu niṣaṇṇāś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisamayanti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīgāḥ pūgāḥ dṛṣṭadharmāṇaḥ prāptadharmāṇo viditadharmāṇaḥ paryavagāḍhadharmāṇas tīrṇakāṅkṣā tīrṇavicikitsā aparapratyayā (SBV I 151) ananyaneyā śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptā utthāyāsanebhya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan: abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhadantābhikrāntāḥ; ete vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakāṃś ca asmān dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetān śaraṇāgatān abhiprasannān; atha ṣaṣṭir bhadravargīyāḥ pūgā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntāh

Conversion of the brahmin Deva

tena khalu samayena kapilavastuni devo nāma brāhmaṇaḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo bhagavataḥ purāṇo gṛhapatis sakhā: asau pareṇa samayena jñātikṣayaṃ <dhanakṣayam ṛddhikṣayaṃ gataḥ; yadā bhagavatā> ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ vidrāvya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā devo brāhmaṇaḥ patnyā sārdhaṃ senāyanīgrāmakam anuprāptaḥ; devena brāhmaṇena śrutaṃ bhagavatā anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam; śrutvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: kathaṃ punar ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayeyam iti; sa patnīm āmantrayate: bhadre bhagavatā anuttaram jñānam adhigatam; sa ca bhagavāṃś cakravartikule jātaḥ; sa idānīṃ senāyanīgrāmakaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ <carati> ............................................................ sā kathayati: (A 397a) āryaputra tathā bhavatu; devena brāhmaṇasakāśe patnībandhakaṃ sthāpayitvā pañcakārṣāpaṇa ..................................................... devena brāhmaṇena gṛhapatisakāśād alaṅkāraṃ yācitvā patnyā anupradattaḥ; atha devo brāhmaṇaḥ sapatnīkaḥ suciṃ praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat; adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena; adhivāsayati bhagavān devasya brāhmaṇasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha bhagavān yena devasya brāhmaṇasya niveṣanaṃ (SBV I 152) tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; atha devo brāhmaṇaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā sapatnī kaḥ śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ tarpayataḥ saṃpravārayataḥ; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastaṃ apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇau dharmaśravaṇāya; atha bhagavān devasya brāhmanasya daksiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ iti; devo brāhmaṇas tac chrutvā duḥkhī durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; aṭavīṃ saṃprasthitaḥ kuto 'ham alaṅkāraṃ dāsyāmīti; nānyatrātmānam ..................................................... tadā paśyati tam alaṅkāram; sa taṃ gṛhītvā gṛham āgataḥ; deva paśyāmīti <patnī> duḥkhadaurmanasyāhatā gṛhaṃ viśodhayati suvarṇakalaśaṃ dīptimantaṃ paśyati yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; devas tāṃ pṛcchati: bhadre kim etad? iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra mayā suvarṇakalaśo dṛṣṭaḥ; so 'pi kathayati: bhadre, mayāpi so 'laṃkāro dṛṣṭaḥ; tāv atyarthaṃ bhagavati prasādajātau tathā cābhiprasannau; tato bhagavatā tādṛśī caturāyasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmedeśanā kṛtā; yathā devena brāhmaṇena sapatnīkena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ dṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā śrotraāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam

Conversion of Nandā and Nandabalā

atha bhagavāṃs tasyā eva rātryā atyayāt pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya senāyanīgrāmakaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kasya nv ahaṃ senāyanīgrāmake tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyam; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca (A 397b) grāmikaduhitroḥ tatprathamato dharmaṃ deśayeyaṃ, ye māṃ duḥkhaprahāṇayogam anuyuktaṃ viharantaṃ satkṛtyopasthatuḥ premnā ca gauraveṇa ca; atha bhagavān yena nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca grāmikaduhitror niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrantaḥ; adrāṣṭāṃ ca nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau (SBV I 153) bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthāyāsanaṃ prajñapayataḥ evaṃ cāhatuḥ: niṣīdatu bhagavān prajnāpta evāsane; nyaṣīdad bhagavān prajñāpta evāsane; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇe; ekāntaniṣaṇṇe nandāṃ ca nandabalāṃ ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmī kathā tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām āsvādādīnavasaṃkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveke anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadaite bhagavān adrākṣīd dhṛṣṭacitte kalyacitte muditacitte vinivaraṇacitte bhavye pratibale sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātuṃ tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam eva nandā ca nandabalā ca tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇe catvary āryasatyāni abhisamayatas tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ mārgam; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau dṛṣṭadharme prāptadharme paryavagādhadharme tīrṇakāṃkṣe tīrṇavicikitse 'parapratyaye 'nanyaneye śāstuḥ śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpte; utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya bhagavantam idam avocatām: abhikrānte āvāṃ bhadantābhikrānte; ete āvāṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāvo dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsike cāvāṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopete śaraṇagate 'bhiprasanne; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavantam idam avocatām; tena hi bhadanta ihaiva bhaktakṛtyaṃ kriyatām; adhivāsayati bhagavān nandāyāś ca nandabalāyāś ca grāmikaduhitroḥ tūṣnīṃbhāvena; atha nandā ca nandabalā ca grāmikaduhitarau bhagavatas tūṣṇīmbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayataḥ saṃpravārayataḥ; śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayitvā saṃpravārayitvā bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastaṃ apanītapātraṃ nīcatarakam āsanaṃ gṛhītvā bhagavataḥ pūrato niṣaṇṇe dharmaśravaṇāya (SBV I 154)

[The ff. of the manuscript between 398 and 405 are missing. Some fragments in Sanskrit concerning this portion of the Saṅghabhedavastu have been edited and restored with the aid of the Tibetan translation by Prof. Ernst Waldschmidt, Catuṣpariṣatsūtra, ed. cit, vol. lll, Vorgang 23, 18-27 c 3 (pp. 235-337)]. The portion restored by Prof. Ernst Waldschmidt has been reproduced below as the Appendix ll]

Biṃbisāra's visit to the Buddha

<tā devatā punar avocan: mahārāja na te pāpaṃ karma kṛtam; api tu> (A 406a) yaiḥ sārdhaṃ tvayā sāmavāyikāni karmāṇi kṛtāni teṣāṃ ye kecit sannipatitāḥ kecid adyatvepi janapadair amuṣmin karmāntān kārayantas tiṣṭhanto tān śabdayeti; rājñā taddeśanivāsino janakāyās sarve āhūtāḥ; tato rājā biṃbisāro dvādaśabhī rathasahasrair aṣṭādaśabhiś ca peṭakāśvasahasrair anekaiś ca māgadhakair brāhmaṇagṛhapatiśatasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhān niryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṅkramituṃ paryupāsanāyai; tasya yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām evārāmaṃ prāvikṣat; yad antarā rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavantam adrākṣīt tadantarāt pañcakakudāny apanīya uṣṇīṣaṃ, chatraṃ, khaḍgaṃ, maṇibālavyajanaṃ citre copānahau yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya trir ātmano nāmadheyam anuśrāvayati: rājāham asmi bhadanta māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; rājāham asmi bhadanta māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; evam etan mahārāja, evam etat; rājā tvaṃ mahārāja māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; rājā tvaṃ mahārāja māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ; niṣīda tvaṃ mahārāja yathāsvake āsane; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; eke māgadhakā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ (SBV I 155) vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; eke bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā tuṣṇīm ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ

Urubilvākāśyapa and the Buddha confront

tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapas tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇaḥ sannipatitaḥ; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: kiṃ nu mahāśramaṇa urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ caraty āhosvid urubilvākāśyapa eva jaṭilo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ carati? atha bhagavān māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya āyuṣmantam urubilvākāśyapaṃ gāthābhir gītena praśnaṃ pṛcchati sma:

yajñair vratair agnibhiś cāpi mokṣaḥ ity apy abhūn me manaso vitarkaḥ / andho 'smi jātimaraṇānusārī (SBV I 156) anīkṣmāno 'cyutam uttamaṃ padam //(A 406b)

saṃvejaya kāśyapa parṣadam iti /

The twin miracle of Urubilvākāśyapa

atha āyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapo bhagavatā kṛtāvakāśas takrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno, yathā <svasminn āsane 'ntarhitaḥ> samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśi samabhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā, caṅkrāmyate, niṣīdati, tiṣṭhati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmata urubilvākāśyapasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni, pītāni, lohitāny, avadātāni, māñjiṣṭhāni, sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandate; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandate; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ, paścimāyām, uttarasyāṃ diśi; iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat; śāstā me bhagavān śrāvako 'haṃ bhagavataḥ; śastā me bhagavān śrāvako 'haṃ bhagavataḥ; evam etat kāśyapa, <evam etat kāśyapa>, śrāvakas tvaṃ mama śāstā te 'haṃ kāśyapa; śrāvakas tvaṃ mama; niṣīda tvaṃ (SBV I 157) kāśyapa yathāsvake āsane; athāyuṣmān urubilvākāśyapo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: na haiva mahāśramaṇa urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ carati; api tu urubilvākāśyapa eva jaṭilo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ caratīti

The sermon of the Buddha on the production and passing away by dependence

tatra bhagavān rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāram āmantrayate: rūpaṃ mahārāja utpadyate 'pi; vyayate 'pi; tasyotpādo 'pi veditavyaḥ, vyayo 'pi; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ mahārāja utpadyate 'pi; vyayate 'pi; tasyotpādo 'pi veditvyaḥ, vyayo 'pi; rūpasya mahārāja kulaputra utpādavyayadharmatāṃ viditvā tad rūpaṃ parijānāti; vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ vijñānasya mahārāja kulaputra utpādavyayadharmatāṃ viditvā tad vijñānaṃ parijānāti; rūpaṃ mahārāja (A 407a) kulaputra parijānan nopaiti, nopādatte, nādhitiṣṭhati, nābhiniviśati ātmā me iti; vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān vijñānaṃ mahārāja kulaputra parijānan nopaiti, nopādatte, nādhitiṣṭhati, nābhiniviśati ātmā me iti; rūpaṃ mahārāja kulaputra anupāyantam anupādadānam anadhitiṣṭhantam anabhiniviśantam anātmamamāyamānam aprameyam asaṅkhyeyaṃ nirvṛtam iti vadāmi; vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārān vijñānaṃ mahārāja kulaputra anupāyantam anupādadānam anadhitiṣṭhantam anabhiniviśamānam anātmamamāyamānam aprameyam asaṅkhyeyaṃ nirvṛtam iti vadāmi; atha māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām etad abhavat: sati khalu rūpam anātmā, vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānam anātmā; atha ko nv asau bhaviṣyaty ātmā vā satvo jīvo vā jantur vā poṣo vā pudgalo vā manujo vā mānavo vā kartā vā kārako vā janako vā saṃjanako vā utthāpako vā samutthāpako (SBV I 158) vā vadako vā vedako vā <pratisaṃvedako vā>, yo na jantur nābhūn, na bhaviṣyati; nāpy etarhi vidyate; yas tatra kṛtākṛtānāṃ kalyāṇapāpakānāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākaṃ pratisaṃvedayate; ya imāṃś ca skandhān nikṣipaty anyāṃś ca skandhān pratisaṃdadhāti

The sermon of the Buddha on the unreality of the Self

atha bhagavān māgadhakānāṃ brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma; ātmā ātmeti bhikṣavo bālo 'śrutavān pṛthagjanaḥ prajñaptim anupatito na cātrāsty ātmā nātmīyaṃ vā; duḥkham idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ utpadyamānam utpadyate; duḥkham idam niruddhyamānaṃ niruddhyate; saṃskārā utpadyamānā utpadyante; niruddhyamānā niruddhyante; tān hetūṃs tān pratyayān pratītya satvānāṃ saṃskārasantatiḥ pravartate; saṃskārasantatipratisandhiṃ khalu bhikṣavas tathāgato viditvā satvānāṃ cyutyupapādaṃ prajñāpayati; paśyāmy ahaṃ bhikṣavo divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣeṇa satvān; paśyāmi cyavamānān apy upapadyamānān api suvarṇān api, durvarṇān api, hīnān api, praṇītān api, sugatim api gacchato, durgatim api gacchataḥ; yathākarmopagān satvān yathābhūtān prajānāmi; amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakāḥ, mithyādṛṣṭayaḥ mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakeṣūpapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena (A 407b) samanvāgatā vāṅmanassucaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetutatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante; evaṃ cāhaṃ bhikṣavo jānāmy evaṃ paśyāmi; na cāham evaṃ vadāmy ayaṃ me ātmā vā satvo vā jīvo vā jantur vā poṣo vā pudgalo vā manujo vā mānavo vā kartā vā kārako vā janako vā saṃjanako vā utthāpako vā samutthāpako vā vadako vā vedako vā pratisaṃvedako vā, yo na jantur nābhūn na bhaviṣyati, nāpy etarhi vidyate; yas tatra kṛtākṛtānāṃ kalyāṇāpāpakānāṃ karmaṇāṃ vipākaṃ pratisaṃvedayate; imāṃś ca skandhān nikṣipaty anyāṃś ca skandhān pratisandadhāti, nānyatra dharmasaṅketāt; tatrāyaṃ dharmasaṅketo yadutāsmin satīdaṃ bhavati; (SBV I 159) asyotpādād idam utpadyate; yadutāvidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānam; vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpam; nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanam; ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ; sparśapratyayā vedanā; vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā; tṛṣṇāpratyayam upādānam; upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ; bhavapratyayā jātiḥ; jātipratyayā jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsāḥ saṃbhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yadutāsmin satīdaṃ bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ niruddhyate; yadutāvidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ; saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodhaḥ; vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodhaḥ; nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ; ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ; sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ; vedanārirodhāt tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ; tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ; upādānanirodhād bhavanirodhaḥ; bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ; jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā niruddhyante; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati; iti hi bhikṣavo duḥkhāḥ saṃskārāḥ; śāntaṃ nirvāṇām; hetusamudayād duḥkhasamudayaḥ; hetunirodhād duḥkhanirodhaḥ; chinnaṃ vartma na pravartate; apratisandhi niruddhyate; eṣa evānto duḥkhasya; tatra bhikṣavaḥ kaḥ parinirvṛto nānyatra duḥkhaṃ, tan niruddhaṃ; tad vyupaśāntaṃ, (A 408a) tac chītībhūtam; śāntam idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ padaṃ yaduta sarvopadhipratiniḥsargaḥ, tṛṣṇākṣayo virāgo nirodho nirvāṇam

The conversion of Bimbisāra

tatra bhagavān dvir api rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāram āmantrayate: kiṃ mayase mahārāja rūpaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham? duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tac chrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan mama, eṣo 'ham asmi, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; kiṃ mahārāja vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā vijñānaṃ nityaṃ vā anityaṃ vā? anityam idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vā tan na vā duḥkham; duḥkham idaṃ bhadanta; yat punar anityaṃ duḥkhaṃ vipariṇāmadharmi; api nu tacchrutavān āryaśrāvaka ātmata upagacched etan (SBV I 160) mama, eṣo 'ham asmi, eṣa me ātmeti? no bhadanta; tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja yat kiṃcid rūpam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmikaṃ vā bāhyaṃ vā odārikaṃ vā sūkṣmaṃ vā hīnaṃ vā praṇītaṃ vā, yad vā dūre, yad vā antike, tat sarvaṃ naitan mama naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmety evam etad yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; tasmāt tarhi mahārāja yā kācid vedanā saṃjñā saṃskārā yat kiṃcid vijñānam atītānāgatapratyutpannam ādhyātmikaṃ vā, bāhyaṃ vā, odārikaṃ vā, sūkṣmaṃ vā, hīnaṃ vā, praṇītaṃ vā, yad vā dūre, yad vā antike, tat sarvaṃ naitan mama, naiṣo 'ham asmi, naiṣa me ātmety evam etad yathābhūtaṃ samyakprajñayā draṣṭavyam; evaṃdarśī mahārāja śrutavān āryaśrāvakaḥ rūpād api nirvidyate; vedanāyāḥ saṃjñāyā saṃskārebhyo vijñānād api nirvidyate; nirviṇṇo virajyate; virakto vimucyate; vimuktasya vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati; kṣīṇā me jātir, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryam; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpannam; aśiteś ca devatāsahasrāṇām, anekeṣāṃ ca brāhmaṇagṛhapatiśatasahasrāṇām; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣas tīrṇavicikitso 'parapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpta utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi, dharmaṃ ca, bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ ca māṃ dhārayādyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam, abhiprasannam; āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ (A 408b) bhagavantam upasthāsyami yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅgheneti; adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā, bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā, bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta rājñā māgadhena śreṇyena bimbisāreṇa saparivāreṇa karma kṛtaṃ, yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato 'ntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: bimbisāreṇaiva (SBV I 161) bhikṣavo rājñā saparivāreṇa karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyaṃbhāvīni; rājñā bimbisāreṇa saparivāreṇa karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca

The story of the king Kṛki

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣava atīte 'dhvani aranābhī nāma śāstā loka udapādi vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamayasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ; tasya mahājanakāyena śarīre śarīrapūjāṃ kṛtvā viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe mahān stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tena khalu samayena kṛkir nāma rājā cakravartī aṣṭādaśabhir bhaṭabalāgrakoṭibhir upari vihāyasā anusaṃyān tasya stūpasya samīpam anuprāptaḥ; buddhābhiprasannābhir devatābhis tasya cakraratnaṃ vidhāritam; kṛkī rājā saṃlakṣayati: yathaitac cakraratnam avasthitaṃ, māhaiva me puṇyaparikṣayaḥ syād iti; tasya devatābhir ārocitam: mahārāja na te puṇyaparikṣayaḥ; kintv aranābheḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya etasmin pradeśe stūpam; tenedaṃ cakraratnam avasthitam; na tasyopariṣṭād gacchatīti; tataḥ kṛkī rājā aṣṭādaśabhir bhaṭabalāgrakoṭibhiḥ sahāvatīrṇo yāvat paśyati stūpam asaṃmṛṣṭam; tena saparivāreṇa saṃmṛjya gandhair mālyair dhūpaiś cūrṇair vādyaiḥ pūjāṃ kṛtvā pādayor nipatya saparivāreṇa praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣinīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena evaṃvidhānām guṇānāṃ lābhī syām; evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyam, mā virāgayeyam iti; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena, tena (A 409a) samayena kṛkir nāma rājābhūc cakravartī saparivāra eṣa evāsau rājā bimbisāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena aranābhes samyaksaṃbuddhasya (SBV I 162) stūpe saparivāreṇa pūjā kṛtā, tasya karmaṇo vipākena anekāni kalpakoṭīniyutaśatasahasrāṇi divyamānuṣaṃ ca prativiśiṣṭaṃ sukham anubhūtam; yat praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syām iti; tena mamāntike saparivāreṇa satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam; yat praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyam, mā virāgayeyam iti; aham asmi bhikṣavo aranābhinā samyaksaṃbuddhena samasamaṃ samajavaḥ, samabalaḥ, samadhuraḥ, samasāmānyaprāptaḥ, śāstā ārāgito na virāgitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklo, vyatimiśrāṇāṃ ca vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca, ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśāyacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā urubilvākāśyapena karma kṛtaṃ, yena pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśatair vinītaḥ; nadīgayākāśyapau tu alpakṛcchreṇa vinītāv iti; bhagavān āha: ebhir eva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ

The story of the three sons of a Gṛhapati

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prayājāṃ kāśyapo nāma śāstā loka udapādi tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīnagarīm upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; sa sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā indhanakṣayād ivāgnir nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtaḥ; tasya kṛkinā rājñā sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā śarīraṃ dhyāpitam; sā citā kṣīreṇa nirvāpitā; tāny asthīni catūratnamaye kumbhe prakṣipya viviktāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe śārīraḥ stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ, yojanam ucchrāyeṇa ardhayojanaṃ vistāreṇa; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyām anyatamo gṛhapatir āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītam; sa (SBV I 163) tayā sārdhām krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kramaśaḥ trayaḥ putrā jātāḥ; yāvad asau gṛhapatir glānyaṃ patitaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagandhapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; sa kāladharmaṇā saṃyuktaḥ; tatas taiḥ putrair nīlapītalohitāvadātair vastraiḥ (A 409b) śibikām alaṅkṛtya śmaśānaṃ nītvā dhyāpitaḥ; śokavinodanaṃ kṛtvā pituś ca pitṛkāryāṇi dravyavibhāgasañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; jyeṣṭho bhrātā kathayati: dravyaṃ vibhajāma iti; tau kanīyāṃsau bhrātarau necchataḥ; sa nirbandhaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; tau kathayataḥ: yady evaṃ pāralaukikaṃ pathyadanaṃ gṛhṇīmaḥ; paścād vibhāgaṃ kariṣyāma iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ kurmaḥ? tau kathayataḥ: kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pūjām iti; sa duḥśraddadhānaḥ; tena kṛcchreṇa pratijñātam; tatas te kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhaysa pūjāṃ kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; dvābhyām evaṃ praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anena kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti, tasyāvāṃ śāsane pravrajeva viśesaṃ cādhigacchāva iti; tayoḥ praṇidhānaṃ śrutvā sa jyeṣṭho bhrātā pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; ahaṃ khatuṃko duḥśraddadhānaś ca; anena kuślamūlena mamāpy asau śākyamuniḥ pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśataiḥ vinīyāt, pravrājayet; prarajitaś ca viśeṣam adhigaccheyam iti; kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yo 'sau jyeṣṭho bhrātā khaṭuṃkaḥ duḥśraddadhānaḥ eṣa evāsau urubilvākāśyapaḥ; yau tau kanīyāṃsau bhrātarau etāv etau nadīgayākāśyapau; tatpraṇidhānavaśād urubilvākāśyapaḥ pañcabhiḥ prātihāryaśatair vinītaḥ nadīgayākāśyapau tu alpakṛcchreṇa vinītau

The story of Kalandakanivāpa

yadā rājā bimbisāraḥ kumāro bhavati, tadā rājagṛhe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ; tasyārāmaḥ puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaḥ; sa tatrātyartham (SBV I 164) adhyavasitaḥ; yāvad bimbisāreṇa bahirnirgatena tad udyānaṃ dṛṣṭam; so 'tyartham adhyavasitaḥ kathayati: gṛhapate prayaccha mamaitad udyānam iti; sa nānuprayacchati; punar apy upapradānenābhihitaḥ; sa kathayati: kumāra, kāmam ahaṃ deśaparityāgaṃ kuryāṃ, na codyānaṃ dadyām iti; bimbisāraḥ kumāraḥ kathayati: gṛhapate smartavyaṃ te vākyam; yadā ahaṃ rājā bhaviṣyāmi, tadā svayam eva grahīṣyāmīti; sa kathayati: yadā tvaṃ rājā bhaviṣyasi, tadā ahaṃ rājagṛhāt prakramiṣyāmīti; bimbisāraḥ kumāro hum iti kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena mahāpadmo rājā kālagataḥ; bimbisāraḥ kumāro rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ tena tad udyānaṃ haṭhāt gṛhītam; sa gṛhapatir hṛdrogaṃ patitaḥ, tasminn udyāne atyartham adhyavasitaḥ, kālagataḥ; sa tatraiva āśīviṣa utpannaḥ; sa rājño 'bhīkṣṇaṃ randhrānveṣaṇatatparo 'vatiṣṭhate; yāvad rājā bimbisāraḥ saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye puṣpiteṣu pādapeṣv antaḥpurasahīyas tad udyānaṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatra niṣpuruṣeṇa antaḥpurajanena sārdhaṃ ratikrīḍāṃ pratyanubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmaḥ samantāt paryaṭitum ārabdhaḥ; ekā strī khaḍgaṃ rājña ārakṣikā sthāpitā ..................................................... (A 410a) rājñaḥ puṇyānubhāvāt kalandakā nāma pakṣiṇaḥ; tais tam āśīviṣaṃ parivārya kalakalāśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ; yaṃ śrutvā asidhāriṇyā striyā khadgena jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; santrastayā ca mahān śabdaḥ kṛtaḥ; tato rājā santrasto vibuddhaḥ kathayati, kim etad iti; tayā striyābhihitam: deva eṣa āśīviṣaḥ devaṃ daṣṭum abisaṃprasthitaḥ kalandakaiḥ pakṣibhiḥ kolāhalaśabdaḥ kṛtaḥ mayā jīvitād vyaparopita iti; rājñas tām avasthāṃ pratiśrutya kumārabhaṭabalāgraḥ rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sannipatitaḥ; antar bahis tad udyānaṃ mahatā kolahalaśabdena kṣobhitum ārabdham; prajāvatsalo (SBV I 165) rājā; bhūyasā antaḥpurajanakāyo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo vyavasthitaḥ; tato rājā kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ jīvitenācchādayati, kas tasya vara iti; janakāyaḥ kathayati: upārdhaṃ rājyasyeti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kalandakaiḥ pakṣibhir mama jīvitaṃ dattam; tad ebhyo dattam upārdhaṃ rājyasya iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva pakṣiṇa ete tiryagyonigatāḥ; kim eṣām upārdharājyena; yasminn ete veṇuvane prativasanti tatraiṣāṃ nivāpaḥ prajñapyatām iti; rājā kathayati: evaṃ kriyatām iti; tad udyānaṃ veṇuvanapariveṣṭitam; amātyais teṣāṃ veṇuvanasāmantake nivāpaḥ prajñaptaḥ; tasya veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpa iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; rājño bimbisārasya mātula ājīvikānāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tena tad udyānaṃ tasmai nivāsāya dattaṃ

Bimbisāra presents Veṇuvana to the Buddha

yāvad bhagavān magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāpto 'nyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vasthitaḥ; aśrauśīd rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ, bhagavān māgadhesu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāpto 'nyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vatiṣṭhatīti; śrutvā ca punar mahatyā rājaṛddhyā, mahatā rājānubhāvena, rājagṛhān niṣkramya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śreṇyaṃ bimbisāraṃ bhagavān ramyayā kathayā sandarśayati, samādāpayati, samuttejayati, saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā sandarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāra <utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsangaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavāṃś śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena: adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya tūṣṇimbhāvena;> atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā, bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāras tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kalyam evotthāyāsanāni prajñapya udakamaṇīn pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati: samayo (SBV I 166) bhadanta; sajjaṃ bhaktam yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyate iti; atha (A 410b) bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya, pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṅghapuraskṛto yena rājño māgadhasya śreṇyasya bimbisārasya nivāsas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṅghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpayati, saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ santarpya saṃpravārya, bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāraṃ gṛhītvā tad udyānaṃ bhagavate niryātayati: idaṃ bhadanta veṇuvanaṃ, kalandakanivāpam; atra bhagavān viharatu yathāsukham iti; tathā sthavirair api sūtrānteṣūpanibaddhaṃ, bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpa iti

Anāthapiṇḍada meets the Buddha

tena khalu samayena bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; rājagṛhe 'nyatamo gṛhapatiḥ; tena bhagavān gṛhe upanimantritaḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; tasmiṃś ca samaye anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ kenacid eva karaṇīyena; sa tasya gṛhapater niveśane rātriṃ vāsam upagataḥ; atha sa gṛhapatiḥ sarātram evotthāyāntarjanam āmantrayate: uttiṣṭhata āryā uttiṣṭhata bhadramukhāḥ; kaṣṭhāni pāṭayata; samidhaṃ prajvālayata; bhaktaṃ pacata; sūpikaṃ pacata; khādyakāny ullāḍayata; pratijāgṛta maṇḍalavāṭam iti; athānāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: kiṃ punar asya gṛhapater āvāho vā bhaviṣyati, vivāho vā, rāṣṭraṃ vā, śreṇī vā, pūgā vā parṣado vā rājā <vā> anena māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena nimantrito bhaviṣyati; iti viditvā taṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: kiṃ punas te gṛhapate āvāho vā bhaviṣyati vivāho vā rāṣṭraṃ vā śreṇī vā pūgā vā parṣado vā rājā vā te māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ? na me gṛhapate āvāho, na vivāho, na rāṣṭraṃ, na śreṇī, na pūgā, nāpi parṣado, nāpi rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; api tu buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṅgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; (SBV I 167) anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater buddha ity aśrutapūrvaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā sarvaromakūpāny āhṛṣṭāni; sa āhṛṣṭaromakūpas taṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: ka eṣa gṛhapate buddho nāma; asti gṛhapate śramaṇo gautamaḥ śākyaputraḥ śākyakulāt keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim (A 411a) abhisaṃbuddhaḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapate buddho nāma; ka eṣa gṛhapate saṅgho nāma; santi gṛhapate kṣatriyakulād api kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇy <vastrāṇy> ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā <agārād anāgarikāṃ> tam eva bhagavantaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajitāḥ; brāhmaṇakulād api vaiśyakulād api śūdrakulād api kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā <agārād anāgārikāṃ> tam eva bhagavantaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajitāḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapate saṅgho nāma; śvaḥ sa mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṅgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; kutra gṛhapate sa bhagavān etarhi viharati? asminn eva rājagṛhe śītavane śmaśāne; labhyaṃ gṛhapate so 'smābhir bhagavān draṣṭum; tena hi gṛhapate āgamaya tāvat tvam; sthānam etad vidyate yad ihāgataṃ śvo drakṣyasi; anāthapiṇdado gṛhapatis tāṃ rātriṃ buddhālambanayā smṛtyā middham avakrāntaḥ; so 'prabhāte prabhātasaṃjñī yena śivikādvāraṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena śivikādvāraṃ rātryā dvau yāmau vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati, pūrvakaṃ paścimakaṃ ca, māhaiva āgantukānāṃ gamikānāṃ ca dūtānāṃ vighāto bhaviṣyatīti; yāvat paśyati śivikādvāraṃ vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati; sālokena ca sphuṭam; tasyaitad abhavat: nūnaṃ prabhātā rajanī; tathāhi śivikādvāraṃ vivṛtaṃ tiṣṭhati; iti viditvā tenaiva ālokena nagarān niṣkrāntaḥ; samanantaraniṣkrāntasya cāsya ya ālokaḥ so 'ntarhitaḥ; andhakāraṃ prādurbhūtam; tasyābhūd bhayam; abhūc chambhitatvam; abhūd romaharṣaḥ; māhaiva kaścid viheṭhayen manuṣyo vā amanuṣyo vā dhūrtako vā asaṃprāptaṃ vā svāt prabhūtam kulaśulkam iti; viditvā pratinivartitukāmo madhuskandhasya devaputrasya sthaṇḍilaṃ pradakṣiṇīkaroti, namaskaroti ca; atha madhuskandhadevaputrasya etad abhavat: adyaivānāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā satyadarśanaṃ kartavyam; adyaivāyaṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantam apāsya anyadevatā namaskāraṃ kariṣyati; iti viditvā yāvac ca śivikādvāraṃ yāvac ca śītavanaṃ śmaśānam atrāntarād udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramataḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ

padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm /

padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm / abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas (A 411b) te śreyo bhavati; na pratikramataḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ

padāvihārasyaikasya kalāṃ nārhanti ṣoḍaśīm / abhikrama gṛhapate, mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramataḥ; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis taṃ devaputram idam (SBV I 169) avocat: kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; aham asmi gṛhapate madhuskandho nāma māṇavaḥ, tavaiva purāṇo gṛhasakhaḥ; so 'haṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanayor bhikṣvor antike cittam abhiprasāya <kālagataḥ> cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ, asminn eva śivikādvāre naivāsikaḥ; tasmād aham evaṃ vadāmi: abhikrama gṛhapate mā pratikrama; abhikramatas te śreyo bhavati, na pratikramata iti; athānāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapater etad abhavat: nāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati, nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ, yatredānīṃ devatā api autsukyam āpadyante tasya bhagavato darśanāya; iti viditvā yena śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena bahir vihārasyābhyavakāśe bhagavān caṅkrame caṅkramyate yadbhūyasā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhaptim āgamayamānaḥ; adrākṣīt anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavantam gṛhapatiḥ pratisaṃmodanayā pratisaṃmodate: kaccid bhagavān sukhaṃ śāyita iti; atha bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthā bhāṣate;

atha bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim ādāya vihāraṃ praviśya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; anāthapiṇdado gṛhapatir bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaṇ; ekānte niṣaṇṇam anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatiṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā sandarśayati samādāpayati <samuttejyati>, saṃpraharṣayati; yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ pūrvakālakaraṇīyā dharmyā kathā, tadyathā dānakathā śīlakathā svargakathā kāmānām aśvādādīnavasaṅkleśavyavadānanaiṣkramyapraviveke anuśaṃsavyavadānapakṣyān dharmān vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; yadā cainaṃ bhagavān adrākṣīt hṛṣṭacittam kalyacittaṃ muditacittaṃ vinivaraṇacittaṃ bhavyaṃ pratibalaṃ sāmutkarṣikīṃ dharmadeśanām ājñātum, tadā yāsau buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ sāmutkarṣikī dharmadeśanā tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaś catvāry āryasatyāni vistareṇa saṃprakāśayati; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tasminn evāsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā (SBV I 170) duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārgaḥ; tadyathā śuddhaṃ vastram apagatakālakaṃ rañjanopagaṃ raṅge prakṣiptaṃ samyag eva raṅgaṃ pratigṛhṇāti, evam evānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tasminn eva āsane niṣaṇṇaś catvāry āryasatyāny abhisameti; tadyathā duḥkhaṃ samudayo nirodho mārga iti; anāthapiṇḍado (A 412a) gṛhapatir dṛṣṭadharmā prāptadharmā viditadharmā paryavagāḍhadharmā tīrṇakāṅkṣo tīrṇavicikitsaḥ aparapratyayo 'nanyaneyaḥ śāstuś śāsane dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāptaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā, yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: abhikrānto 'haṃ bhadantābhikrāntaḥ; eṣo 'haṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṅghaṃ ca; upāsakaṃ māṃ ca dhāraya adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetaṃ śaraṇāgatam abhiprasannam; atha bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat; kinnāmā tvaṃ gṛhapate? aham asmi bhadanta sudatto nāmnā; api tv anāthebhyaḥ piṇḍakam anuprayacchāmi; tato mām anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir iti janaḥ sañjānīte; kutobhūmakas tvaṃ gṛhapate? asti bhadanta prācīneṣu janapadeṣu śrāvastī nāma kosalānāṃ nigamaḥ; tatrāhaṃ prativasāmi

Anāthapiṇḍada invites the Buddha to Śrāvastī

āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; santi gṛhapate vihārāḥ śrāvastyām? no bhadanta; yatra gṛhapate vihārāḥ santi tatra bhikṣava āgantavyaṃ gantavyaṃ vastavyaṃ manyante; āgacchatu bhagavān; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā śrāvastyāṃ vihārā bhaviṣyanti; bhikṣavaś ca āgantavyaṃ gantavyaṃ vastavyaṃ maṃsyanta iti; adhivāsayati bhagavān anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapates tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā (SBV I 171) vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; tato 'sya yāvad rājagṛhe kṛtyaṃ vā karaṇīyaṃ vā tat sarvaṃ kṛtvā pariprāpya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavantam idam avocat: anuprayaccha me bhagavan bhikṣuṃ sahāyakam yena sahāyakena bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ kārayāmīti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: katarasya bhikṣor anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ saparivāro <śrāvastīnivāsī ca janakāyo> vidheya; paśyati śāriputrasya bhikṣoḥ; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam śāriputram āmantrayate: saṃanvāhara śāriputra anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim <saparivāraṃ> śrāvastīnivāsinaṃ ca janakāyam iti; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmāṃś chāriputro bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athāyuṣmāṃś chāriputro bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'nitkāt prakrānataḥ

Śāriputra leaves for Śrāvastī

athāyuṣmāṃś chāriputras tasyā eva rātrer atyayāt pūrvāhāṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyaḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātapratikrānto yathāparibhuktaṃ śayanāsanaṃ pratiśamayya, samādāya pātracīvaraṃ, yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ prabhūtaṃ śambalam ādāya ekaikarātrinivāsena śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ sa praviśann eva śrāvastīm ārāmeṇārāmam (A 412b) udyānenodyānam upavanenopavanaṃ caṅkramam anucaṅkramyamāṇo suvicarann evam āha: kataraḥ sa pṛthivīpradeśo bhaviṣyati śrāvastyā nātidūre nātyāsanne divā alpākīrṇo 'lpavilāpo rātrāv alpaśabdo 'lpanirghoṣaḥ alpadaṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasaṃsparśaḥ, yatrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayiṣyāmīti; adrākṣīd anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetasya kumarasyārāmaṃ śrāvastyā nātidūre nātyāsanne divā alpākirṇam alpavilāpaṃ rātrāv alpaśabdam alpanirghoṣam alpadaṃśamaśakavātātapasarīsṛpasparśam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: atrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayiṣyāmīti; sa praviṣann eva svaṃ niveśanaṃ yena jetaḥ kumāras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: anuprayaccha me kumāra ārāmam; (SBV I 172) ahaṃ tatra bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ kārayāmi iti; sa kathayati:na me gṛhapate sa ārāmaḥ; kintu udyānaṃ tan memeti; dvir api trir apy anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: anuprayaccha me kumāra ārāmam; ahaṃ tatra bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayāmīti; aparityakto <gṛhapate> me ārāmaḥ koṭisaṃstareṇāpi; punar apy anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaṃ kumāram idam avocat: kṛtārgho 'si kumāra ārāmasya; pratīccha hiraṇyasuvarṇam; mamārāmaḥ; kaḥ kṛtārghaḥ? tvaṃ kṛtārghaḥ; tau kṛtārgho na kṛtārgha iti vivādam āpannau, yena vyāvahārikapuruṣās tena saṃprasthitāḥ; atrāntare caturṇāṃ lokapālānām etad abhavat: ayam anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir udyukto bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayitum; sāhāyyam asyānuṣṭheyam iti; tato vyāvahārikapuruṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya arthādhikaraṇe niṣaṇṇāḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetaś ca kumāro vyāvahārikasakāśam upasaṅkrāntau; athānāthapiṇḍako gṛhapatir vyāvahārikapuruṣāṇām etam arthaṃ vistareṇa nivedayati; te kathayanti: kṛtārgho 'si kumāra ārāmasya: pratīccha suvarṇam: gṛhapater ārāma iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ śakatair bhāraiḥ mūṭaiḥ piṭakair uṣṭrair gobhir gardbhaiḥ prabhūtaṃ suvarṇam abhinirhṛtya, sarvaṃ jetavanaṃ saṃstartum ārabdhaḥ; na parisamāpyate; tiṣṭhate evānāstīrṇaḥ kaścit pṛthivīpradeśaḥ; tataḥ anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir etam arthaṃ cintayan muhūrtasṃ tūṣṇīm asthāt: katarat tan nidhānaṃ bhaviṣyati? nātistokaṃ, nātiprabhūtaṃ yena ayam anāstīrṇaḥ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ āstariṣyati; na ca punar gopayitavyo bhaviṣyatīti; jetaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati: nūnam anāthapiṇḍadsya gṛhapater vipratisāraḥ, kasmād ārāmakāraṇād iyantaṃ mahāntaṃ dhanaskandhaṃ parityajāmi; iti viditvā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: sacet te ha gṛhapate vipratisāraḥ pratīccha suvarṇam; mamaivārāmaḥ; na me kumāra vipratisāraḥ; api tv aham etam evārtham anucintayan muhūrtaṃ tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; katarat tan nidhānaṃ bhaviṣyati? nātistokaṃ nātiprabhūtaṃ, yenāyam anāstīrṇaḥ pṛthivīpradeśaḥ āstariṣyati; na ca prnar gopayitavyo bhaviṣyatīti; atha jetasya kumārasya etad abhavat:na batāvaro (A 413a) buddho bhaviṣyati; nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānam; yatredānīm ayaṃ gṛhapatir ārāmakāraṇād iyantaṃ (SBV I 173) mahāntaṃ dhanaskandhaṃ parityajati; iti viditvā anāthapiṇḍadaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocat: anuprayaccha me gṛhapate anāstīrṇaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam; atrāhaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ māpayāmi; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir jetasya kumārasya anāstīrṇaṃ pṛthivīpradeśam anuprayacchati: yatra jetaḥ kumāro bhagavato 'rthāya dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ māpayati

Obstruction by the Tīrthyas

athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir bhagavato 'rthāya vihāraṃ māpayitum ārabdha iti tīvradveṣaparyākulīkṛtamanasas tīrthyās te saṃbhūya yenānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tenopasaṅkrāntāḥ; upasaṅkramya kathayanti: mā tvaṃ gṛhapate śramaṇasya gautamasya arthāyātra vihāraṃ kāraya; kiṃ kāraṇam? asmābhir nagarāṇi bhājitāni; śramaṇasya gautamasya rājagṛham; asmākaṃ śrāvastī; sa kathayati: bhājitāni yuṣmābhir nagarāṇi, na tu madīyaṃ svāpateyam; yasyābhipretaṃ tasya dharmaskandhaṃ kārayāmīti; te rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; tatrāpy anāthapiṇḍadena parājitāḥ; dhvāṅkṣās tīrthyā avikṛtavadanāḥ kathayanti: gṛhapate na te kāmakāram anuprayacchāmaḥ; śramaṇasya gautamasyāgraśrāvakaḥ āgataḥ; ca yady asmān vādena parājayate kāraya vihāram iti; sa kathayati: obnanam; āryaśāriputraṃ tāvad avalokayāmīti; athānāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir yenāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: tīrthyā bhadante śāriputra evam āhuḥ: gṛhapate na te kāmakāram anuprayacchāmaḥ; śramaṇasya gautamasya agraśrāvaka āgataḥ; sa yady asmān vādena parājayate, kāraya vihāram iti; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kim eṣāṃ santi kānicit kuśalamūlāni uta na santīti; paśyati, santi; kasyāntike pratibaddhāni; mamaiva; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kim etāvanta eva mama pratibaddhā vineyā āhosvid anye 'pi vādena vineyāḥ santīti; paśyati, santi; kiyaccireṇa sannipatiṣyanti; paśyati, saptāhasyātyayād iti; samanvāhṛtya kathayati: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tu saptame divase; tato 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ prītiprāmodyajāto yena tīrthyās tena upasaṅkrāntah; upasaṅkramya (SBV I 174) tīrthyān idam avocat: bhadanta āryaśāriputraḥ kathayati: śobhanam, evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tu spatame divase iti; te saṃlakṣayanti; dvābhyām atra kāraṇābhyāṃ bhavitavyam; athavāsau niṣpalāyitukāmaḥ; athavā pakṣaṃ samanveṣṭukāmaḥ; kim atra prāptakālaṃ; vayam api pakṣaṃ samanveṣāmaha iti; te pakṣaṃ samanveṣṭum ārabdhāḥ; taiḥ pakṣaṃ samanveṣamānai raktākṣo nāma parivrājako dṛṣṭaḥ; sa tair uktaḥ: tvam asmākaṃ sabrahmacārī; śramaṇasya gautamasyāgraśrāvako 'smābhir vādenāhūtaḥ; (A 413b) sa pakṣaṃ samanveṣate; tvam asmākaṃ sāhāyyaṃ kalpaya; kiyatā kālena? itaḥ saptame divase; śobhanam, evaṃ bhavatu; yadā yuṣmākaṃ sannipāto bhavati tadā mamārocayitavyam; tīrthyāḥ śaṅkitodvignamanaso divasānudivasaṃ pakṣaṃ samanveṣayante; divasāṃś ca gaṇayanti

The Tīrthyas and Śāriputra contest

yāvat saptame divase anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā vistīrṇāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe āsanaprajñaptiḥ kāritā; āyuṣmataś ca śāriputrasyārthāya siṃhāsanaṃ prajñaptam; nānādeśanivāsinas tīrthyāḥ sannipatitāḥ; śrāvastīnivāsī janakāyaḥ anekāni ca tatsāmantanivāsīni prāṇiśatasahasrāṇi, kānicir kutūhalajātāni, kānicit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ saṃcodyamānāni; tata āyuṣmān śāriputro 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā saparivāreṇa saṃpuraskṛto vādimaṇḍalaṃ praviśya vineyajanam abhisamīkṣya smitapūrvaṃ samaśānteryāpathena siṃhāsanam abhiruhya niṣaṇṇaḥ; sarvaiva sā parṣad avahitacetaskā āyuṣmantam śāriputram abhisamīkṣamāṇā niṣaṇṇā

Defeat of the Tīrthyas

tata āyuṣmān śāriputras tīrthyān āmantrayāmāsa: bhavantaḥ kiṃ tāvat kariṣyatha? āhosivd vikariṣyatha? te kathayanti: vayaṃ kurmaḥ; tvāṃ vikuru; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ kariṣyāmi; sadevako 'pi loko na śakṣyati vikartum; prāg eva raktākṣaḥ parivrājakaḥ; iti viditvā raktākṣaṃ parivrājakam idam avocat: tvaṃ kuru, ahaṃ vikariṣyāmīti; sa indrajāle kṛtāvī; tena supuṣpitaḥ (SBV I 175) sahakārapādapo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tumulo vātavarṣa utsṛṣṭaḥ; yenāsau samūla utpāṭya itaś cāmutaś ca vikīrṇo yogijanānām apy aviṣayībhūtaḥ; tatas tena padminī nirmitā; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa kalabhahastī nirmitaḥ; tena sā samantān marditā; tena saptaśīrṣo nāgo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa garuḍo nirmitaḥ yenāsāv apahṛtaḥ; tena vetāḍo nirmitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa mantraiḥ kīlitaḥ; kuprayukto vetādā ātmavadhāya cetayate; sa tasyaivopari pradhāvitaḥ; tato 'sau bhītas trastaḥ saṃvigna āhṛṣṭaromakūpaḥ āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādayor nipatitaḥ: ārya śāriputra trāyasva śaraṇāgato 'smīti; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa mantrā utkīlitāḥ; sa vetāḍo vyupaśāntaḥ; tasyāyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa dharmo deśitaḥ; sa prasādajātaḥ kathayati: labheyāham āryaśāriputra svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careyam aham āryaśāriputrasyāntike brahmacaryam iti; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa sa pravrājitaḥ upasaṃpāditaḥ; avavādo dattaḥ; tenodyacchamena ghaṭamānena vyāyacchamānena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣākṛtam; arhan saṃvṛttaḥ; traidhātukavītarāgaḥ samaloṣṭakāñcana ākāśapāṇitalasamacitto vāsīcandanakalpo vidyāvidāritāṇḍakośo (A 414a) vidyābhijñāpratisaṃvitprāpto bhavalābhalobhaparāṅmukhaḥ, sendropendrāṇāṃ devānāṃ pūjyo mānyo 'bhivādyaś ca saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ sā parṣad vismayotphullalocanā saṃvṛttā; āyuṣmati śāriputre 'bhiprasannā kathayati: mahān āryaśāriputreṇa vādivṛṣabho nigṛhītaḥ; iti viditvā ayuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya mukhe 'valokikāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tasyāḥ parṣadaḥ āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā; yāṃ śrutvā anekaiḥ satvasahasraiḥ mahān viśeṣa āgataḥ; kaiścic chrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni; kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bodhau; kaiśid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; kaiścic charaṇagamanaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni; kaiścit srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalam; kaiścid anāgāmiphalam; kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśasaṃprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; yadbhūyasā sā parṣad buddhanimnā, dharmapravaṇā, saṅghaprāgbhārā, (SBV I 176) vyavasthāpitā; tīrthyāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: na śakyam asmābhir ayaṃ vāde nigrahītum; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam; atraiva bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; tataś chidraṃ labdhvā baiṣkeṇainaṃ praghātayāma iti; te sarve saṃbhūya anāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayanti: gṛhapate tvayāsmākaṃ sarvāṇi vṛttipadāni samucchinnāni; tad anukampāṃ kuru; tvadīyavihāre bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; ciraṃ vayam atra avasthitāḥ; mā deśaparityāgaṃ kurma iti; anāthapiṇḍadaḥ kathayati: āryaśāriputraṃ tāvad avalokayāmi; sa yenāyuṣmān śāriputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: <ārya>, tīrthyāḥ kathayanti, asmākaṃ tvayā sarvāṇi vṛttipadāni samucchinnāni; tad anukampāṃ kuru; tvadīye vihāre bhṛtikayā karma kurmaḥ; ciraṃ vayam atrāvasthitāḥ; mā deśaparityāgaṃ kurma iti; āyuṣmāṃś chāriputraḥ samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ: kiṃ teṣāṃ santi kānicit kuśalamūlāni āhosvin na santi iti; paśyati, santi; kasyāntike pratibaddhāni; mamaiveti; samanvāhṛtya kathayati: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu, ko 'tra virodha iti; te tasmin vihāre bhṛtikayā karma kartum ārabdhāḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa latāvārikaḥ puruṣo raudro nirmitaḥ; sa tat karma kārayitum ārabdhaḥ; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ teṣāṃ vinayakālaṃ jñātvā tatsamīpe vṛkṣamūlasyādhastāc caṅkramyamāṇas tiṣṭhati; sa tair dṛṣṭaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti, ayam asya kāla praghātayituṃ pravivikte tiṣṭhatīti; te tasya sakāśaṃ upasaṅkramya parivārya avasthitāḥ; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ saṃlakṣayati: kīdṛśena cittena ete matsakāśam upasaṅkrāntā iti; yāvat paśyati vadhakacittena; tenāsau latāvāriko nirmita utsṛṣṭaḥ; tena te 'bhidrutā gacchata karma kuruteti; te kathayanti: ārya śāriputra paritrāyasva; sa kathayati: āyuṣman gaccha; viśrāmyantu tāvad iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: īdṛśo 'sty ayaṃ mahātmā; vayam asya vadhakacittāḥ; eṣo 'smākaṃ maitracittaḥ iti viditvā abhiprasannāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā (SBV I 177) śāriputreṇa teṣām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā (A 414b) yāṃ śrutvā viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ

Conversion of the Tīrthyas

te dṛṣṭasatyāḥ kathayanti: labhemahi vayaṃ śāriputra svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carema vayaṃ bhadantaśāriputrasyāntike brahmacaryam iti; te āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa pravrājitā upasaṃpāditāḥ; avavādo dattaḥ; tair yujyamānair, ghaṭamānair, vyāyacchamānair idam eva pañcagaṇḍakaṃ saṃsāracakraṃ calācalaṃ viditvā sarvasaṃskāragatīḥ śatanapatanavikiraṇavidhvaṃsanadharmatayā parāhatya sarvakleśaparahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam ity arhantaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; traidhātukavītarāgāḥ samaloṣṭakāñcanā ākāśapāṇitalasamacittā vāsīcandanakalpā vidyāvidāritāṇḍakośā vidyābhijñāpratisaṃvitprāptā bhavalābhalobhasatkāraparāṅmukhāḥ sendropendrāṇāṃ devānāṃ pūjyā mānyā abhivādyāś ca saṃvṛttāḥ

Construction of Vihāras

tatra āyuṣmatā śariputreṇa vihārasūtram ekānte gṛhītam; anāthapiṇḍadenāpi gṛhapatinā ekānte gṛhītam; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkartum ārabdhaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ kathayati: nāhetvapratyayam āryaśāriputra tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; kaḥ āryaśāriputra hetuḥ? kaḥ pratyayaḥ smitasya prāviṣkaraṇāya? evam etad gṛhapate, evam etat; nāhetvapratyayaṃ tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; tvayā ceha sūtraṃ gṛhītam; tuṣite devanikāye sauvarṇaṃ bhavanam abhinirvṛttam; tato 'nāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir vismayotphullalocanaḥ kathayati: āryaśāriputra yady evaṃ, tena hi punaḥ sūtraṃ prasāraya bhūyasyā mātrayā; cittam abhiprasādayāmīti; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa tat sūtram gṛhītam; anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā bhūyasyā mātrayā tīvreṇa prasādavagena cittam abhiprasāditam; yena prasādajātena samanantaram eva tat sauvarṇaṃ bhavanaṃ catūratnamayaṃ saṃvṛttam; āyuṣmatā cāsya śāriputreṇa niveditam; tato 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā uttarottarapravṛddhapuṇyasantatinā (SBV I 178) ṣoḍaśamahallikā vihārā māpitāḥ; ṣaṣṭiś ca kuṭikāvastūni; ṣoḍaśamahallikān vihārān māpayitvā ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastūni sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pūrayitvā yenāyuṣmān śāriputras tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat: kiyatpramāṇair āryaśāriputra prayāṇakair bhagavān adhvānaṃ gacchati; tadyathā gṛhapate rājā cakravartī; kiyatpramāṇai rājā cakravartī; daśakrośakair gṛhapate rājā cakravartī prayāṇakair adhvānaṃ gacchati; tato 'nāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā yāvac ca śrāvastī yāvac ca rājagṛham atrāntarād vāsakān parisaṅkhyāya parikramaṇakā māpitāḥ; dānaśalā kāritā; kālārocakaḥ puruṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ; chatradhvajapatākāśobhitāś candanavāripariṣiktāḥ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhās toraṇāḥ kāritāḥ; kālikāni yāmikāni ca bhaiṣajyāny upasthāpitāni

Messenger to the Buddha

tataḥ saṃbhṛtasaṃbhāro 'nyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa; yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāma; upasaṅkramyāsmākaṃ vacanena bhagavataḥ pādau vanditvā alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛccha alpātaṅkatāṃ ca, laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāṃ ca, balaṃ ca, sukhaṃ ca anavadyatāṃ (A 415a) ca, sparśavihārataṃ ca; evaṃ ca vada, āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena <iti>; evam ārya iti sa puruṣo 'nāthapiṇḍadasya gṛhapateḥ pratiśrutya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena samprasthitaṃ; anupūrveṇa rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte 'sthāt; ekāntasthitaḥ sa puruṣo bhagavantam idam avocat: anāthapiṇḍado bhadanta gṛhapatir bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandate; pūrvavad yāvat sparśavihāratāṃ ca; sukhī bhavatu bhoḥ puruṣa anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatis tvaṃ ca; anāthapiṇḍado bhadanta gṛhapatir evam āha: āgacchatu bhagavān śrāvastīm; ahaṃ bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi yāvajjīvaṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅgheneti; adhivāsayati (SBV I 179) bhagavāṃs tasya puruṣasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha sa puruṣo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ

The Buddha arrives at Śrāvastī

tato bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ, śānto śāntaparivāraḥ, mukto muktaparivāraḥ, āśvasta āśvastaparivāraḥ, vinīto vinītaparivāraḥ, arhann arhatparivāraḥ, vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ, prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāraḥ, ṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛtaḥ, gaja iva kalabhaparivṛtaḥ, siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, haṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto, vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto, daiśika ivādhva gagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śreṣṭhīva parijanaparivṛtaḥ, koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaḥ, candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛtaḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūpakṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivātaḥ, vemacitrīva asuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ, stimita iva jalanidhiḥ, sajala iva jaladharaḥ, vimada iva gajapatiḥ, sudāntair indriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāraḥ, dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraḥ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ, samantatobhadrako, daśabhir balaiś, caturbhir vaiśāradyais, tribhir āveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānair mahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgataḥ, mahatā bhikṣusaṅghena, anāthapiṇḍadena gṛhapatinā śrāvastīnivāsinā ca mahājanakāyena, anekaiś ca devatāśatasahasrair anugamyamānaḥ, (A 415b) śrāvastīnagarīm anuprāptaḥ; yadā ca bhagavatā śrāvastīṃ nagarīṃ (SBV I 180) praviśatā sābhisaṃskāraṃ nagarendrakīle dakṣiṇaḥ pādo nyastaḥ tadā ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate, pravyathate, saṃpravyathate; pūrvo digbhāga unnamati; paścimo 'vanamati; paścima unnamati; pūrvo 'vanamati; dakṣina unnamati; uttaro 'vanamati; uttara unnamati; dakṣiṇo 'vanamati; anta unnamati; madhyo 'vanamati; madhya unnamati; anto 'vanamati; sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇa avabhāsena sphuṭaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ sārdhaṃ lokāntarikābhiḥ; antarīkṣe ca devadundubhayas tāditāḥ; gaganatalasthā devatā <bhagavata> upariṣṭād divyāny utpalāni kṣeptum ārabdhāḥ; padmāni, kumudāni, puṇḍarīkāṇy, agarucūrṇāni, tagarucūrṇāni, candanacūrṇāni, kuṅkumacūrṇāni, tamālapatrāni, divyāni ca māndārakāṇi puṣpāṇi <kṣipanti> cailavikṣepāṃś cākārṣuḥ

Effects felt following Buddha's arrival

bhagavataḥ purapraveśe imāny evaṃvidhāścaryāṇy abhūvan; aparāṇi ca; saṃkṣiptāni viśālībhavanti; nīcāny uccāni bhavanti; uccāni samāni bhavanti; hastinaḥ krauñcanti; aśvā heṣante; ṛṣabhā nardanti; gṛhagatāni vividhāni vāditrabhāṇḍāni svayam nadanti; andhāś cakṣuṃṣi pratilabhante; badhirāḥ śrotram; mūkāḥ pravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti; pariśiṣṭendriyavikalā indriyāṇi pratilabhante; madyamadākṣiptā vimadībhavanti; viṣapāyitā nirviṣībhavanti; anyonyavairiṇo maitrīṃ pratilabhante; gurviṇyaḥ svastinā prasūyante; bandhanabaddhā mucyante; adhanā dhanāni prailabhante; imāni cānyāni ca bhagavataḥ purapraveśe adbhutaśatasahasrāṇi prādurbhavanti

The Jetavana

tato bhagavān evaṃvidhena mahatā satkāreṇa śrāvastīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; praviśya purastād bhikṣusaṅghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatiḥ suhṛtsaṃbandhibāndhavajanaparivṛtaḥ sauvarṇaṃ (SBV I 181) bhṛṅgāram ādāya vāridhārāṃ pātayitum ārabdhaḥ; sā na prapatati; anāthapiṇḍado gṛhapatir durmanāḥ saṃlakṣayati: mā mayā kānicit sāpakṣālāni karmāṇi kṛtāni syur iti; bhagavān āha: na tvayā gṛhapate kānicit sāpakṣālāṇi karmāṇi kṛtāni; api tv etasmin pradeśe sthitena tvayā pūrvakāṇāṃ samyaksaṃbuddhānām ayam eva pradeśo niryātitaḥ; anyasmin pradeśe sthitvā <pātaya; tenānyasmin pradeśe sthitvā> pātitā; bhagavān pañcāṅgopetena svareṇa svayam eva jetavanam udghoṣayati; udghoṣyamāṇe jetavane jetaḥ kumāraḥ saṃlakṣayati: aho bata bhagavān mamāpi tatprathamato nāmodgrahaṇaṃ kuryād iti; bhagavatā jetasya kumārasya cetasā cittam ājñāya tatprathamato nāmodgrahanaṃ kṛtam: idaṃ bhikṣavo jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadadasyārāmaḥ; iti śrutvā jetaḥ kumāro 'tīva prasannaḥ mama bhagavatā tatprathamato nāmodgrahaṇaṃ kṛtam iti; tatprītiprāmodyajātena tad dravyajātaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya catūratnamayaṃ dvārakoṣṭhakaṃ kāritam; tathā saṅgītikārair api sthavirais sūtrānta upanibaddham: (A 416a) bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārāme iti

King Prasenajit meets the Buddha

aśrauṣīd rājā prasenajit kauśalaḥ śramaṇo gautamaḥ kauśaleṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; śravastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; sa khalu bhagavān gautamo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty ātmānaṃ pratijānīta iti; śrutvā ca punar yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavantam idam avocat: śrutaṃ me bho gautama bhavān gautamo 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty ātmānaṃ pratijānīta iti; ye te bho gautama evam āhuḥ kaccit te evaṃ vyākurvāṇā, no ca bhavantaṃ gautamam abhyācakṣate, nātisaranti; uktavādināś ca te bhavato gautamasya <dharmavādinaś ca dharmasya> cānudharmaṃ vyākurvanti? na ca teṣāṃ kaścid āgacchet parataḥ sahadharmeṇa vādānuvādaṃ garhāsthānīyo dharmaḥ; ye te mahārāja evam (SBV I 182) āhus tathyata evaṃ vyākurvāṇā no ca mām abhyācakṣate, nātisaranti; uktavādinaś ca te dharmavādinaś ca dharmasya cānudharmaṃ vyākurvanti; na ca teṣāṃ kaścid āgacchet parataḥ sahadharmeṇa vādānuvādaṃ garhāsthānīyo dharmaḥ; tat kasya hetor? aham asmi mahārāja anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhaḥ; kiṃ cāpi bhavān gautama evam āha; api tu nāhaṃ bhavato gautamasya śraddhādeyo gacchāmi; tat kasya hetor? ye tāvad ime, bho gautama, vṛddhavṛddhāḥ, śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ, tadyathā pūraṇaḥ kāśyapo, maskarī gośalīputraḥ, sañjayī vairaḍīputraḥ, ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ, kakudaḥ kātyayano, nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ, te tāvan nānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhā sma ity ātmānaṃ pratijānate? kutaḥ punar bhavān gautamo dahraś ca jātyā, navakāś ca pravrajyayā?

The four small ones

grāme vā yadi vāraṇye yatra paśyed bhujaṅgamam / (SBV I 183) dahraṃ taṃ nāvajānīyān nainaṃ paribhaved budhaḥ //

prabhūtapakṣo jvalanaḥ kṛṣṇavartmā hutāśanaḥ / stokaṃ taṃ nāvajānīyān (A 416b) nainaṃ paribhaved budhaḥ //

bhikṣuṃ ca śīlasaṃpannaṃ nainān paribhaved budhaḥ //

atha rājā prasenajit kauśalo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ

Udāyin brings messages from Śuddhodana and his own conversion

tatra buddho bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; rājñā prasenajitā kauśalena rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya (SBV I 184) lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ: deva diṣṭyā vardhasva; putreṇa te amṛtam adhigatam; amṛtena jagat santarpayati iti; śrutvā rājñā śuddhodanena dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; sa tatraiva pravrajitaḥ; dvitīyo dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ; so 'pi tatraiva pravrajitaḥ; svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya yaṃ yaṃ dūtam anupreṣayati, sa tatraiva pravrajati; rājā kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: yaṃ yam eva dūtaṃ preṣayāmi sa tatraiva pravrajati svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya;

yadāsi prathamaṃ jāta pratijñātaṃ tadā tvayā / kṛtvā svakāryaṃ sumahat kariṣye jñātyanugraham // (SBV I 185) tat te 'vāptaṃ padaṃ (A 417a) śāntaṃ kuruṣvāgamane matim / anukampām upādāya mama jñātigaṇasya ca //

sa uttare pratibhānam alabhamānaḥ kathayati: bhagavan gacchāmi; rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya kathayāmīti; udāyinn evaṃvidhā buddhadūtā bhavanti; udāyī kathayati, bhagavan kīdṛśā bhavanti; pravrajitāḥ; tvam api pravrajeti; bhagavan mayā rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya pratijñātam āgamiṣyāmīti; bhagavān āha: udāyin yathāpratijñātaṃ kuru; pravrajitvā gaccha; tathā hi bhagavatā bodhisatvabhūtena mātāpitror ācāryopādhyāyānāṃ gurūṇāṃ gurusthānīyānāṃ ca dharmyā ājñā na kadācit prativyūḍhapūrvā; udāyī kathayati: bhagavan yady evaṃ pravrajāmīti

Udāyin made a monk

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram āmantrayate: pravrājaya śāriputra udāyinam; tadāsya bhaviṣyati dīrgharātram arthāya hitāya (SBV I 186) sukhāyeti; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān śāriputro bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya udāyinaṃ pravrājitaḥ upasaṃpāditaṃ; vistareṇa cāsya āsamudācārikam ārocitam idaṃ te karaṇīyam iti; adyāgreṇa te udāyin mātṛgrāmeṇa sārdham ekāgāre śayyā na kalpayitavyeti; evaṃ bhadantety udāyī āyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya pādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntaḥ; yena bhagavāṃs tena upasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: bhagavan kapilavastu gamiṣyāmīti

Instructions to Udāyin

bhagavān āha: udāyin gaccha; na te sahasaiva rājakulaṃ praveṣṭavyam; dvāre sthitvā vaktavyam, śākyabhikṣur āgata iti; yadi kathayanti praviśeti, praveṣṭavyam; praviṣṭasya yadi kathayanti, santy anye 'pi śākyabhikṣava iti, vaktavyaṃ santīti; yadi kathayanti sarvārthasiddhasyāpi kumārasya evaṃvidha eva veṣa iti, vaktavyam evaṃvidha eveti; na ca te rājakule vastavyam; yadi kathayanti sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro rājakule vāsaṃ na kalpayatīti; vaktavyaḥ, na kalpayatīti; yadi pṛcchanti kutra vāsaṃ kalpayatīti, vaktavyam araṇye vihāre vā; yadi pṛcchanti ka evaṃvidho vihāra iti, jetavanākāreṇa likhitvā darśayitavyam; yadi pṛcchanti, āgamiṣyati sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāra iti, vaktavyam (A 417b) āgamiṣyati; kiyaccireṇa? saptāhasyātyayad iti

Udāyin returns

sa kathayati: bhagavan gacchāmīti; bhagavān āha: gaccheti; vacasā mahīpatīnāṃ samṛddhyati, cittena devānāṃ, cittotpādena tathā samṛddhyati dhyāyināṃ sarvam iti, sa bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhito yathāyuṣmān udāyī tatkṣaṇād eva kapilavastu nagaraṃ gataḥ; āyuṣmata udāyinaḥ bhagavato 'ntike tīvraḥ prasādo jātaḥ; sa rājakuladvāre sthitvā kathayati, bhavanta rājño nivedayata śākyabhikṣur āgata iti, te kathayanti: kim anye 'pi santi śākyabhikṣavaḥ; bhavantaḥ santi; tai rājño niveditaṃ, śākyabhikṣur āgata iti; rājā kathayati: (SBV I 187) praviśatu; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena dṛṣṭa uktaś ca; udāyin pravrajito 'si? <deva> pravrajito 'smi; nanu bhavatābhihitam āgamiṣyāmīti, tat katham etat; udāyī kathayati; deva uktaṃ bhagavatā nedṛśā buddhadūtā bhavantīti; so 'haṃ svākhyātatvād dharmavinayasya pravrajitaṃ; api tv ahaṃ svaśraddhayā pravrajitaḥ; rājñā sarvāṅgair anupariṣvajya prajñapta evāsane niṣāditaḥ; tadarthaṃ ca pānīyaṃ parisrāvitam; mūlaphalāni kalpitāni; śucināhāreṇa bhojitaḥ; āyuṣmatā udāyinā paramopaśamadamasthitiyuktena yathānuśāsanīvidhānena paribhuktam; rājā tam upalakṣya vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: kiṃ kumārasyāpy evaṃvidha upaśamaḥ? udāyī kathayati: deva alpamātraṃ mamopaśamaṃ; yathākathaṃ sumerusarṣapavat, samudragoṣpadavat, ādityakhadyotavat, ākāśavivaravat; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: udāyin sarvārthasiddhasyāpi kumārasya evaṃvidha eva veṣaḥ? evaṃvidhaḥ; śrutvā rājā śuddhodanaḥ mūrchitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatito mahatā jalaprakṣepeṇa pratyāgataprāṇaḥ kathayati: udāyin āgmiṣyati sarvārthasiddaḥ kumāra iti; udāyī kathayati, āgamiṣyati: kiyaccireṇa? saptāhasyātyayāt; rājā śuddhodanaḥ amātyān āmantrayate; bhavanto rājakulaṃ śodhayata, antaḥpurāṇī ca; sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumārā āgamiṣyatīti; udāyī kathayati: deva na bhagavān antaḥpure vāsaṃ kalpayati; rājā kathayati: kutra vāsaṃ kalpayati? udāyī kathayaty araṇye vihāre vā; rājā kathayati: ka evaṃvidho vihāra iti; āyuṣmatā udāyinā jetavanākāreṇa likhitvā darśitaḥ; tato rājā amātyā āmantrayate; bhavanto nyagrodhārāme jetavanākāreṇa ṣodaśamahallakān vihārān māpayata; ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastūni; evaṃ devety amātyā rājñaḥ pratiśrutya nyagrodhārāme jetavanākāreṇa ṣoḍaśamahallakān vihārān māpitāḥ; ṣaṣṭiṃ ca kuṭikāvastuni

The Buddha leaves for Kapilavastu

tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: gaccha maudgalyāyana bhikṣūṇām ārocaya, bhagavān kapilavastu saṃprasthitaḥ; yo yuṣmākam utsahate pitāputrasamāgamaṃ draṣṭuṃ sa cīvarāṇi pratigṛhṇātu; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano (SBV I 188) bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya bhikṣūṇām ārocayati: bhagavān āyuṣmantaḥ kapilavastu gamiṣyati; yo yuṣmākam utsahate pitāputrasamāgamaṃ draṣṭuṃ sa cīvarakāṇi pratigṛhṇātv iti; tato bhagavān dānto dāntaparivāraḥ śanto śāntaparivāraḥ, mukto muktaparivāraḥ, āśvasta āśvastaparivāraḥ, vinīto vinītaparivāraḥ, arhann arhatparivāraḥ, vītarāgo vītarāgaparivāraḥ, prāsādikaḥ prāsādikaparivāraḥ, ṛṣabha iva gogaṇaparivṛtaḥ, gaja iva kalabhaparivṛtaḥ, siṃha iva daṃṣṭrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, haṃsa iva haṃsagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suparṇīva pakṣigaṇaparivṛto, vipra iva śiṣyagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, suvaidya ivāturagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śūra iva yodhagaṇaparivṛto, daiśika ivādhva gagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sārthavāha iva vaṇiggaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śreṣṭhīva parijanaparivṛtaḥ, koṭṭarāja iva mantrigaṇaparivṛtaḥ, cakravartīva putrasahasraparivṛtaḥ, candra iva nakṣatragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, sūrya iva raśmisahasraparivṛtaḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭra iva gandharvagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūḍhaka iva kumbhāṇḍagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, virūpakṣa iva nāgagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, dhanada iva yakṣagaṇaparivātaḥ, vemacitrīva asuragaṇaparivṛtaḥ, śakra iva tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ, brahmeva brahmakāyikaparivṛtaḥ, stimita iva jalanidhiḥ, sajala iva jaladharaḥ, vimada iva gajapatiḥ, sudāntair indriyair asaṃkṣobhiteryāpathapracāraḥ, dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtaḥ, aśītyā cānuvyañjanair virājitagātraḥ, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtamūrtiḥ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabhaṃ, jaṅgama iva ratnaparvataḥ, samantatobhadrako, daśabhir balaiś, caturbhir vaiśāradyais, tribhir āveṇikaiḥ smṛtyupasthānair mahākaruṇayā ca samanvāgato, <mahatā> bhikṣusaṅghena sārdhaṃ rohakām anuprāptah; aśrauṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro rohakāṃ nadīm anuprāpta iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ rājñā śuddhodanena kapilavastunagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitam; candanavāripariṣiktaṃ vividhasurabhidhūpaghaṭikāsamalaṅkṛtam, āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam, yāvac ca rohakā nadī yāvac ca nyagrodhārāma atrāntarān mahatī mārgaśobhā kāritā; vistīrṇāvakāśe pṛthivīpradeśe āsanaprajñaptir vicitrā kāritā; tatra rohakāyāṃ nadyāṃ kecid bhikṣavo hastau nirmardayanti; kecid dantakāṣṭhaṃ visarjayanti; kecit snānti; kāpilavāstavaiḥ śākyaiḥ śrutaṃ, sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāra āgata iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ sarve nyagrodhārāmaṃ nirgatāḥ; kecit pūrvakaiḥ kuśalamūlaiḥ sañcodyamānāḥ, kecit kṛtakutūhalajātāḥ jñāsyamaḥ kiṃ pitā putrasya pādābhivandanaṃ karoti, āhosvit putraḥ pitur iti; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced ahaṃ kapilavastu padbhyāṃ pravekṣyāmi māninaḥ śākyā aprasādaṃ pravedayiṣyante: prabhūtaṃ ca sarvārthasiddhena kumāreṇa tapovanaṃ gatvāvāptam; yo hi nāmānekair devatāśatasahasrair anugamyamāna upair vihāyasā niṣkramya iyantaṃ kālaṃ duṣkaraśatasahasrāṇi caritvā amṛtam adhigamya idānīṃ padbhyāṃ praviṣṭa iti

Magical exploits

atha bhagavāṃs tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā caṅkramyate, tiṣṭhati, niṣīdati, śayyāṃ kalpayati, tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya bhagavato buddhasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti, nīlāni, pītāni, lohitāny, avadātāni, māñjiṣṭhāni, sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām, uttarasyāṃ diśīti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ (SBV I 189) vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya saptatālamātre 'vasthitaḥ, <saptatālamātre> bhikṣavaḥ, ṣaṭsu bhagavān, ṣaṭsu bhikṣavaḥ; pañcasu bhagavān, api pañcasu bhikṣavaḥ; caturṣu bhagavān, api caturṣu bhikṣavaḥ; triṣu bhagavān, api triṣu bhikṣavaḥ; dvayor bhagavāṃś, dvayoḥ bhikṣavaḥ; tālamātre bhagavāṃs, tālamātre bhikṣavaḥ; saptapauruṣe vyavasthito bhagavān, saptapauruṣā bhikṣavaḥ; ṣaṭsu bhagavān, ṣaṭsu bhikṣvaḥ; pañcasu bhagavān, pañcasu bhikṣavaḥ; caturṣu bhagavān, caturṣu bhikṣavaḥ; triṣu bhagavān, triṣu bhikṣavaḥ; dvayor bhagavān, dvayor bhikṣavaḥ; sādhikapauruṣe <bhagavān, sādhikapauruṣe> bhikṣavaḥ; pṛthivyāṃ rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya tathāvidhaṃ prātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhikṣutvaṃ ca saṃmoho jātaḥ; na jānīte kataro 'tra bhagavān iti; tata āyuṣmantam udāyinam āmantrayate: udāyin bahavo 'tra kāṣāyavāsasaḥ pravrajitāḥ; kataraḥ kumāraḥ? āyuṣmān udāyī bhagavantam upadarśayann āha:

atha rājā śuddhodanas tathāgatasyāvanamatkāyena pādābhivandanaṃ karoti; gāthāṃ bhāṣate: idaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tava bhūribuddhe pādau namasyāmi samantacakṣoḥ / utpadyamānasya mahī prakampitā jambvāś ca chāyā na jahāti kāyam // (SBV I 190) tataḥ śākyāḥ śākyāyanikāś ca rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatitaṃ dṛṣṭvā aprasādaṃ pravedayante: katham idānīṃ pitā putrasya pādābhivandanaṃ karotīti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ śākyān śākyāyanikāś ca saṃjñāpayann evam āha: na mayā bhavanta idānīṃ sarvārthasiddhasya kumārasya pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtam; yadāpi sarvārthasiddhasya kumārasya janmani mahān pṛthivīcālo 'bhūt sarvaś cāyaṃ loka udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭo 'bhūt; yā api tā lokasya lokāntarikā andhās tamaso 'ndhakāratāmisrā yatremau sūryacandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvāv ābhayā ābhāṃ na pratyanubhavataḥ, tā api tasmin samaye udāreṇāvabhāsena sphuṭā abhūvan; tatra ye satvā upapannās te tayā ābhayā anyonyaṃ satvaṃ dṛṣṭvā saṃjānate anye 'pīha bhavantas (A 419a) satvā upapannā anye 'pīha bhavantas satvā upapannā iti; tadāpi mayā bodhisatvasya bhagavataḥ pādābhivandanaṃ kṛtam; yadāpi sarvārthasiddhaṃ kumāro mama karmāntān anusaṃyān jambūchāyāyāṃ niṣadya viviktaṃ kāmair viviktaṃ pāpakair akuśalair dharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukham anāsravasadṛśaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati, anyeṣāṃ ca vṛkṣāṇāṃ chāyā prācīnanimnā <prācīnapravaṇā> prācīnaprāgbhārā, jambūcchāyā bodhisatvasya kāyaṃ na vijahāti, tadāpi mayā tadāścaryādbhutadharmāvarjitamatinā bhūyo bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditau; idānīṃ trir api bhagavataḥ pādau vande yataḥ evaṃ vadāmi

atha bhagavān tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya anekaśatasahasrāṃ parṣadam abhyavagāhya purastād bhikṣusaṇghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ

Śuddhodana's questions and Buddha's replies

atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ bāṣpoparuddhyamānahṛdayo 'śruparyākulekṣaṇo bhagavantam gāthābhir gītena praśnaṃ pṛcchati: (SBV I 191)

rājā prāha: hastyaśvarathayānena gatvā vīra svake gṛhe //

sakaṇṭakāṃ vasumatīṃ padbhyām ākramase katham //

rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha: purā hi tvaṃ kāñcanabhājanasthaṃ śālyodanaṃ naikarasopapannam / (SBV I 192) bhuktvā vibho piṇḍapātaṃ hi bhuṅkṣe lūhaṃ kathaṃ kaṇṭham upaiti te 'dya //

bhagavān āha:

rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:

so 'haṃ viśoko hy abhayaṃ vasāmi na me bhayaṃ svalpam apīha kiṃcit //

rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:

bhagavān āha: (SBV I 193)

rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha:

bhagavān āha:

rājā śuddhodanaḥ prāha: (SBV I 194)

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me putreṇa evaṃvidhā guṇagaṇā adhigatāḥ

Conversion of the Śākyas

tato bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme tasyāḥ parṣadaḥ āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca ñātvā tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā śuddhodanapramukhaiḥ saptasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattaḥ pāpeccho manābhimānī; tena satyadarśanaṃ na kṛtam; sa krodhaparyavasthitaḥ kathayati: yanv aham apīdṛśīm anvāvartanīṃ māyāṃ jānīyām; aham api sarvaṃ lokam anvāvartayeyam iti; sa kṛtapraṇayasaumukhyaiḥ śākyair abhihitaḥ, alaṃ devadatta mā maivaṃ vocaḥ; mahardhiko bhagavān mahānubhāva iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; brahmāvarte udyāne tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ yaṃ śrutvā droṇodanapramukhaiḥ ṣaṭsaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattas tathaiva paribhāṣate; rohītake udyāne tathāvidho dharmo deśito yaṃ śrutvā amṛtodanapramukhaiḥ pañcasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ sthāpayitvā rājānaṃ śuddhodanaṃ; devadattas tathaiva paribhāṣate; avaśiṣṭāyāḥ parṣadaḥ kaiścic chrāvakabodhau cittāny utpāditāni; kaiścit pratyekāyāṃ bokhau, kaiścid anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; kaiścit srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtam; kaiścit sakṛdāgāmiphalam; kaiścid anāgāmiphalam; kaiścit pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād (SBV I 195) arhatvaṃ (A 420a) sākṣātkṛtam; kecid buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gatāḥ; kecid dharmam; kecit saṅgham; yadbhūyasā sā pariṣad buddhanimnā dharmapravaṇā saṅghaprāgbhārā vyavasthāpitā

The pride of Śuddhodana

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat; pūrvaṃ bhagavān sasurāsurasya jagataḥ pūjyaś cābhūn mānyaś cābhūd abhivādyaś ca; idānīṃ manuṣyapūjito na devapūjita iti; athānyatamaḥ śākyakumāro gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

rājā śuddhodanaḥ atiharṣāt satyāni na paśyati, mamaiva ekasya putra evaṃmahardhiko mahānubhāva iti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ kāraṇaṃ rājā śuddhodanaḥ satyāni na paśyati; tasyaitad abhavat; atiharṣeṇa mamaivaikasya putra evaṃmahardhika evaṃmahānubhāva iti; sarvathā madāpanayo 'sya kartavya iti; dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ satyāni na dṛśyante atilīnatayā audbilyena ca; tad asya līnaṃ cittam audbilyaṃ ca; yanv aham asya līnāṃ santatim apanayeyam audbilyaṃ ceti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: samanvāhara maudgalyāyana rājānaṃ śuddhodanam; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yena rājā śuddhodanas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd rājā śuddhodanaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantam mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat: etu bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana, svāgataṃ bhavate mahāmaudgalyāyanāya; niṣīdatu bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ prajñapta evāsane; niṣaṇṇaḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ prajñapta evāsane athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte sve āsane 'ntarhitaḥ pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā cāṅkramyate, tiṣṭhati, niṣīdati, śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; (SBV I 196) tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māñjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥkāyāc chītalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśīti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: na khalu mamaiva ekasya putra evaṃmahardhika evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ; api tu santy anye 'pi pravrajitā evaṃmahardhikā (A 420b) evaṃmahānubhāvā iti; tasya yad audbilyam abhūt tat prativigatam; atrāntare bhagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam: aho bata śakrabrahmādayo devā āgaccheyuḥ; śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayeyam iti; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavanto laukikaṃ cittam utpādayanti tadā kuntapipīlakā api prāṇinas tasmin samaye bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājānanti; prāg eva śakrabrahmādayo devāḥ; yasmiṃs tu samaye lokottaraṃ cittam utpādayanti tasmin samaye mahāśrāvakā api bhagavataś cetasā cittaṃ nājānanti; kaḥ punar vādaḥ śakrabrahmādayo devāḥ; kuta eva kuntapipīlikā api prāṇinaḥ

The Buddha teaches to the Gods

atha śakrasya devendrasya etad abhavat: kimarthaṃ thagavatā laukikaṃ cittam utpāditam iti; tasyaitad abhavat: śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayitukāma iti; tena viśvakarmaṇo devaputrasya ājñā dattā; nirmiṇu viśvakarman nayagrodhārāme catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ, vicitrāṃ cāsanaprajñaptim; bhagavān śuddhāyaṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayitukāma iti; paraṃ bhadraṃ bata kauśika iti; viśvakarmā devaputraḥ śakrasya devendrasya pratiśrutya nyagrodhārāme catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ nirmiṇoti, vicitrāṃ cāsanaprajñaptim; tatra catvāro mahārājāś caturṣu dvāreṣv avasthitāḥ, dhṛtarāṣṭro, virūḍhakaḥ, virūpākṣaḥ, kuberaś ca; pūrvasmin dvāre dhṛtarāṣṭra (SBV I 197) aṅgadakuṇḍalavicitramālyābharaṇavibhūṣitaḥ, dakṣiṇe virūḍhako divyālaṅkāravibhūṣitaḥ, paścime ca virūpākṣo nānāratnavibhūṣitaḥ, uttare kuberaḥ sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitaḥ; tataḥ śakro devendro nyagrodhārāme mahatīṃ vibhūtiṃ kārayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavata etam arthaṃ vistareṇārocayati; tato bhagavān śakrādibhir anekair devatāśatasahasraiṛ parivṛtaḥ kūṭāgāraṃ praviśya mahatyā devaparṣadaḥ purastān nānāratnavibhūṣite siṃhāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano rājānaṃ śuddhodanam ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramyāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ praviṣṭaḥ; rājā śuddhodano dhṛtarāṣṭreṇa devarājena nivāritaḥ, tiṣṭha <tiṣṭha> mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; kiṃ kāraṇam? bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra mānuṣamātrasya praveśo 'stīti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ dakṣiṇaṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; virūḍhakena devarājena dṛṣṭvābhihitaḥ: tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati: kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; aham asmi mahārāja virūḍhakaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra manuṣyapraveśo 'stīti; atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ paścimaṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; virūpākṣeṇa devarājena dṛṣṭvābhihitaḥ: tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja, mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati, kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; virūpākṣaḥ kathayati; aham asmi mahārāja virūpākṣaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; yatra manuṣyabhūtasya na praveśo labhyate; atha rājā śuddhodana uttaraṃ dvāraṃ gataḥ; vaiśravaṇena mahārājena dṛṣṭvā abhihitaḥ, tiṣṭha tiṣṭha mahārāja mā pravikṣaḥ; rājā śuddhodanaḥ kathayati, kas tvaṃ bhadramukha; (A 421a) vaiśravaṇaḥ kathayati, aham asmi mahārāja vaiśravaṇaḥ; bhagavān śuddhāyāṃ devaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayati; nātra manuṣyabhūtasya praveśo labhyata iti atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya spṛhā utpannā; aho batāhaṃ bhagavantam śuddhāyāṃ devaparśadi dharmaṃ deśayantaṃ paśyeyam iti; tato rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya yāsau līnā santatiḥ sā prativigatā; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: rājā śuddhodano yadi māṃ na paśyati, sthānam etad vidyate yad uṣṇaṃ śoṇitaṃ chardayitvā kālaṃ kariṣyati; tad (SBV I 198) upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; bhagavatā yat tat catūratnamayaṃ kūṭāgāraṃ tat sphaṭikamayaṃ nirmitam; yena rājā śuddhodana anāvṛtaṃ buddhaśarīraṃ paśyati; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ prītiprāmodyajātaḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ

The Buddha teaches to Śuddhodana

atha rājā śuddhodanaḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena, sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṅghena; adhivāsayati bhagavān rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha rājā śuddhodano bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrānto yena śuklodanas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya śuklodanam idam avocat: kumāra rājyābhiṣekas te prāptaḥ; pratīccha rājyam; kasyārthe? yato bhagavataḥ sakāśāt satyāni dṛṣṭāni; katarasmin divase? adyaiva; (SBV I 199) mayā yam eva divasaṃ bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme dharmo deśitas tam eva divasaṃ saptasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭānīti; evaṃ droṇodano rājyaṃ pratīcchety uktaḥ; sa kathayati: yadā bhagavatā brahmāvarte udyāne dharmo deśitas tadā ṣaṭsaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭānīti; evam amṛtodano rājyaṃ pratīcchety uktaḥ sa kathayati, mayāpi yadā bhagavatā rohītake udyāne dharmo deśitas tadā pañcasaptatyā śākyasahasraiḥ sārdhaṃ satyāni dṛṣṭāni; yady evam idānīṃ kaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ; (A 421b) te kathayanti; bhadrikaṃ śākyarājam iti; taiḥ saṃbhūya bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo rājyaiśvaryādhipatye abhiṣiktaḥ

Dedication of Nyagrodhārāma

tatra bhagavān kapilavastuni viharati nyagrodhārāme; tathā sthavirair api sūtrānta upanibaddham, bhagavān kapilavastuni nyagrodhārāme iti; bhagavān kapilavastuny avasthitaḥ ekaṃ divasaṃ rājakule bhuktaḥ, ekaṃ divasam antaḥpure (SBV I 200)

The Śākyas follow the Buddha

rājñā śuddhodanena jaṭilā pravrajitāḥ bhikṣavo dṛṣṭāḥ; śānteryāpathatvāc cittaprāsādikā no tu kāyaprāsādikāḥ kaṣṭais tapovrataviśeṣaiḥ karśitaśarīrāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaitad abhavat: kiṃ vāpīme jaṭilāḥ śānteryāpathatvāc cittaprāsādikāḥ no tu kāyaprāsādikāḥ; kathaṃrūpeṇa parivāreṇa bhagavān śobheta; saṃlakṣayati, śākyaparivāreṇaiti; tataḥ sarvaśākyān sannipātya kathayati; bhavanto yadi sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro na pravrajito 'bhaviṣyat, ko 'bhaviṣyad? rājā cakravartī; yūyaṃ ke 'bhaviṣyata? anuyātrikāḥ; idānīṃ sarvārthasiddhaḥ kumāro 'nuttaro dharmarājaḥ; kasmān nānuyātrikā bhavatha; deva kiṃ pravrajāmaḥ? pravrajata; kiṃ sarva eva? kulaikikayā; evaṃ kurmaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena kapilavastunagare ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam; rājā evaṃ samājñāpayati mama viṣayanivāsibhiḥ śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti

Aniruddha and Mahānāman

droṇodanasya dvau putrau aniruddho mahānāmā ca; tayor mahānāmā kṛṣikarmāntānuṣṭhāne atyartham abhiyuktaḥ; aniruddhas tu upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; mahānāmā mātrā abhihitaḥ: putra rājñā ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; sa tvaṃ pravraja; sa kathayati, nāhaṃ pravrajāmi; yas te priyaḥ putraḥ sukhāsīnas tiṣṭhati taṃ pravrājaya; putra puṇyamaheśākhyo (A 422a) 'sau satvo; mā tena saha spardhāṃ kuru; amba tvaṃ tasyābhiprasannā yenāsau puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ; adya tasyāmba mā kiṃcit preṣaya; jñāsyāmi kiṃ puṇyamaheśākhyo na veti; putra evaṃ bhavatu; pratyakṣīkaromi; tayā riktapiṭharikābhi <ḥ> peṭakaṃ pūrayitvā śuklena vastreṇa ācchādya mudrālakṣitaṃ kṛtvā preṣyadārikāyā haste preṣitaḥ; sandiṣṭā, yadi pṛcchet kim atreti, vaktavyaṃ na kiṃcid iti; sā tam ādāya saṃprasthitā; (SBV I 201) śakrasya devendrasya adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa saṃlakṣayati: yena nāma upāriṣṭaḥ pratyekabuddhaḥ piṇḍakena pratipāditaḥ; tasyādya kathaṃ bhojanena vighāto bhaviṣyatīti; bhojanopasaṃhāro 'sya kartavya iti; tenāsau peṭako nānāsūpikarasavyañjanopetasyāhārasya pūritaḥ; yāvad asau dārikā tam ādāya aniruddhasya sakāśaṃ gatā; tadā tenoktā dārikā, kim atreti; sā kathayati, kumāra na kiṃcid iti; aniruddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: priyo 'haṃ mātuḥ; kim asau riktaṃ preṣayiṣyatīti; nūnam atra nāma nakiṃcid bhojanaṃ prakṣiptam; paśyāmi tāvad iti samudghāṭitam; sarvaṃ tad udyānam anekopakaraṇasurabhigandhasaṃpūrṇaṃ vyavasthitam; ghrātvā aniruddhaḥ paraṃ vismayam upagataḥ; mātṛbhakto 'sau; tena mātur agrapiṇḍapātaḥ preṣitaḥ; sandiṣṭaṃ ca amba pratidivasam īdṛśaṃ nakiṃcinnāma bhojanaṃ preṣayitum arhasīti; sāpi dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam upagatā; tayā mahānāmno darśitam; putra dṛṣṭaṃ te? amba dṛṣṭam; tan na tvaṃ mayā pūrvam evoktaḥ puṇyamaheśākhyas sa satvamanuṣyasubhagaḥ; mā tena saha spardhāṃ kuruṣveti; sa kathayati: amba puṇyamaheśākhyo vā bhavatu mā vā; nāhaṃ pravrajāmīti; yataś ca mahānāmā sarvāvasthaṃ nādhivāsitavān pravrajyāṃ, tatas tayā aniruddho 'bhihitaḥ: putra rājñā ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; sa tvaṃ kiṃ pravrajasi, āhosvid gṛhe tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: amba pravrajyāyāṃ ko 'nuśaṃasaḥ? ka ādīnavaḥ? gṛhāvāse ko 'nuśaṃsaḥ? ka ādīnavaḥ? putra pravrajyā saṃpadyamānā nirvāṇāvāhikā bhavati; vipadyamānā devamanuṣyāvāhikā bhavati; gṛhāvāsaḥ samyakpratipālyamāno devamanuṣyāvāhakaḥ; apratipālyamāno narakatiryakpretāvāhakaḥ; amba yaḥ pravrajyāyām ādīnavaḥ, sa gṛhāvāse anuśaṃsaḥ; tasmād alaṃ gṛhāvāsena; anujānīhi; pravrajāmīti; sā kathayati: putra śobhanam, evaṃ kuru; aniruddhasya bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo vayasyakaḥ; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ; tena khalu samayena bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo vīṇāṃ sārayati; tasya vīṇāṃ sārayataḥ tantrī cchinnā; svaraḥ svarāntaraṃ gataḥ; aniruddho vīṇāyāṃ kṛtāvī; tena yathānusvaraṃ nimittam udgṛhītam; sa dvāre sthitvā dauvārikaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: gaccha bhoḥ puruṣa, bhadrikasya rājño nivedaya aniruddho dvāre tiṣṭhati devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; dauvārikeṇa (SBV I 202) gatvā bhadrikasya śākyarājasya niveditam: deva aniruddho dvāre tiṣṭhati (A 422b) devaṃ draṣṭukāma iti; sa kathayati: praviśatu bhavān aniruddhaḥ; ko bhavantam aniruddhaṃ vārayati; sa praviṣṭaḥ; rājñā pariṣvajya niṣāditaḥ; uktaś ca kiyac ciraṃ tavāgatasyeti; sa kathayati; yadā tava vīṇāṃ sārayatas tantrī chinnā; svaro svarāntaraṃ gata iti; sa paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: vīṇāyāṃ bhavān kṛtāvī; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: kumāra kim āgamanaprayojanam; aniruddhaḥ kathayati: deva rājñā śuddhodanena ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śākyaiḥ kulaikikayā pravrajitavyam iti; tad avalokito bhava; pravrajāmiti; rājā kathayati, yady evam aham api pravrajāmīti; saṃpradhārayāveti; adya tvam ihaiva vāsam <upagaccha; sa ihaiva vāsam> upagataḥ: śayyākarmāntikena śāyyāyāṃ jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy ācchāditāni; puṣpāṇi cāvakīrṇāni; aniruddhaḥ śayyāniṣaṇṇaḥ; tasya mallikāvṛntam adhastād avasthitam; sa sparśapratisaṃvedī kathayati: kim atrādhastāc chilāputrakas tiṣṭhatīti; te pratyavekṣitum ārabdhāḥ; mallikāvṛntaṃ <dṛṣṭvā> te paraṃ vismayam āpannāḥ; aniruddho rātrau duḥkhaṃ suptaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājñābhihitam: kaccid aniruddhaḥ sukhaṃ supta iti; sa kathayati: deva na sukhaṃ supta iti; rājñābhihitam, kimartham; aniruddhaḥ kathayati; deva jvaragandhāni vastrāṇi prajñaptāni; puṣpāṇi cāvakīrṇāni; puṣpavṛntaiḥ kāyo drūyate; rājñā śayyākarmāntika āhūyoktaḥ: kimartham tvayā jvaragandhāni vastrāṇi prajñaptāni; śayyākarmāntikenābhihitam: mama bhāṇḍāgārikena anupradattāni; rājñā bhāṇḍāgārika āhūyoktaḥ: kimarthaṃ tvayā jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy anupradattāni; sa kathayati; deva mama tantuvāyenānupradattāni; rājñā tantuvāya āhūyoktaḥ; kimarthaṃ tvayā jvaragandhikāni vastrāṇy anupradattāni? tantuvāyaḥ kathayati: deva vastre ūyamāne kiṃcic cheṣam; tan mayā jvaritena utam; rājā kathayati: kumāra kathaṃ tvayā vijñātam; sa kathayati, uṣṇasparśapratisaṃvedanāt; jvaragandhena ca; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: (SBV I 203) bhavanta aniruddho bhavati śākyasubhagaḥ; tato bhadrikena śākyarājenābhihitaḥ: yady ahaṃ pravrajāmi, devadattaḥ śākyānāṃ rājā bhaviṣyati; sa śākyānām anarthaṃ kariṣyati; yannu vayaṃ sarve saṃbhūya devadattaṃ protsāhayāma iti

Devadatta entrapped

sa bhadrikena śākyarājenāhūtaḥ; tataḥ sarvaiḥ sambhūyābhihitaḥ: devadatta vayaṃ sarve pravrajāmaḥ; tvaṃ kiṃ kariṣyasi; devadattaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yadi vakṣyāmi na pravrajāmīti bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo na pravrajiṣyati; tad upāyasaṃvidhānena enān vipralambhayāmi; api nu mayā yam eva divasaṃ bhagavatā nyagrodhārāme ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśitaṃ tadaiva me buddhir utpannā, yathaivānena anvāvartinyā māyayā mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartitaḥ, tathaiva mayā anvāvartitavyaḥ; iti viditvā kathayati: deva yūyaṃ pravrajatha; (A 422a) ahaṃ kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhāmīti; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mṛṣāvādiko 'yam; pratijñāyāṃ sthāpayitvā mahājanakāyaḥ pratisaṃviditaḥ kartavya iti; tato rājñā tasya tad vacanaṃ patrābhilikhitaṃ kṛtvā kapilavastuni nagare ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kapilavastunivāsinaḥ paurā, bhadrikarevatāniruddhadevadattapramukhāni pañcaśākyaśatāni pravrajiṣyanti; śrutvā bhavadbhiḥ prāmodyam utpādayitavyam iti; śrutvā devadattasya mahad duḥkhadaurmanasyam utpannam; yadi mayā vijñātam abhaviṣyat bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo niścayena pravrajed iti, na mayā pratijñātam abhaviṣyat; idānīṃ yadi na pravrajiṣyāmi, mṛṣāvādika iti kṛtvā rājyam api na lapsye; sarvathā kim atra prāptakālam; pravrajāmi; pravrajita eva rājyam kārayiṣyāmīti

Ordination of five hundred Śākyas

atha rājñaḥ śuddhodanasya etad abhavat: apaścimāṃ śākyānāṃ vibhūtiṃ paśyāmīti; tena tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇāśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ, candanavāripariṣiktam ucchritadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddhaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyam; tataḥ anekaśākyaśatasahasraparivāraḥ nagaradvāre siṃhāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; śākyastriyaḥ śākyakumāryāś ca kutūhalajātā gavākṣavātāyanavedikāsv avasthitāḥ, śākyānām vibhūtiṃ draṣṭukāmaḥ (SBV I 204) nānādeśabhyāgataś ca janakāyaḥ rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu; naimittikā brāhamaṇā vipañcanakā āhūtāḥ śākyaparīkṣāṃ prati, ko 'trārādhakaḥ ko na veti; atha śākyā mātāpitrāv avalokya hārakaṭakakeyūrādyalaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ pratyekapratyekaṃ ratheṣv abhiruhya nirgantum ārabdhāḥ; pūrvaṃ bhadrikaḥ śākyarājo nirgataḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: eṣa tāvad ārādhako bhaviṣyatīti; evaṃ revatāniruddhaprabhṛtayo nirgatāḥ; te 'pi naimittikair vyākṛtāḥ; tato devadatto nirgataḥ; tasya nirgacchataḥ śyenakena śakunakena cūḍāmaṇir apahṛtaḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: yādṛśam asya nimittaṃ niyatam ayaṃ śāstari prahṛtya narakaparāyaṇo bhavatīti; kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattānāṃ nirgacchatāṃ khareṇa vāśitam; te 'pi naimittikair vyākṛtāḥ: ete 'pi mahāśrāvakeṣu vāgduścaritaṃ kṛtvā narakaparāyaṇā bhaviṣyanti iti; upanandasya hastiskandhābhirūḍhasya itaś cāmutaś ca vyavalokayato muktāhāraḥ patitaḥ; sa hastiskandhād avatīrya gṛhītaḥ; so 'pi vyākṛtaḥ: anenātyantalobhān narakeṣūpapattavyam iti; tatas teṣāṃ śākyānāṃ bhadrikāniruddhadevadattapramukhāni pañcaśākyaśatāni udyānayātrāpratispardhayā śobhayā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntāni; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: saced ahaṃ śākyān ehibhikṣukayā pravrājayiṣyāmi kecid ārādhakā bhaviṣyanti, kecid anārādhakāḥ; ye anārādhakās teṣāṃ bhaviṣyaty anyathātvam; sarvaś caihibhikṣuś caramabhavikaḥ; yanv ahaṃ sarvān eva bhikṣūn (A 422b) jñapticaturthena karmaṇā pravrājayeyam upasaṃpādayeyam; iti viditvā bhikṣūn āmantrayate: pravrājayata bhikṣavaḥ kāpilavāstavān śākyān, upasaṃpādayata jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti; evaṃ bhadanteti te bhikṣavo bhagavataḥ pratyaśrauṣuḥ

Upālin, the barber

śākyānām upālī nāma kalpakaḥ rājñā śuddodanena teṣāṃ pravrajatāṃ keśāvaropakaḥ preṣitaḥ; bhadrikasya śākyarājasya keśān avatārayan so 'śrudurdinavadano bāṣpoparuddhyamānahṛdayo muhur (SBV I 205) niśvāsaparāyaṇaḥ keśān avatārayati; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: upālin kimarthaṃ rodiṣi? sa karuṇadīnavilambitair akṣaraiḥ kathayati: deva mayā jambūdvīpapradhānānāṃ puruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ kṛtvā, idānīṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ kartavyaṃ bhaviṣyati; kāmaṃ prāṇaviyogaḥ, na yuṣmābhiḥ parityaktasya jīvitam iti; bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ kathayati: alam upālin darśitas tvayā svāmibhaktyanurāgaḥ; niyaccha śokam; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathā prākṛtapuruṣāṇām upasthānaṃ na kariṣyasi; iti viditvā tenaikasmin pradeśe paṭakaḥ prasāritaḥ, śākyakumārāś ca abhihitāḥ: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ kumārā eṣo 'smākam upālī kalpakaḥ kṛtopasthānaḥ; tad asya jīvikānimittam alaṅkāraṃ paṭe sthāpayata; nāsmābhiḥ punar agāre vastavyam iti; tair hārārdhahārakaṭakakeyūrakuṇḍalānāṃ nānāratnapratyuptānām alaṅkāraviśeṣāṇāṃ paṭake mahān rāśiḥ kṛtaḥ; upālinā teṣām anupūrveṇa keśāvaropaṇaṃ kṛtam; te snātuṃ gatāḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ime tāvat kumārāḥ kulavibhavayauvanopetāḥ sphītāny antaḥpurāṇi, sphītāni kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy apāsya pravrajitāḥ; aham asminn alaṅkāramātre sakto 'nayena vyasanam āpatsye; yady ahaṃ na nīcakulotpannaḥ syām, aham api svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyodyujyeyaṃ, ghaṭeyaṃ, vyāyaccheyam, oghānām uttaraṇāya, yogānāṃ samatikramaṇāyeti dharmatā hy eṣā yathā buddhā bhagavantas trī rātreḥ, trir divasasya buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokayanti, evaṃ mahāśrāvakā api; adrākṣīd āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ upālinaṃ kalpakam atīva saṃvignam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar yenopālī kalpakas tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya upālinaṃ kalpakam idam avocat: kasmāt tvam upālin atīva saṃvignaḥ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: katham ahaṃ bhadanta śāriputra na cintāparo bhavāmi yatredānīm amī kumārāḥ kulavibhavayauvanopetāḥ sphītāny antaḥpurāṇi sphītāni ca kośakoṣṭhāgārāṇy apāsya pravrajitāḥ; aham asminn alaṅkāramātre sakto 'nayena vyasanam āpatsye? yady ahaṃ na nīcakulotpannaḥ syām aham api svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajya udyujyeyaṃ, ghaṭeyaṃ, (SBV I 206) vyāyaccheyam oghānām uttaraṇāya, yogānāṃ samatikramaṇāyeti; āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ kathayati: bhadramukha nedaṃ munīndrapravacanaṃ jātisārakaṃ, na gotrasārakaṃ, na śrutasārakam; api tu pratipattisārakam idaṃ munīndrapravacanam; (A 423a) na jātikulagotrāṇi parīkṣante tathāgatāḥ; karmāṇi tu parīkṣante cirakālakṛtāny api; saced ākāṅkṣasi svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadāṃ bhikṣubhāvam, ehi bhagavatsakāśaṃ gacchāva; pravrājayiṣyati te bhagavān iti; tenādhivāsitam

Upālin ordained

athāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ upālinaṃ kalpakam ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta upālī ākāṅkṣate svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; tato bhagavān pravrājayatu, upasaṃpādayatu, anukampām upādāyeti; sa bhagavatā ābhāṣitaḥ ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti; bhagavato vāco 'vasānasamanantaram eva muṇḍaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ, saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ, pātrakarakavyagrahastaḥ, saptāhāvaropitakeśaśmaśruḥ, varṣaśatopasampannasya bhikṣor īryāpathenāvasthitaḥ; āha cātra:

śākyāḥ pravrajitāḥ yathāvṛddhikayā sāmīcīṃ kāryante; bhadrikena śākyarājena sāmīcīṃ kurvatā upālinaḥ pādau pratyabhijñātau, tato mukhaṃ vyavalokitam; sa kathayati: bhagavann eṣa upālī; kim asyāpi mayā pādayor nipatitavyam iti; bhagavān āha: vatsa mānaprahāṇāya pravrajyā; tavaiṣa vṛddho nihatamadamānaḥ; nipateti; sa tasya pādayor nipatitaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraṃ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate, pravyathate saṃpravyathate; pūrvā dig unnamati; paścimāvanamati; paścimā unnamati; purvā avanamati; dakṣiṇā unnamati; uttarā avanamati; uttarā unnamati; dakṣiṇā avanamati; (SBV I 207) madhya unnamati, anto 'vanamati; anta unnamati, madhyo 'vanamati; evam anupūrveṇa nipatitāḥ; devadatto na nipatati; bhagavān kathayati: vatsa mānaprahāṇāya pravrajyā, nipateti; sa kathayati; tava kiṃ vidyate? nāham asya pādayor nipatāmīti; sa na nipatatīti tatra devadattena bhagavatas tatprathamataḥ ājñā prativyūḍhā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhadrikena śākyarājena upālino vandanāyāṃ kṛtāyāṃ ṣaḍvikāraṃ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathātīte 'pi adhvany eṣā dharmatā; yo 'sau pādayor nipatitaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraś ca pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; tac chrūyatām

Sundara, the student, and Bhadrā, the harlot

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ bhadrā nāma rūpājīvinī prativasati; sundarāś ca nāmnā māṇavakaḥ; sa tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṅkrāntaḥ kathayati: bhadre āgaccha paricārayāma iti; sā kathayati; santi te pañca kārṣāpaṇaśatānīti; (A 423b) sa kathayati, na santi; gaccha, pañca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni gṛhītvā āgaccha; tasya vibhavo nāsti; sa tasyām atyartham adhyavasitaḥ; kālena kālaṃ nānāvicitrāṇi puṣpāṇi, phalāni copanāmyati; tasyās tasminn anunaya utpannaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena vārāṇasyāṃ parvā pratyupasthitaḥ; sarvās striyo vastramālyālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ svakasvakeṣu krīḍāratiharṣabahulā avatiṣṭhante; tā dṛṣṭvā sundaro māṇavaḥ paritasyati; bhadrā rūpājīvinī saṃlakṣayati: adya vārāṇaseyā manuṣyā vastrālaṅkāravibhūṣitā svakasvakābhiḥ strībhiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyanti; sundaro māṇavakaḥ mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyati; sā caivaṃ cintayati; sundaraś ca māṇavakas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; sā taṃ dṛṣṭvā pūrvopakārasañjanitasaumanasyā kathayati: māṇava gaccha; sugandhāni puṣpāṇy ādāyāgaccha; mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyasīti; sa naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇa iva vismayāvarjitasantatiḥ prakrāntaḥ; tasyā rūpayauvanacāturyaguṇān vikalpayan madāviṣṭaḥ kṛtsnāṃ rātriṃ jāgaritaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām atyarthamiddharparyākulīkṛtanayanas tāvat supto yāvad ādhityodaya iti; sarvopayogāya lokena yadā sarvāṇi puṣpāṇy uccitāni tadā prativibuddhaḥ; puṣpanimittam itaś (SBV I 208) cāmutaś ca paribhramati; nārāgayati; śirīṣapuṣpāṇy ādāya tasyāḥ sakāśam upasaṅkrāntaḥ; sā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

rājā saṃlakṣayati: nūnam ayaṃ māṇavaḥ śaityakathāsu kṛtāvī yena sthite madhyāhnasamaye puṣpāṇy uccinotīti; sa tenābhihitaḥ: kuru māṇava śaityāṃ tāvat kathām; śṛṇomīti; sa saṃlakṣayati; nūnam asya rājñaḥ śarīradāhaḥ, yenaivaṃ vadatīti; tena tasya vicitrā śaityakathā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā rājñaḥ śarīradāhaḥ prativigataḥ; rājā abhiprasannaḥ; amātyān pṛcchati; bhavanto yo rājño kṣatriyasya mūrdhābhiṣiktasya jīvitam anuprayacchati, tasya kaḥ pratyupakāraḥ? deva upārdharājyam; tatas sa rājñā abhihitaḥ; māṇava adya rājakule vāsaṃ kalpayasva; upārdharājyaṃ te prayacchāmi iti; tasya rājakule praṇītaṃ śayanāsanaṃ dattam; sa tasmin śayitaḥ bhadrām anusmṛtya cintayati; tad upārdharājyaṃ gṛhṇāmi yatra bhadrā rūpājīvinī iti; bhūyaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kīdṛśaḥ sa rājā yatra upārdharājyaṃ bhuṅkte; yanv aham enam jīvitād vyaparopayeyam iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: (A 424a) alam anena rājyena yad rājānaṃ praghātya iti; gmathāṃ ca bhāṣate: (SBV I 209)

yāvat prabhātā rajanī saṃvṛttā, sa vipratisārajātaḥ śayanād avatīrya kṛṣṇājīnam āstīrya bhūmau śayitaḥ; prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ śabdayata taṃ māṇavam; upārdharājyaṃ tasmai anuprayacchāmīti; rājadūtā gatāḥ paśyanti; mahāśayanād avatīrya bhūmau śayitaḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar aprasādaṃ pravedayanto rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: deva nāsāv arhati rājyam; rājā kathayati, kimartham? te kathayanti: deva yo hi nāma praṇītaṃ śayanāsanam apahāya bhūmau kṛṣṇājine śayitas tasya hīnādhimuktasya kiṃ rājyeneti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa prājñaḥ, kāraṇenātra bhavitavyam; śabdayata iti; tair asau śabditaḥ: rājñā pṛṣṭaḥ: bho māṇava kimarthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśayanāsanād kṛṣṇājine śayita iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ rājñe samākhyātam; tataḥ kathayati: deva anujānīhi pravrajāmīti; rājā kathayati: samayato 'nujānāmi; yadi pravrajitvā kiñcid guṇagaṇam adhigacchasi mamārocayitavyam iti; tena pratijñātam evaṃ bhavatv iti; tatas tena śāntaṃ pradeśaṃ gatvā anācāryakeṇa anupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhir anugatā; sa pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati; mayā tasya rājñaḥ pratijñātam; gacchāmi tāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmi iti; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatvā upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; rājā tasya pādayor nipatya gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

Gaṅgāpāla, the barber

rājño brahmadattasya gaṅgāpālo nāma kalpakaḥ; tenāsau sundaraproktāṃ gāthāṃ gāthāṃ grāhitaḥ; uktaś ca: gaṅgāpāla bhūyo bhūyaḥ mām etāṃ gāthāṃ smārayiṣyasīti; gaṅgāpālaḥ kalpakaḥ svaśilpe atyarthaṃ kṛtāvī; sa yadā rājño brahmadattasya śmaśrukarma karoti tadāsau middham avakrāmati; ricchatayā prabodhyate; prabuddhaś (SBV I 210) ca gaṅgāpālaṃ vareṇa pravārayati, vada kaṃ te varam anuprayacchāmīti; sa kathayati, deva vijñāpayiṣyāmīti; yadā gaṅgāpālo rājānaṃ gāthāṃ smārayati tadā rājñaḥ kāmakathāyām api cittaṃ na krāmati; prāg eva kāmādhyācaraṇe; so 'ntaḥpuraṃ an vyavalokayati; antaḥpurikāḥ kleśamadāviṣṭāḥ gaṅgāpālasya kathayanti: mātula yadā te devo vareṇa pravārayati, tadā vaktavyam, yadi me devo 'bhiprasannaḥ tad asyā gāthāyā arthaṃ vistareṇa saṃprakāśayed iti; rājñā tasyā gāthāyā artho vistareṇa saṃvibhaktaḥ; sa saṃvignaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: deva kṛtopasthāno 'ham; pravrajāmy agārād anagārikām iti; rājā kathayati: yadi pravrājitaḥ kiñcid guṇagaṇam adhigamiṣyasi mama nivedayiṣyasīti; sa kathayati: deva evaṃ bhavatu nivedayiṣyāmīti; (A 424b) sa gatvā ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tena pañcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ; tasyaitad abhavat: mayā rājño brahmadattasya pratijñātam; gacchāmi, tāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmīti; sa yena rājā brahmadattas tena upasaṅkrāntaḥ; upasaṅkramya upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabhaḥ; asti pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa pādayor nipatya kathayati: ārya tvayā evaṃvidhaguṇagaṇā adhigatāḥ? adhigatāḥ; rājā brahmadattaḥ gaṅgāpālasya ṛṣeḥ <pādayor nipatati> ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; mātā cāsya gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

rājā brahmadatto mātaram anusaṃjñapayan gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

tapasā hy abhibhūya sarvapāpam tapasā cāpy abhibhūya sarvalokam / tapasā hy abhibhūya karmabhāṇḍam tapasā bhāti na vācya eṣa kiñcit // iti; (SBV I 211) kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena brahmadatto nāma rājābhūd eṣa eva sa bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ; yo 'sau gaṅgapālanāmā ṛṣir eṣa evāsāv upālī; tadāpi bhadrikena śākyarājena brahmadattabhūtena upālino gaṅgapālaṛṣibhūtasya praṇāme kṛte ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; etarhy api bhadrikena śākyarājena upālinaḥ pravrajitasya praṇāme kṛte ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jāta iti.

Appendix II

Conversion of Nandā and Nandabalā

atha bhagavān nandāṃ ca nandabalāṃ ca grāmikaduhitarau dhārmyayā kathayā sandarśayitvā samādāpayitvā samuttejayitvā saṃpraharṣayitvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Marvellous deeds of the Buddha before Urubilvā Kāśyapa

a) The Buddha subdues a nāga

(CPS 24a.1) atha bhagavataḥ senāyanagrāmakāt prakramyaitad abhavat: astīha magadheṣu janapadeṣu kaścic chramaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā suśīlaḥ saṃmato yam aham anvāvartayeyaṃ yasmin me 'nvāvṛtte 'lpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallako; sa viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā māgadhakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānito pūjito 'rhan saṃmataḥ; paṃcaśataparivāro nadyā nairaṃjanāyās tīra āśramapade śāmyate; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: ayam urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo mahallakaḥ pūrvavad yāvac chāmyate; yanv aham urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam anvāvartayeyaṃ yasmin me 'nvāvṛtte 'lpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate (CPS 24a.4) atha bhagavān yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; adrākṣīd urubilvlākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavato 'rthāyāsanaṃ prajñapya bhagavantam idam avocat: āgaccha mahāśramaṇa svāgataṃ mahāśramaṇa; mahāśramaṇaś ciracirasya paryāyam akārṣīd ihāgamanāya; niṣīdatu mahaśṛamaṇaḥ prajñapta evāsane; nyaṣīdad bhagavān prajñapta evāsane; athorubilvākāśyapo bhagavatā sārdhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisāryaikānte nyaṣīdat; (SBV I 218) ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: yadi te kāśyapa agurv ahaṃ tavāgnyāgāra ekarātrīṃ vihareyaṃ; na me mahāśramaṇa aguru; api tu tatrāśīviṣo nāgaḥ prativasati; mā te sa viheṭhayiṣyati; aṅga tvaṃ kāśyapa anujānīhi na me sa viheṭayiṣyati; sacen mahāśramaṇa na te viheṭhayati tatra mahāśramaṇa vihara yathāsukham eva; (CPS 24a.9) atha bhagavān bahir agnyāgārasya pādau prakṣālya agnyāgāraṃ parviśya nyaṣīdat paryaṅkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya; adrākṣīd āśīviṣo nāgo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca krodhānubhāvena dhūmayati; bhagavān apy ṛddhyānubhāvena dhūmayati; athāśiviṣo nāgaḥ krodhānubhāvena prajvalitaḥ; bhagavāṃś ca tejodhātusamādhiṃ samāpannaḥ; athāśīviṣasya nāgasya krodhānubhāvena bhagavataś ca ṛddhyānubhāvena sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvalībhūto dhyāyati; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamānaḥ sarvam agnyāgāram ādīptaṃ pradīptaṃ saṃprajvalitam ekajvalībhūtaṃ dhyāyantaṃ; (CPS 24a.13) dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: tathā prāsādiko mahāśramaṇaḥ; mā haivāśīviṣeṇa nāgena bhasmīkṛto bhaviṣyati; hā kaṣṭaṃ mama vacanaṃ nāśrauṣīt; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: dharmadeśanārthāya urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya sapariṣatkasya yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathāśīviṣasya nāgasya tejasā tejaḥ paryādadyāṃ na cāsya kāyaḥ klāmyeta dāntaṃ ca taṃ kṛtvā pātreṇādāya urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya prayaccheyam; atha bhagavān tadrūpān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān abhisaṃkaroti yathā samāhite citte āśīviṣasya nāgasya tejasā tejaḥ paryādadāti na cāsya kāyaḥ klāmyati; dāntaṃ ca taṃ kṛtvā pātreṇādāya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagāma; (CPS 24a.17) adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca bhagavantam idam avocat: jīvasi mahāśramaṇa; jīvāmi kāśyapa; kiṃ nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; yasya te kāśyapa āśīviṣasya nāgasyānubhāvena tavāgnyāgār ....... sa mayā dāntaḥ kṛtvā pātreṇānītaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramano mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

b) The Buddha hinders the lighting of the fires of Kāśyapa's students

(CPS 24b.1) tatredāniṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade pañca māṇavaśatāni agniṃ paricaranti; ekaikas trīṇy (SBV I 219) agnikuṇḍāni saṃkṣepeṇa pañcadaśāgnikuṇḍaśatāni; atha te māṇavakā agniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknuvanti prajvālayitum; atha te māṇavakā yenorubilākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubulvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: iha vayam upādhyāyāgniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknumaḥ prajvālayitum; (CPS 24b.5) athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāsmakaṃ mahāśramaṇa te māṇavakā agniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmā na śaknuvanti prajvālayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; (CPS 24b.8) prajvalatu kāśyapāgniḥ; prajvalatu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva prajvalito yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

c) The Buddha hinders the extinction of the fire of Kāśyapa's students

(CPS 24c.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha te māṇavakā agniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknuvanti nirvāpayitum; atha te māṇavakā yenorubilākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubulvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: iha vayam upādhyāyāgniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknumo nirvāpayitum; (CPS 24c.4) athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāsmakaṃ mahāśramaṇa te māṇavakā agniṃ paricaritvā nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknuvanti nirvāpayitum; tasya me tad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; (CPS 24b.7) nirvātu kāśyapāgniḥ; nirvātu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan (SBV I 220)

d) The Buddha hinders the lighting of Kāśyapas's fire

(CPS 24d.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo 'gniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmo na śaknoti prajvālayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇāgniṃ prajvālayitvā paricartukāmo na śaknomi prajvālayitum; tasya me tad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; prajvalatu kāśyapāgniḥ; prajvalatu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva prajvalito yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

e) The Buddha hinders the extinction of Kāśyapa's fire

(CPS 24e.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo 'gniṃ paricarya nirvāpayitukāmo na śaknoti nirvāpayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇāgniṃ paricarya nirvāpayitukāmā na śaknomi nirvāpayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; nirvātu kāśyapāgniḥ; nirvātu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gniḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

f) The Buddha sets fire to the fire-house of Kāśyapa

(CPS 24f.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athāpareṇa samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāyati (SBV I 221) tam urubilvākāśyapaḥ sapariṣatko mahatā janakāyena sārdham udyato na śaknoti nirvāpayitum; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa ihāsmākaṃ mahāśramano sarvo 'gnyāgāra ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāyati; tam ahaṃ sapariṣatko mahatā janakāyena sārdham udyato na śaknomi nirvāpayitum; tasya me etad abhavat: mahāśramaṇo 'smākaṃ sāmantake prativasati; mā haiva tasyānubhāvo bhaviṣyati; nirvāpaya kāśyapāgnyāgāraṃ; nirvāpayitu mahāśramaṇa; atha so 'gnyāgāraḥ svayam eva nirvṛto yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

g) the four heavenly kings visit the Buddha

(CPS 24g.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha taṃ rātriṃ catvāro mahārājāno 'tikrāntavarṇā abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmuḥ; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdan; teṣām ayam eva rūpaātmabhāvas tadyathā caturṇām agniskandhānām ādīptānāṃ pradīptānāṃ saṃprajvalitānāṃ ekajvalībhūtānāṃ dhyāyatām; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; (CPS 24g.7) ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūta dhyāyanti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purastāc catvāro mahānto 'gniskandhā ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvālībhūtā dhyāyanti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na agniṃ paricariṣye; api tu imāṃ rātriṃ catvāro mahārājāno 'tikrāntavarṇā abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvā (SBV I 222) ekānte nyaṣīdan; teṣām ayam eva rūpaātmabhāvas tadyathā caturṇām agniskandhānām ādīptānāṃ pradīptānāṃ saṃprajvalitānām ekajvālībhūtānāṃ dhyāyatām; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

h) Śakra visits the Buddha

(CPS 24h.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha tāṃ rātriṃ śakro devendro 'tikrāntavarṇo abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva caturṇām agniskandhānām uttare atikrāntataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastān mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na mayāgniṃ paricaritaḥ; api tu tāṃ rātriṃ śakro devendra atikrāntavarṇa abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva caturṇām agniskandhānām uttare atikrantataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

h) Brahma visits the Buddha

(CPS 24i.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha tāṃ rātriṃ brahmā sabhāpatir atikrāntavarṇo abhikrāntāyāṃ rātryāṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas (SBV I 223) teṣām eva paṃcānām agniskandhānām uttare atikrāntataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno bhagavataḥ purastān mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; ihāhaṃ mahāśramaṇādrākṣaṃ rātryāḥ pratyūṣasamaye nakṣatrāṇi vyavalokayamāno mahāśramaṇasya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar me etad abhavat: mā haiva mahāśramaṇo 'py agniṃ paricarati tathā hy asya purato mahān agniskandha ādīptaḥ pradīptaḥ saṃprajvalita ekajvālībhūto dhyāti; nāhaṃ kāśyapa agniṃ paricarāmi; na mayāgniṃ paricaritaḥ; api tu tāṃ rātriṃ brahmā sabhāpatir atikrāntavarṇa abhikrāntāyāṃ rātrau yenāhaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upetya mama pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; tasyāyam eva rūpaātmabhāvas teṣām eva paṃcānām agniskandhānām uttare atikrantataraś ca praṇītataraś ca; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

j) The Buddha reads Kāśyapa's thoughts

(CPS 24j.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāvasathe saptāhiko yajñaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: saced māgadhakā manuṣyā jānīyur evaṃmahardhiko mahāśramaṇa evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asyaiva kārā kartavyā manyeran na tathā mama; aho bata mahāśramaṇa idaṃ saptāham evānyatra viprakrameta; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittam ājñāya tat saptāham evānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; tat khalu saptāham urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya tasya saptāhasyātyayād etad abhavat: aho tat saptāhaṃ me mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; aho bata mahāśramaṇa āgacchet so 'pītaḥ paribhuṃjīta; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittam ājñāya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagāma (SBV I 224) adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo bhagavantaṃ dūrata eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kasyārthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśramaṇa tat saptāham evānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; nanu te kāśyapa etad abhūd yadi māgadhakā manuṣyā jānīyur evaṃmaharddhiko mahāśramaṇa evaṃmahānubhāvaḥ sthānam etad vidyate yad asyaiva pūrvavad yāvad aho bata mahāśramaṇa idaṃ saptāham evānyatra viprakrameta; evaṃ mahāśramaṇa; ahaṃ tava cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatra viprakrāntaḥ; kasyārthaṃ tvaṃ mahāśramaṇa āgataḥ; nanu te kāśyapa tasya saptāhasyātyayād etad abhavad aho tat saptāhaṃ me mahāṃ lābhasatkāraḥ prādurbhūtaḥ prabhūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ saṃpannaṃ mahājanakāyaś ca vaśe vṛttaḥ; aho bata mahāśraṃaṇa āgacchet so 'pītaḥ paribhuṃjīta; evaṃ mahāśramaṇa; ahaṃ tava cetasā cittam ājñāyāgataḥ; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavad āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

k) The Buddha procures fruits of jambu etc.

(CPS 24k.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam idam avocat: tena hi mahāśramaṇāsmākaṃ sāmantake prativasa; ahaṃ te yātrādharmeṇa; adhivāsayati bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'rthāya bhojanaṃ pratipādayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: samayo mahāśramaṇa sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ mahāśramaṇaḥ kālaṃ manyate; tena hi kāśyapa gaccha; eṣa āgacchāmi; atha bhagavān aciraprakrāntam urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilaṃ viditvā yasyā jaṃbvā nāmnā jaṃbudvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato jaṃbupeśīnāṃ varṇagandharasopetānāṃ pātrapūram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; tataḥ paścād āgata urubilvākāsyapo jaṭilaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam āśramapade niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kin nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; ihāham aciraprakrānte tvayi tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte yasyā jaṃbvā nāmnā jaṃbudvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato jaṃbupeśīnāṃ varṇagandharasopetānāṃ pātrapūram ādāyāgataḥ; saced ākāṃkṣasi paribhuṃkṣva; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāsyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; (SBV I 225) api tv aham apy arhan; (CPS 24l-n) yathā jambupeśīnāṃ tathāpi āmalakapeśīnām; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptānāṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; tataḥ paścād āgata urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavantam āśramapade niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: āgato 'si mahāśramaṇa; āgato 'smi kāśyapa; kin nu te mahāśramaṇa pātre; ihāham aciraprakrānte tvayi tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptānāṃ taṇḍulaphalaśālīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya āgataḥ; saced ākāṃkṣasi paribhuṃkṣva; paribhuṃktāṃ mahāśramaṇo yathāsukham eva; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

o) Śakra supplies the Buddha with water

(CPS 24o.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'rthāya bhojanaṃ pratipādayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat; samayo mahāśramaṇa sadyo bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ mahāśramaṇaḥ kālaṃ manyate; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilaḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ bhagavantaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena pātraṃ pūrayitvā partipāditaḥ; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāntikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya anyatarasmiṃ pradeśe bhaktakṛtyam akārṣīt; tatra bhagavata udakenodakakāryam utpannam; atha śakro devendro bhagavata udakenotpannam udakakāryaṃ viditvā bhagavataḥ purataḥ pāṇinā pṛthivīṃ parāhanti; tatra mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriviṣyandi; yato bhagavān udakakāryam akārṣīt; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapade caṃkraman mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ vāriviṣyandi; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: na idaṃ pūrve udapānaṃ mayā dṛṣṭam: etarhi udakaṃ kuta āgatam: athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāham āśramapade caṃkramann adrākṣaṃ mahad udapānaṃ vāriviṣyandi; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: na idaṃ mahāśramaṇa pūrve udapānaṃ mayā dṛṣṭaṃ, etarhi udakaṃ kuta āgataṃ; atra tava kāśyapa antikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya anyatarasmiṃ pradeśe bhaktakṛtyaṃ kṛtvā mama udakenodakakāryam (SBV I 226) utpannam; atha śakro devendro mama udakenotpannam udakakāryaṃ viditvāsmiṃ pradeśe pāṇinā pṛthivīṃ parāhanti; atra mahad udapānaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ yato 'ham udakenodakakāryam akārṣam; pāṇikhātā nāma kāśyapa eṣā puṣkariṇī; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

p) An arjuna-tree inclines the branch

(CPS 24p.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; atha bhagavān sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena pāṇikhātā puṣkariṇī tenopajagāma; upetya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre ekāntaṃ cīvarakāṇy upanikṣipya pāṇikhātāṃ puṣkariṇīm abhyavagāhya gātrāṇi pariṣicya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttartukāmo yena kakubhavṛkṣas tena bāhuṃ prasārayati; tataḥ sā mahatī kakubhaśākhā natā yām avalaṃbya bhagavān pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttīrṇaḥ; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapo jaṭila āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍan pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ natāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: naiṣā me pūrve kakubhaśākhā namati; na ko mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ namayati; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāhaṃ āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍann adrākṣaṃ pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ natām; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: naiṣā me mahāśramaṇa pūrve kakubhaśākhā namati; mā kaścin mahatīṃ kakubhaśākhāṃ namayati; ihāhaṃ kāśyapa sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena pāṇikhātā puṣkariṇī tenopajagāma; upetya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyās tīre ekāntaṃ cīvarakāṇy upanikṣipya pāṇikhātāṃ puṣkariṇīm abhyavagāhya; gātrāṇi pariṣicya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā uttartukāmo yena kakubhavṛkṣas tena bāhuṃ prasārayami; tataḥ sā mahatī kakubhaśākhā namati yām avalaṃbya pāṇikhātāyāḥ puṣkariṇyā aham uttīrṇaḥ; bāhugṛhīto nāma kāśyapa eṣa kakubhaḥ; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

q) Śakra makes the washing of clothes possible

(CPS 24q.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayena bhagavataḥ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni saṃpannāni; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni (SBV I 227) pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃceyam; atha khalu śakro devendro bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśāṃ mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃcatu; tatra bhagavatā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiktāni; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayeyam; atha khalu śakro devendro bhagavataś cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśān mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayatu; tatra bhagavatā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocitāni; adrākṣīd urubilvākāśyapa āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍaṃs te mahatyau pāśāṇaśile; dṛṣṭvā ca tasyaitad abhavat: naite mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile pūrve abhūtam; kena te etarhy ānīte; atha urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: jānīhi mahāśramaṇa; ihāham āśramapadam anvāhiṇḍann adrākṣaṃ mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile; dṛṣṭvā ca mamaitad abhavat: naite mahatyau pāṣāṇaśile pūrve abhūtam; kena te etarhy ānīte; iha mama kāśyapa śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni saṃpannāni; tasya me etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃceyam; atha khalu śakro devendro mama cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśāṃ mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yenāhaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya mām idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiṃcatu; tatra mayā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni praviṣiktāni; tasya me etad abhavat: kutra nv ahaṃ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayeyam; atha khalu śakro devendro mama cetasā cittam ājñāyānyatarasmāt pradeśān mahatīṃ pāṣāṇaśilām ādāya yenāhaṃ tenopajagāma; upetya mām idam avocat: iha bhagavāñ śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocayatu; tatra mayā śāṇakāni pāṃsukūlāni śocitāni; yakṣāhṛtā nāma kāśyapa eṣā mahatī pāṣāṇaśilā; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

r) Buddha's command on the element water

(CPS 24r.1) tatredānīṃ bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapade viharati vanagulmake; tena khalu samayena nairaṃjanāyā mahodakavāhaḥ prādurbhūtaḥ; atha bhagavān sādhikapauruṣeṇodakaskandhena parikṣipto reṇuhate 'bhyavakāśe caṃkramati; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: tathā prāsādiko mahāśramaṇaḥ; mā haivodakavāhena hṛto bhaviṣyati iti mahāśramaṇaṃ samanveṣiṣyāmīty ekavṛkṣikāṃ (SBV I 228) nāvam adhirohan bhagavantaṃ samanveṣati; adrākṣīd urubilvākāsyapo jaṭilo bhagavantaṃ sādhikapauruṣeṇodakaskandhena parikṣiptaṃ reṇuhate 'bhyavakāśe caṃkramantam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhagavantam idam avocat: jīvasi mahāśramaṇa; jīvāmi kāśyapa; adhiroha mahāśramaṇa; adhirokṣyasi mahāśramaṇa ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam; adhirohāmi kāśyapa; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yanv ahaṃ tadrūpān ṛddhyābhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskuryāṃ yathā samāhite citte yathodakam eva ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam adhiroheyam; atha bhagavān tadrūpan ṛddhyābhisaṃskārān abhisaṃskaroti yathā samāhite citte yathodakam eva ekavṛkṣikāṃ nāvam adhirohati; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: āścaryaṃ yāvan maharddhiko mahāśramaṇo mahānubhāvaḥ; api tv aham apy arhan

Conversion of Urubilvākāśyapa and of his five hundred students

(CPS 25a.1) atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya cetasā cittaṃ ājñāya urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocat: naiva tvaṃ kāśyapārhan naivārhatvaphalasākṣātkriyāṃ samāpanno naivājānāsy arhatvamārgam; athorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyaitad abhavat: jānāti me mahāśramaṇaś cetasā cittam; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: labheyāhaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careyam ahaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; atha bhagavān urubilvākāśyapam āmantrayate: avalokitā te kāśyapa pariṣan no śramaṇa; tena hi kāśyapa pariṣadaṃ tāvad avalokaya; pariṣadavalokanam eva sādhu yathāpitat tvādṛśānāṃ yaśasvināṃ jñātamanuṣyāṇām; athorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo māṇavakān āmantrayati: ahaṃ māṇavakā mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyāmi; bhavantaḥ kiṃ kariṣyanti; yat kiñcid vayam upādhyāya prajānīmaḥ sarvaṃ tad upādhyāyam āgamya; saced upādhyāyo mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyati te vayam upādhyāyaṃ pravrajitam anupravrajiṣyāmaḥ; tena hi yūyaṃ māṇavakā etāny ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyāṃ prakṣipata; evam upādhyāya; iti te māṇavakā ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyāṃ prakṣipya yenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilas tenopajagmuḥ; upetyorubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilam idam avocan: upādhyāya evam asmābhiḥ kṛtam; asti kiṃcit karaṇīyam; athorubilvākāsyapo jaṭilaḥ paṃcaśataṃ jaṭilamāṇavakān ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavantam idam avocat: avalokitā me mahāśramaṇa pariṣat; labheyāhaṃ svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ (SBV I 229) bhikṣubhāvam; careyam ahaṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; labdhavān urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam; sā evāsyāyuṣmataḥ pravrajyābhūd upasaṃpad bhikṣubhāvaḥ

Conversion of Nadī- and Gayākāśyapa with their two hundred and fifty students

(CPS 25b.1) tena khalu samayenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasya nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv ardhatṛtīyaśataparivārau nadyā nairaṃjanāyā adhastādbhāgenāśramapade śāmyete; adrāṣṭāṃ nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv ajināni valkalāni daṇḍakamaṇḍalūni srugbhājanāni nadyāṃ nairaṃjanāyām uhyamānāni; dṛṣṭvā ca kāśyapayor etad abhavat: mā haivāvayoḥ sabrahmacāriṇāṃ kaścid evādīnavo bhaviṣyati rājato vā caurato vā agnito vā udakato vā; yanv cāvāṃ sabrahmacāriṇo 'nveṣeva; atha nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv anveṣantāv urubilvākāśyapaṃ yenorubilvākāśyapasya jaṭilasyāśramapadam tenopajagmatuḥ; tena samayenorubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo muṇḍaḥ saṃghāṭīprāvṛto bhagavataḥ purato niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; apaśyatāṃ nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarāv urubilvākāśyapaṃ jaṭilaṃ muṇḍaṃ saṃghāṭīprāvṛtaṃ bhagavataḥ purato niṣaṇṇaṃ dharmaśravaṇāya; dṛṣṭvā coruvilvākāsyapaṃ jaṭilam idam ūcatuḥ; etat kāśyapa varaṃ nedam; idaṃ kāśyapau varaṃ naitat; atha nadīgayākāśyapayor etad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ yatredānīṃ urubilvākāśyapo jaṭilo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ sa viṃśativarṣaśatiko jātyā māgadhakānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ satkṛto gurukṛto mānitaḥ pūjito 'rhan sammataḥ sa mahāśramaṇasyāntike dvir api pravrajyām upagataḥ; yanv āvām api mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryāṃ careva; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocatāṃ: labhevahy āvāṃ mahāśramaṇa svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; careva āvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; avalokitā vāṃ kāśyapau pariṣan no mahaśramaṇa; tena hi kāśyapau pariṣadaṃ tāvad avalokayatām; pariṣadavalokanam eva sādhu yathāpitad yuṣmadvidhānāṃ yaśasvināṃ jñātamanuṣyāṇām; atha nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarau yena svakīyāśramas tenopajagmatuḥ; upetya svakān māṇavakān idam avocatām: āvāṃ māṇavakā mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyāvaḥ; bhavantaḥ kiṃ kariṣyanti; yat kiṃcid vayam upādhyāyau prajānīmaḥ sarvaṃ tad upādhyāyāv āgamya; saced upādhyāyau mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryaṃ cariṣyatas te vayam upādhyāyau pravrajitāv anupravrajiṣyāmaḥ; yasyedānīṃ māṇavakāḥ kālaṃ manyadhve; atha nadīgayākāśyapau (SBV I 230) bhrātarāv ardhatṛtīyśataparivārau yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagmatuḥ; upetya bhagavantam idam avocatām; avalokitā nau mahāśramaṇa pariṣat; labhevahy āvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; carevāvāṃ mahāśramaṇasyāntike brahmacaryam; labdhavantau nadīgayākāśyapau bhrātarau bhagavato brahmacaryam; sā evānayor āyuṣmantoḥ pravrajyābhūd upasaṃpad bhikṣubhāvaḥ

The sermon at Gayāśīrṣa

(CPS 26.1) atha bhagavāṃs tad jaṭilasahasraṃ pravrājayitvopasaṃpādayitvā yathābhiramyam urubilvāyāṃ vihṛtya yena gayā tena cāryāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cāryāṃ caran gayām anuprāptaḥ; viharati gayāśīrṣe caitye sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ; tatra bhagavāṃs tad bhikṣusahasraṃ tṛbhiḥ prātihāryair avavadati; ṛddhiprātihāryeṇādeśanāprātihāryeṇānuśāsanīprātihāryeṇa; tatredaṃ bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryam; atha bhagavāṃs tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte svasminn āsane 'ntarhitaḥ pūrvasyān diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati caṃkramati tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātuṃ samāpannasya buddhasya bhagavato vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māṃjiṣṭhāni spaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāni ca prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; uparimāt kāyāc chītalā vāridhārāḥ syandante; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati; adhaḥ kāyāc chītalā vāridhārāḥ syandante; evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimasyām uttarasyān diśy; atha caturdiśaṃ caturvidhaṃ vividham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayitvā tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdat; idaṃ tatra bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryam; tatredaṃ bhagavata ādeśanāprātihāryam; yuṣmākaṃ bhikṣavaś cittam evam; mana idam; vijñānam idaṃ; vitarkayatedaṃ mā vitarkayatedam; manasikurutedaṃ; na manasikurutedam; prajahatedaṃ; mā prajahatedam; idaṃ kāyena sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya viharata; idaṃ tatra bhagavatā ādeśanāprātihāryam; tatredaṃ bhagavato 'nuśāsanīprātihāryam; sarvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ ādīptaṃ; kiṃ ca sarvam ādīptaṃ; cakṣur ādīptaṃ rūpaṃ cakṣurvijñānaṃ cakṣuḥsaṃsparśaḥ; yad api cakṣuḥsaṃsparśapratyayam ādhyātmam utpadyate vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duḥkhaṃ vā aduḥkham asukhaṃ vā tad apy ādīptaṃ; evaṃ śrotraṃ ghrāṇaṃ jihvā kāyo mana ādīptam; ādīptaṃ manovijñānaṃ manaḥsaṃsparśaḥ; yad api manaḥsaṃsparśapratyayam (SBV I 231) adhyātmam utpadyate vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā duḥkhaṃ vā aduḥkham asukhaṃ vā tad apy ādīptaṃ; kenādīptaṃ; rāgāgninā dveṣāgninā mohāgninā; ādīptaṃ jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ; ādiptaṃ duḥkheneti; idaṃ tatra bhagavato 'nuśasanīprātihāryam; asmin khalu dharmaparyāye bhāṣyamāṇe tasya bhikṣusahasrasyānupādāyāsravebhyaś cittaṃ vimuktaṃ

The first anouncement of the birth of a great Man

(CPS 27a.1) atha bhagavān gayāyāṃ gayāśīrṣe caitya eva viharati sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; aśrauṣū rājño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya biṃbisārasya pauruṣeyā janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ; śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ; saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī caturantyāṃ vijetā dhārmiko dharmarājā saptaratnasamanvāgataḥ; tasyaivaṃrūpāṇi sapta ratnāni bhaviṣyanti tadyathā cakraratnaṃ hastiratnaṃ aśvaratnaṃ maṇiratnaṃ strīratnaṃ gṛhahapatiratnaṃ pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhaviṣyati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ śūrāṇāṃ vīrāṇāṃ varāṅgarūpiṇāṃ parasainyapramardakānām; sa imāṃ samudraparyantāṃ mahāpṛthivīm akhilām akaṇṭakām anutpātām adaṇḍenāśastreṇa dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; śrutvā ca punar yena rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāras tenopajagmuḥ; upetya rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śraiṇyaṃ biṃbisāram idam avocan: yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ; iha vayam aśrauṣma devasya janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ; śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ; saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī caturantyāṃ vijetā pūrvavad yāvad pariṇāyakaratnam eva saptamam; pūrṇaṃ cāsya bhaviṣyati sahasraṃ putrāṇāṃ pūrvavad yāvad dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya pūrvavad yācad arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; taṃ devo ghātayatu; (SBV I 232) m #### grāmaṇya śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre pūrvavad yāvat saced agāram adhyāvatsyati rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī pūrvavad yāvad dharmeṇa samenābhinirjityādhyavatsyati; purvavad yāvat sacet keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajiṣyati tathāgato bhaviṣyaty arhan samyaksaṃbuddho vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; taṃ devo ghaṭayitu; m ### mā grāmanya evaṃ vocata; tat kasya hetoḥ; (CPS 27a.14) mā grāmanya śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno iti pūrvavad yāvat sacet rājā bhaviṣyati cakravartī anuyātrakā asya bhaviṣyāmaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāra upari prāsādatalagataḥ paṃcāyācanavastūny āyācate; aho batāyaṃ mama vijite tathāgata utpadyetārhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; taṃ cāhaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramayeyam; upasaṃkrāntasya ca me dharmaṃ deśayet; taṃ cāhaṃ dharmaṃ ājānīyāṃ; ājñātadharmasya ca me śikṣāṃ prajñāpayet; yac cāhaṃ tāṃ śikṣāṃ samādāya vaseyam; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate; eṣa bhikṣavo rājā māgadhaḥ śrainyo biṃbisāra upari prāsādatalagataḥ paṃcāyācanavastūny āyācate: aho batāyaṃ me vijite tathāgata utpadyetārhan samyaksaṃbuddho vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; taṃ cāhaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramayeyam; upasaṃkrāntasya ca me dharmaṃ deśayet; taṃ cāhaṃ dharmaṃ ājānīyāṃ; ājñātadharmasya ca me śikṣāṃ prajñāpayet; yac cāhaṃ tāṃ śikṣāṃ samādāya vaseyam

The Buddha in Magadha. The invitation of Bimbisāra

(CPS 27b.1) aśrauṣū rajño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya bimbisārasya pauruṣeyā janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ: śākyānāṃ kumāra utpanno 'nuhimavatpārśve nadyā bhāgirathyās tīre kapilasyarṣer āśramapadasya nātidūre; sa brāhmaṇair nimittikair vipaṃcanakair vyākṛtaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; sa keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho gayāyāṃ viharati gayāśīrṣe caitye sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ (SBV I 233) kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; śrutvā ca punar yena rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo bimbisāras tenopajagmuḥ; upetya rājānaṃ māgadhaṃ śraiṇyaṃ bimbisāram idam avocan: yat khalu jānīyāḥ; iha vayaṃ aśrauṣma devasya janapadān anvāhiṇḍantaḥ: yaḥ śākyānāṃ kumāra utpannaḥ pūrvavad yāvad vighuṣṭaśabdo loke; sa keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayāgārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho gayāyāṃ gayāśīrṣe caitye eva viharati sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ pūrvavad yāvad samyagājñayā suvimuktacittaiḥ; tan devaḥ paryupāsīta; evaṃ devaḥ ### bhaviṣyati; atha rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāro 'nyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi bhoḥ puruṣa yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrama; upetyāsmākaṃ vacanena bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vandasva; alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchālpātaṅkatāṃ ca laghūtthānatāṃ ca yātrāṃ ca balaṃ ca sukhaṃ cānavadyatāṃ ca sparśavihāratāṃ ca; evaṃ ca vada; āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ yāvajjīvam upasthāsyāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; evaṃ deveti sa puruṣo rājño māgadhasya śraiṇyasya biṃbisārasya pratiśrutya yena bhagavāṃs tenopajagāma; upetya bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvaikānte nyaṣīdat; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ sa puruṣo bhagavantam idam avocat: rājā bhadanta māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāro bhagavatpādau śirasā vandaty alpābādhatāṃ ca pṛcchaty alpātaṅkatāṃ ca pūrvavad yāvat sparśavihāratāṃ ca; sukhī bhavatu puruṣa rājā māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāras tvaṃ ca

The visit of Biṃbisāra. Urubilvākāśyapa and the Buddha

(CPS 27b.14) rājā bhadanta māgadhaḥ śraiṇyo biṃbisāra evaṃ vadati: āgacchatu bhagavān rājagṛham; ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ yāvajjīvam upasthāsyāmi cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; adhivāsayati bhagavāṃs tasya puruṣasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha so puruṣo bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavatpādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; (CPS 27c.1) atha bhagavān mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ (SBV I 234) purāṇajaṭilaiḥ sarvaiś cārhadbhiḥ kṣīṇāsravaiḥ kṛtakṛtyaiḥ kṛtakaraṇīyair avahṛtabhārair anuprāptasvakārthaiḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaiḥ samyagājñayā suvimuktacittair māgadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran yena yaṣṭivanaṃ supratiṣṭhito māgadhakānāṃ caityas tena caryāṃ prakrāntaḥ; atha bhagavān supratiṣṭhitaṃ caityaṃ anuprāpto yaṣṭivane supratiṣṭhite viharati māgadhakānāṃ caitye; aśrauṣīd rājā māgadhaḥ śrainyo biṃbisāraḥ; bhagavān mahatā bhikṣusaṃghena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusahasreṇa sarvaiḥ pūrvavad yāvat samyagājñayā suvimuktacittair māgadheṣu janapadeṣu caryāṃ caran yena yaṣṭivanaṃ supratiṣṭhito māgadhakānāṃ caityas tenānuprāpto yaṣṭivane viharati māgadhakānāṃ caitye

fol. 513ff. first ed. in MSV IV 213ff.

uddānam:

yadā āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam <iti> bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā kauṇḍinyena karma kṛtam yena bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ? bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyena bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; kauṇḍinyenaiva karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; (SBV II 2) api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

Story of Kauṇḍinya

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe varṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; *sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśritya viharati karakacchedake parvate; yāvad apareṇa samayena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya, pātracīvaram ādāya vārāṇasīṃ praviśati; pañcamātrāṇi ca goṣṭhikaśatāni nirgacchanti; adrākśus te goṣṭhikās taṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ dvātriṃśatā mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇaiḥ samalaṅkṛtam, aśityā cānuvyañjanair virājitagatram, vyāmaprabhālaṅkṛtaṃ, sūryasahasrātirekaprabham, jaṅgamam iva ratnaparvataṃ samantato bhadrakam; sahadarśanāc ca prasādajātāḥ sañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto 'smābhir asya sakāśe pravrajitavyam iti; teṣām evaṃ kṛtasaṅketānāṃ kecin mahāsamudram avatīrṇāh; kecid deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ; kecit kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktāḥ; ṣodaśajanāḥ pariśiṣṭāḥ; te kara<ka>cchedakaṃ parvataṃ gatvā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya sakāśe pravrajitāḥ; te tatra dhyānādhyayanayogenāvasthitāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ sakalaṃ buddhakāryaṃ kṛtvā indhanakṣayād ivāgniḥ ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtah; teṣāṃ devatābhir ārocitam: bhavantaḥ kāśyapaḥ parinirvṛtaḥ; saptāhaparinirvṛtasya cāsya śāsanam antarhitam; kiṃ yūyam aphalakaṃbukā puratastiṣṭhata iti; te śrutvā akṛtakāryatvān mahatā duḥkhenābhyāhatāh; pañca sahaśravaṇād eva karakacchedakāt parvatād avatīrya vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭāḥ; ṣaḍbhis tenaiva saṃvegena vīryam avalambya pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; pañca paścād avatīrya vārāṇasīṃ praveṣṭum (SBV II 3) ārabdhāḥ; yāvac chakaṭasārtho nirgacchati; ekasya śākaṭikasya balīvardā durbalāḥ; sa tān pratodayaṣṭyā bhūyo tāḍayati; durbalaprāṇatvān na śaknuvanti gantum; sa ca śākaṭikas tasya śakaṭasārthasyāgrato yāyī; sa tair bhikṣubhir uktaḥ: bhoḥ śākaṭika taveme balīvardā durbalāḥ; kim etān pratodayaṣṭyā bhūyobhūyas tāḍayasi? yadi na śaknuvanti gantum, visrabdhagatipracāratayā pṛṣṭhato 'nugaccheti; sa kathayati: mamāgrato gacchato na śakyam anena śakaṭasārthena sārdhaṃ gantum; yady ahaṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugacchāmi, nūnam ayaṃ śakaṭasārtho chorayitvā gacchatīti; te śākaṭikasyāntike asadvikalpasaṃjñanitavaimukhyāḥ parasparaṃ kathayanti: bhavantaḥ kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe parinirvṛte vayaṃ vilambitā ity anenāsmākam eṣā codanā kṛtā; yan nu vayaṃ vīryam ārabhemahi; iti viditvā gāthāṃ bhāṣante:

te vārāṇasīṃ praviśya piṇḍapātaṃ caritvā punar api karakacchedakaṃ parvataṃ gatvā dhyānādhyayanayogenāvasthitāḥ; teṣāṃ catvāraḥ kālagatāḥ; eko 'vasthitaḥ; sa utsuka udānam udānayati: ayam eva sa karakacchedakaḥ parvato yatra mayā kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ paryupāsitaḥ; dṛṣṭaś ca tasya viṃśatibhikṣusaharāṇām ekaḥ (A 425b) sakalajambūdvīpe 'pi saṅghāṭīdhvajadhārīti; sa praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritam; na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ, bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgataḥ arhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ iti; tasyāhaṃ śāsane pravrajya tatprathamataḥ sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; māṃ ca bhagavān śākyamuniḥ saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agraṃ nirdiśed iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau tena kālena samayena bhagavataḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya parinirvṛtasya viṃśatibhikṣusaharāṇām (SBV II 4) sakalajambūdvīpe eko bhikṣur avaśiṣṭaḥ saṅghāṭīdhvajadhārī, yena tatkarakacchedake parvate praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam, eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; tatpraṇidhānvaśād etarhi bhagavatā saṅghāṭīdhvajadhāriṇām agratāyāṃ nirdiṣṭaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ, vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca, ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. yadā bhagavatā āyuṣmataḥ kauṇḍinyasya ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ, ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñato bhagavan; ājñatas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñatas sugata, iti, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātaḥ sarvasaṃśayachettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta ājñātakauṇḍinyena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya bhagavatā ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ, ājñātas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñato bhagavan; ājñatas te kauṇḍinya dharmaḥ? ājñatas sugata iti; bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyenaiva bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām.

Story of Kāśisundaraka (Kṣāntivādin) (concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ, abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyāḥ ūcuḥ: deva ācaritaṃ madhyadeśe yo 'bhirūpo bhavati prāsādikaḥ sa sundara ity ucyate; ayaṃ ca dārakaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ, kāśirājasya ca putraḥ; bhavatu dārakasya kāśisundara iti nāmeti; tasya kāśisundara iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam; kāśisundaro dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo dattaḥ; dvābhyām aṅgadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ (A 426a) maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyām; aṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate kṣīreṇa (SBV II 5) dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam.

rāja kathayati; yat khalu kumāra jānīyās tvam asmākam ekaputraḥ priyo manāpaḥ kṣānto 'pratikūlaḥ; maraṇena te vayam akāmakā viyujyema; na tu jīvantaṃ parityakṣyāmaḥ; kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ kathayati; tāta saced anujñāsyasīty evaṃ kuśalam; no ced anujñāsyasi, adya na bhokṣye, na pāsyāmīti; tatra kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ ekam api bhaktacchedam akārṣīd, dvau, trīn, yāvad ṣaḍ bhaktacchedān akārṣīt; atha rāja brahmadattaḥ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram idam avocat: (SBV II 6) yat khalu tāta kumāra jānīyā duścaraṃ brahmacaryam, duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve, durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhya āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ tāta kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva; dānāni ca dehi puṇyāni ca kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm. atha rājā brahmadattaḥ antaḥpuram amātyān paurohitāṃś codyojayati; aṅga tāvad bhavantaḥ kumāram utthāpayata; evaṃ devety antaḥpurāmātyapaurohitā yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu (A 426b) tāta kumāra jānīyās, tvaṃ hi sukumāraḥ sukhaiṣī; na tvaṃ jñātā duḥkhasya; duścaraṃ brahmacaryam; duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve, durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhya āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ tāta kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva; dānāni ca <dehi puṇyāni ca> kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm. atha rājā brahmadattaḥ kāśisunadrasya kumārasya pāṃsukrīḍanakāmātyaputrān paurohitaputrān anyāṃś ca kumārāṇ udyojayati; aṅga tāvad kumārakāḥ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram utthāpayata; athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ kumārāś ca rājño brahmadattasya pratiśrutya, yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu somya kumāra jānīyās tvaṃ hi sukumāraḥ sukhaiṣī; na tvaṃ jñātā duḥkhasya; duścaraṃ brahmacaryam; duṣkaraṃ prāvivekyaṃ, durabhiramam ekatve; durabhisaṃbudhāny araṇyavanaprasthāni, prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvastum, duḥkham ekākino 'raṇye vāsaḥ; yāvajjīvaṃ te vyāḍamṛgaiḥ (SBV II 7) saha vastavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te paradattabhojino bhavitavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣakebhyaḥ kāmebhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; yāvajjīvaṃ te mānuṣikābhyo ratikrīḍābhyaḥ āvaraṇaṃ kartavyam; ehi tvaṃ somya kumāra ihaiva sthito yauvarājyaṃ kāraya; kāmāṃś ca paribhuṃkṣva; dānāni <ca> dehi; puṇyāni ca kuru; evam ukta kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tūṣṇīm. athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ ca yena rājā brahmadattas tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ brahmadattam idam avocan: anujānīhi deva somyaṃ kāśisundaraṃ kumāram; kiṃ hi mṛtena kariṣyasi? vijñapraśastā hi pravrajyā; saced abhiraṃsyase, jīvantam enaṃ drakṣyasi; no ced abhiraṃsyase, punar āvartikā hi ṛṣayo bhavanti; kānyā putrasya gatir, anyatra mātāpitṛbhyām. rājā brahmadattaḥ kathayati: kumārakā yady evam, anujñato bhavatu; athāmātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāḥ kumārāś ca yena kāśisundaraḥ kumāras tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśisundaraṃ kumāraṃ idam avocan: yat khalu somya kumāra jānīyāḥ, anujñato 'si rājñā pravrajyāyai, yasyedānīṃ kālaṃ manyase: atha kāśisundaraḥ kumāraḥ maṇḍānupūrvīṃ kṛtvā kāyasya sthāma ca balaṃ ca vīryaṃ ca sañjanya vārāṇasyāḥ ca niṣkramya ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenodyacchamānena, vyāyacchamānena, kāmeṣu vairagyaṃ kṛtvā maitrī samadhigatā; so 'tyantaṃ satveṣu dayāvān saṃvṛttaḥ; tasyaitayā matryā vyāḍamṛgā apy āśramapade viśvāsam āpadyante; nāparādhyante; tasya kṣāntivādī kṣāntīvādīti saṃjñāsaṃvṛttā; yāvad apareṇa samayena (A 427a) rājā brahmadattaḥ kālagataḥ; kalabhū rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; sa dharmādharmeṇa <rājyaṃ> kārayati; kṣāntivādī ṛṣiḥ kathayati: upādhyāya mamānnapānābhivarjitam; na śaknomy āraṇyakābhir oṣadhībhir yāpayitum; grāmāntaṃ samavasarāmīti; kathayati: vatsa grāme vāraṇye <vā> vasato ṛṣiṇo rakṣitavyāṇy evendriyāṇi; gaccha vārāṇasīsāmantakam; gatvā śākhāparṇakuṭīrakāṇi kṛtvā vāsaṃ kalpayeti; sa upādhyāyāl labdhānujño vārāṇasīṃ (SBV II 8) gatvā śāntavihārasamanveṣaṇayā itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramann anupūrveṇa pituḥ santakam udyānaṃ gataḥ; tena tasmin paryaṭatā śāntaḥ pradeśo dṛṣṭaḥ; sa tatrāvasthitaḥ. yāvad apareṇa samayena kalabhū rājā saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvañjīvakonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe antaḥpurasahīyaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatrodyāne sukham anubhūya khedam āpanno middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmas tasminn udyāne itaś ca amutaś ca paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyanti kṣāntivādinam ṛṣim ekānte śānteryāpathe niṣaṇṇam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar gauravāpyāyitacittasantatyaḥ tasya ṛṣeḥ praṇāmaṃ kṛtvā parivāryāvasthitāḥ; kṣāntivādī ṛṣis tās striyo śāntatareṇeryāpathena dharmaṃ deśayitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat kalabhū rājā nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya prabuddho na paśyaty antaḥpurajanam; sa khaḍgam ādāya yuvatijanaṃ samanveṣitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati kṣāntivādinaṃ riṣiṃ parivārya avasthitāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar īrṣyājanitakrodhaparyākulīkṛtātmabhāvaḥ tasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; mātṛgrāmo rājñaḥ sakāśam avasthānaṃ dṛṣṭvā santrasto vidrutaḥ; rājā sāvaṣṭambhaṃ kṣāntivādinam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa, kas tvaṃ? sa kathayati: kṣāntivādī; kalabhū rājā kathayati: mayi vikupite kṣāntivādinam ātmānaṃ pratijānīṣe? idānīṃ kṣāntivādī vā bhavān na veti tena tasya hastau chinnau; bhūyaḥ pṛcchati; ko bhavān iti; sa kathayati, kṣāntivādī; tena tasya pādau chinnau; sa chidyamāneṣv aṅgapratyaṅgeṣu gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

sa evaṃ gāthābhir gītena rujaṃ vinodya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathaiṣa rājā kleśābhiniviṣṭabuddhir mamākāryākārya aṅgapratyaṅgāni chinatti; tathāhaṃ kṣāntisauratyasamanvāgatena (SBV II 9) kuśalamūlena kleśagaṇam ātmīyam abhinirjitya anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau abhisaṃbuddhaḥ syām; tataḥ prajñāśastreṇasya ākāryākārya tatprathamataḥ kleśān pramlāyeyam iti. atha yā devatā kṣāntivādiny abhiprasannā sā saṃlakṣayati: anena kalirājena ayam ṛṣir adūṣy anapakārī karacaraṇaśūnyo vyavasthāpitaḥ; yanv aham asya vairaṃ niryātayeyam; iti viditvā tīvreṇa (A 427b) paryavasthānena kṣāntivādinaḥ purastād gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

tasyāpi yā devatā vārāṇasyām ītis tata itaḥ sṛṣṭā; mūṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; devo na varṣati; janakāyo mriyate; rājñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ devo na varṣati? muṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; janakāyaś ca mriyate iti; te kathayanti: deva devatāprakopa iti; yā devatā kṣāntivādino ṛṣer abhiprasannā sā kupitā; tayā eṣā ītiḥ sṛṣṭā iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham atra pratipattavyam iti; naimittikāḥ kathayanti: deva balimālyopahāreṇa devatāḥ prakupitā ārādhyante; balimālyopahāraṃ kṛtvā kṣamāpayitavyā sa ca ṛṣir iti; tato rājñā vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurāḥ, udyānanivāsinī devatā kṣāntivādino ṛṣer abhiprasannā; tayā ītir utsṛṣṭā; yena devo na varṣati; mūṣikāḥ śalabhāḥ śukāḥ prabalāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; janakāyaś ca mriyate; tad yuṣmābhir ītivyupaśamārthaṃ śvo balimālyopahārasametair udyānaṃ gatvā tasyāḥ pūjā saṃvidhātavyā iti. (SBV II 10)

rājā kalabhūḥ sāntaḥpurāmātyapauranajānapadaḥ tasya ṛṣeḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā prakrāntaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau <tena kālena samayena> (A 429a) kṣāntivādī ṛṣir aham eva sa; yo 'sau kalibhū rājā eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyabhikṣuḥ; yan mayā tasyāntike maitracittam utpādya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlenāsya ākāryākārya kleśān chedayeyam iti; (SBV II 11) tatpraṇidhānavaśād etarhi tathāgatena asya ākāryākārya dharmo deśitaḥ; ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ, pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. yadā bhagavatā aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃgṛhya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃgṛhya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvani mayaitāni aśītir vaṇiksahasrāṇi āmiṣeṇa saṃgṛhya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the two merchants

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau sārthavāhau abhūvatāṃ viśvabhuk suyātraś ca; ekaikaś ca catvāriṃśadvaṇiksahasraparivāraḥ; tatra suyātro naiṣkramyābhinandī; sa riṣīnāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenaikākinā vīryam āsthāya anācāryeṇānupādhyāyakena saptatriṃśadbodhipakṣyān dharmān saṃmukhīkṛtya pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣākṛtā; tasya te sārthikā sārthavāham apaśyantaḥ itaś cāmutaḥ ca samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; yadā sarvathā nārāgayantas tadānīṃ viśvabhujaḥ sārthavāho 'navalokya prakrāntaḥ; samanviṣṭo 'smābhir nārāgitaḥ; katham atra pratipattavyam? iti; sa kathayati: tiṣṭhata, mā kāhalībhavata; samanveṣāmaḥ sārthavāham iti; tato viśvabhuk sārthavāha aśītyā vaṇiksahasraiḥ parivṛtaḥ suyātraṃ sārthavāhaṃ samanveṣitum ārabdhaḥ udyānāvasathatapovaneṣu; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca: kasmāt tvaṃ sārtham apahāya pravrajita iti; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; tenāsau sārthavāhaḥ saparivāro jvalanatapanavarṣanavidyotanaprātihāryair āvarjitaḥ; tena tāny aśītir vaṇiksahasrāṇi āmiṣopasaṃhāropasaṃhṛtāny uktāni: asmai kārān kuruta; asmai kārāḥ kṛtā niyataṃ phaladāyakā bhavanti; taiḥ tasminn anekāḥ kārāḥ kṛtāḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo' sāv viśvabhuk sārthavāha aham eva (SBV II 12) sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāni vaṇiksahasrāṇy etāny eva tāny aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi; tadāpy etāni mayāmiṣeṇopasaṃhṛtya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; etarhy apy etāni mayā saddharmarasenopasaṃhṛtya satyeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāni; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ (A 429b) saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya saddharmarasena saṃtarpitā iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra, bhikṣava, āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttarya saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ; yat tu mayāpi atīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sārthavāhabhūtena paṃcakaiḥ kāntāramārge kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptāḥ salilaṃ vinā prāṇair viyujyamānā devatāyācanaṃ kṛtvā māhendrā salilavarṣeṇa saṃtarpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the thirsty caravan

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ viśvabhuṅ nāma sārthavāhaḥ paṃcavaṇikśataiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃvyavaharann alpasalilakāntāramārgaṃ pratipannaḥ anupūrveṇa vindhyāṭavīṃ saṃprāptaḥ; teṣāṃ tatra sarvaṃ salilaṃ parikṣīṇam; vaṇiksārthaḥ salilavirahāt pratisaṃkhyāne saṃprasthitaḥ; paṃca tu vaṇijaḥ salilam alabhamānā atyarthaṃ kāhalībhūtāḥ; viśvabhuk sārthavāhas tān tathāvidhān dṛṣṭvā kāruṇyād ākaṃpitahṛdayo ūrdhvamukho devatāyācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: śṛṇvantu bhavantaḥ śivavaruṇakuberavāsavādyā devā yena satyena satyavacanena mama sarveṣu samapravṛttā dayā anena satyena satyavacanena māhendro devo varṣatu; bodhisatvānubhāvena māhendraṃ bhavanam ākampitam; śakrasya devendrasyādhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate; sa saṃlakṣayati: kena māhendraṃ bhavanam ākampitam? paśyati bodhisatvenānubhāvāt; tena tathāvidhaṃ māhendraṃ varṣam utsṛṣṭaṃ enāsau vaṇiksārthaḥ saṃtarpitaḥ kāntāramārgaṃ samatikrāntaḥ. (SBV II 13) kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ, yo 'sau viśvabhuk sārthavāhaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃca vaṇijaḥ salilavirahād atyarthaṃ kāhalībhūtā eta eva te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete mayā salilena saṃtarpya kāntāramārgād uttāritāḥ; etarhy api mayā ete saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāritāḥ. yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; bhagavān āha: kim atra, bhikṣava, āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttarya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ (A 430a) saṃvibhaktāḥ; yat tu mayāpi atīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sārthavāhabhūtena ete svajīvitaparityāgena mahāsamudrād uttārya ratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the merchant Dhanaratha

bhūtapūrvaṃ, bhikṣavo, dhanaratho nāma mahāsārthavāho babhūva; paṃcabhiḥ sārthavāhaiḥ sārdhaṃ mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; te tasya sārthavāhasya anyonyakathālāpasaumukhyā anyonyakṛtapraṇayā saṃvṛttāḥ; yāvad anupūrveṇa samudratīram anuprāptaiḥ pratyekaṃ vahanāni sajjīkṛtāni; avataraṇakāle tair dhanarathaḥ sārthavāho 'bhihitaḥ; sārthavāha vayaṃ tvayā vinā dhṛtiṃ na labhāmahe; sa kathayati: yady evam ihaivābhiruhataḥ vahanāni mucyantām iti; te tatrābhirūḍhāḥ, vātaś cotthitḥ; saṃtrastānāṃ dhanarathaḥ kathayati: bhavanto mā bibhīta; yadā vahanaṃ vināśam upaiti tadā mama kaṇṭhe lageta, ahaṃ vo uttārayiṣyāmi iti; kuśalā bhavanti (SBV II 14) bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena mahārhāni ratnāni kakṣāyām upanibaddhāni; yānapātraṃ vipannam; te sārthavāhasy lagnāḥ; te tena śrāntakāyena īṣajjīvitāvaśeṣeṇa samudratīrasaṃprāptitāḥ; taiś cāsau sthalaprāptaiḥ pratimuktaḥ; so 'tyantanirutsāhaḥ kālagataḥ; tair asau jalāt sthalam uttāritaḥ; yāvat paśyanti kakṣopanibaddhāni mahārhāni ratnāni; te tāny ādāya prakrāntāḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau dhanaratho nāma sārthavāha aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ tadāpy ete mayā mahāsamudrād uttārya ratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; etarhy apy mayā saṃsārakāntārād uttārya indriyabalabodhyaṅgaratnaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ. yadāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyo vṛddhānte niṣīdati, tadā parṣadaṃ chatrīkṛtya niṣīdati; bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ājñātakauṇḍinyena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena chatrīkṛtya parṣadaṃ niṣīdati? bhagavān āha: kauṇḍinyena bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām.

The story of Saṃdhāna, the householder (concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ saṃdhano nāma gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; yāvan naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikā anāvṛṣṭir adiṣṭā; brahmadattena rājñā svaviṣaye ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritam: śṛṇvantu bhavanto madviṣayanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ; naimittikair dvādaśavārṣikā anāvṛṣṭir ādiṣṭā; tad yeṣāṃ yuṣmākaṃ dvādaśavarṣikam annapānam asti tair madviṣaye vastavyam; anyair nānādikṣu viprakramitavyam; dvādaśavarṣasamatikrame punar āgantavyam iti; tataḥ saṃdhāno gṛhapatiḥ (A 430b) koṣṭhāgārikapuruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa asti koṣṭhāgāre dvādaśavārṣikam annapānam iti; sa kathayati: ārya (SBV II 15) bhaviṣyati iti; <tataḥ saṃdhāno gṛhapatiḥ saparivāro niṣaṇṇaḥ> janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; mahad durbhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ kṛcchraḥ kāntāraḥ durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loke utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakā prāntāśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre anyatamasminn āśramapade paṃca pratyekabuddhaśatāni prativasanti; yadā durbhikṣakālamṛtyubhayabhīto janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ tadā teṣāṃ piṇḍakā samucchinnāḥ; te sarva eva saṃbhūya saṃdhanasya gṛhapates sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ kathayanti: gṛhapate, asmākaṃ paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānām piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa kathayati: koṣṭhāgārkaṃ tāvad avalokayāmi iti; sa koṣṭhāgārikam āmantrayate: asti bhoḥ puruṣa asmākaṃ koṣṭhāgāre annapānam yad asmākaṃ syād eṣāṃ ca paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ dvādaśavarṣāṇi iti; sa kathayati ārya bhaviṣyati iti; saṃdhānena gṛhapatinā paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ piṇḍaka upanibaddha iti; śrutvā aparāṇi paṃca pratyekabuddhaśatāni saṃdhānasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāni; upasaṃkramya saṃdhānaṃ gṛhapatim idam avocan: gṛhapate asmākaṃ paṃcānāṃ pravrajitaśatānāṃ piṇḍakena yogodvahanaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa kathayati: āryakā dattam eva yuṣmākaṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ prārthayata iti; te kathayanti gṛhapate anye te vayam anye iti; sa kathayati: āryakā, yady evaṃ koṣṭhāgārikaṃ tāvad avalokayāmi iti; sa koṣṭhāgārikaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: bhoḥ puruṣa asti asmākaṃ koṣṭhāgāre annapānaṃ yad asmākaṃ syād asya ca pravrajitasahasrasya dvādaśavarṣāṇi iti; sa kathayati: bhaviṣyati iti; tena te pratyekabuddhā uktā: āryakā tiṣṭhata; ko yuṣmākaṃ bhaktakāla iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate apariṇato madhyāhnaḥ; tataḥ saṃdhānena gṛhapatinā dānaśālā māpitā dānādhisthāyikaḥ puruṣaḥ sthāpitaḥ kālārocakaś ca; te pratidinam āgamya bhaktakṛtyaṃ kurvanti; tasya pratyekabuddhasahasrasya yaḥ saṃghasthaviraḥ so 'tīva prāsādikaḥ chatrākāraśirās tāṃ parṣadaṃ chatrīkṛtyāvatiṣṭhate; saṃdhānasya gṛhapater duhitā tasya saṃghasthavirasya (SBV II 16) chatrākāraśiraskatāṃ varṇapuṣkalatāṃ dṛṣṭvātīvābhiprasannā; yāvad apareṇa samayena bhaktakāle devo varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tataḥ tayā dārikayā saṃghasthavirasya mūrdhni chatraṃ dhāritam; bhuktasya ca pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ yādṛśo 'yam āryaḥ yathā cāyaṃ chatrīkṛtya parṣadi niṣaṇṇaḥ evam aham api chatrīkṛtya parṣadaṃ niṣīdeyam iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yāsau saṃdhānasdya gṛhapater duhitā eṣa evāsau (A 431a) kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; yad anena kumārikābhūtena pratyekabuddhasaṃghasthavirasya chatraṃ vidhārya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ evaṃvidhānāṃ guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ chatrīkṛtya ca parṣadaṃ niṣīdeyam iti, tad etarhi sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ chatrīkṛtya ca parṣadam avasthitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. yadā bhagavatā ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmantam ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena ājñātakauṇḍinyam āgamya aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi dharmarasena saṃtarpitāni? yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ vinipatitaśarīreṇa tiryagyonāv upapannena aśitikīṭasahasrāṇi kauṇḍinyaṃ kīṭikībhūtam āgamya svarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the tortoise (concerning a previous birth of Kauṇḍinya)

bhūtapūrvaṃ, bhikṣava, aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvo mahāsamudre kacchapeṣūpapannas teṣām adhipatir babhūva; yāvat paṃcavaṇikśatāni mahāsamudrayānapātraṃ pratipadya mahāsamudram (SBV II 17) avatīrṇāni; tato nānāratnasaṃgrahaṃ kṛtvā pratinirvṛttāni; yāvad vahanaṃ makareṇa matsyajātenānayena vyasanam āpāditam; tatra mahān kolāhalo jātaḥ; tacchabdaśravaṇāt kacchapo mahāsamudrād utthitaḥ; sa teṣāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: alaṃ bhavatāṃ viṣādena mama pṛṣṭham abhiruheta ahaṃ vas tārayiṣyāmi iti; te naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇāḥ sarve kūrmapṛṣṭham abhirūḍhāḥ; sa tān ādāya samudratīrābhimukhaḥ saṃprasthitaḥ; atyantabhārāvaṣṭabdho 'pi vīryam āsthāya viṣādaṃ nāpadyate; sa śrāntakāyaḥ teṣu saṃkīrṇeṣu grīvām abhiprasārya suptaḥ; tasya nātidūre kīṭikānāṃ nagaram; tasmād ekā kīṭikā paribhramantī gandhaṃ ghrātvā tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntā; tatas taṃ mahatpramāṇākāravikāraṃ dṛṣṭvā tvaritagatipracārikī kīṭikānagaram abhigatā; svasvasaṃjñayā kīṭikāḥ prabodhya aśītiḥ kīṭikāsahasrāṇy ādāya kacchapasakāśaṃ gatā; tataḥ taṃ suotaṃ mṛtam iva niśceṣṭaprāṇaṃ bhakṣayitum ārabdhāḥ; yadāsya sthūlaṃ māṃsaṃ bhakṣayanti śramanaparikhinno gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdho na cetayate; yadā tu marmasthāneṣu māṃsaṃ bhakṣayanti tadā prabuddhaḥ paśyati kīṭikābhiḥ sarvaṃ śarīram ākīrṇam; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi kāyaṃ calayiṣye (A 431b) vā saṃparivartayiṣye vā niyatam etāḥ praghātayiṣyāmi; kāmaṃ prāṇaviyogo na tu prāṇoparodhaḥ; iti viditvā chidyamāneṣu marmasu mucyamāneṣu saṃdhiṣu praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathā mayā etāni aśītir kīṭikāsahasrāṇi māṃsarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni, tāny evam aham anāgate 'dhvani anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddhya saddharmarasena saṃtarpayeyam iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kīṭikānāṃ mārgoddeśika eṣa evāsau kauṇḍinyo bhikṣuḥ; yāni tāni aśītir kīṭikāsahasrāṇi tam āgamya māṃsarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni, tāny aśītir devatāsahasrāṇi; tadāpy etānimayā svarudhireṇa saṃtarpitāni; etarhy apy etāni mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāni; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānām iti yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā (SBV II 18) tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa vigatadveṣeṇa vigatamohena parimuktena jātijarāvyādhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ sarvajñena sarvākārajñena sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ? yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa sadveṣeṇa samohenāparimuktena jātijārāvyadhimaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsair ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the king Vajrabāhu

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ vajrabāhur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgī niḥsaṅgaparityāgī ca mahati tyāge vartate; tenātyantaṃ maitrī svabhyastā; trir divasasya maitrīṃ samāpadyate; tasya maitrīṃ samāpadyamānasya yācanakajano vihanyate; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā; bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpayitvā śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakādhvagayācanakebhyo yo yenārthī tasmai tad anuprayacchata iti; evaṃ deva ity amātyā rajño vajrabāhor pratiśutya vārāṇasyāṃ caturṣu nagaradvāreṣu dānaśālā māpayitvā annapānavastraśayanāsanahiraṇyasuvarṇamuktāvaiḍūryaśaṃkhaśilāpravāḍajātarūparajatāśmagarbhamusāragalbalohitikādakṣiṇāvartādidravyasaṃbhārenāvasthitāḥ yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpanāya; yāvad apareṇa (A 432a) samayena vaiśravaṇena rājñā aḍakavattāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ paṃca yakṣā ojohārā nirvāsitāḥ; itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramanto vārāṇasīm anuprāptāḥ; te gopālakān paśupālakān tṛṇahārakān kāṣṭhahārakān pathājīvān utpathājīvāṃś ca manuṣyān dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: bhavanto na yūyam asmān bibhīta? (SBV II 19) iti; bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ bibhīmaḥ yeṣām asmākaṃ rājā maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatvahitādhyāśayena trir divasasya maitrīṃ samāpadyate? iti; tataḥ te brāhmaṇaveṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya vārāṇasyām caturṣu dvāreṣu dānaśālāṃ pratyavekṣya vajrabāhuṃ rājānaṃ maitryā vyutthitaṃ jñātvā vinītaveṣadhāriṇo rajñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya jayenāyuṣā ca rājānaṃ vardhayitvā ūcuḥ: deva bubhukṣitāḥ smāhāreṇa anugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājñā amātyān āhūyoktāḥ: bhavanta etān brāhmaṇān praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpayata iti; te kathayanti: māṃsarudhirabhakṣā vayamiti; rājñā amātyā abhihitā: bhavanto yadi māṃsasya <na> saṃbhavo 'sti rudhirasya vā vīthyā dharmanyāyalabdhaṃ rudhiraṃ prayacchata iti; te kathayanti: sadyohatarudhiramāṃsabhakṣakā vayam; sadyohatena māṃsarudhireṇānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājā saṃlakṣayati: kutaḥ sadyohatasya māṃsarudhirasya saṃbhavaḥ parasya pīḍām akṛtvā? yanv aham ebhyaḥ svarudhiram anuprayaccheyam iti; tato vaidyān āhūya kathayati: bhavanto mama sarvāṅgikaṃ śirāvedhaṃ kuruta; yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpayiṣyāmi iti; vaidyāḥ kathayanti: na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām arthāya devasya śarīre śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ; kuśalāḥ bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śastranipātaḥ kṛtaḥ; tataḥ svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya teṣāṃ tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtvā yāṃ śrutvā te yakṣāḥ paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ. <kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vajrabāhur nāma rājā aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye amī paṃca yakṣā ojohārās te evāmī paṃca bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ>; etarhy apy ete mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā. yadā bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitās tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena (SBV II 20) saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kim atra bhikṣava āścaryaṃ yad idānīṃ mayā vigatarāgeṇa yāvat sarvajñānajñeyavaśiprāptena paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ saddharmarasena saṃtarpya saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; yat tu mayātīte 'dhvani sarāgeṇa pūrvavat duḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsaiḥ ete svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of Maitrabala

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ maitrabalo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad bahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā sarvasatveṣu dayāvān; (A 432b) yāvad apareṇa samayena vaiśravaṇena rājñā aḍakavattāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ paṃca ojohārā yakṣāḥ kasmiṇcid eva aparādhe pravāsitāḥ; te taṃ janapadam anvāhiṇḍya vārāṇasīm anuprāptāḥ; teṣāṃ na kaścid balimālyopahāraṃ kurute; taiḥ prakopam āpannair ītir utsṛṣṭā; vārāṇasyāṃ janakāyo mriyate; amātyai rājñe maitrabalāya niveditam: deva vārāṇasyām atīva janakāyo mṛta iti; rājñā teṣām ājñā dattā: gacchata vārāṇasyām evaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata: bhadanto rājā maitrabalaḥ samājñāpayati, ahaṃ sarvasatvahitādhyāśayatatpareṇa manasā rātrindivam atinamayāmi; tad yuṣmābhir api sarvasatvānugatā maitrī manasi kartavyā; evaṃ vaḥ śāntir bhaviṣyatīti; te sarvasatvānugatāṃ maitrīṃ manasi kartum ārabdhā; ojohārā yakṣā vārāṇasīsāmantakena paribhramitum ārabdhāḥ; praveśaṃ na labhante; te praveśam alabhamānā gopālakāṃ paśupālakān tṛṇahārakāṃ kāṣṭhahārakāṃ pathājīvān utpathājīvāṃś ca manuṣyān dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: bhavanto na yūyam asmad bibhīta? iti; te kathayanti: na bibhīmaḥ; kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? vayaṃ hi yad rājā maitrabalaś cintayati tac cintayāmaḥ; kiṃ maitrabalo rājā cintayati? sarvasatvānugatāṃ maitrīṃ; te saṃlakṣayanti: idam atra kāraṇaṃ yena vayam idānīm avatāraṃ na labhāmaha iti; te vārāṇasyāṃ dvāreṇa (SBV II 21) dvāraṃ paribhramanti: kadācid rājānaṃ maitrabalaṃ drakṣyāmaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena maitrabalo rājā bahir udyānāya saṃprasthitaḥ; tatas te brāhmaṇaveṣam ātmānam abhinirmāya śānteryāpathena rājānam upasaṃkramya jayenāyuṣā ca vardhayitvocuḥ: deva bubhukṣitā sma; āhāreṇānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājñā amātyā āhūyoktāḥ: bhavanta etān brāhmaṇān praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpayata; te kathayanti: deva māṃsarudhirabhakṣā vayam iti; rājñā amātyā abhihitāḥ: bhavanta yadi māṃsasya <na> saṃbhavo 'sti rudhirasya vā vithyā dharmanyāyalabdhaṃ māṃsaṃ rudhiraṃ ca prayacchata iti; deva sadyohatarudhiramāṃsabhakṣā vayaṃ sadyohatena māṃsenānugrahaṃ kuruṣva iti; rājā saṃlakṣayati: kutas sadyohatasya māṃsarudhirasya saṃbhavaḥ parasyapīḍām akṛtvā; yanv aham ebhyaḥ svarudhiram anuprayaccheyam iti; tato vaidyān āhūya kathayati: bhavanto mama sarvāṅgikaṃ śirāvedhaṃ kuruta iti yācanakajanaṃ saṃtarpayiṣyāmi iti; vaidyāḥ kathayanti: deva na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣāṇām arthāya devasya śarīre śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śāstranipātaḥ kṛtaḥ; tataḥ svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya teṣāṃ tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā te yakṣā paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau maitrabalo nāma rājā 'bhūd aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; ye te paṃca ojohārās yakṣā (A 433a) ete eva te paṃcakā bhikṣavaḥ; tadāpy ete mayā svarudhireṇa saṃtarpya paṃcasu vratapadeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ; etarhy apy ete mayā saddharmarasena saṃtarpitāḥ saṃsārakāntārād uttāryātyantaniṣṭhe yogakṣeme nirvāṇe pratiṣṭhāpitā. yadā bhagavatā ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritam; anuttarā samyaksaṃbodhir abhisaṃbuddhā, vārāṇasyāṃ gatvā dharmacakraṃ pravartitaṃ, paṃcakā vinīta upapaṃcakāḥ ṣaṣṭibhadravargīyāḥ pūgāḥ, bhikṣubahutvaṃ jātam, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritam; bhagavān āha: tathāgatenaivaitāni bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām. (SBV II 22)

The story of Nandapāla the Potter (= Ghaṭīkarasutta, MN 81, cf. MV I 319ff.)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vaibhiḍiṅgī nāma grāmanigamo 'bhūd ṛddhaś ca sphītaś ca bahujanamanuṣyaś ca; vaibhiḍiṅgyāṃ bhikṣavo grāmanigame nyagrodho nāma brāhmaṇamahāśālaḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ sphītaḥ, vaibhiḍiṅgīṃ paribhuṃkte sotsadāṃ satṛṇakāṣṭhodakāṃ kṛkinā rājñā brahmadeyāṃ dattām; nyagrodhasya khalu bhikṣavo brāhmaṇamahaśālasya uttaro nāmo māṇavo 'ntevāsī upeto mātṛtaḥ pitṛtaḥ saṃśuddho gṛhiṇyām anākṣipto jātivādena gotravādena ca yāvad āsaptamaṃ mātāmahapaitāmahaṃ yugam upādāya; adhyāpako mantradharo trayāṇāṃ vedānāṃ pāraṃgataḥ sanighaṇṭukaiṭabhānāṃ sākṣaraprabhedānām itihāsapaṃcamānāṃ sādṛśo vyākarakaḥ, abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; nyagrodhasya brāhmaṇamahaśālasya paṃcamātrāṇi māṇavakaśatāni brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayanti; vaibhiḍiṅgyāṃ bhikṣavo grāmanigame nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ prativasati; buddhe 'bhiprasanno dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; buddhe ekāntiko dharme saṃghe ekāntikaḥ; buddhe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dharme saṃghe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicitaḥ; duḥkhe samudaye nirodhe mārge niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dṛṣṭasatya āgataphalābhisamitavāṃ nikṣiptaparṇamusalo na svahastaṃ pṛthivīṃ khanati na khānayati; nānyatra, yat tad bhavati dakaprarugnaṃ vā mūṣikotkirā vā tataḥ kāyena mṛttikāṃ saṃhṛtya niṣprāṇakenodakena tīmayitvā bhājanāni kṛtvā ekāntam upanikṣipya evam āha: eta āryā eta bhadramukhā tilān vā taṇḍulān vā mudgaprabhṛtīn vā māṣaprabhṛtīn vā ekānta upanikṣipya yo vā yena bhājanenārthī sa tad ādāya prakrāmatu iti; sa tasmād andhau mātāpitarau bibharti; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena (SBV II 23) kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayati; uttarasya māṇavasya mitraṃ suhṛd vayasyako ca nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekāntaniṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ (A 433b) nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; tena khalu samayena uttaro māṇavaḥ sarvaśvetaṃ vaḍavāratham abhiruhya sauvarṇena daṇḍakamaṇḍalunā dhāryamānena māṇavakagaṇaparivṛto māṇavakagaṇapuraskṛto vaibhiḍiṅgyān niryāti; bahir vaibhiḍiṅgyāḥ brāhmaṇakān mantrān vācayitukāmaḥ adrākṣīd uttaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar evam āha: kutas tvaṃ somya nandīpāla etarhy āgacchasi? ito 'haṃ somya uttara etarhy āgacchāmi kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsya; ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvāḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe; alaṃ somya nandīpāla kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena dṛṣṭenālaṃ paryupāsitena; tat kasya hetoḥ; kutas tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; mā tvaṃ somya uttara evaṃ vada: kutas tasmin śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; api tu buddhaḥ sa bhagavān, buddhāś cānena sarvadharmā iti; dvir api trir api nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ uttaraṃ māṇavakam idam avocat: ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvaḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe iti; dvir api trir api uttaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avoat: alaṃ somya nandīpāla kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena dṛṣṭena alaṃ paryupāsitena; tat kasya hetoḥ? kutas tasmin muṇḍale śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; mā tvaṃ somyottara evaṃ vada kutas tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; api tu buddhaḥ sa bhagavān, buddhāś cānena sarvadharmā iti; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkara uttarasya māṇavasya ratham abhiruhya uttaraṃ māṇavam idam avocat: ehy āvāṃ somya uttara gamiṣyāvaḥ; kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe iti; athottarasya māṇavasyaitad abhavat: na batāvaro buddho bhaviṣyati; (SBV II 24) nāvaraṃ dharmākhyānaṃ; yatredaṇīṃ nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro dīrgharātram acaṇḍo 'rabhaso 'karkaśa 'sāhasikaḥ keśagrahaṇam apy agamad iti viditvā nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: somya nandīpāla ato 'pi yāvat; somya uttara, ato 'pi yāvat; ato 'pi yāvat somya nandīpāla; ato 'pi yāvat, somya uttara; tena hi somya nandīpāla muṃca, gamiṣyāvaḥ, kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ paryupāsiṣyāvahe; athottaro māṇavo nandīpālaś ca ghaṭīkaraḥ ratham abhiruhya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntau; tayor yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta uttaro (A 434a) māṇavo na buddhe 'bhiprasanno na dharme na saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; sādhv asya bhagavān tathā dharmaṃ deśayed yathā uttaro māṇavo buddhe 'bhiprasīded dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasīded iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddha uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; athottaro māṇavo nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: kasmāt tvaṃ, somya nandīpāla, svākhyātaṃ dharmavinayaṃ śrutvā na pravrajasi samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anāgārikām? na tvaṃ, somya kumāra, jānīṣe yathāham andhaṃ mātāpitaraṃ bibharmi, kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena ca kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayāmi; pravraja tvaṃ somya nandīpāla mā vā; ahaṃ tāvat pravrajiṣye iti; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: ayaṃ bhadanta uttaro māṇava ākāṃkṣati svākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvam; taṃ bhagavān pravrājayatūpasaṃpādayatu anukaṃpām upādāya iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ (SBV II 25) samyaksaṃbuddho nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaś aciraprakrāntaṃ nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaraṃ viditvā uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ pravrājya upasaṃpādya yathābhiramyaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgyāṃ vihṛtya yena vārāṇasī kāśīnāṃ nigamas tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve. aśrauṣīt kṛkī rājā kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kāśiṣu janapade cārikāṃ caran vārāṇasīm anuprāpto vārāṇasyāṃ viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve iti; śrutvā ca punar vārāṇasyāḥ niṣkramya yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya upasaṃkramya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇaṃ kṛkiṃ rājānaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddho dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha kṛkī rājā utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṃgaṃ kṛtvā yena kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ tenāñjaliṃ praṇamya kāśyapam idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena iti; adhivāsayati kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kṛkino rājñas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha kṛkī rājā kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā kāsyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanakāni prajñapya udakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya (A 434b) kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya dūtena kālam ārocayati: samayo bhadanta sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate iti; atha kāsyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena kṛkeḥ rājño bhaktābhisāras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpya saṃpravārya kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ sauvarṇaṃ bhṛṅgāram ādāya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya (SBV II 26) purato 'sthād āyācamānaḥ: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; ahaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya paṃca vihāraśatāni māpayiṣyāmi; paṃca maṃcapīṭhavṛṣikocavabimbopadhānacaturaśrakaśatāni kārayiṣyāmi; anena caivaṃrūpena parṇopagūḍhena śālinā bhagavantaṃ upasthāsyāmi bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; alaṃ mahārājā kṛtam etāvad yāvad eva cittam abhiprasannam; dvir api trir api kṛkī rājā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; ahaṃ bhagavato 'rthāya paṃca vihāraśatāni māpayiṣyāmi; paṃca maṃcapīṭhavṛṣikocavabimbopadhānacaturaśrakaśatāni kārayiṣyāmi; anena caivaṃrūpena parṇopagūḍhena śālinā bhagavantaṃ upasthāsyāmi bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; dvir api trir api kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ kṛkiṃ rājānam idam avocat: alaṃ mahārājā kṛtam etāvad yāvad eva cittam abhiprasannam; atha kṛkī rājā kāśyapaṃ saṃyaksaṃbuddham idam avocat: asti kaścid bhagavan yo 'py evaṃrūpa upasthāyakaḥ tadyathā aham etarhy? asti mahārāja tavaiva vijite vaibhiḍiṃgī nāma grāmanigamaḥ; tatra nandīpālo nāma ghaṭīkara prativasati; sa buddhe 'bhiprasanno dharme saṃghe 'bhiprasannaḥ; buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gato dhammaṃ saṃghaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; buddhe ekāntiko dharme saṃghe ekāntikaḥ; buddhe niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dharme saṃghe duḥkhe samudaye nirodhe mārge niṣkāṃkṣo nirvicikitso dṛṣṭasatye āgataphalo 'bhisamitavāṃ nikṣiptaparṇamusalaḥ sa na svahastaṃ pṛthivīṃ khanati na khānayati; nānyatra, yat tad bhavati dakaprarugnaṃ vā mūṣikotkirā vā tataḥ kāyena mṛttikāṃ saṃhṛtya niṣprāṇakenodakena tīmayitvā bhājanāni kṛtvaikāntam upanikṣipyaivam āha: eta āryā eta bhadramukhā tilān vā taṇḍulān vā mudgaprabhṛtīn vā māṣaprabhṛtīn vā ekānta upanikṣipya yo vā yena bhājanenārthī bhavati sa tad ādāya prakrāmatu; sa tasmād andhaṃ mātāpitarau bibharti; māṃ ca kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādayati; (SBV II 27) ekam ahaṃ mahārāja samayaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamam upaniśritya viharāmi; so 'haṃ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣam; (A 435a) sāvādānaṃ vaibhiḍaṃgīṃ piṇḍāya caran yena ghaṭīkarasya niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayāmi; tena khalu samayena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ bahir nirgato 'bhūt kenacid eva karaṇīyena; aśrauṣṭāṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyāndhau mātāpitarāv argaḍasyākoṭanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evam āhatuḥ; ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukhaḥ śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayati? tāv aham evaṃ vadāmi: ahaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ piṇḍakenārthī; tāv evam āhatuḥ: praviśatu āryaḥ praviśatu bhadramukha ete kuṇḍālikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikam; saced ākāṃkṣasy ātmanā gṛhītvā paribhuṃkṣva; bahirgata te upasthāyaka iti; so 'haṃ mahārāja uttarakauravaṃ samayam adhiṣṭhāya svayam eva kuṇḍalikāyāḥ kulmāṣān piṭhirikāyāś ca sūpikaṃ gṛhītvā bhuktavān; tataḥ paścād āgato nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ; adrākṣīn nandīpālo ghaṭīkaraḥ kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣān piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktam; dṛṣṭvā ca punar andhau mātāpitarāv idam avocat: amba tāta kenaite kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktam; tāv evam āhatuḥ: iha te somya nandīpāla aciranirgatasyāśrauṣva argaḍakasyākoṭanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evaṃ vadāvaḥ: ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukhaḥ śanair mandamandam argaḍam ākoṭayati? sa evam āha: ahaṃ kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ piṇḍakenārthī; tam enam evaṃ vadāvaḥ: praviśatu ārya praviśatu bhadramukha; ete kuṇḍalikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ sūpikam; saced ākāṃkṣasy ātmanā gṛhītvā paribhuṃkṣva; bahirgatas te upasthāyakaḥ; tena te kuṇḍālikāyāṃ kulmāṣāḥ piṭhirikāyāṃ ca sūpikaṃ paribhuktaṃ bhaviṣyati; atha nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyaitad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam āpannaḥ iti viditvā tenaiva prītiprāmodyena saptāham ekaparyaṃkenātināmayati ardhamāsaṃ cāsya satatasahagatā smṛtiḥ kāyaṃ na vijahāti; sāvyucchinnā kāye vartate; saptāhaṃ mātāpitroḥ yathā kuṇḍālikāyāḥ kulmāṣam. piṭhirikāyaś ca sūpikam evaṃ kuṇḍikāyā odanaṃ piṭhirikāyāś ca sūpikam; ekam imaṃ mahārāja (SBV II 28) samayaṃ vaibhiḍiṃgīṃ grāmanigamam upaniśritya ahaṃ varṣā upagataḥ; tasya mama tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro 'bhivṛṣyate; tena khalu samayena nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasyāveśanaśālā navatṛṇapraticchannā 'bhūt; so 'ham upasthāyakān bhikṣūn āmantrayāmi: gacchata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasyāveśanaśālāṃ navatṛṇapraticchannām avacchādya mama vihāraṃ chādayata; te mama om iti pratiśrutya nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayanti; tena khalu samayena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro bahirnirgato 'bhūt kenacid eva karaṇīyena; aśrauṣṭāṃ nandīpālasya (A 435b) ghaṭīkarasyāndhau mātāpitarāv āveśanaśālāyām avacchādanaśabdaṃ; śrutvā ca punar evam āhatuḥ: ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukho nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayati? te evam āhur vayaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyopasthāyikāḥ; kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro vṛṣyate; te vayaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkārasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya vihāraṃ praticchādayāmaḥ; tāv evam āhatuḥ harata āryā harata bhadramukhā bahirnirgato vaḥ upasthāyakaḥ; tais tām avacchādya mama vihāraḥ praticchāditaḥ; paścād āgato nandīpālo ghaṭīkaro 'drākṣīn navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchāditāṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar andhau mātāpitarāv idam avocat: amba tāta kenaiṣā navatṛṇapraticchannā āveśanaśālā avacchāditā; tāv evam āhatuḥ: iha te somya nandīpāla aciranirgatasya aśrauṣva navatṛṇapraticchannāyā āveśanaśālāyā avacchādanaśabdam; śrutvā ca punar evaṃ vadāvaḥ ka eṣa āryaḥ ka eṣa bhadramukho navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādayati? te evam āhur vayaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasyopasthāyikāḥ; kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya tatprathamavarṣiṇā devena vihāro vṛṣyate; te vayaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannām āveśanaśālām avacchādya kāśyapasya samyaksaṃbuddhasya vihāraṃ praticchādayāmaḥ; tān āvām evaṃ vadāvaḥ harata āryā harata bhadramukhā bahirnirgato vaḥ upasthāyakaḥ; tair eṣā āveśanaśālā avacchāditā bhaviṣyati. atha nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyaitad abhavat: lābhā me sulabdhā yasya me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam (SBV II 29) āpannaḥ iti viditvā tenaiva prītiprāmodyena saptāham ekaparyaṃkenātināmayati ardhamāsaṃ cāsya satatasamitā smṛtiḥ kāyaṃ na jahāti; sā cāvyucchinnā kāye vartate; saptāhaṃ mātāpitroḥ taṃ khalu varṣāvāsaṃ nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasyāveśanaśālā ekavāribindunāpi nābhivṛṣṭā; yathāpitad buddhasya buddhānubhāvena devatānāṃ ca devatānubhāvena. syāt khalu te mahārāja cetaso 'nyathātvam nādhivāsayati me kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhas traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārān? na tv eva nandīpālasya ghaṭīkarasya navatṛṇapraticchannāyām āveśanaśālāyām avacchāditāyāṃ cetaso 'nyathātvaṃ; lābhā bhadanta nandīpālena ghaṭīkareṇa sulabdhā yasyāsya bhagavān kule 'tyarthaṃ viśvasto viśvāsam āpannaḥ.

atha kāśyapaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ kṛkiṇaṃ rājānaṃ dharmyayā kathayā (A 436a) saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā aciraprakrāntaṃ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ yatrotsadanadharmakaṃ tat sarvaṃ visarjanadharmakam iti kṛtvā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā kāsyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ yāvat tāvat pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhya kāśyapasya pādau śirasā vanditvā kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ trir pradakṣiṇīkṛtya tata eva pratinivṛttaḥ; atha kṛkī rājā aciraprakrāntaṃ kāśyapaṃ samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ viditvā anyatamaṃ puruṣam āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhoḥ puruṣa parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pūrayitvā yena nandīpālo ghaṭīkaras tenopasaṃkrāma; upasaṃkramya nandīpālaṃ (SBV II 30) ghaṭīkaram idam avocaḥ: imāni te somya nandīpāla kṛkiṇā rājñā paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni parṇopagūḍhasya śāler anupreṣitāni; atas tvam ātmānaṃ samyak sukhena prīṇaya andhaṃ ca mātāpitaram; kāśyapaṃ ca samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya; evaṃ deva iti sa puruṣaḥ kṛke rajñaḥ pratiśrutya parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pūrayitvā yena nandīpālp ghaṭīkaras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya nandīpālaṃ ghaṭīkaram idam avocat: imāni te somya nandīpāla kṛkiṇā rājñā parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāny anupreṣitāni; atas tvam ātmānaṃ samyak sukhena prīṇaya andhaṃ ca mātāpitaram; kāśyapaṃ ca samyaksaṃbuddhaṃ kālena kālaṃ piṇḍakena pratipādaya; bhoḥ puruṣa rājā bahukṛtyo bahukaraṇīya ity uktvā nādhivāsayati. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau uttaro māṇavaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yan mayā kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe kharaṃ vākkarma niścaritaṃ: kutaḥ tasmin muṇḍake śramaṇake bodhiḥ; bodhir hi paramaduṣkarā; tasya karmaṇo vipākena etarhi mayā ṣaḍvarṣāṇi duṣkaraṃ caritaṃ; yadi punar bodhir apavaditābhaviṣyat punar api mayā triṇi kalpāsaṃkhyeyāni ātmabodhinimittaṃ parikhedito 'bhaviṣyam; iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.

Yaśodharā brings forth a son

yam eva divasaṃ bodhisatvo nirgatas tam eva divasaṃ yaśodharā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; yadā bodhisatvo duṣkarāṇi carati tadāntaḥpuram api duṣkaraṃ caritum ārabdhaṃ; yaśodharāyāḥ sa garbho layaṃ gataḥ; yadā bhagavān niṣkiṃcanaṃ duṣkaram iti viditvā yathāsukham āśvasiti; yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti; odārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣaṃ, sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiṃcati; antaḥpuram api tadā yathāsukham āśvasiti, yathāsukhaṃ praśvasiti, odārikam āhāram āharaty odanakulmāṣān, sarpistailābhyāṃ gātrāṇi mrakṣayati, sukhodakena ca kāyaṃ pariṣiṃcati; tadāsau garbhaḥ punar api puṣṭiṃ gataḥ tasyā (SBV II 31) garbhanimittāni prādurbhūtāni; sā śākyaiḥ saparihāsam ucyate: tvaṃ bodhisatve tapovanaṃ gate vyabhicaritā iti; sā kathayati: śāntaṃ pāpaṃ, nāhaṃ vyabhicarāmi; kathaṃ jñāyate? yuṣmākaṃ pratyāyayiṣyāmi; yāvad asau prasūtā, dārako jātaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ jātaḥ, tam eva divasaṃ rāhuṇā candro gṛhītaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ (A 436b) vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; tasya jñātayaḥ kathayanti: asya janmani rāhuṇā candro gṛhītaḥ tad bhavatu dārakasya rāhula iti nāma iti; jāte kumāre bhūyasyā mātrayā śākyā vibruvate eva; tayāsau satyopayācanaṃ kṛtvā rāhulabhadro bodhisatvasya vyāyāmaśilāyāṃ sthāpayitvā krīḍāpuṣkariṇyām āplāvitaḥ: yady ayaṃ bodhisatvena jātaḥ plavatām iti; plavitum ārabdhaḥ; sā kathayati: pārād apāram āgacchatu iti; sa pārād apāram āgataḥ; te vismayam āpannāḥ; yaśodharā kathayati: bhūyo 'pi bhavatāṃ pratyakṣīkariṣyāmi yathāyaṃ bodhisatvena jātaḥ, nāhaṃ vyabhicaritā iti. yadā bhagavān atikrāntaḥ ṣaḍvarṣāṇy abhisaṃbuddhaḥ kapilavastv anuprāptaḥ ekaṃ divasaṃ rājakule bhuṃkte, ekam antaḥpure; tadā yaśodharāyā etad abhavat: ko 'sāv upāyaḥ syād yenāhaṃ bhagavantam anvāvarteyam it; kapilavastuni cānyatamā parivrājikā vaśīkaraṇādikarmasv atyarthaṃ pravīṇā; yaśodharayā tasyāḥ paṃcakārṣāpaṇaśatāni dattāni: ārye kārṣāpaṇair vaśīkaraṇaṃ kṛtvā preṣaya iti; tayā vaśīkaraṇamodako yaśodharāyāḥ preṣitaḥ; yaśodharayā rāhulasya haste datta uktaś ca: putra yas tava pitā tasmai anuprayaccha iti; atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: yaśodharāyā asacchabdo nirgataḥ; tasyāpannayāḥ kartavya iti; bhagavatā paṃcabuddhaśatāni nirmitāni; rāhulena sarvān buddhān pratyavekṣya bhagavato vṛddhānte sthitasya dattaḥ; bhagavatā gṛhītvā punas tasyaiva dattaḥ; rāhulena bhakṣitaḥ; bhagavān dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; rāhulabhadraḥ kumāro bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhaḥ nirvartyamāno 'pi na nirvartate: arodīt iti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: caramabhaviko 'yaṃ satvaḥ, na śakyam anena gṛhavāse vastum (SBV II 32) iti; rāhulena bhagavataḥ pratyabhijñātena kṛtena rājā śuddhodanaḥ sāntaḥpurajanaḥ śākyāś ca paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ yaśodharāyāṃ cātyartham abhiprasannāḥ; tato yaśodharābhyākhyānaṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ prativugataṃ; bhagavān rāhulaṃ kumāraṃ pravrājayitum ārabdhaḥ; rājñā śuddhodanena śrutaṃ; sa bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam idam avocat: bhagavan, yadi rāhulabhadraḥ kumāro 'vaśyaṃ pravrājyate adyaikaṃ divasaṃ tiṣṭhatu yāvad aham asya pūjāṃ karomi iti; rājñā śuddhodanena rāhulasya mahān utsavaḥ kṛtaḥ; tatra bhagavatā āyuṣmān śāriputro 'bhihitaḥ; pravrājaya, śāriputra, rāhulaṃ kumāram iti; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya rāhulabhadraḥ kumāraḥ pravrājitaḥ. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadantāyuṣmatā rāhulena bhagavān modakena mahājanakāyasya madhye vijñāta iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhyi yathātīte 'py adhvani aham anena rāhulena mālayā vijñātaḥ; tac chrūyatām.

The story of the great thief

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo anyatarasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ (A 437a) putro jātaḥ; sa patnīm āmantrayate: bhadre jāto 'smākaṃ dhanaharo ṛṇaharaḥ; gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudram avatarāmi iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra evaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudram avatīrṇaḥ; sa tatraiva ca nidhanam upayātaḥ; tatas tasya patnyā śokavinodanaṃ kṛtvā sa dārako hastabalena jñātibalena cāpyāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; tasya nātidūre kuvindaḥ prativasati svaśilpakṛtāvī; tasya svaśilpāt sarvaṃ saṃpadyate; sā tasya svaśilpād bhogasaṃpattiṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayati: varaṃ kuvindakarma na samudrāvataraṇaṃ; tasmin gate anayena vyasanam āpadyante iti; tayāsau kuvindo 'bhihitaḥ: bhrāta imam api bhāgineyaṃ kuvindakarma śikṣayeti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ (SBV II 33) bhavatu iti; sa taṃ śikṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; paṭupracāro 'sau; tenālpīyasā kālena kuvindakarma śikṣitaṃ; sa kuvindaḥ susnātaḥ suprāvṛtaḥ praṇītam āhāraṃ bhuṃkte; sā dārakaḥ kathayati: mātula tvam api tad eva karma karoṣi; aham api tad eva; atha kasmāt tvaṃ susnātaḥ suprāvṛtaḥ praṇītam āhāraṃ bhuṃkṣe; mama tu na saṃpadyate iti; sa kathayati: bhāgineya ahaṃ karmadvayaṃ karomi, divā kuvindatvaṃ rātrau cauryam iti; sa kathayati: mātula yady evam aham api cauryaṃ karomi; bhāgineya śakṣyasi tvaṃ cauryaṃ kartuṃ? mātula śakṣyāmi; sa saṃlakṣayati: jijñāsayāmi tāvad enam iti; sa tam ādāya vīthiṃ gataḥ; tena tatra śaśakaḥ krītvā tasya dattaḥ bhāgineya sādhaya tāvad yad ahaṃ snātvāgacchāmi; sa snātvā āgataḥ; tena taṃ laghu laghv eva sādhayitvā ekapādo bhakṣitaḥ; sa kuvindaḥ snātvā āgataḥ; bhāgineya sādhitaḥ śaśakaḥ? mātula sādhitaḥ; paśyāmi tāvat; tena samarpitaḥ; paśyati pādatrayaṃ; sa kathayati bhāgineyāsya caturthaḥ pādaḥ kva gataḥ? sa kathayati: mātula śaśakasya caturthaḥ pādo nāsti; kva gamiṣyati? iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: ahaṃ tāvac coraḥ, ayaṃ tu mahācora iti; sa tam ādāya tripādakaṃ ca śaśakaṃ pānāgāraṃ praviṣṭaḥ: bhāgineya madyaṃ pibāmaḥ; pibāmaḥ; tābhyāṃ pītaṃ; kuvindaḥ kathayati: bhāgineya madyamūlyam apalapāmaḥ; sa kathayati: mātula yena pītaṃ so 'palapatu; ahaṃ naiva pibāmi; kim apalapāmi iti; sa kuvindaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mahācoro 'yaṃ; śakyam anena sārdhaṃ cauryaṃ kartum iti; sa tena sārdhaṃ cauryaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; sa kuvindaḥ sandhau śiraḥ prakṣipati; tenocyate: mātula cauryam api na jñāyate tvayā kartuṃ; pādau pūrvaṃ prakṣeptavyaṃ na śiraḥ; yadi śiraḥ chidyate pratyabhijñāyate, kulaṃ sarvaṃ vināśam upaiti; pādau prakṣipa iti; tena pādau prakṣiptau; tataś coraś cora iti kolāhalo jāta iti padbhyāṃ gṛhītaḥ; mahājanakāyo lagnaḥ; sa eko na śaknoty ākarṣṭuṃ; sa śiraś chitvā tad ādāya prakrāntaḥ; amātyai rājño nivedita: deva ekaś coraḥ sandhiṃ praviṣṭo gṛhītaḥ; tasya ko 'pi śiraś chitvā tad ādāya prakrāntaḥ; rāja kathayati: bhavantaḥ yaḥ śiraś (SBV II 34) chitvā prakrāntaḥ sa mahācoraḥ; gacchata taṃ kabandhaṃ caturmahāpathe sthāpayitvā pratigupte pradeśe tiṣṭhata; yas taṃ gṛhītvā roditi tenaikacoreṇa bhavitavyaṃ, gṛhṇīta iti; tatas te rājapuruṣāḥ taṃ kabandhaṃ caturmahāpathe sthāpayitvā pratigupte pradeśe sthitāḥ; sa ekacoraḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā roditavyaṃ; sa unmattakaveṣam (A 437b) ātmānaṃ kṛtvā striyam api kaṇṭhe gṛhṇāti; puruṣam api vṛkṣam api aśvam api vṛṣabham api mahiṣam api chāgam api kukkuram api grahītum ārabdhaḥ; yadā lokena vijñāta unmattako 'yam iti tadā taṃ kabandhaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā yāvadāptaṃ ruditvā prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño niveditaṃ: deva unmattakas taṃ kabandhaṃ kaṇṭhe gṛhītvā yāvadāptaṃ ruditvā prakrānta iti; rāja kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorakaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; idānīṃ gṛhṇīta iti; ekacorakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulaḥ satkārayitavyaḥ? iti; sa śākaṭikaveṣaṃ kṛtvā kāṣṭhasya śakaṭaṃ pūrayitvā taṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; tasyopari śakaṭaṃ kāṣṭhapūrṇaṃ sthāpayitvā balīvardān utsṛjya śakaṭe agniṃ datvā prakrāntaḥ; tena dahyamānena sa kabandho dagdhaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājña niveditaṃ: deva sa ekacorako dagdhaḥ; rājā kathayati, kena; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto yo 'sau śākaṭikaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; gṛhṇīta iti; sa ekacorikaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulasya śmaśāne pitṛkāryaṃ kṛtam iti; sa brahmaṇaveṣaṃ kṛtvā adhiṣṭhāne bhikṣām aṭitvā taya tāṃ bhikṣāṃ śmaśāne paktvā piṇḍān datvā prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño niveditaṃ: deva brāhmaṇenādhiṣṭhāne bhikṣām aṭitvā yasmin pradeśe sa kabandho dagdhaḥ tatra paṃca piṇḍān datvā prakrānta iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhīta iti; ekacorikaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā mātulasyāsthīni gaṃgāyāṃ prakṣeptavyāni? iti; sa kāpālikaveṣaṃ kṛtvā taṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; sa tatra gātraṃ bhasmanā uddhūlayitvā asthīnāṃ bhasmanāṃ ca karparakaṃ pūrayitvā gaṃgāyāṃ prakṣipya prakrāntaḥ; rājapuruṣai rājño yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sa evāsāv ekacorikaḥ; (SBV II 35) na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ; sarvathā tiṣṭhata yūyaṃ; aham evainaṃ gṛhṇāmi iti; rājñā gaṃgāyāṃ naubhir udyānaṃ kāritaṃ; ubhayakūle ārakṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ sthāpitāḥ; rājño duhitā abhirūpā darśanīyā prāsādikā tasmin jalodyāne sthāpitā; uktā ca yadi tvāṃ kaścid gṛhṇāti rāvayiṣyasi iti: ārakṣakapuruṣāṇāṃ cājñā dattā: yadaiṣā rāvayati tadā yuṣmābhir jalodyānaṃ gantavyaṃ; yadi kaścit tatra puruṣo bhavati sa gṛhītvā māṃ neyaḥ iti; ekacorakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: na nāma mayā rājaduhitryā sārdhaṃ paricārayitavyam iti; sa tatra gaṃgāyām anusroto 'vasthitaḥ; sa tatra riktapiṭharikān kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; ekaḥ kṣiptaḥ; ārakṣakapuruṣāḥ cora iti kṛtvā dhāvitāḥ; tair asau prahāreṇa bhagnaḥ; dvitīyaḥ kṣiptaḥ; so 'pi bhagnaḥ; tṛtīyaḥ kṣiptaḥ; so 'pi bhagnaḥ; ārakṣakā riktapiṭharikā eta uhyante ity apy upekṣitā vyavasthitāḥ; tato 'sāv ekacorikaḥ riktapiṭharikāyāṃ śiraḥ prakṣipya śrotasā uhyamānas taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; tato nāvam abhirūḍho dārikāyāḥ kathayati: mā śabdaṃ kariṣyasi; na tvāṃ praghātayiṣyāmi iti; sā saṃtrastā tūṣṇīm avsthitā; tayā sārdhaṃ paricārya prakrāntaḥ; sā pralapitum ārabdhā: eṣa coro māṃ paricārya gacchati iti; ārakṣakāḥ kathayanti: yadā paricārayati tadā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhasi; yadā paricārayitvā prakrāntas tadā rodiṣi; idānīṃ kutra samanveṣāma iti; ārakṣakai rājño yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati: na śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ yan na gṛhītaḥ iti; dārikā coreṇa sārdhaṃ paricārayitvā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām (A 438a) atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; ekacorakena śrutaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: na mayā putrasya janmani pramodaḥ kṛtaḥ iti; sa kāṃcukīyam ātmānaṃ kṛtvā rājakulān nirgamya pauruṣeyān āmantrayate: bhavanto deva ājñāpayati pattanaṃ luṇṭhayata iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: rājño naptā jātaḥ; tenāsmābhir ājñā dattā; luṇṭhayāmaḥ; te luṇṭhayitum ārabdhāḥ; uccaśabdamahāśabdo jātaḥ; rājā pṛcchati kim etad iti; amātyair vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: evam apy ahaṃ tena khalīkṛtaḥ; rājyaṃ vā parityajāmi tasya vā nigrahaṃ karomi iti; tena viditvā maṇḍalavāṭaḥ kāritaḥ; kaṃcit kālaṃ vinodya amātyānām (SBV II 36) ājñā dattā: bhavanta adhiṣṭhāne evaṃvidhaṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata; yāvanto puruṣāḥ prativasanti taiḥ sarvair niṣparihārair bhūtvā maṇḍalavāṭaṃ praveṣṭavyaṃ; yo na praviśati tasya vadho daṇḍa iti; āmatyair ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇā kāritā; sarve 'dhiṣṭhānanivāsinaḥ puruṣā praviṣṭāḥ; tato rājñā tasmai dārakāya mālāṃ datvā uktaṃ: yas tava pitā tasmai tāṃ mālām anuprayaccha iti; ārakṣakāś ca puruṣā uktāḥ: yasyāyaṃ dārako mālāṃ dadāti yuṣmābhir gṛhītvā matsakāśam upaneyaḥ iti; tatas tāṃ puṣpamālāṃ gṛhītvā paribhramitum ārabdho janakāyān nirīkṣamāṇaḥ; tenāsau coro dṛṣṭaḥ; acintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ; tena tasmai mālā dattā; rājapuruṣai ekacoro gṛhītvā rājña upanāmitaḥ; rājā amātyān āmantrayate: bhavantaḥ katham atra pratipattavyaṃ? iti; te kathayanti; deva praghātyatām iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ katham īdṛśo vīrapuruṣaḥ praghātyaḥ; upasaṃgraho 'sya kartavyaḥ iti; tena tasmai sā duhitā sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣitā bhāryārthaṃ dattā; upārdharājyena saṃvibhaktaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sāv ekacorika aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau tasya putraḥ eṣa evāsau rāhulas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mālayā vijñātaḥ; etarhy apy aham anena modakena vijñātaḥ; evaṃ hi vo bhikṣavo 'cintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ iti karmaparāyaṇair bhavitavyaṃ.

Yaśodharā seeks to bring the Buddha back to her

yaśodharā saṃlakṣayati: yadi rāhulasya pitā antaḥpuraṃ praviśati tathāivānucaritavyo yathā na bhūyo nirgacchati iti; tata ātmānam ādau kṛtvā gopikāmṛgajāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi nānāvidhālaṃkārair alaṃkṛtāni surabhimālyadhūpavastrair vibhūṣitāni; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto vineyajanāpekṣā antaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tato yaśodharāmṛgajāgopikāpramukhāni ṣaṣṭistrīsahasrāṇi rūpayauvanavibhramāśākhedākulavilasitacalitaśithilamekhalākalāpanisvanair (A 438b) hasitamadhuragītamadhunetrabhrūvikārotkaṃpanapayodharodaradarśanāṃgavispaṣṭaceṣṭitair bhāvaṃ darśayām āsuḥ; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: saced bhokṣye vaineyajanakālātikramo bhaviṣyati; etāḥ striyāḥ kāmarāgābhibhūtāḥ satyānām abhājanabhūtā (SBV II 37) bhaviṣyanti; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya riddhir āvarjanakarī; yannv aham antaḥpuram ṛddhiprātihāryeṇāvarjayeyam iti; viditvā pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati; tadyathā caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya buddhasya bhagavato vividhāny arcīṃṣi kāyān niścaranti; tadyathā nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni maṃjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥkāyaḥ prajvalati, uparimāt kāyāc chitalā vāridhārāḥ syandante, uparimaḥ prajvalati, adhaḥkāyāc chitalā vāridhārā syandante; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśy avaṃ dakṣiṇāyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśi iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidham ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśayan ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha tāḥ striyo bhagavata ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ dṛṣṭvā āvarjitā mūlanikṛntā iva drumā bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya purastān niṣaṇṇāḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; tato bhagavatā tāsām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā gopikāmṛgajāpramukhaiḥ ṣaṣṭistrīsahasraiḥ srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; yaśodharāyā atyarthaṃ kāmarāgābhibhūtāyā satyadarśanaṃ na kṛtaṃ; tasyā etad abhavat: yannv ahaṃ bhagavantaṃ rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvarteyam iti; viditvā svayam eva bhagavato 'rthāya annapānaṃ sādhayitvā kathayati: adyāhaṃ svahastaṃ bhagavantaṃ saṃtarpayāmi iti; śrutvā bhikṣubhir bhagavata ārocayanti: yaśodharā bhadanta bhagavantaṃ svahastaṃ rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartayitukāma iti; bhagavān āha: pūrvam ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ sarāgaḥ sadveṣaḥ samohaḥ rasapratisaṃvedī rasarāgapratisaṃvedī ca; etarhy ahaṃ vigatarāgo vigatadveṣo vigatamoho rasapratisaṃvedī no tu rasarāgapratisaṃvedī; tat katham idānīṃ yaśodharā rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartayati iti. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta yaśodharā bhagavantaṃ vaśīkaraṇamodakenānvāvartayitukāmārabdhā; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvani aham anayā modakenānvāvartitaḥ; tac chrūyatām (SBV II 38)

The story of Ṛṣyaśṛṅga

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo anyatamasmin grāmake 'raṇyāyatane puṣpaphalasalilakandasaṃpanne riṣiḥ (A 439a) prativasati; sa kaṣṭatapā mūlaphalāmbubhakṣo 'jinavalkalavāsā; anena paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtā; tasya vyāḍamṛgā apy āśramapade viśvastavihāriṇo viharanti; so 'nyatamaṃ pradeśaṃ prasrāvaṃ kartum abhisaṃprasthitaḥ; mṛgī pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhā; tena saśukaḥ prasrāvaḥ kṛtaḥ; sa tayā mṛgyā pītaḥ; strīndriyaṃ jihvayā nirlīḍham; acintyaḥ satvānāṃ karmavipākaḥ; āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; prasavanakāle tam eva deśam āgamya prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; sā gandhaṃ ghrātvā visabhāgaḥ satvaḥ iti saṃtrastā mūtrapurīṣam utsṛjantī chorayitvā prakrāntā; yāvad asau riṣis taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena sa dārako dṛṣṭaḥ; sa samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttaḥ kasyāyaṃ putraḥ iti; paśyati atmanaḥ; tena svāśramapadaṃ nītvā āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; tasyāpi vṛddhiṃ gacchataḥ śirasi mṛgaḍṛṅge prādurbhūte; tasya mṛgasya yādṛśe śṛṅge iti riṣyaśṛṇga iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; yāvad asau riṣir mlānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa ṛṣiḥ pratirūpair bhaiṣajyair upasthīyate; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; yadā tasya maraṇāntikī vedanā prādurbhūtā na cireṇa kālaṃ kariṣyāmi iti; tadā tenāsau putro 'bhihitaḥ; putra asminn āśramapade nānādeśanivāsinaḥ riṣayaḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmanti; te tvayā matpriyatayā svāgatavādasamudācāreṇa saṃmodya āsanenopanimantrayitavyā yathāśaktitaś ca phalamūlaiḥ pratipādyāḥ ity uktvā

iti kāladharmeṇa saṃyuktaḥ; sa tena ṛṣidharmasamudācāreṇa dhyāpitaḥ; tena pitṛśokābhibhūtena saṃvegāt paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena salilārthī ghaṭam ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; devaś ca varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; sa pānīyaghaṭaṃ pūrayitvā āgantum ārabdhaḥ; skhalitaḥ patitaḥ; āśuprakopino riṣayaḥ; tena pānīyastokaṃ gṛhītvā kṣipatā śāpo dattaḥ; durācāra tvayā pānīyaghaṭaḥ pūrṇo bhagnaḥ; tasmāt tvayā idaṃ divasam upādāya dvādaśavarṣāṇi na varṣitavyam (SBV II 39) iti; devo na varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; vārāṇasyāṃ mahādurbhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ; janakāyaḥ samantād vidrutaḥ; rajñā naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ: bhavantaḥ kasyānubhāvād devo na varṣati iti; te kathayanti: deva riṣiprakopād yady ayaṃ riṣis tasmāt tapasaḥ cālayituṃ śakyeta, evaṃ devo varṣati, anyathā na iti; rājā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ; antaḥpurāmātyakumārair ucyate: deva kimarthaṃ cintāparaḥ? sa kathayati: riṣiprakopād devo na varṣayati; naimittikāś caivaṃ kathayanti, yady asau riṣis tasmāt tapasaś cālyate evaṃ devo varṣayati; anyathā na; tan na vijñāyate: kas taṃ śaknoti tasmāt tapaśaś cālayitum (A 439b) iti; tasya rājño duhitā śāntā nāma; sā kathayati: deva yady evam alpotsuko bhava; ahaṃ tathā kariṣyāmi yathāsau riṣis tasmāt tapasaḥ calati iti; sa kathayati kenopāyena? sā kathayati: māṃ brāhmaṇakān mantrān pāṭhaya anyāṃś ca kanyāḥ; nausaṃkrame ca āśramapadaṃ kāraya puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannam iti; tena brāhamṇakān mantrān pāṭhitā anyāś ca kanyāḥ, nausaṃkrame ca tādṛśam āśramapadaṃ kāritaṃ, tataḥ tayā tāni phalāni vaśīkaraṇadravyaiḥ madyena ca samāpūritāni; aparāṇi ca nānāvicitrāṇi ca phalāni kāritāni; riṣiveṣaḥ kṛtaḥ; sā cīvaravalkalaprāvṛtā; sā tābhiḥ kanyābhiḥ brāhmaṇakān mantrān pāṭhayantī āśramapadaṃ gatā; riṣeḥ śiṣyair niveditam upādhyāya bahavas tavāśramapadaṃ riṣaya āgatāḥ; svāgataṃ riṣīṇāṃ praviśantu iti; te praviṣṭāḥ; sa dṛṣṭvā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

iti; tena tā vicikitsāparyākulīkṛtamatināpi mūlaphalaiḥ pravāritāḥ; tābhis tāni phalāni paribhujya sa riṣir abhihito: yuṣmākam etāni phalāni kaṭukatiktakaṣayāni; asmākaṃ tv āśramo jalamadhye yatra phalāny amṛtaprakhyāni; api tu tvam asmābhir āśramapade upanimantrito bhava; tenādhivāsitaṃ; sa tābhiḥ nausaṃkramodyānam (SBV II 40) abhirohitaḥ; tasya tatra madyapūrṇāni vaśīkaraṇadravyasaṃyuktāni nārikelaphalāni ca dattāni; sa madyamadākṣipto vaśīkaraṇadravyayogāt tayā sārdhaṃ vipratipannaḥ riddhiparihīṇaḥ; meghāḥ samantād unnatāḥ; varṣābhiprāyā devateti ṛṣiṇā santarjitā; śāntā kathayati: adyāpi tvam ātmānaṃ na jānīṣe ko 'ham iti; sa tayā rāgapāśapāśito rājñaḥ sakāsam unnītaḥ deva ayaṃ sa riṣiḥ iti; tato devo varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; subhikṣaṃ prādurbhūtaṃ; rājñā sā tasyaiva riṣer bhāryārthaṃ saparivārā dattā; sa śāntāṃ pratyākhyāya tābhir anyābhiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayitum ārabdhaḥ; tatra śāntā īrṣyākulīkṛtahṛdayā tasyāsatkāraṃ kartum ārabdhā; tata uttarād uttaraṃ; sa tayā sopānatkena pādena śirasi parāhataḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yo 'haṃ meghasyāpi garjitaṃ na sahe sa idānīṃ rāgapāśitaḥ strīmātreṇaivaṃ khalīkṛtaḥ iti; tena vīryam āsthāya punar api paṃcābhijñāḥ sākṣātkṛtāḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sāv ṛṣir aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau śāntā eṣaiva sā yaśodharā; tadāpy aham anayā rasatṛṣṇayā anvāvartitaḥ; etarhy apy eṣā māṃ modakenānvāvartituṃ pravṛttā.

Yaśodharā attempts to commit suicide

yadā bhagavān antaḥpurān bhuktvā niṣkrāmati tadā yaśodharayā nairāśyam āpannayā bhartuḥ snehavaimukhyāc charaṇapṛṣṭham abhiruhya ātmā muktaḥ; (A 440a) asaṃmoṣadharmāṇo buddhā bhagavataḥ; sā bhagavatā ṛddhyā pratigṛhītā. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta yaśodharayā bhagavanto 'rthāya śaraṇapṛṣṭhād ātmā muktaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathātīte 'py adhvany anayā mamārthāyātmā parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatām (SBV II 41)

The story of the Kinnara and the Kinnarī

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kinnara aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau kinnarī eṣaiva sā yaśodharā; tadāpy anayā mamārthāyātmā citāyāṃ muktaḥ; etarhy apy anayā mamārthāyātmā śaraṇapṛṣṭhān muktaḥ iti.

Conversion of Yaśodharā

bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: idānīṃ yaśodharāyā prāpto vinayakālaḥ; yad aham enāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttārayeyam iti viditvā tasya tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā yaśodharayā viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sā samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitā; yāvad arhantinī saṃvṛttā; svakulasaṃśānurūpatayā āryamārgapratilambhāc ca bhikṣuṇīnāṃ madhye samutpanneṣu kāryeṣv atyarthaṃ jihreti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayati: eṣāgrā me bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇīnāṃ mama śrāvikānāṃ hrīmatīnāṃ yaduta yaśodharā rāhulamātā iti. punar api bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta yaśodharayā karma (SBV II 42) kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaḍvarṣāṇi kukṣiṇā garbho dhāritaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: yaśodharayaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātīṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehinām.

The story of the two Ābhīrīs

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin gokule dvau ābhīryau prativasataḥ; mātā ca duhtā ca; te abhikṣṇaṃ mathitaghaṭam ādāya grāmāntaṃ gacchataḥ; tayor duhitā śāṭhyasamudācārajātā mātā ṛjukā; duhitā kathayati: amba gṛhāṇa (A 440b) tāvan mathitaghaṭaṃ prasrāvaṃ karomi iti; sāgṛhītvā saṃprasthitā; sā śāṭhyasamudācāreṇa pṛṣṭhato lambata eva, na tām anugacchati; evaṃ tayāsau mātā ṣaṭkroṣān mathitaghaṭaṃ vāhitā. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yāsāv ābhīrīduhitā eṣā eva sā yaśodharā tena kālena tena samayena; yad anayā mātā śāṭhyasamudācāreṇa ṣaṭkroṣān mathitaghaṭaṃ vāhitā, tasya karmaṇo vipākenānayā rāhulaḥ ṣaḍvarṣāṇi kukṣiṇā ūḍhaḥ iti hi bhikṣava ekāntakṛṣṇānām karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā rāhulena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena mātuḥ kukṣau ṣaḍvarṣāṇy avasthitaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: rāhulenaiva bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; rāhulena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati; na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni na bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau, api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

na praṇaśyanti karmāṇy api kalpaśatair api / sāmagrīm prāpya kālaṃ ca phalanti khalu dehinām // (SBV II 43)

Story of Śaṅkha and Likhita

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre puṣpaphalasaṃpannam āśramapadaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ viśvastamṛgapakṣiniṣevitam; tatra dvāv ṛṣī bhrātarau prativasataḥ phalamūlāmbubhakṣāv ajinavalkaladhāriṇau śaṅkhaś ca likhitaś ca; śaṅkha upādhyāya likhitaś ca śiṣyaḥ; tau vārāṇasyāṃ sarvalokaprakhyātau; rājñāpi brahmadatte<na> viditau: amuṣminn udyāne dvāv ṛṣī bhrātarau prativasataḥ śaṅkhaś ca likhitaś ca; tatra śaṅkha upādhyāyo likhitaś ca śiṣyaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena śaṅkha udakasya kuṇḍikāṃ pūrayitvā mūlaphalānām arthe vanaṃ gataḥ; likhitas tu sarātram evotthāya pūrvataraṃ gataḥ; sa puṣpaphalāny ādāya tvaritam āgataḥ; ātmīyām āṭikāṃ pratyavekṣate; svalpaṃ pānīyaṃ; sa tṛṣṇārtaḥ saṃlakṣayati upādhyāyasantakaṃ pānīyaṃ pibāmi iti; tena pītaṃ; yāvat śaṅkha riṣir mūlaphalāny ādāya tṛṣāparyākulīkṛtamukhaḥ āśramaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; kuṇḍikāṃ pratyavekṣate; paśyati riltikāṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣaḥ kathayati, kena coreṇa pānīyam apahṛtaṃ? iti; likhitaḥ kathayati: upādhyāya ahaṃ coraḥ; mayā pītaṃ; daṇḍaṃ prayaccha iti; sa kathayati: tvaṃ mama bhrātā śiṣyaś ca; yadi pītaṃ supītaṃ yathāsukham iti; sa kathayati: upādhyāya na śaknomy aham etat kaukṛtyaṃ prativinodayituṃ; prayaccha me gurukaṃ daṇḍaṃ yaś corasya pradīyate iti; evam uktaḥ śaṅkha ṛṣiḥ (A 441a) prakupitaḥ kathayati: nāhaṃ daṇḍam anuprayacchāmi: yadi tvaṃ daṇḍenārthī rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gaccha iti; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā mṛgavadhāya saṃprasthitaḥ; tenāsau jayenāyuṣā vardhayitvā gāthayā vijñaptaḥ:

rājā kathayati: nāsti pānīyasyādattādānam iti; api tu kasya santakaṃ tvayā jalam apahṛtaṃ? <iti>; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: sa tava bhrātā upādhyāyaś ca; gaccha na tvaṃ daṇḍārhaḥ iti; sa kathayati deva na śaknomy ahaṃ kaukṛtyaṃ (SBV II 44) prativinodayituṃ; prayaccha me guruṃ daṇḍaṃ yaś corasya pradīyate iti; evam ukte rājā prakupitaḥ tīvreṇa paryavasthānena paryavasthitaḥ; sa kathayati: yady evam atraiva tiṣṭha na tāvat prayātavyaṃ yāvad ahaṃ pratinirvṛttaḥ iti; sa rājā mṛgavadhaṃ kṛtvā saṃcintyānyena dvāreṇa praviṣṭaḥ na bhūyo nirgacchati; amātyai ṣaṣṭe divase rājño niveditaṃ: deva tasya riṣer adya ṣaḍdivasā<n> tasminn eva pradeśe tiṣṭhataḥ ājñāṃ dātum arhasi iti; rājā kathayati: uddhṛtadaṇḍo bhavatu; gacchatu, eṣaivāsya daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyais tasya riṣer ākhyātaṃ: ṛṣe deva kathayati uddhṛtadaṇḍo 'sau gacchatv eṣa evāsya daṇḍaḥ iti; sa vigatakaukṛtyaḥ prakrāntaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau rājā brahmadatta eṣa eva sa rāhulaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena cittaṃ pradūṣya riṣir abhihitaḥ; tasmin pradeśa tiṣṭha; na te gantavyam iti; tasya karmaṇo vipākena mātuḥ kukṣau ṣaḍvarṣāṇy uṣitaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.

Story of the beggar (concerning a previous birth of King Bhadrika)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamaḥ koṭṭamallakaḥ janapadād vārāṇasīm āgataḥ; sa tannivāsibhiḥ koṭṭamallakaiḥ īrṣyā<svabhāvaiḥ> (SBV II 45) pratyākhacapeṭāprahārādibhiḥ pratāḍitaṃ kṛtvā niṣkāsitaḥ; sa bahir vārāṇasyāṃ rājakīya udyāne 'vasthitaḥ; yāvad rājā brahmadattaḥ samprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpiteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilajīvañjīvakonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe (A 441b) 'ntaḥpurasahīyaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ; sa tatrāntaḥpureṇa sārdham udyāne sukham anubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; puṣpaphalalolupo mātṛgrāmaḥ puṣpaphalāni samanveṣamāṇaḥ paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad rājā brahmadattaḥ nidrālasyaṃ prativinodya laghu laghv eva vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; antaḥpurajano 'pi tvaritatvaritaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvad anyatamā strī saṃbhrāntā muktāhāraṃ chorayitvā prakrāntā; yāvad asau koṭṭamallakas tasminn udyāne paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; tenāsau muktāhāro dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena prayojanaṃ; sthānam etad vidyate yad arthāyānarthaṃ prāpayāmi iti; tenāsau latāyāṃ baddhvā udyāne 'vasthitaḥ; yasya santako bhaviṣyati sa grahīṣyati iti; yāvad antaḥpurikābhiḥ rājā vijñaptaḥ; deva amukayā udyāne muktāhāro vismṛtaḥ iti; rājñāmātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanta udyāne uktāhāro vismṛtaḥ, samanveṣata iti; te udyānaṃ gatvā samanveṣayitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvat paśyati latāyām upanibaddhaṃ; te saṃlakṣayanti: vicārayāmas tāvat kenaiṣa baddha iti; te udyānaṃ paribhramitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvat paśyanti koṭṭamallakaṃ; sa tair uktaḥ: bhoḥ puruṣa kenaiṣa muktāhāro latāyāṃ baddhvāvasthāpitaḥ; tena yathāvṛttaṃ teṣāṃ samākhyātam; amātyai rajño muktāhāro dattaḥ; yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā kathayati bhavantas taṃ koṭṭamallakaṃ śabdāpayata; paśyāmi iti; taiḥ śabditaḥ; rājñā pṛṣṭaḥ bhoḥ puruṣa kasmāt tvayā muktāhāro latāyāṃ baddhvāvasthapitaḥ, na svīkṛtaḥ iti; sa kathayati: deva nāham asya bhāgī devasyaivārhati iti; rājā abhiprasannaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa varārhas tvaṃ; vada kaṃ te varam anuprayacchāmi iti; sa kathayati: yadi devaḥ parituṣṭaḥ koṭṭamallakān bhojayitvā teṣāṃ pratyekam ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādya mām (SBV II 46) adhipatiṃ sthāpayatu iti; rājñāmātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto yuṣmābhiḥ koṭṭamallakān bhojayitvā pratyekam ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādya etaṃ puruṣaṃ teṣām adhipatiṃ sthāpayata; taiḥ vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: devasamājñāpayati yāvantaḥ koṭṭamallakāḥ vārāṇasyāṃ sarvair amuṣminn udyāne saṃnipatitavyam; ahaṃ koṭṭamallakān bhojayāmi ekaikaṃ vastrayugenācchādayāmi iti; te sarve saṃnipatitāḥ āmatyaiḥ praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpitāḥ; pratyekaṃ vastrayugenācchāditāḥ; uktāś ca: deva samājñāpayati, adyāgreṇa yuṣmākam eṣa koṭṭamallako rājā; yuṣmābhir asyājñā kartavyā iti; te praṇītenāhāreṇa saṃtarpitāḥ vastrayugenācchāditāḥ prītamanasaḥ kathayanti yathā devaḥ samājñāpayati iti; so koṭṭamallako 'dhipatiḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; prakṛtyaiva koṭṭamallakāḥ kṣutpipāsābhibhūtāḥ vīthyām annapānam ācchindanti; te rājñā satkṛtā iti bhūyasyā mātrayā ācchettum ārabdhāḥ; pattanopajīvi janakāyaḥ kṣubdhaḥ; rājño niveditaṃ; rājā kathayati (A 442a) apramattair bhavadbhir ārakṣā kartavyā, na tu te tāḍayitavyāḥ iti; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ pūpakān ādāya vīthīmadhyena gacchati; tena koṭṭamallakādhipatinā tasya sakāśāt pūpikā ācchinnāḥ; sa tān ādāya pratiguptaṃ pradeśaṃ gataḥ; koṭṭamallakair anubaddhaḥ; sa tair upadrūyamāno nadīṃ vārakām uttīrya anyatamasmin vṛkṣamūle 'vasthitaḥ; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktā ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho daivāt taṃ pradeśam āgataḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ śānteryāpathaś ca; sa saṃlakṣayati: nūnaṃ mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārā na kṛtā yenāhaṃ mānuṣyam āsādya koṭṭamallako jātaḥ; yady ayaṃ mahātmā mamāntikāt pūpān pratigṛhṇīyād aham asmai dadyām iti; tatas tena pratyekabuddhena tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya parānugrahakāraṇāt pātram upanāmitaṃ; tena tasmai satkṛtya pūpikā dattāḥ; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; sa upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya riddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛnta iva (SBV II 47) drumaḥ pratyekabuddhasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayaivaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ, anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena pradhānapuruṣāṇāṃ rājā syām*; prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyam eva na virāgayeyam iti; tataḥ te koṭṭamallakāḥ saṃprāptāḥ kathayanti: asmākam api pūpikāṃ prayaccha iti; sa kathayati: ayaṃ mahātmā riṣiḥ; asmai mayā pratipaditā iti; te kathayanti: pratipādya kiṃ tvayā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam iti; sa kathayati: pradhānapuruṣāṇāṃ rājā syām iti; te kathayanti: vayam eva te pradhānapuruṣāḥ syāma yeṣāṃ tvaṃ rājā bhaviṣyasi iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃ tv asya riṣeḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kuruta iti; tais tasya pratyekabuddhasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ vayaṃ te pradhānapuruṣāḥ syāma yeṣām ayaṃ rājā bhaviṣyati iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau koṭṭamallakādhipatir eṣa eva sa bhadrikaḥ śākyarājaḥ iti tena kālena tena samayena; ye te koṭṭamallakā etāny eva tāni pañcaśākyaśatāni; bhadrikeṇa koṭṭamallakabhūtena pratyekabuddhe praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena eṣāṃ pañcānāṃ śākyaśatānāṃ rājā saṃvṛttaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.

The story of Madhuvāsiṣṭha

buddho bhagavān nādikāyāṃ viharati guñjikāvasathe; tena khalu samayena saṃbahulāni pātrāṇy abhyavakāśa upari kṣiptāni; bhagavataś ca pātram; athānyatamo markataḥ śālavṛkṣād avatīrya yena pātrāṇi (A 442b) tenopasaṃkramati; bhikṣavas taṃ vārayanti, mā bhetsyati pātrāṇi iti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūṇām āmantrayate sma: mā bhikṣavaḥ etaṃ markaṭaṃ vārayata; tat kasya hetoḥ; naiṣa bhetsyate pātrāṇi; atha sa markaṭo yena bhagavataḥ pātraṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pātram ādāya taṃ śālāvṛkṣam abhiruhya kṣaudrasya madhuno 'neḍakasya pūrayitvā śanair mandamandaṃ śālavṛkṣād avatīrya bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān na pratigṛhṇāti saprāṇakam iti kṛtvā; atha sa markaṭa ekānte prakramya (SBV II 48) niṣprāṇakaṃ kṛtvā bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān na pratigṛhṇāti akalpikam iti kṛtvā; atha sa markaṭa ekānte prakramya śītalena vāriṇā pariṣicya bhagavata upanāmayati; tasya bhagavān pratigṛhṇāti kṛtakalpikam iti; atha sa markaṭa pratigṛhītaṃ me bhagavatā madhupātram iti viditvā hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditaḥ udagraprītisaumanasyajātaḥ prāñjalīkṛtaḥ pratipuṭakaṃ pratyavasṛto nartamānaḥ bhagavantaṃ namasyamānaḥ bhagavati prasādajāto bhagavantaṃ nirīkṣamāṇaḥ pṛṣṭhato nāvalokayati; kūpe patitaḥ; kālagataḥ; nādikāyām eva ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule upapannaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ pratisandhir gṛhītas tam eva divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; pitrā cāsya naimittikā āhūya pṛṣṭāḥ; te kathayanti: asya satvasyānubhāva iti; yāvad asau brāhmaṇī aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; yam eva divasaṃ jātas tam api divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; tasya jñātayaḥ saṃgamya samāgamya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; jñātaya ūcuḥ: ayaṃ dārako yam eva divasaṃ mātuḥ kukṣim avakrāntas tam eva divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; yam api divasaṃ jātaḥ tam api divasaṃ madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; vāsiṣṭhasagotraś ca; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya madhuvāsiṣṭha iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; yadā mahān saṃvṛttaḥ tadā svyākhyāte dharmavinaye pravrajitaḥ; tasya pravrajitasyāpi sataḥ dine dine trīṇi madhupātrāṇi saṃpadyante; sa teṣām ekaṃ bhagavato 'nuprayacchati; dvitīyaṃ saṃghāya; tritīyaṃ sapremakaiḥ sārdhaṃ paribhuṅkte. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatā madhuvāsiṣṭhena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākenāsya dine dine trīṇi pātrāṇi saṃpadyante iti; bhagavān āha: madhuvāsiṣṭhenaiva bhikṣavaḥ (SBV II 49) karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ; dṛṣṭo yuṣmābhir bhikṣavaḥ sa markaṭaḥ yena tathāgatasya madhupātram upanāmitaṃ? (A 443a) dṛṣṭo bhadanta; yo 'sau markaṭa eṣa evāsau madhuvāsiṣṭhaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tena tathāgatasya madhupātram upanāmitaṃ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena ṣaṭkarmanirate brāhmaṇakule upapannaḥ pratisandhau cāsya jātau ca madhuvarṣaṃ patitaṃ; yāvad etarhy api divase divase trīṇi madhupātrāṇi saṃpadyante; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ; yadi madhuvāsiṣṭho bhikṣuḥ pūrvaṃ mahāsamudraṃ madhv adhimucyate; tad api madhu syāt; evaṃ hi bhikṣavaḥ aprameyā tathāgatadakṣiṇā iti. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatā upālinā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena rājenāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; bhagavān āha: upālinaiva bhikṣavaḥ aprameyā tathāgatadakṣiṇā iti pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

The story of the royal barber (concerning a previous birth of Upālin)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasya rājanāpitasya pratyekabuddhaḥ upasaṃkrāntaḥ: bhadramukha keśān me 'vatārya, puṇyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa ca rājakulaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; tena bhāgineya uktaḥ: bhāgineya asya pravrajitasya keśān avatāraya; ahaṃ rājakulaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; tathā cāvatāraya yathā rājñaḥ iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: yathā mātulaḥ kathayati; nūnam atra puṇyena bhavitavyam iti; tenādaraṃ kṛtvā keśaśmaśrv avatāritaṃ; pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bahv anena satvena puṇyaṃ prasutaṃ; kuśalamūlāvaropaṇam asya kartavyam iti viditvā tasyānukampārtham upari vihāyasam (SBV II 50) abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; asty āśu pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛnta iva drumaḥ pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yathā me mātulo rājanāpitaḥ evam aham api rājanāpitaḥ syām iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo' sau rājanāpitasya bhāgineya eṣa evāsāv upālir bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhasya keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena rajanāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yad anena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tac chrūyatām.

Another story of a barber

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatarasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; bhūyo 'pi krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; bhūyo 'pi krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; yāvat krameṇa sapta putrāḥ jātāḥ; tasya rājanāpito vayasyaḥ; so 'putraḥ; kare kapolaṃ kṛtvā cintāparo 'vasthitaḥ; na me putro na duhitā; mamātyayāt sarvaṃ svāpateyam aputrakam iti kṛtvā rājavidheyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa tena gṛhapatinā dṛṣṭa uktaś ca: vayasya kim asi cintāparaḥ? sa (A 443b) kathayati: vayasya kathaṃ na cintāparo bhaviṣyāmi yasya me iyat dhanajātaṃ na putro na duhitā, mamātyayāt sarvam etad rājavidheyaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sa kathayati: yady evam eṣa mama sarvakanīyān putraḥ: sa mayā tava dattaḥ iti; tenāsau pratigṛhītaḥ; yāvad gṛhapatiḥ kālagataḥ; te tasya putrāḥ yadā kenacit sārdhaṃ kaliṃ kurvanti tadā tena paribhāṣyante: yūyam api kaliṃ kurutha yeṣāṃ bhrātā nāpitaḥ iti; te daurmanasyajātāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: yat kiṃcid vayaṃ paribhūtāḥ sarvaṃ tad asya bhrātur doṣāt; sarvathā ācchettavya iti; sa tair ācchinno nāpitaḥ; tena sarvanāpitāḥ kriyākāraṃ kāritāḥ, amukasya gṛhapateḥ putrāṇāṃ na kenacit śmaśrukarma kartavyam iti; te dīrghaśmaśrunakhā jātāḥ; te rājñā dṛṣṭā uktāś ca: bhavantaḥ kimarthaṃ yūyaṃ dīrghaśmaśrunakhās tiṣṭhatha? iti te kathayanti (SBV II 51) anena nāpitena sarvanāpitā nivāritāḥ; na kenacid eṣāṃ śmaśrukarma kartavyam iti; kiṃ kāraṇāt; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: arhati pitā putraṃ dātuṃ; kim iti yuṣmābhir ācchinnaḥ? tasyaiva prayacchata iti; tair akāmakaiḥ pratimuktaḥ; te daurmanasyajātāḥ lokāpavādabhayāt taṃ ghātayitum icchanti; mitrāmitramadhyamo lokaḥ; tasyāparaiḥ samākhyātaṃ; tenāsau nāpita uktaḥ: te māṃ praghātayitum icchanti; anujānīhi pravrajāmi iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: kāmam eva pravrajatu mā taiḥ prāṇān viyokṣyata iti viditvā uktaḥ: putra yady evaṃ gaccha pravraja; yat kiṃcid guṇagaṇam adhigacchethās tadā mamārocayiṣyasi iti; sa labdhānujño riṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tenānupacāryakenānupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; sa saṃlakṣayati: mayā tasya pituḥ pratijñātam upadarśayiṣyāmi iti; gacchāmi, tām imāṃ pūrvikāṃ pratijñāṃ niryātayāmi iti; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gatvā jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryaṃ yāvat mūlanikṛnta iva drumaḥ sa pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye kārāḥ kṛtāḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; bhūyo 'pi anena pañcasu pratyekabuddhaśateṣu kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam: anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; punar api caturṣu samyaksaṃbuddheṣu kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena rājanāpitaḥ syām iti; tasya karmaṇo vipākena bahūn vārān rājanāpitaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ. bhūyo 'pi bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta upālinā karma kṛtaṃ yena vinayadhārāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: kutra praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ?

Upāli is the foremost among those who master and know the Vinaya

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi pūrvavad yāvat sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm (A 444a) upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasyāyaṃ pravacane pravrajitaḥ; yaḥ pravrajito (SBV II 52) bhikṣuḥ sa punaḥ kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena vinayadharāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; tatrānena yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ; na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; tad anena maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaṃ: yad mayā kāśyape bhagavati samyaksaṃbuddhe yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ, na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro nāma māṇavo vyākṛto bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti; tasyāhaṃ pravacane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; yathā ca me upādhyāyena bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena vinayadhārāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; evaṃ mām api sa bhagavāṃs śākyamunir vinayadharāṇām agraṃ nirdiṣed iti tatpraṇidhānavaśāt tathāgatena vinayadharāṇām agro nirdiṣṭaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ pūrvavad yāvad ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam.

Untrue announcement of the death of the Buddha and the birth of Ānanda

yadā bhagavatā ṣaṭtriṃśadbhūtakoṭiparivāraṃ māraṃ papīyaṃsam abhinirjitya anuttaraṃ jñānam adhigataṃ, tadā sāntaḥpurāmātyapaurajanapadasyārocitam: adya śramaṇo gautamaḥ kālagataḥ iti; rājā śuddhodanaḥ sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajanapadaḥ śocitum ārabdhaḥ; devatānāṃ darśanam adhastāt pravartate; śuddhāvāsakāyikābhir devatābhir Arocitaṃ: na bhagavān kālagato 'pi tu bhagavatānuttaraṃ jñānam adhigatam iti; tato rājā śuddhodanaḥ param ānandam upāgataḥ; ten asamayenāmṛtodanasya dārako jātaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ vistareṇa kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; jñātasya kathayaṃti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ ānande vartamāne jātaḥ; tad bhavatu dārakasyānanda iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitam; ānando dārako 'ṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ; sa dhātryaṃśagato naimittikair vyākṛto 'nena dārakeṇa bhagavataḥ śākyamuner upasthānaṃ kartavyam iti; dārako naimittikair vyākṛta iti śrutvā amṛtodanaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady evaṃ bhagavān pravrājayiṣyati, na tatpurastād avatāro 'py anena kartavya iti; sa yadā bhagavān kapilavastv āgacchati tadā (SBV II 53) vaiśālīn nīyate; yadā bhagavān vaiśālīṃ gacchati tadā punaḥ kapilavastu nīyate; atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ mahākāruṇikānāṃ lokānugrahapravṛttānām ekārakṣāṇāṃ śamathavipaśyanāvihāriṇāṃ tridamathavastukuśalānāṃ caturoghottīrṇānāṃ caturṛddhipādacaraṇatalasupratiṣṭhitamatīnāṃ caturṣu saṃgrahavastuṣu dīrgharātrakṛtaparicayānāṃ pañcāṅgaviprahīnānāṃ pañcagatisamatikrāntānāṃ ṣaḍaṅgasamanvāgatānāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāparipūrṇānāṃ saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyānām aṣṭāṅgamārgadeśikānāṃ navānupūrvavihārasamāpattikuśalānāṃ daśabalināṃ daśadiksamāpūrṇayaśasāṃ daśaśatavaśavartiprativiśiṣṭānāṃ trī rātres trir divasasya ca buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: ko hīyate ko vardhate kaḥ kṛcchraprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃkataprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃbādhaprāptaḥ ko 'pāyanimnaḥ ko 'pāyapravaṇaḥ ko 'pāyaprāgbhāraḥ kam aham apāyād uddhṛtya svarge mokṣe ca pratiṣṭhāpayeyaṃ; kasya anavaropitāni kuśalamulāny avaropayeyaṃ? kasyāvaropitāni paripācayeyaṃ? kasya pakvāni vimocayeyam? āha ca:

Ānanda's conversion

bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: caramabhaviko ānando dārakaḥ; sa mama śāsane pravrajiṣyati, pravrajya cānena mamopasthānaṃ kartavyaṃ vacanaṃ ca dhārayitavyaṃ mayi ca parinirvṛte amṛtam adhigantavyaṃ yan nv aham ānandaṃ kumāraṃ śāsane 'vatārayeyam iti; apravidita eva kapilavastunagaraṃ praviśyāmṛtodanasya bhavanam āgamya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; amṛtodanenānandaḥ kumāro 'vavarakaṃ praviśya sthāpitaḥ; bhagavatā tathādhiṣṭhito yena svayam eva dvāram apāvṛtaṃ; prathamata eva ca bhagavato pādau śirasā (SBV II 54) vanditvā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā ca bhagavantaṃ vījayamānaḥ; tato 'mṛtodano bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekānte niṣaṇṇaṃm amṛtodanaṃ bhagavān dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya āsanād utthāya prakrāntaḥ; mahad api hetubalaṃ pratyayabalam apekṣate; ity ānandaś caramabhavikaḥ satvo bhagavantaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; amṛtodanena sāntaḥpuraparivāreṇa na śakyate nivartayituṃ; bhagavān āha: ayaṃ caramabhavikaḥ satvaḥ na tvayā śakyate nivartayituṃ, mā nivarteta iti; amṛtodanaḥ kathayati; bhagavan yady evam ānupūrvīm asya kurmaḥ; bhagavān āha: evaṃ kuru; tato 'mṛtodanena śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakaparivrājakayācanakebhyo dānāni dīyante; puṇyāni kriyante; svabandhujanaṃ ca kṣamāpayitvā sarvālaṃkāravibhūṣito hastiskandham abhiruhya anekajanaparivṛto nyagrodhārāmābhimukho bhagavatsakāśaṃ preṣitaḥ; (A 445a) tataś ca tasya vīthīmadhyena gacchato hastinā utpalahastako nigīrṇaḥ; naimittikair dṛṣṭaḥ; te kathayanti: anena kumāreṇa śrutidharāṇām agreṇa bhavitavyam iti; tasya yānasya yāvatī bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā yānād avatīrya padbhyām eva nyagrodhārāmaṃ praviśya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; bhagavatā daśabalakāśyapasya samarpitaḥ kāśyapa pravrājaya kumāram iti; tena pravrājita upasaṃpāditaḥ; atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ kapilavastuni vihṛtya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ; rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe. āyuṣmataḥ ānandasya mūrdhni piṭako jātaḥ; bhagavatā jīvikasyājñā dattā ānandasya bhikṣoś cikitsāṃ kuruṣva iti; evaṃ bhadanta iti jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛto bhagavataḥ pratyaśauṣīd; atha bhagavān purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaṃ deśayati; āyuṣmān apy ānandas tatraiva niṣaṇṇaḥ dharmaśravaṇāya; jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ saṃlakṣayati: ayam asya kalaś cikitsāyāḥ; (SBV II 55) dharmavegaprāpto 'yaṃ na cetayiṣyati iti; tena tasya piṭake pācanaṃ dattaṃ; tatraiva ca pāṭitaḥ; tatra paryavasite dharme jīvakaḥ kathayati: bhagavan mayā aryānandasyātraiva niṣaṇṇasya piṭakaḥ pācitaḥ pāṭito rohitaś ca; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati: yadi mama śarīraṃ tilaśaś chinnam abhaviṣyat tathāpi mayā na parijñātam abhaviṣyad bhagavato dharmaṃ deśayato dharmānvayaprasādāvarjitasantatinā; jīvakaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya pṛṣṭhe piṭako jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvad phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

The story of the king Kirātas (a previous birth of Ānanda)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake kirātānām adhipatiḥ prativasati; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; athānyatamaḥ pratyekabuddhas tena tenānvāhiṇḍamānaḥ kirātanagaram anuprāptaḥ; sa tatra piṇḍārthī kirātarājasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa cittaṃ pradūṣya guḍikayā pṛṣṭhe tāḍitaḥ; sa mahātmā nihatamadamānatvāt tasyābhavyatāṃ jñātvā prakrāntaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kirātarājaḥ eṣa eva sa ānando bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhaḥ saṃjātāmarṣeṇa cittaṃ pradūṣya pṛṣṭhe guḍikayā tāḍitaḥ tasya karmaṇo vipākena yatra yatra jāyate tatra tatrāsya paṃcajanmaśatāni pṛṣṭhe piṭako jāyate; yāvad etarhy apy asya carame bhave pṛṣṭhe piṭako jātaḥ (SBV II 56)

Ānanda follows the Buddha and makes an exhibition of mathematical knowledge

yadā āyuṣmān ānando bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gacchati tadāsya bhagavati tīvraprasādagauravaṃ (A 445b) hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yadā nirmāṇena na tādṛśaṃ prasādagauravaṃ hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yāvad anyatamena gṛhapatinā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃgho 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ tasya gṛhapater gṛhaṃ praviśya bhuktvā prakrāntaḥ; bhikṣubhir āyuṣmān ānandaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ; āyuṣmann ānanda kiṃ tvam adya bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gataḥ āhosvin nirmāṇena iti; sa kathayati: bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gato na buddhanirmāṇena; kathaṃ kṛtvā; yadāhaṃ bhagavatā sārdhaṃ gacchāmi tato mama bhagavato 'ntike tīvraprasādagauravaṃ hrīvyapatrāpyaṃ chambitatvaṃ copatiṣṭhati; yadā buddhanirmāṇena tadā na tathā iti bhikṣavaḥ parasparaṃ mantrayanti: āyuṣmān ānando nimittakuśalaḥ iti; digvidikṣu śabdo visṛtaḥ ānando bhikṣur nimittakuśalaḥ iti; atha bhagavān yathābhiramya rājagṛhe vihṛtya yena śrāvastī tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane 'nāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya śrāvastīṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣat; anyatamena brāhmaṇena dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ śramaṇasya gautamasya śrāvakaḥ ānando bhikṣuḥ, yo 'sau śrūyate nimittakuśala iti; pṛcchāmi tāvad enam asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa tena pṛṣṭaḥ: ārya asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa kathayati: etāvanti śatāni sahasrāṇi śatasahasrāṇi ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; tena brāhmaṇena katipayāni patrāṇy apanīya gaṇayitvā choritāni; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ piṇḍapātam aṭitvā pratinivṛttaḥ; tena brāhmaṇena bhūya uktaḥ; ārya idānīṃ jānīṣva asyāḥ śiṃśapāyāḥ kiyanti patrāṇi iti; sa kathayati: pūrvam etāvanti śatāni sahasrāṇi śatasahasrāṇi ca; ata etāvanty apanītāni iti uktvā prakrāntaḥ; sa brāhmaṇaḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; īdṛśo 'py āryo gaṇite kṛtāvī iti. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatānandena karma (SBV II 57) kṛtaṃ yena nimittakuśalo jātaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

The story of the astronomer (a previous birth of Ānanda)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo brāhmaṇaḥ, tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kulasadṛśaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyataṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; tena deśāntaraṃ gatvā ṣaṣṭisahasrakaṃ horāśāstram adhītam; evaṃ yāvat saṃsāre saṃsaratā paṃca janmaśatāni horājñānam adhītaṃ; pareṣāṃ copadiṣṭaṃ; tena hetunā tena pratyayena yatra yatropapannaḥ tatra tatra (A 446a) naimittikānām agro jātaḥ; yāvad etarhy api paścime bhave naimittikānām agro jātaḥ.

The story of the rice, the two patridges and the sugar-cane (concerning king Prasenajit and a previous birth of him)

rājñaḥ prasenajitaḥ kośalasya pratidinaṃ bhojanakāle śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ; tenāyuṣmata ānandasya niveditaṃ; tena bhikṣūṇām. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta rājñā prasenajitā kośalena karma kṛtaṃ yenāsya bhojanavelāyāṃ śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ, dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ? iti; bhagavān āha: rājñaiva bhikṣavaḥ prasenajitā kośalena pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni yenāsya bhojanavelāyāṃ (SBV II 58) śālyodanaṃ phelāyāṃ nipatati tittirī dvāv ikṣuyaṣṭiś ca; tayor ekaḥ phelāyāṃ, dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ. bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ anyatamo gṛhapatiḥ prativasaty āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tasya paricārakaiḥ krṣigrāmān navaśālir ānītaḥ; dve tittirī ikṣuṣaṣṭiś ca; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; sa pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya piṇḍapātam aṭaṃs tasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ cittaprāsādikaś ca; tena tasmai tatprathamato navānnam ānetavyam iti kṛtvā śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ dattaṃ; tatraikaḥ pātre nipatito dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ. bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gṛhapatir eṣa evāsau rājā prasenajit kośālas tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena pratyekabuddhāya navaṃ śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ ca dattaṃ tena karmaṇā bahūni varṣāṇī bahūni varṣaśatāni bahūni varṣaśatasahasrāṇi divyamānuṣaṃ saukhyam anubhūtam; etarhy apy asya bhojanavelāyāṃ śālyodanam ikṣuyaṣṭis tittiridvayaṃ ekaḥ phelāyāṃ patati dvitīyo bhūmyāṃ. rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śrutaṃ: mama bhagavatā evaṃ karmaplotir vyākṛtā; tad ayaṃ prāktanasya karmaṇaḥ phalavipāka iti viditvā bhagavati saśrāvakasaṃghe prasannaḥ; sa caivaṃ karmavipākāvarjitamatis tiṣṭhati; naimittikena ca vyākṛtam āryānandasya paṭṭabandho bhaviṣyati iti; yāvat prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām āyuṣmata ānandasya lalāṭe piṭako jātaḥ; rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śrutaṃ; tasyaitad abhavat; bhavati dakṣiṇīyeṣu kārān kṛtvā avandhyapuṇyaphalaviśeṣaḥ; yannv aham asya svayam evopasthānaṃ kūryām iti; tena sarvavaidyā āhūtaḥ: āryānandasya cikitsāṃ kuruta iti; te tasya cikitsāṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; rājñā prasenajitā kośalena āyuṣmata ānandasya svayam eva śataśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ; śirāyāṃ ca muktāyāṃ lalāṭe (A 446b) paṭṭo baddhaḥ. (SBV II 59) bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadantāyuṣmatānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena rājñā prasenajitā kośalena mūrdhni śataśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ svayam eva śuklapaṭṭo baddhaḥ upasthānaṃ ca kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

The story of the physician (a previous birth of Ānanda)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyām anyatamo vaidyaḥ prativasati; tasya samīpe pratyekabuddho glāna upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tena sarvopakaraṇaiḥ pravāritaḥ; svayam eva cikitsā kṛtā upasthānaṃ ca. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vaidya eṣa evāsau ānanadabhikṣuḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena pratyekabuddhāya kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena anekāni varṣāṇi varṣaśatāni varṣasahasrāṇi rājāmātyabrāhmaṇagṛhapatibhir asyopasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yāvad etarhy asya rājñā prasenajitā kośalena śatiśalākaṃ chatraṃ dhāritaṃ; svayaṃ copasthānaṃ kṛtam iti.

The Buddha chooses Ānanda as servant

atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ śrāvastyāṃ viharati; yena śālā tena cārikāṃ <caran> prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran śālām anuprāptḥ; śālāyāṃ viharati brāhmaṇagrāmake; tena khalu samayena evaṃrūpā saṃbahulā sthavirasthavirā mahāśrāvakā bhagavataḥ sāmantakam upaniśritya viharanty araṇyakuṭikāyā<ṃ>, tadyathā āyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyaḥ, āyuṣmān aśvajid bhadrikaḥ bāṣpaḥ mahānāmā yaśā pūrṇaḥ vimalaḥ gavāmpatiḥ subāhuḥ āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ (SBV II 60) āyuṣmān mahākauṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmān mahākapphinaḥ āyuṣmān aniruddhaḥ nandikaḥ kimpilaḥ yaśā śālāviharīyakasthaviraḥ pūrṇaḥ kuṇḍopadhānīyakasthavira itīme cānye ca sthavirasthavirā mahāśrāvakā bhagavataḥ sāmantakam upaniśritya viharanti. tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: aham asmi bhikṣavaḥ etarhi jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ, klāmyāmi catasraḥ parṣado 'vavadituṃ bhikṣūn bhikṣuṇīḥ upāsikān upāsikyaḥ; utsāhayata me bhikṣavo bhikṣum upasthāyakaṃ yo mām upasthānaṃ kariṣyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svam arthaṃ ca na riṃciṣyati; athāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinya utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat*: ahaṃ bhadantam upasthāsyāmi manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyāmi, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyāmi; tvaṃ tāvat kauṇḍinya jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ; tavaiva tāvad upasthāyakena karaṇīyaṃ; niṣīda tvaṃ kauṇḍinya yathāsvake āsane; niṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān (A 447a) ājñātakauṇḍinyo yathāsvake āsane; athāyuṣmān aśvajid bhadrikaḥ bāṣpaḥ mahānāmā yaśā pūrṇaḥ vimalaḥ gavaṃpatiḥ subāhuḥ āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ āyuṣmān mahākāśyapaḥ āyuṣmān mahākauṣṭhilaḥ āyuṣmān mahākapphinaḥ āyuṣmān aniruddhaḥ nandikaḥ kiṃpilaḥ yaśā śālāvihārīyakasthaviraḥ pūrṇaḥ kuṇḍopadhānīyakasthavira utthāyāsanād ekāṃśam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocan*: ahaṃ bhadantam bhagavantam upasthāsyāmi manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyāmi, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyāmi; tvam api pūrṇo jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ; tavaiva tāvad upasthāyakena karaṇīyaṃ; niṣīda tvaṃ pūrṇa yathāsvake āsane; niṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān pūrṇo yathāsvake āsane. athāyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasyaitad abhavat*: kaḥ punar bhagavato bhikṣur abhipreta upasthāyako bhaviṣyati? yannv ahaṃ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpadyeyaṃ yathā samāhite citte bhagavato mānasam (SBV II 61) avalokayeyam; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte bhagavataḥ mānasam avalokayati; adrākṣīd āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavato mānasaṃ āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; dṛṣṭvā ca punas tasmāt samādher vyutthāyāyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocat*: yat khalu āyuṣman jānīyāḥ bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; tadyathā kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ vā uttarāyatāyāṃ prācīnāyatāyāṃ pūrveṇa vātāyanena sūryaraśmayaḥ praviṣya paścimāṃ bhittiṃ niśritya tiṣṭheyuḥ; evam eva bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; ehi gatvā utsāhayāvaḥ. athāyuṣmān chāriputra āyuṣmāṃ ca mahāmaudgalyāyano yenāyuṣmān ānandas tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramyāyuṣmatā ānandena sārdhaṃ saṃmukhaṃ saṃmodanīṃ saṃrañjanīṃ vividhāṃ kathāṃ vyatisārya ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāv āyuṣmatśāriputramaudgalyāyanau; āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: utsaha tvam āyuṣman ānanda bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, maharddhikā te bhaviṣyati sugataparicaryā; nāhaṃ āyuṣman śāriputra utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ; durāsadā hi buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; tadyathā agniḥ prajvalito durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yadutārcirantarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; nāham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; tadyathā siṃho mṛgarājā (A 447b) giriguhāgato durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yaduta daṃṣṭrāntarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; tadyathā rājño nāgo matto mātaṅgaḥ kuñjaraḥ ṣaṣṭihāyana īṣādanto vyūḍhoraskaḥ saṃgrāmāvacaraḥ saṃgrāmamadhyagato durāsado bhavati duṣprasaho yaduta dantāntarikayā, evam eva durāsadā buddhā bhagavanto duṣprasahāḥ; nāhaṃ āyuṣman śāriputra utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ. (SBV II 62) athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: yat khalu āyuṣman jānīyaḥ bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; tadyathā kūṭāgāre vā kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ vā uttarāyatāyāṃ prācīnāyatāyāṃ pūrveṇa vātāyanena sūryaraśmayaḥ praviṣya paścimāṃ bhittiṃ niśritya tiṣṭheyuḥ; evam eva bhagavato mānasam āyuṣmaty ānande pratiṣṭhitam ānando me bhikṣur upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; utsaha tvam āyuṣman ānanda bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, maharddhikā te bhaviṣyati sugataparicaryā; evam aham āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana utasahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ sacen me bhagavān trīn varān dadyāt, nāhaṃ bhagavato nirvasanaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayeyaṃ; nāhaṃ bhagavataḥ paudgalikaṃ nimantraṇaṃ svīkūryāṃ; na ca me kaścid akālaḥ syād bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya; sacen me āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavān imān trīn varāṃ dadyāt, evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ, nānyathā. athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyana āyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ bhagavata upasthāyakam utsāhya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvaikānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavantam idam avocat*: utsāhita āvābhyaṃ bhadanta bhikṣur bhagavata upasthāyako yadutāyuṣmān ānanda; sa evam āha: sacen me āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavāṃs trīn varān dadyād evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; nāhaṃ bhagavato nirvasanaṃ cīvaraṃ dhārayeyaṃ, nāhaṃ bhagavataḥ paudgalikaṃ nimantraṇaṃ svīkūryāṃ; na ca me kaścid akālaḥ syād bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramituṃ paryupāsanāya; saced bhagavān imān trīn varān dadyāt, evam aham utsahe bhagavantam upasthātuṃ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa paśyaty anāgataṃ (SBV II 63) sabrahmacāriṇām antikād vādānuvādaṃ garhasthānīyaṃ dharmaṃ; syur me atonidānaṃ sabrahmacāriṇo vaktāraḥ, cīvarahetor ānando bhikṣuḥ śāstāram upatiṣṭhati; maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa paśyaty anāgataṃ sabrahmacāriṇām antikād vādānuvādaṃ garhasthānīyaṃ dharmaṃ; syur me atonidānaṃ sabrahmacāriṇo vaktāraḥ, (A 448a) piṇḍapātahetor ānando bhikṣuḥ śāstāram upatiṣṭhati; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ kālajñaḥ kālavit*; sa kālaṃ jñāsyaty ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; ayaṃ kālo bhikṣusaṃghasya bhikṣuṇīsaṃghasya upāsakaparṣadaḥ upāsikāparṣadaḥ ayaṃ kālo 'nyatīrthikaparivrājakānāṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; amī anyatīrthikaparivrājikā bhagavataḥ kathāprātibhānikā amī na kathāprātibhānikāḥ; idaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ bhagavataḥ sukhopacayāya saṃvarteta, idaṃ na saukhopacayāya; maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ kālajñaḥ kālavit; sa kālaṃ jñāsyati ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; ayaṃ kālo bhikṣusaṃghasya bhikṣuṇīsaṃghasyopāsakaparṣadaḥ upāsikāparṣadaḥ ayaṃ kālo 'nyatīrthikaparivrājakānāṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanayopasaṃkramitum, ayam akālaḥ; amī anyatīrthikaparivrājikā bhagavataḥ kathāprātibhānikā amī na kathāprātibhānikāḥ; idaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ bhagavataḥ sukhopacayāya saṃvarteta, idaṃ na saukhopacayāya; ayaṃ maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sādhu sādhu maudgalyāyana paṇḍita ānando bhikṣuḥ; sa cetaḥparyāyakuśalaḥ; evaṃ saṃjñāsyati tathāgataṃ sāyāhne pratisaṃlayanād vyutthitaṃ nimittena vā parikathayā vā ādeṣṭum; anena cānena ca sukhavihāreṇa bhagavān bahulaṃ vyāhārṣīd; anena cānena ca sukhavihāreṇa sugato bahulaṃ vyāhārṣīd; yac ca yadā ādekṣyati tat sarvaṃ tathaiva bhaviṣyati, nānyathā; ayaṃ maudgalyāyana ānandasya bhikṣor āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ; sa tathāgatam upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati; yan maudgalyāyanānando bhikṣuḥ tathāgatam upasthāsyati manāpena nāmanāpena, (SBV II 64) bhāṣitaṃ codgrahīṣyati, svaṃ cārthaṃ na riṃciṣyati, ayam ānandasya bhikṣoḥ āścaryādbhuto dharmaḥ. yadāyuṣmadbhyāṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyām āyuṣmān ānando bhagavata upasthāyaka utsāhitaḥ, bhagavatā cānuvarṇitaḥ, tadā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato bhrātā saṃvṛttaḥ, upasthāyako, bahuśrutaḥ., śrutadharaḥ, śrutasannicaya iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavaḥ bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

The story of Bhānumān and Bhānumantaḥ (concerning a previous birth of Ānanda)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ bhānur nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate, kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāmeti; amātyāḥ kathayanti; (A 448b) pitāsya bhānuḥ, tasmād bhavatu dārakasya bhānumān iti nāma; tasya bhānumān iti nāma kṛtaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; pitrā yauvarājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyāpi jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā bhānumanta iti nāma kṛtaṃ; bhānumān kumāro naiṣkramyābhinandī; sa pitaraṃ paśyati dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayantaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati; aham api pitur atyayād rājā bhaviṣyāmi; aham api dharmādharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayitvā narakaparāyaṇo bhaviṣyāmi iti; sa pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: deva anujānīhi pravrajāmi iti; sa kathayati: putra yasyārthe yajñā ijyante homā hūyante tapāṃsi tapyante tat tava karatalagataṃ rājyaṃ; kasyārthe pravrajasi iti; sa nivāryamāṇo 'pi nāvatiṣṭhate; rājñā avaśyanirbandhaṃ jñātvā anujñātaḥ; sa ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; rājñā bhānumantaḥ kumāro yauvarājye abhiṣiktaḥ; bhānumatā ṛṣimadhye pravrajitena ekānte prakramya anācāryakeṇa anupādhyāyakena pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; so 'pareṇa samayena glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa itaś cānutaś ca paribhraman vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; rājñā śrutaṃ; bhānumatā (SBV II 65) pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā, sa ceha iti; sa tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: maharṣe tvaṃ piṇḍakenārthī, ahaṃ puṇyena; ihaiva madīye udyāne prativasa; ahaṃ te sarvopakaraṇair vaighātaṃ karomi iti; tenādhivāsitaṃ; rājñā tasya bhānumantaḥ kumāraḥ upasthāyako dattaḥ; sa tasyopasthānaṃ kartuṃ pravṛttaḥ; pratyekabuddhena tasya alpalakṣaṇaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ, saptāhasyātyayāt kālaṃ kariṣyatīti; sa tenoktaḥ: bhrātaḥ kimarthaṃ na pravrajasi? iti; sa kathayati: maharṣe pravrajāmi; yady evaṃ gaccha, pitaram avalokya; sa rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ; deva anujānīhi māṃ, pravrajāmi; rājā kathayati: tava bhrātā pravrajitaḥ; mamātyayāt tvam eva rājā; kimarthaṃ pravrajasi iti; sa na labhate pravrajyāṃ; sa pratyekabuddhaḥ svayam eva rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya gāthayā kathayati:

maharṣe asya saptāhaṃ jīvitaṃ? pratyekabuddhaḥ kathayati, saptāhaṃ; rājā kathayati: maharṣe yady evam anujñāto bhavatu; pravrājaya; sa ātmanaḥ alpakaṃ jīvitaṃ jñātvā tīvreṇa prasādena tasyopasthānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; sa pratyekabuddho vyāvābādhikaḥ; tasya pātraṃ karatale hṛhītvā bhuṃjānasya vāyunā hastaḥ kampate; tatas tena rājakumāreṇa kaṭakam avatārya pātrasya (A 449a) ādhārako dattaḥ; tatpātraṃ niścalaṃ sthitaṃ; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā praṇidhānaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yathaitat pātraṃ niścalaṃ, evaṃ mamānena (SBV II 66) kuśalamūlena ye dharmasantāne praviśeyuḥ te niścalā avatiṣṭheyuḥ iti; sa tasya pūrvaṃ parimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayati; sa kathayati: tvaṃ pūrvam āgārikabhūtaḥ parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padair vyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayasi; idānīṃ tvayā pratyekabodhiḥ sākṣātkṛtā; kimarthaṃ na deśayasi iti; sa kathayati: nāhaṃ deśayāmi; artho ko deśayati? ye te tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ te buddhā bhagavantaḥ parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayanti iti; tena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yo 'sau buddho bhagavān parimaṇḍalaparimaṇḍalaiḥ padavyañjanair dharmaṃ deśayati, tasyāhaṃ bhrātā syām upasthāyakaś ca; sa tena pratyekabuddhena pravrājitaḥ uktaś ca: vatsa etad eva te manasi kartavyaṃ mayā saptāhasyātyayāt martavyam iti; tena tena saptāhena na kiṃcid adhigataṃ; sa maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ karoti; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena tasya bhagavatas tathāgatasyārhataḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya śāsane pravrajya bahuśrutaḥ syāṃ, śrutadharaḥ, śrutasannicaya iti. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau rājakumāraḥ pratyekabuddhasya bhrātā eṣa evāsāv ānando bhikṣuḥ; yad anena pratyekabuddhasya bhrātur upasthānaṃ kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavato bhrātā saṃvṛttaḥ upasthāyako bahuśrutaḥ śrutadharaḥ śrutasannicayaś ca. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā ānandena karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavatā bahuśrutāṇāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayāṇām agro nirdiṣṭa iti; bhagavān āha: ānandenaiva bhikṣavo bhikṣuṇā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehināṃ.

Ānanda is the foremost among the learned monks

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'sminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ yāvad buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm (SBV II 67) upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasyāyaṃ pravacane pravrajitaḥ; tatrānena na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; yasya sakāśe pravrajitaḥ bhagavatā kāśyapena bahuśrutānāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayānām agro vyākṛtaḥ; sa maraṇakālasamaye praṇidhānaṃ karoti: yan mayā bhagavati kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe anuttare dakṣiṇīye yāvadāyur brahmacaryaṃ caritaṃ, na kaścid guṇagaṇo 'dhigataḥ; anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena yo 'sau bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena uttaro māṇavo vyākṛtaḥ, bhaviṣyasi tvaṃ māṇava varṣaśatāyuṣi prajāyāṃ śākyamunir nāma tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddha iti; tasyāhaṃ pravacane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkuryām; yathā ca me upādhyāyo bhagavatā kāśyapena samyaksaṃbuddhena bahudhārāṇām (A 449b) śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayāṇām agro vyākṛtaḥ; evaṃ mām api sa bhagavān śākyamunir śākyādhirāja bahuśrutānāṃ śrutadharāṇāṃ śrutasannicayānām agraṃ vyākuryād; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānām iti yāvad ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam. uddānaṃ: ṛddhiḥ śāstā tṛkā vaktā caṇḍālenāyaṃ gayā / yasya caite parādhyanti satvaśrāṇāś ca kukkurāḥ // (SBV II 68)

Famine in Rājagṛha cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Fests. Bechert (1997)

bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati venuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam abhūt kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; tatra ye bhikṣavaḥ ṛddher lābhinas te yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante.

Devadatta strives to win magical power cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Festsch. Bechert (1997)

atha devadattasya etad abhavat*: etarhi durbhikṣaṃ kṛcchraḥ kāntāro durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; ye bhikṣavaḥ ṛddhilābhinas te yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; aham api yadi ṛddher lābhī syām aham api yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjīya; sataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante; ye vā te janapadāḥ ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhuṃjate; śataś ca śeṣeṇa bhikṣūn saṃvibhajante. (A 450a) atha ko nu me pratilabhaḥ syād ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭum iti; atha devadatto yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadatto bhagavantam idam avocat*; vyapadiśatu me bhagavān ṛddher mārgam iti; atha bhagavān devadattasya idam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgatam utpannaṃ viditvā devadattam idam (SBV II 69) avocat: adhiśīle tvaṃ gautama yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; adhicitte adhiprajñe tvaṃ gautama yoniśo manasi kuru; ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: na vyapadiśati me bhagavān ṛddher mārgam iti viditvā prakrāntaḥ; yena āyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantam ājñātakauṇḍinyam idam avocat: vyapadiśatu me sthavira ṛddher mārgaṃ; athāyuṣmān ājñātakauṇḍinyo bhagavato mānasaṃ vyavalokya devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgataṃ viditvā devadattam idam avocat: rūpaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: sthaviro 'pi me kauṇḍinyo na vyapadiśati ṛddher mārgam iti viditvā āyuṣmān aśvajid bhadriko bāṣpo mahānāmā pūrṇo vimalo gavaṃpatiḥ subāhur yena paṃca sthaviraśatāni tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya paṃca sthaviraśatāni idam avocat: vyapadiśantu me sthavirā ṛddher mārgaṃ; atha paṃca sthaviraśatāni bhagavato mānasaṃ vyavalokya sthavirasthavirāṇāṃ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgataṃ viditvā devadattam idam avocat: rūpaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; vedanāsaṃjñāsaṃskārān vijñānaṃ tvaṃ devadatta yoniśo manasi kuru, ṛddhiś ca te bhaviṣyati, anyac ca; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat: paṃcāpi sthaviraśatāni ṛddher mārgaṃ na vyapadiśanti; kiṃ punar ebhir āyuṣmadbhir bhagavatā sārdhaṃ purvam eva saṅgītaṃ bhaviṣyati? tathā hi me na kaścid vyapadiśanti ṛddher mārgaṃ; atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: atha ko nu me pratibalaḥ syād ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭuṃ?

Daśabalakāśyapa teaches to Devadatta the way to obtain magical power cf. Matsuda, "A Vinaya Fragment of the MSV from 'Bendall's Puka'", Festsch. Bechert (1997)

tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapo rāhagṛhe viharati senikāguhāyaṃ (A 450b) atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: ayaṃ sthaviro daśabalakāśyapo dīrgharātram aśaṭha amāyāvī; ṛjukaṛjukajātīyo bhrātṛsālohitasya ca me nandasya upādhyāyo bhavati; pratibalaś ca me sthaviro daśabalakāśyapaḥ ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadeṣṭum iti viditvā yenāyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapas tena upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya (SBV II 70) āyuṣmato daśabalakāśyapasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadattaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ daśabalakāśyapam idam avocat*: vyapadiśatu me sthaviro ṛddher mārgaṃ; athāyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapaḥ bhagavato mānasam avyavalokya sthavirasthavirāṇāṃ ca bhikṣūṇāṃ devadattasya cedam evaṃrūpaṃ pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam ity aviditvā ṛddher mārgaṃ vyapadiśati; tatra devadattena pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktena viharatā prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya ṛddhir abhinirhṛtā; sa eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvā ekībhavati: āvirbhāvatirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥprākāram asajjamānena kāyena gacchati tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyāṃ unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathā udake; udake 'py abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakunakaḥ imau vā sūryācandramasau evaṃmahardhikāv evaṃmahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi. atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: kiṃ punar me yasyā jambvā nāmnā jambūdvīpaḥ prajñāyate tato varṇagandharasopetānāṃ jambūpeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? sataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? yadvā punar asyās sāmantakena bilvavanaṃ kapitthavanam āmalakīvanaṃ tato varṇagandharasopetānām āmalakapeśīnāṃ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? uttarakurudvīpaṃ gatvā akṛṣṭoptasya taṇḍulaphalaśāleḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? cāturmahārājikān trayastriṃśān ca devān gatvā divyāyāḥ sudhāyāḥ pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ? ye vā te janapadā ṛddhāś ca yāvad ākirṇabahujanamanuṣyāś ca tataḥ śucinaḥ praṇītasya khādanīyabhojanīyasya pātrapūram ādāya ātmanā paribhoktuṃ? śataś ca bhikṣūn śeṣeṇa saṃvibhaktuṃ?

Devadatta seduces Prince Ajātaśatru

atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: kiṃ punar aham asmin magadhakṣetre pradhānapuruṣam anvāvartayeyaṃ: yasminn anvāvṛtte (SBV II 71) akṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvarteta; atha devadattasyaitead abhavat*: ayam ajātaśatruḥ kumāraḥ pitur atyayāt paitryarājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāsyati; yannv aham ajātaśatrum anvāvartayeyaṃ; yasmin me anvāvṛtte alpakṛcchreṇa mahājanakāyo 'nvāvartiṣyate; atha devadattaḥ abhijāto hastyājāneyo bhūtvā ajātaśatroḥ kumārasya (A 451a) niveśanam apadvāreṇa praviśya dvāreṇa pratiniṣkrāmati; dvāreṇa praviśya apadvāreṇa pratiniṣkrāmati abhijātaḥ aśvājāneyaḥ bhikṣur api muṇḍaḥ saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ; dahro 'pīdānīṃ kumāraḥ suvarṇamekhalādhārī bhūtvā ajātaśatroḥ kumārasya utsaṅge āvartate; parivartate saṃvartate; ajātaśatrur api enaṃ kumāram āliṅgati cumbati pariṣvajati; apīdānīṃ kheṭapiṇḍam apy āsye prakṣipati; tad api devadatto 'bhyavaharati yathāpital lābhasatkāreṇa abhibhūtaḥ paryādattacittaḥ iti; tatrājātaśatruḥ kumāro bhūyasyā mātrayā pāpakaṃ dṛṣṭigataṃ pratilabdhavān: mahardhikataro batāryo devadattaḥ śāstur antikāt* iti; prasannaś cāsya prasannādhikāram akārṣīt; paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadatto 'pi paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśatair bhaktāgra upaniṣīdati.

The gifts and honours of Ajātaśatru infatuate Devadatta and his magical powers leave him entirely atha saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya prāvikṣan; aśrauṣuḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya carantaḥ; devadattasya ayam evaṃrūpo lābhasatkāra udapādi; rājāsya māgadhaḥ ajātaśatruḥ vaidehīputraḥ paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadattaḥ paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ bhaktāgra (SBV II 72) upaniṣīdati iti; śrutvā punaḥ rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā kṛtabhaktakṛtyāḥ paścādbhaktapiṇḍapātapratikrāntaḥ pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrantāḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāḥ saṃbahulā bhikṣavo bhagavantam idam avocan: iha vayaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulā bhikṣavaḥ pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya rājagṛhaṃ prāvikṣāma; aśrauṣma vayaṃ bhadanta saṃbahulā bhikṣavo rājagṛhaṃ piṇḍāya caranto: devadattasyāyam evaṃrūpo lābhsatkāraḥ udapādi; rājasya māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ paṃcamātrai rathaśataiḥ sārdhaṃ sāyaṃ ca prātaś ca upasthānakaro niryāti; paṃcamātrāṇi cāsya sthālīpākaśatāni bhaktābhisāre bhaktābhisāre upasaṃharati; devadatto 'pi paṃcamātrair bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ bhaktāgra upaniṣīdati; mā yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattasya lābhasatkāraṃ spṛhayata; tat kasya hetoḥ? vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā bhikṣavo vadhāya kadalī phalaṃ dadāti parābhavāya kadalī phalaṃ dadāti; evam eva vadhāya (A 451b) devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā vadhāya veṇur naḍaḥ phalaṃ dadāti; evam eva vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; parābhavāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; tadyathā vadhāya aśvatarī garbhaṃ gṛhṇāti; parābhavāya aśvatarī garbhaṃ gṛhṇāti; evam eva vadhāya devadattasya lābhasatkāraḥ; yāvac ca bhikṣavo devadattasya ayam evaṃrūpo lābhasatkāraḥ utpadyate, tat kasya bhaviṣyati mohapuruṣasya dīrgharātram anarthāya duḥkhāya; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yal lābhasatkāram abhibhaviṣyāmaḥ; na ca na utpanno lābhasatkāraḥ cittaṃ paryādāya sthāsyati; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ; phalaṃ vai kadalīṃ hanti phalaṃ veṇuṃ phalaṃ naḍam* / <satkāraḥ> puruṣaṃ hanti svagarbho 'śvatarīṃ yathā // (SBV II 73)

atha devadattasya lābhasatkārābhibhūtasya paryādattacittasya idam evaṃrūpo pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihāram anuyuktaḥ iti; sahacittotpādāt sa punar devadattas tasya ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; parihīṇaś ca punar nājñāsīd ity apy ahaṃ parihīṇaḥ iti.

Maudgalyāyana informs the Buddha as Devadatta is aiming at the direction of the congregation

tena khalu samayena kakudo bhikṣuḥ kroḍaputro bhagavataḥ śrāvako bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryaṃ caritvā caturo brahmavihārān bhāvayitvā, kāmeṣu kāmacchandaṃ prahāya, tadbahulavihārī brahmalokasabhāgatāyām utpannaḥ; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ bhārgaveṣu viharati śiśumāragirau bhīṣaṇikāvane mṛgadāve; atha kakudo brahmā devadattaṃ tasyā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaṃ viditvā, tadyathā balavān puruṣaḥ saṃkucitaṃ vā bāhuṃ prasārayet, prasāritaṃ vā saṃkucayed evam eva kakudo brahmā brahmaloke 'ntarhito bhārgaveṣu pratyaṣṭhād āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya purastād; atha kakudo brahmā āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat*; yat khalu bhadanta maudgalyāyana jānīyā devadattasya lābhasatkāreṇābhibhūtasya paryādattacittasya idam evaṃrūpo pāpakam icchāgatam utpannam: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho (SBV II 74) vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyuktaḥ iti; sahacittotpādāt sa punas tasyā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; parihīṇaś ca punar nājñāsīd ity apy ahaṃ parihīṇa iti; bhadanta sādhu maudgalyāyana (A 452a) yena bahagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāmeḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavantam etam evārthaṃ vistareṇārocayeḥ anukampām upādāya; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ kakudasya brahmaṇas tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha kakudo brahmā āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya pādau śirasā vanditvā tatraivāntarhitaḥ; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ aciraprakrāntaṃ kakudaṃ brahmāṇaṃ viditvā tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ, yathā samāhite citte bhārgeṣv antarhitaḥ rājagṛhe pratyaṣṭhād veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano yāvān evābhūt kakudena brahmaṇā sārdham antarākathāsamudāhāras tat sarvaṃ vistareṇārocayati; evam ukto bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat*: na khalu maudgalyāyana devadattaḥ pūrvam eva cetasā spharitvā viditaḥ? kiṃ tataḥ paścāt kakudena brahmaṇā ārocitam? evaṃ bhadanta iti; iyaṃ ca punar bhagavata āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyāyanena sārdham antarākathā viprasṛtā.

Devadatta visits the Buddha and departs indignant

atha devadattaś catubhir bhikṣubhiḥ sahāyakaiḥ kokālikena khaṇḍadravyeṇa kaṭamorakatiṣyeṇa samudradattena ca sārdhaṃ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; adrākṣīd bhagavān devadattaṃ dūrād eva dṛṣṭvā ca punar āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: rakṣedānīṃ maudgalyāyana, rakṣedānīṃ maudgalyāyana, eṣa gacchati devadattaḥ; idānīṃ eṣa mohapuruṣo mama purastād ātmanaivātmānaṃ vyākariṣyati; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ bhagavataḥ (SBV II 75) pādau śirasā vanditvā tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ, yathā samāhite citte veṇuvane 'ntarhito bhārgaveṣu pratyaṣṭhād śiśumāragirau bhīṣaṇikāvane mṛgadāve. atha devadatto yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthito devadattao bhagavantam idam avocat*: etarhi bhagavān jīrṇo vṛddho mahallakaḥ klāmyati catasraḥ parṣado 'vavaditum; aho vata bhagavān mama bhikṣusaṃghaṃ pratinisṛjet; ahaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ parikarṣayeyaṃ; bhagavān alpotsuko viharet dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārayogam anuyukta; śāriputramaudgalyāyanayos tāvad ahaṃ mohapuruṣa peśalayoḥ sabrahmacāriṇor api bhikṣusaṃghaṃ na pratinisṛjāmi; kutaḥ punas tvayi nisrakṣyāmi śave kheṭāśake? atha devadattasyaitad abhavat*: bhagavān śāriputramaudgalyāyanayor varṇaṃ bhāṣate; māṃ ca śavakheṭāśakavādena samudācarati iti; tatra devadatto (A 452b) bhagavato 'ntike kopaṃ ca dveṣaṃ ca mānaṃ ca mrakṣaṃ ca āghātaṃ ca akṣāntiṃ ca apratyayaṃ ca prāviṣkārṣīt*; atha devadatto hum iti kṛtvā triḥ śiraḥ kampayitva bhagavato antikāt prakrāntaḥ.

The Buddha assembles the monks The sermon on the five Teachers

tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ sthito 'bhūd vyajanaṃ gṛhītvā ca bhagavantaṃ vījayamānaḥ; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: gacchānanda yāvanto veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātaya; evaṃ bhadanta ity āyuṣmān ānando bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya, yāvanto bhikṣavo veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti tān sarvān upasthānaśālāyāṃ sannipātya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte asthāt*; ekāntasthita āyuṣmān ānando bhagavantam (SBV II 76) idam avocat*: yāvanto bhadanta bhikṣavo veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam upaniśritya viharanti, te sarve upasthānaśālāyāṃ sanniṣaṇṇāḥ, sannipatitāḥ; yasyedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyata iti. atha bhagavān yenopasthānaśālā tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ, upasaṃkramya purastāt bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; niṣadya bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma; paṃceme bhikṣavaḥ śāstāraḥ santaḥ saṃvidyamānā loke; katame paṃca? 1) ihaikaḥ śāstā apariśuddhaśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ me śīlam akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā apariśuddhaśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ me śīlam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ śīlavanto 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ prathamaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke. 2) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā apariśuddhajīva eva pariśuddho me ajīvaḥ akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā apariśuddhajīva eva san pariśuddho me ājīva asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ ājīvato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ dvitīyaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke. 3) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā (A 453a) apariśuddhajñānadarśana eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam akliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā (SBV II 77) apariśuddhajñānadarśana eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ jñānadarśanato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikād jñānadarśanānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ tṛtīyaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke. 4) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā asaṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭam iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā asaṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇo 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt saṃpannavyākaraṇānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ caturthaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke. 5) punar aparam ihaikaḥ śāstā durākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; tam enaṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃvāsānvayāt pratijānanti: ayaṃ bhagavān śāstā durākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijānīte; vayaṃ ced enaṃ pareṣām ārocayema tenāsya syād amanāpaṃ; yenāsya syād amanāpaṃ kiṃ vayaṃ tena śāstāraṃ samudācariṣyāmaḥ? eṣa bhagavān śāstā svayam eva pratijānāti; smanvāharaty eṣo 'smān yaduta cīvarapariṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; ity apy enaṃ śrāvakāḥ svākhyātadharmavinayato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; evaṃrūpaḥ śāstā śrāvakāṇām antikāt svākhyātadharmavinayānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsati; ayaṃ paṃcamaḥ śāstā san sanvidyamāno loke. atha khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhśīla eva san pariśuddhaṃ (SBV II 78) me śīlam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na me śrāvakā śīlavato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt śīlānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ayaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhajīva eva san pariśuddho me ajīvaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakā ājīvato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikād ājīvānurakṣaṇaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ pariśuddhajñānadarśana (A 453b) eva san pariśuddhaṃ me jñānadarśanam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ jñānadarśanato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikād jñānadarśanānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇa eva san saṃpannaṃ me vyākaraṇam asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ saṃpannavyākaraṇato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt saṃpannavyākaraṇānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; ahaṃ khalu bhikṣavaḥ svākhyātadharmavinaya eva san svākhyāto me dharmavinayaḥ asaṃkliṣṭa iti pratijāne; na māṃ śrāvakāḥ svākhyātadharmavinayato 'nurakṣitavyaṃ manyante; nāhaṃ śrāvakāṇām antikāt svākhyātadharmavinayānurakṣanaṃ pratyāśaṃsāmi; nigṛhya nigṛhya vo 'haṃ bhikṣavaḥ pravakṣyāmi, prasahya prasahya; na ca vo dhanayiṣye, kumbhakāra ivāmabhājanānāṃ; yat sāraṃ tat sthāsyati; kṣamāś ca yūyaṃ bhagavato vacanapathānāṃ. (SBV II 79)

Devadatta decides to bring about schism in the congregation

atha devadattaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattan āmantrayate: eta evaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; tiṣṭhate eva śramaṇasya gautamasya samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhetsyāmaḥ; cakrabhedaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ; tad asmākam abhyatītakālagatānāṃ digvidikṣu udāraḥ kalyāṇaḥ kīrtiśabdaślokaḥ abhyudgamiṣyati; tiṣṭhata eva śramaṇasya gautamasya tāvanmahardhikasya tāvanmahānubhāvasya devadattena kokālikena khaṇḍadravyeṇa kaṭamorakatiṣyeṇa samudradattena samagraḥ śrāvakasaṃghaḥ bhinnaś cakrabhedaś ca kriyate iti; te kathayanti: na śakṣyāmo vayaṃ devadatta bhagavataḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ; tat kasya hetoḥ? santy āyuṣman devadatta bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ mahardhikā mahānubhāvā divyacakṣuṣaḥ paracittavidaḥ; ye dūrād api paśyanti, antike 'pi na dṛśyante; te cetasā cittaṃ spharitvā manasā mano vijānanti; te asmān parisarpata eva jñāsyanti iti; sa kathayati: asti kokālika upāyaḥ; ete vayaṃ sthavirasthavirān bhikṣūn upasaṃkramāmaḥ sarvopakaraṇaiḥ alpotsukhā bhavantu sthavirā vayaṃ sthavirāṇāṃ sarvopakaraṇair avighātaṃ kariṣyāma iti; navakāṃś ca bhikṣūn upasthāpayāmaḥ upalāḍāyāmaḥ pātreṇa cīvareṇa śikyena saritena kāyabandhanena uddeśena pāṭhena svādhyāyena yogena manasikāreṇa; asty eṣa āyuṣman devadatta upāya iti; tatra devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramitum ārabdhaḥ.

The behaviour of Devadatta is discussed in the congregation

sthavirasthavirair bhikṣubhiḥ parisarpann eva vijñātaḥ devadattaḥ, samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati iti; etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavaḥ bhagavata ārocayanti; bhadanta devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati iti; tān bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattaṃ (SBV II 80) meṣakena iti, yo vā punar anyo 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ (A 454a) evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyaḥ; mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu iti; ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavo devadattaṃ meṣakena; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti. etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāpto 'smābhir bhadanta devadatto meṣakena; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavo devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti, yo vā punar anyo 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyaḥ. śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma kartavyaṃ. śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ayaṃ devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate; bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; sa eṣa saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakenājñaptaḥ; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya anuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣameta ānujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃghaḥ devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayet mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam adhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛja tvaṃ (SBV II 81) devadatta idam evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedakaraṃ vastu; ity eṣā jñaptiḥ; evaṃ ca karma kartavyaṃ. śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ayaṃ devadattaḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate; bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; sa eṣa saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakenājñaptaḥ; meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tat saṃghaḥ devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayati: mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; mā bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatv iti; yeṣām āyuṣmatāṃ kṣamate devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayituṃ; mā tvaṃ devadatta samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākrama; (A 454b) bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyam cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭha; sametu te devadatta sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu iti te tūṣṇīṃ; na kṣamante bhāṣantām iyaṃ prathamā karmavācanā; evaṃ dvitīyā tṛtīyā karmavācanā. ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavo devadattaṃ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.

The behaviour of the four monks followers of Devadatta is discused in the congregation

catvāraś cāsya bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ, kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; te bhikṣūn evaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? eṣa hi bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; (SBV II 82) yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate, kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti. etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāpto 'smābhir bhadanta devadattaḥ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; catvāraś cāsya bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ, kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; te bhikṣūn evaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; eṣa hi bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti. bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā meṣakena; evaṃ punar ājñāpayitavyāḥ: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣusamagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate, bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati, tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmantaḥ asya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, nājānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; mā yūyam āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayata; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamāno 'vivadamāna ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv (A 455a) āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartanīṃ vyagravāditām iti; ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān meṣakena; te meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyānuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti. etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāptā asmābhir bhadanta kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ (SBV II 83) meṣakena; te meṣakenājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśya anuvyavaharati idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; bhagavān āha: ājñāpayata yūyaṃ bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā iti, ye vā punar anye 'py evaṃjātīyaḥ evaṃ ca punar ājñāpayitavyāḥ. śayanāsanaprajñaptiṃ kṛtvā gaṇḍīm ākoṭya pṛṣṭavācikayā bhikṣūn samanuyujya sarvasaṃghe sanniṣaṇṇe sannipatite ekena bhikṣuṇā jñaptiṃ kṛtvā karma kartavyaṃ. śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ime kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati, tasyānuvartino bhaviṣyanti vyagravāditāyāṃ; bhikṣūṃś caivaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti; ta evaṃ saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakena ājñāpyamānās tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharanti idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; sacet saṃghasya prāptakālaṃ kṣameta anujānīyāt saṃgho yat saṃghaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayati: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa āyuṣmanto bhikṣur dharmavādī vinayavādī ca; adharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣur avinayavādī ca; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpāṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ (SBV II 84) vyagravāditāyāṃ; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ (A 455b) śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; ity eṣā jñaptiḥ; evaṃ ca karma kartavyaṃ. śṛṇotu bhadantāḥ saṃghaḥ; ime kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramati, tasyānuvartino bhaviṣyanti vyagravāditāyāṃ; bhikṣūṃś caivaṃ vadanti: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣo āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ ca eṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate kṣamate ca iti; ta evaṃ saṃbahulair bhikṣubhir meṣakena ājñāpyamānās tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharanti idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tat saṃghaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇājñāpayati: mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa bhikṣur dharmavādī na vinayavādī; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na jānan; mā āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayantu; saṃghasāmagrīm eva rocayantu; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ vyagravāditām iti. yeṣām āyuṣmatāṃ kṣamante kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpayituṃ; mā yūyaṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānanto yo bhikṣuḥ samagrasya saṃghasya bhedāya parākramate bhedakaraṇasaṃvartanīyaṃ cādhikaraṇaṃ samādāya pragṛhya tiṣṭhati; tasyānuvartino bhavata vyagravāditāyāṃ; mā ca bhikṣūn evaṃ vadata: mā yūyam āyuṣmanto 'sya bhikṣoḥ kiṃcid vocata kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā; tat kasya hetoḥ? dharmavādī caiṣa bhikṣuḥ, vinayavādī ca; dharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur vinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhya anuvyavaharati; jānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na ajānan; yac cāsmai bhikṣave rocate ca kṣamate ca, asmākam api tad rocate ca kṣamate ca iti; tat kasya hetoḥ? naiṣa bhikṣur dharmavādī na vinayavādī; adharmaṃ caiṣa bhikṣur avinayaṃ ca samādāya pragṛhyānuvyavaharati; ajānaṃś caiṣa bhikṣur bhāṣate, na jānan; mā āyuṣmantaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ rocayantu; saṃghasāmagrīm eva rocayantu; sametv āyuṣmatāṃ sārdhaṃ saṃghena; samagro hi saṃghaḥ sahitaḥ saṃmodamānaḥ avivadamānaḥ ekāgraḥ ekoddeśaḥ ekakṣīrodakībhūtaḥ śāstuḥ śāsanaṃ dīpayan sukhasparśaṃ viharatu; niḥsṛjantv āyuṣmantaḥ imām evaṃrūpaṃ saṃghabhedānuvartinīṃ vyagravāditām iti te tūṣṇīṃ; na kṣamante bhāṣantām iyaṃ prathamā karmavācanā; evaṃ dvitīyā tṛtīyā karmavācanā. (SBV II 85) ājñāpayanti te bhikṣavaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; te bhkṣubhir jñapticaturthena karmaṇā ājñāpyamānas tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśya abhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti.

The monks inform the Buddha of the result of the motion (jñapti). Devadatta gets stronger in his resolution to bring about the schism in the congregation

etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti: ājñāptā asmābhir bhadanta kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jñapticaturthena karmaṇā; ājñāpyamānas te tad eva vastu sthāmaśaḥ parāmṛśyābhiniviśya anuvyavaharati: idam eva satyaṃ moham anyad iti; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: pratibalo me bhikṣavo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ. devadattena śrutaṃ vyākṛto 'haṃ śramaṇena gautamena pratibalo me bhikṣavo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ anuvartino vyagravāditāyāṃ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattān āmantrayate: (A 456a) yat khalu kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ jānīyāta, vyākṛto 'haṃ śramaṇena gautamena pratibalo devadattaḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhettuṃ cakrabhedaṃ ca kartuṃ; tathā cāsya catvāro bhikṣavaḥ sahāyakāḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattā iti; yannv ahaṃ bhūyasyā matrayā saṃghabhedāya parākrameya iti; sa paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdham ante ārāmasya gaṇabhojanaṃ bhuṅkte; etat prakaraṇaṃ bhikṣavo bhagavata ārocayanti. bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? kimarthaṃ tathāgatena trikabhojanam anujñātaṃ; gaṇabhojanaṃ pratikṣiptaṃ? nanu dvāv arthāu saṃpaśyatā, kulodayatāṃ ca pratītya, pāpecchānāṃ (SBV II 86) ca pudgalānāṃ pakṣapralopanārthaṃ; mā haiva pāpecchaḥ pudgalaḥ saṃgham evāgamya, saṃgham evoddiśya, saṃgham evāvedayitvā pāṣaṇḍika iva kṛtvā saṃghenaiva sārdhaṃ vigṛhya vivādaṃ sthāpayet iti.

Devadatta loses his magical powers

yadā āyuṣmatā daśabalakāśyapena devadattasya ṛddher mārgo vyapadiṣṭaḥ, tadāsau bhikṣubhir ucyate: kasmāt tvayā sthavira devadattasya pāpecchasya ṛddher mārgo vyapadiṣṭaḥ? sa kathayati: nāham āyuṣmanto jāne yathāyaṃ pāpeccha iti; yadi mayā jñātam abhaviṣyat ṛkāro 'py asya mayā na vyapadiṣṭo 'bhaviṣyat; prāg eva ṛddher mārgaḥ iti; tato devadattaḥ bhikṣubhiḥ praṇayam āsthāyocyate; devadatta yā kācit śrīsaubhāgyasaṃpat, sarvāsau sthaviraṃ daśabalakāśyapam āgamya; na tvaṃ tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāmasi iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: apy eva nāmāyam asmābhiḥ prabodhitaḥ tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāmet; sa evaṃ pratinivartayet iti; sa evaṃ praticoditaḥ kathayati: kiṃ mama tena kṛtaṃ? nanu mayā vīryam ādhāya, pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktena viharatā prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya ṛddhir abhinirhṛtā iti; sa vākpravyāharaṇakālasamanantaram eva tayā akṛtajñatayā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ akṛtajñatayā ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣaḥ akṛtajñatayā vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of an out-caste versed in magic and of a brāhmaṇa student (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; (SBV II 87) tatra caṇḍālo vidyāmantradharo vidyāmantrakuśalaḥ gāndhārīvidyāṃ parivartya ṛddhyā gandhamādanāt parvatāt akālartukāni puṣpaphalāny ādāya rājñe brahmadattāyopanayati; rājā brahmadattas tasyābhiprasannaḥ abhisāram anuprayacchati; yāvad anyatamo māṇavo mantrārthī mantragavaṣī śravaparampayā janapadāt vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya tasya caṇḍālasya vidyāmantradhāriṇaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kathayati: icchāmy aham upādhyāyasya śuśrūṣāṃ kartuṃ; kasyārthe? vidyāyāḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate: (A 456b)

sa kathayati: upādhyāya yady evam ahaṃ śuśrūṣāṃ karomi; kiyantaṃ kālaṃ kartavyā? sa kathayati: dvādaśabhir varṣaiḥ śuśrūṣayā dīyeta vā na vā; so 'tyarthaṃ vidyāpratipannaḥ anujñātavān; tata ārādhanaparamaḥ satkṛtya guruśuśrūṣāṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayenāsau caṇḍālo madyamadākṣipto gṛham āgataḥ; sa māṇavaḥ saṃlakṣayati; ayam upādhyāyaḥ atīva madyamadākṣiptaḥ; pārśve asya śayyā kalpayitavyā iti; yāvad asau caṇḍālaḥ saṃparivartitum ārabdhaḥ; tasya saṃparivartamānasya khaṭvāyā aṅgaṇikā bhagnā; māṇavaḥ śrutvā pratibuddhaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: upādhyāyaḥ duḥkhaṃ śayiṣyate; yannv aham aṅgaṇikāyāṃ pṛṣṭhaṃ datvā avasthitaḥ; dharmatā hy eṣā śauṇḍānāṃ yo balavāṃs tasya vāntir bhavati; tasya prathame yāme madyaṃ vigacchati; tena tīkṣṇamadyavegāt māṇavasya pṛṣṭhe vāntaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ kāyaṃ cālayeyaṃ vācaṃ vā niścārayeyaṃ sthānam etad vidyate yad upādhyāyaḥ śabdaṃ śrutvā pratibuddho na punaḥ śayyāṃ kalpayet; sa pratisaṅkhyānena avasthitaḥ; yāvad caṇḍālaḥ svayam eva pratibuddhaḥ paśyati taṃ tathā viprakṛtaṃ; tataḥ pṛcchati, ko 'yaṃ; sa kathayati: upādhyāya ahaṃ somaśarmā; vatsa (SBV II 88) kim asy evaṃsthitaḥ? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; so 'bhiprasannaḥ kathayati: vatsa parituṣṭo 'haṃ; gatvā snātvā āgaccha; vidyāṃ tubhyam anuprayacchāmi iti; somaśarmā āgataḥ; tena tasmai vidyā dattā; capalā brāhmaṇā bhavanti; sa vegam asahamānaḥ cintayati; ihaiva tāvad enāṃ vidyāṃ jijñāsayāmi, tato 'nyatra gamiṣyāmi iti; tena sā vidyā parivartitā; bhavanatalam utpatya, āśv eva gandhamādanaṃ parvataṃ gatvā, akālartukāni puṣpāny ādāya āgataḥ; tena tāni rājñaḥ purohitāya dattāni; tenāpi rājñe brahmadattāya; rājā kathayati: kutas tavaitāni; sa kathayati: viprakṛṣṭād deśān māṇavo 'bhyāgataḥ; tenaitāni mama dattāni; sa cātyarthaṃ vidyāmantradhārī akāmakaraṇīyaś ca brāhmaṇaḥ; kim anena caṇḍālena sarvalokapratyākhyātena? tasya vṛttim ācchidya asmai māṇavāya dīyatām iti; rājā kathayati: evaṃ kāraya iti; tataḥ purohitena caṇḍālād vṛttim ācchidya tasmai brāhmaṇāya dattā; sa tayā akṛtajñatayā tasya vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yo 'sau caṇḍālaḥ eṣa evāsau daśabalakāśyapaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; so 'sau māṇavaḥ eṣa eva asau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa vidyāyāḥ parihīṇaḥ; adyāpy eṣa ṛddheḥ parihīṇaḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yat kṛtajñā bhaviṣyāmaḥ; svalpam api kṛtaṃ na nāśayiṣyāmaḥ prāg eva prabhūtataram; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyaṃ.

The Buddha goes to Gayā

atha bhagavān yathābhiramyaṃ rājagṛhe vihṛtya bhikṣugaṇaparivṛtaḥ bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛtaḥ, magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran gayām anuprāptaḥ gayāyāṃ viharati; (A 457a) rājñā bimbisāreṇa bhagavataḥ parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni prāpitāni; devadattena ajātaśatrur abhihitaḥ: paśya vṛddharājā śramaṇasya gautamasya kīdṛśān kārān karoti; aham api janapadacārikāṃ cariṣyāmi; asmākam api tvayā piṇḍakena avighātaḥ karaṇīyaḥ. (SBV II 89) atha devadatto 'pi paṃcaśataparivāro janapadacārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; devadattasyājātaśatruṇā rājñā parṇopagūḍhasya śāleḥ paṃcamātrāṇi śakaṭaśatāni pratimārgaṃ preṣitāni; bhikṣavo dṛṣṭvā saṃlakṣayanti: kasyaitāni paṃca śakaṭaśatāny āgacchanti iti; taiḥ kutūhalajātaiḥ adhvagatapuruṣāḥ pṛṣṭāḥ; tair vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta rājā ajātaśatrur apātram apātravarṣī ca iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, rājā ajātaśatrur apātram apātravarṣī, yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣaḥ apātram apātravarṣī; tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of a mango tree (concerning a previous birth of prince Ajātaśatru)

te pṛcchanti: ṛṣe kim etat? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; te avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ; mātsaryābhibhūtayā devatayā phalāni ṛṣīṇāṃ na dattāni; apātrāṇāṃ corāṇāṃ dattāni iti. bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ yāsau devatā eṣa evāsav ajātaśatruḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa ajātaśatruḥ devatābhūtaḥ apātram apātravarṣī ca; etarhi apy eṣa apātram apātravarṣī ca iti. (SBV II 90)

The Buddha in Rājagṛha

atha bhagavān magadheṣu janapadeṣu cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; devadatto rājagṛhanivāsino janakāyasya nityam evāparādhaṃ karoti; yasya yasyāparādhaḥ kriyate, sa bhagavata upālambhaṃ preṣayati; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: gaccha ānanda saṃghāṭīm (A 457b) ādāya anyatamena bhikṣuṇā paścācchramaṇena rājagṛhe rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām ārocaya yad devadatto vā, devadattapakṣiko vā aparādhaṃ karoti; na tena buddho vā dharmo vā saṃgho vā saṃbadhyate iti; yadi kathayanti: mahardhiko devadatto mahānubhāvaḥ iti, vaktavyāḥ: āsīn mahardhikaḥ; idānīṃ parihīṇas tasyā ṛddheḥ iti; tena gatvā rājagṛhe nagararathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu brāhmaṇagṛhapatīnām ārocitaṃ, te na bhūyo bhagavata upālambhaṃ preṣayanti.

The Buddho grows ill

bhagavato glānyam utpannaṃ; jīvakena bhagavate nārācaghṛtam upanītaṃ; tatra bhagavān jīvakaṃ vaidyarājam āmantrayate: āścaryaṃ jīvaka? āścaryaṃ bhagavan; adbhutaṃ jīvaka? adbhutaṃ bhagavan, jānāsi jīvaka? jānāmi bhagavan; na jānāsi jīvaka; na cāpi sugata; 1) kiṃ jīvaka āścaryaṃ? bhagavan gāvas tṛṇāni caranti; pānīyaṃ pibanti; tata idam amṛtaṃ samutpannaṃ; yenedaṃ nārācaghrtaṃ pakvan; 2) kim adbhutaṃ? bhagavan buddhotpādaḥ, saddharmasya ca deśanā, saṃghasya ca supratipattiḥ; 3) kiṃ jānāsi? bhagavan jātenāvaśyaṃ martavyaṃ; 4) kiṃ na jānāsi? bhagavan kena kutra martavyam iti. bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta jīvakena bhagavataḥ saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena mama saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātaṃ; tac chrūyatāṃ. (SBV II 91)

The story of a gṛhapati and his son (concerning a previous birth of Jīvaka)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃṣatidivasān jātāyāḥ jātimahaṃ kṛtvā valayeti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; bhūyo 'py asya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ putro jātaḥ; tasyāpi kulasadṛśaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: jāto me ṛṇaharo dhanaharaś ca; gacchāmi paṇyam ādāya deśāntaram iti; bhūyaḥ sa saṃlakṣayati: iyaṃ mama patnī rūpavatī; yady aham asyāḥ prabhūtān kārṣāpaṇān datvā gacchāmi, sthānam etad vidyate yat parapuruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ vikariṣyati; yannv aham asyāḥ svalpān kārṣāpaṇān datvā gaccheyam iti; sa tasyāḥ stokān kārṣāpaṇān datvā, avaśiṣṭaṃ suvarṇakalaśe prakṣipya, grīvāyāṃ muktāhāraṃ baddhvā śmaśāne aśvakarṇasya mūle nikhanya paṇyam ādāya deśāntaraṃ gataḥ; tasya tatra prabhūto lābhaḥ saṃpannaḥ; sa tatraiva dārasaṅgrahaṃ kṛtvā avasthitaḥ; tasya ca bahavaḥ putrā jātāḥ; tatas tayā pūrvikayā patnyā valayā sa ca dārakaḥ hastabalena jñātibalena ca pāyitau, poṣitau, saṃvardhitau; tau kathayataḥ: amba pitā asmākaṃ kva gataḥ? sā kathayati: putra asmin deśe amukam adhiṣṭhānaṃ tatra tiṣṭhati (A 458a) tasya ca mahatī dhanasaṃpattiḥ śrūyate, gaccha yadi kiṃcid asyojjīvanopāyas te bhaviṣyati iti; sa pitaraṃ samanveṣamāṇaḥ anupūrveṇa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ; sa vīthyām anvāhiṇḍamānaḥ pitrā mukhabimbakena pratyabhijñātaḥ; śabdayitvyā abhihitaḥ: kutas tvam ihāgacchasi? kutra vā gantum? iti; tena vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: eṣa evāsau mama putraḥ iti; sa tena svagṛhītaḥ uktaś ca: putra na te kasyacid ākhyeyaṃ, mamāyaṃ pitā iti; sa tasyātyarthaṃ snehaṃ kartuṃ ārabdhaḥ; (SBV II 92) tatas tair anyaiḥ putrair ucyate: tāta kasyāyaṃ dārakaḥ? sa kathayati: mamāyaṃ vayasyasya putraḥ iti; taiḥ saṃlakṣitaṃ: yathāyam asyātyarthaṃ snehavān nūnam asyaiva putraḥ iti; te parasparaṃ saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: ayam aparo bhrātā iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: preṣayāmy enaṃ; pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ, yaduta sāpatnyakaṃ; sthānam etad vidyate yad enaṃ praghātayiṣyanti; yadi ca kiṃcid dāsyāmi antarmārge dāyādyakāraṇād ghātayiṣyanti; yannv aham evaṃ preṣayeyam iti viditvā cīrikā likhitvā dattā:

kaṇṭhe tu yat tad valayāyā deyam iti.

sa cīrikām ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; antarmārge bhrātṛbhir gṛhītaḥ; uktaś ca: kiṃ tvayā pituḥ sakāśāl labdhaṃ sa kathayati: na kiṃcid iyaṃ cīrikā; te saṃlakṣayanti: vyaṃśito 'yaṃ pitrā; gacchatu iti; sa tair muktaḥ; anupūrveṇa svagṛhe praviṣṭo mārgaśramaṃ prativinodayati; mātrā abhihitaḥ: kiṃ tvayā pituḥ sakāśāl labdham iti; sa kathayati: na kiṃcid api, kiṃtu iyaṃ cīrikā; sā kathayati: vyaṃśitas tvaṃ tena, mārgaśramaś ca jāto, na kiṃcit saṃpannam iti; sa kathayati: amba mahātmāsau; na māṃ vyaṃśayiṣyati iti; sa tāṃ cīrikāṃ vācayitum ārabdhaḥ: grāmeti, yatra jāyate so 'tra grāmo 'bhipretaḥ; śmaśāneti, yatra mṛto (SBV II 93) dahyate; hayakarṇamūle iti, hayā ucyante aśvāḥ; tatkarṇanāmā vṛkṣaḥ; aśvakarṇamūle ity uktaṃ bhavati; prāgbhūmita iti, pūrvasyāṃ diśi; yojanam antareṇeti, yugamātram antarena iti; sa evaṃ gāthārthaṃ vicārya niḥsaṃpātavelāyāṃ śmaśānaṃ gataḥ; tatsamīpe paśyati, aśvakarṇavṛkṣaḥ, sa tasya pūrve digbhāge yugamātraṃ māpayitvā khanitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati suvarṇakalaśaṃ; grīvāyāṃ cāsya hāraṃ baddhaṃ; sa tam ādāya āttamanāttamano gṛhaṃ gataḥ; muktāhāraṃ cāpanīya valayāyaiva dattavān. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gṛhapatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau tasya putraḥ eṣa evāsau jīvakaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mama saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ vijñātaṃ.

The sichness of the Buddha. The Buddha heals Devadatta

jīvakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: vajrakāyaśarīro bhagavān bṛhatkāyaś ca; na śakyam atyalpena ghṛtena cikitsāṃ kartuṃ; tena pātraṃ gṛhītvā dvātriṃśad ghṛtapalāni tulonmitāni kṛtvā bhagavate pradattāni; bhagavatā pātraśeṣaṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ cāryate; bhikṣavaḥ (A 458b) bhagavataḥ pātraśeṣam iti kṛtvā namasyanti. devadattaḥ saṃlakṣayati: aham api ghṛtaṃ pibāmīti; tena jīvakaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: jīvaka kiyati mātrā ghṛtasya śramaṇena gautamena pītā? iti; sa kathayati: dvātriṃśat palāni iti; sa kathayati: aham api dvātriṃśat palāni pibāmi iti; jīvakaḥ kathayati: vajramayaśarīro bhagavān bṛhatkāyaś ca; śaknoti iyatīṃ mātrāṃ jarayituṃ; tvaṃ punar na śakṣyasi jarayitum iti; sa kathayati: aham api vajraśarīraḥ; kimarthaṃ na jarayāmi? iti; tena dvātriṃśatpalikā mātrā balāt pītā; bhagavataḥ samyak pariṇataṃ; devadattasya na pariṇatam; aparasminn eva divase jīvakena bhagavato maṇḍo dattaḥ; devadattena mānād bhagavān pibatīti ajīrṇe eva ghṛte maṇḍaḥ pītaḥ; śūlaḥ samutpannaḥ; marmoparodhikī vedanā prādurbhūtā; sa tannimittaṃ duḥkhāṃ tīvrāṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām (SBV II 94) amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate; na rātrau na divā nidrām āsādayati. āyuṣmān ānando jñātivatsalaḥ; tena sa vṛttānto bhagavate niveditaḥ; tato bhagavatā gajabhujasadṛśaṃ bāhum abhiprasārya gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvataṃ bhitvā caktasvastikanandyāvartena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām āśvāsanakaraṃ karaṃ devadattasya sthāpayitvā satyopayācanaṃ kṛtaṃ; yena satyena yathā rāhulabhadre priye ekaputrake cittam anūnānadhikaṃ tathaiva devadatte tena satyena rujā śamaṃ gacched iti; satyopayācanakālasamanantaram eva devadattasya rujā praśāntā; sa naṣṭopalabdhaprāṇo bhagavataḥ pāṇiṃ nirīkṣate; tena saṃprarijñātaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: śramaṇasya gautamasya pāṇir iti; so 'nalpakalpaśāṭhyasamudācāramadāvalepāvarjitasantaiḥ; tathāpi buddhamāhātmyopaśāntarujaḥ kathayati: śobhanaṃ te siddhārtha vaidyakam adhigataṃ; śakṣyasy anena jīvikāṃ kalpayitum iti; sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ: devadatto bhagavatā satyopayācanayā pragāḍhavedanābhibhūtaḥ prāṇair viyujyamānaḥ svasthīkṛtaḥ iti; yaṃ śrutvā devadattapakṣyā apy atyantābhiniviṣṭā bhagavaty āścaryaṃ praveditavantaḥ: aho 'sya samyaksaṃpannā maitrī; aho satveṣu subhāvitā karuṇā iti. bhikṣubhir devadatto 'bhihitaḥ: devadatta tvaṃ bhagavatā svasthīkṛtaḥ; anyathā prāṇair viyuktaḥ syāḥ iti; sa kathayati: jānāty asāv anvāvartanīṃ māyāṃ, yayā lokaṃ samanvāvartayati iti; bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti: devadatta alam anena vikatthitena; svacittaṃ pratilabhasva; svasthīkṛtas tvaṃ bhagavatā iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mama tena kṛtaṃ? ghṛte pariṇate rujā vyupaśāntā iti. akṛtajño 'yam akṛtavedī iti kṛtvā prakrāntāḥ; yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya saṃśayajātaḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā (A 459a) atīte 'py adhvani eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; tac chrūyatāṃ. (SBV II 95)

The story of a Sage and of an ungrateful elephant (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasminn agrāmake araṇyāyatane nānāvidhapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannam udyānaṃ; tasmin kauśikasagotro ṛṣiḥ prativasati; pramuktaphalabhojī mūlaphalāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasyāśramapadasamantake viśvastā mṛgapakṣiṇo yatheṣṭaṃ viharanti; tasya nātidūre hastinī prasūtā; tatprasavasamanantaraṃ siṃhena nādo muktaḥ; sā bhītā trastā kalabhaṃ parityajya mūtrapurīṣam utsṛjantī niṣpalāyitā; yāvad asau ṛṣir āśramapadān niṣkramya āśramapadasāmantakena diśo vyavalokayan saṃparibhramitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati tam abhinavajātaṃ hastikalabhakaṃ; tato 'sau ṛṣiḥ kāruṇyād ākampitahṛdayaḥ tanmātṛsamanveṣaṇābhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ samantato vyavalokayitum ārabdhaḥ; yadā sarvāvasthaṃ na paśyati tadā tam ādāyāśramapadaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tena putravad āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ; mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; tadā tasya ṛṣer āśramapade aparādhyate; puṣpaviṭapān utpāṭayati; phalavṛkṣān śākhāḥ bhinatti; etāni cānyāni cāparādhasahasrāṇi karoti; sa ṛṣis taṃ tarjayati; ṛṣiṇā santarjitaḥ saṃkocam āpadyate; sa yadā saṃjātarāgaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ tadā santarjyamāno 'py avajñāṃ karoti; yāvad apareṇa samayena ṛṣiṇā bhṛśaṃ tarjitaḥ, tam eva ṛṣiṃ hantuṃ pradhāvitaḥ; sa ṛṣer dehaikadeśaṃ bhaṅktvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate: (SBV II 96)

bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau hastināgaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī, tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of Mahendrasena (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ atīte 'dhvani vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ mahendrasena nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya candraprabhā nāma devī satyasvapnā; yat kiṃcit svapne paśyati sarvaṃ tat tathaiva bhavati; tasya ca rājño vijite suvarṇapārśvo nāma bodhisatvaḥ mṛgeṣūpapanno mṛgāṇām adhipatiḥ; so 'cintanīyarūpaprabhāvayogāt sarvalokamanonayanaprahlādanakaraḥ, prārthanīyaś ca; yas taṃ paśyati sa nirīkṣamānas tatraiva tiṣṭhati; so 'tyartham abhivīkṣyamānaḥ śaṅkī saṃvṛttaḥ; sa lubdhakabhayād anyalokabhayāc ca bhītaś carati; dharmatā hy eṣā aciravyativṛtte lokasanniveśe tiryañco 'pi vākpravyāharaṇasamarthā bhavanti; athānyataraḥ kākas (A 459b) tasya samīpam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tena sārdhaṃ premapraṇayasaukhyaḥ kathayati: bho mātula kasmāt tvam evaṃ bhītabhītaś carasi? iti; sa kathayati: bhāgineya mamedaṃ rūpaṃ sarvalokaśubhaṃ saṃprārthanīyaṃ ca; so 'haṃ lokabhayāl lubdhakabhayāc ca bhītabhītaś (SBV II 97) carāmi iti; sa kathayati: mamāpy atīvolūkabhayaṃ; tad anyonyaṃ rakṣāṃ kurvaḥ; ahaṃ tvāṃ divā rakṣāmi; tvaṃ māṃ rātrau rakṣa iti; tāv evaṃ kṛtamaryādau vyavasthitau; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣo dviṣadbhiḥ paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho navāmbupūrṇāyāṃ hemalohyāṃ hemamālinyāṃ śīghrasrotasi nadyāṃ prakṣiptaḥ; tatra uhyamāna ārtasvaraṃ vilalāpa: paryadevata:

api tu vatsa idaṃ tvayā kartavyaṃ; kṛte pratyupakārāt nāhaṃ tvayā kasyacin nivedyaḥ; atilobhanīyam idaṃ me śarīraṃ prārthanīyaṃ sarvalokasya iti; tatas sa puruṣa tatheti pratijñāya mṛgādhipatiṃ (SBV II 98) triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya pādayor nipatya prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena candraprabhā devī ratiparikhedakhinnā mahāśayane atyarthaṃ middham avakrāntā rātryāḥ paścime yāme svapnam adrākṣīd atiparamaramaṇīyaśarīraṃ mṛgādhipatiṃ siṃhāsane niṣadya mahatyāṃ rājaparṣadi dharmaṃ deśayantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ pratyakṣavat svapnadarśanasaṃjanitasaumanasyā laghu laghv eva mahāśayanād utthāya rājño niveditavatī; śrutvā rājā tasyāḥ satyasvapnāyāḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: aniṣṭagatyupapannena satā kathaṃ nāma siṃhāsane niṣadya mahatyāṃ rājaparṣadi dharmo deśayitavyaḥ iti; tataś candraprabhā devī priyamadhuracāturyakathāsamudācārayogena muhūrtaṃ rājānam upalāḍya kathayati: deva kriyatāṃ yatnaḥ tasya mṛgasyānayanāya iti; tato rājñā amātyānām (A 460a) ājñā dattā: bhavanto yāvanto madviṣayanivāsino mṛgalubdhakās tiṣṭhanti te sarve matsakāśam upaneyāḥ iti; amātyaiḥ pratiprativiṣayeṣu rājapuruṣāṇām ājñā dattā: devaḥ samājñāpayati madviṣayanivāsibhir mṛgalubdhakair ihāgantavyam iti; tad yuṣmābhiḥ sarvamṛgalubdhakā iha preṣayitavyāḥ iti; taiḥ sarve viṣayanivāsino mṛgalubdhakā rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ preṣitāḥ; amātyai rajñe upanītāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto śrutaṃ mayā madvijite paramaramaṇīyarūpavigraho mṛgo 'stīti; sa yuṣmābhir mṛduśithilabandhanopanibaddho matsakāśam akhedita upaneyaḥ iti; te kathayanti: deva vayaṃ tajjīvina eva; iyatā kālena devasya vijite paryaṭadbhir na kadācid evaṃvidho mṛgavaraḥ śrutapūrvaḥ; kimuta dṛṣṭaḥ tam arhati devaḥ śravaparamparayā samanveṣya amuṣmin deśe tiṣṭhatīti; asmākam ājñātum; evaṃ devasya vayaṃ niyatam ājñāṃ saṃpādayāmaḥ iti; tato rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata samājñāpayati devaḥ; atiramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir asti; yo me tasya pravṛttiṃ nivedayati tam ahaṃ mahatā satkāreṇa satkaromi; paṃca cāsmai grāmavarān prayacchāmi iti; amātyai rājñaḥ pratiśrutya vārāṇasyāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavanto vārāṇasīnivāsinaḥ paurā nānādeśābhyāgatāś ca janāḥ; deva evaṃ samājñāpayati madvijite atiparamaramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir asti; yo me tasya pravṛttiṃ nivedayati tam ahaṃ mahatā satkāreṇa satkaromi; paṃca cāsmai grāmavarān prayacchāmi iti; tatas taddarśinaḥ puruṣasya etad abhavat: kiṃ tāvat kuṭumbam anupālayāmi, āhosvit kṛtajñatām? iti; kāmān khalu pratisevamānasya (SBV II 99) nāsti kiṃcit pāpakaṃ karma akaraṇīyam iti sa kāmanidānotthena dveṣavahnitīvreṇa santāpitahṛdayaḥ saṃlakṣayti: tiṣṭhatu kṛtajñatā; śatror vairaniryātanāya samupasthitaḥ kālaḥ; kiṃ mayā punas tādṛśī avasthā prāpayitavyā? tasya tāvad vairaniryātanaṃ karomi iti; sa prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ rājñaḥ parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇasya rājakāryam adhitiṣṭhataḥ, anivārite rājakuladvāre nānāvicitrasurabhipuṣpāṇy ādāya dauvārikāmātyaparaṃparayā rājānaṃ saṃśrāvya parṣadam abhyavagāhya satkāravidhipūrvakeṇa rājño niveditayati: amuṣmin deśe nānātaruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite viśvastamṛgapakṣiṇi suvarṇapārśvo mṛgādhipatir anekamṛgagaṇaparivṛtas tiṣṭhati; ahaṃ taṃ devasya atiramaṇīyavigrahaṃ mṛgavaram upadarśayāmi iti; tato rājā tacchravaṇasaṃjanitasaumanasyaḥ anekāmātyaśatasahasraparivṛtaḥ kutūhalajātenānyena nānādeśābhyāgatena vārāṇasīnivāsinā ca paurajānapadena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ, deśitamārgas tena puruṣeṇa, anupūrveṇa taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; yāvad asau kākaḥ bodhisatvasya kṛtāvadhiḥ diśām avalokakaḥ tasmin vanaṣaṇḍavṛkṣaśikhare niṣaṇṇaḥ; yāvat paśyati vanaṣaṇḍābhimukhaṃ (A 460b) mahājanakāyaṃ; tvaritatvaritaṃ mṛgādhipateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati; mṛgarāja mayā tvaṃ pūrvam uktaḥ akṛtajñā manuṣyāḥ, akṛtavedinaḥ, nopakāraṃ manyate iti; ayaṃ sa puruṣo mahatā prābhṛtenāgataḥ iti; tacchabdapratisaṃvedino mṛgā bhītāḥ samantād pradrutāḥ; mṛgādhipatir bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady aham etān na rakṣiṣyāmi, adyaiva nidhanam upayāsyanti; kāmaṃ svaprāṇavināśo na tu satvādhyupekṣaṇam iti viditvā rājānaṃ pratyudgataḥ; tataḥ sa puruṣo nirghṛṇahṛdayas tyaktaparaloko mṛgadarśanād āvarjitamatis taṃ mṛgavaram ubhābhyāṃ pāṇibhyām upadarśayann āha: deva ayaṃ sa mṛgādhipatir iti; atyudīrṇaparipūrṇāni hi karmāṇi na vipākakālam apekṣante; vākpravyāharaṇakālasamanantaram eva tasya puruṣasya ubhau pāṇī pṛthivyāṃ nipatitau; tataḥ sa rājā saṃvegajātas taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛṣṭavān: bhoḥ puruṣa kim idam? iti; sa duḥkhavedanābhyāhataḥ sagadgadaṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate: nāsau coro mahārāja haraty arthaṃ nihatya yaḥ / sa tu coro mahārāja yasya nāsti kṛtajñatā // (SBV II 100) rājā kathayati: ko 'sya bhāṣitasyārthaḥ? iti; tena sarvaṃ yathāvistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; tato rājā akṛtajñapuruṣaṃ gāthayā pratyābhāṣata:

tato rājā bodhisatvasya tāṃ prabhāvamahattāṃ jñātvā amātyān āmantrayate: satkārārtho 'yaṃ mṛgādhipatir mahātmā; gacchata; nagaraśobhāṃ mārgaśobhāṃ ca kārayata iti; tais tannagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ, candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham ucchṛtadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭādāmakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, devānām iva nandanavanodyānam; evaṃ mārgaśobhā kāritā; vārāṇasīnivasī janakāyaḥ malyopahāraśobhām ādāya pratyudgataḥ; tato rājñā asāv atiramaṇīyavigraho mṛgādhipatir mahatyā vibhūtyā vārāṇasīṃ nagarīṃ praveśya siṃhāsane niṣāditaḥ; tato mahatyā rājaṛddhyā mahatā rājānubhāvena rājā sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadais parivārya niṣaṇṇaḥ; atha mṛgādhipatibodhisatvena samantāt tāṃ parṣadam avalokya rājñas tasyāś ca parṣadas tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ, yaṃ śrutvā rājñā saparivāreṇa paṃcaśikṣāpadāni gṛhītāni; anekaiś ca satvaiḥ kuśalamūlāny āsāditāni; tato rājñā sadā bodhisatvamṛgebhyo 'bhayaṃ dattaṃ; sarvaprāṇibhūteṣv abhayaṃ dattaṃ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau suvarṇapārśvo mṛgādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau puruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathā devadattaḥ akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of a lord of monkeys and of a maker of garlands (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake mālākāraḥ prativasati; (A 461a) tatra nadyāḥ pāre puṣpavāṭikā; sa divā divasam eva nadīpuṣpāṇy (SBV II 101) uccinoti; yāvad apareṇa samayena nadīm uttaratā āmraphalam uhyamānam anārtavaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena gṛhītvā dauvārikāya dattaṃ; dauvārikeṇa pratīhārāya; pratīhāreṇa rājñe; rājñā devyai; devyā tad āsvāditam; āsvādya rasābhigṛddhayā rājā vijñaptaḥ: deva īdṛśāny āmraphalāni dātum arhasi iti; rājñā pratīhāraḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutas tavāmraphalāni? iti; sa kathayati: dauvārikeṇa dattam iti; dauvārikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ; sa kathayati: mālākāreṇa dattam iti; rājā kathayati: bhavanta aāhūyatāṃ mālākāraḥ iti; rājapuruṣair āhūtaḥ; rājā kathayati: mālākāra kutas tvayā āmraphalaṃ labdhaṃ? tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājñā tasyaivājñā dattā: gaccha, tādṛśāny āmraphalāny ānaya iti; akopyā narādhipāṇām ājñā; sa śaṅkāparihatahṛdayaḥ āmrāṇi samanveṣṭum ārabdhaḥ; tena pūrvakāmraphalānusāreṇa sambalam ādāya gacchatā parvataikadeśe sa āmravṛkṣo dṛṣṭaḥ; sa markaṭānāṃ gamyo, na manuṣyāṇāṃ; tataḥ sa mālākāras taṃ vṛkṣam itaś cāmutaś ca nirīkṣate samdhiroḍhuṃ; sa prapātābhivṛddhatvād agamyo manuṣyāṇāṃ; tasy tatra āmraphalāśayād bahavo divasā atikrāntāḥ; pathyadanaṃ parikṣīṇaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: evam ahaṃ pathyadanavirahāt prāṇāir viyokṣye; yathā vā tathā vā adhiruhāmi iti; sa pāṣāṇan avalambya avalambya adhiroḍhum ārabdhaḥ; aprāpyaiva āmraphalāni gartāyāṃ patitaḥ; tasmiṃś ca parvate vānarabhūto bodhisatvo vānarāṇām adhipatir babhūva; daivād asau tasmin parvate yūtham apahāya taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; yāvat tenāsau mālākāraḥ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāpto dṛṣṭaḥ; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; sa tasya hitādhānatatparatayā na śakyate kramam antareṇa uddhartum iti pāṣāṇair abhyāsaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; yadāsya parividitaḥ śaknomy aham enam uddhartum iti tadā sa tena prapātāt krameṇoddhṛtaḥ; pāṣāṇavyāyāmāt tasya ca mālākārasyoddharaṇād atīva pariśrāntaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye tiryañco mānuṣapralāpinaḥ; tenāsu pṛṣṭaḥ; kimarthaṃ tvam evaṃvidhaṃ saṅkaṭam āpannaḥ? iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; bodhisatvaḥ saṃlakṣayati: gato (SBV II 102) 'py ayam āmraphalair vinā anarthaṃ prāpnoti; dadāmy aham asmai āmraphalāni iti; anikṣiptotsāhaḥ sa mahātmā parahitādhānatatparaḥ pariśrānto 'pi taṃ vṛkṣam adhiruhya āmraphalāni pātayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena puruṣeṇa yāvadāptam āmraphalāni bhakṣitāni; utsaṃgaṃ ca pūritaṃ; tadāsau vānarādhipatir avatīrṇaḥ; sarvasatvaviśvāsino bodhisatvāḥ; sa taṃ puruṣam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa digavalokanaṃ tāvat kuru; pariśrānto 'smi; muhūrtaṃ svapāmi iti; sa kathayati: evaṃ kuruṣva; sa middham avakrāntaḥ; puruṣaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kṣīṇapathyadano 'haṃ yady āmraphalaṃ bhakṣayan gamiṣyāmi rājñaḥ kiṃ mayā deyaṃ? (A 461b) tasmād etam eva vānaraṃ hatvā śuṇḍīvallūrakāṇi kṛtvā mārgaṃ gacchāmi iti; tenāsau nirghṛṇahṛdayena tyaktaparalokena mahatyā śilayā jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau markaṭādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau mālākaraḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of a lord of a dārukoṭaka bird and a lion (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ anyatamasminn agrāmake araṇyāyatane parvatagiriguhāpravaṇe puṣpaphalasamṛddhe pakṣiṣūpapanno dārukoṭako babhūva; tasminn eva ca parvataikadeśe siṃho mṛgarājaḥ yatheṣṭapracāravihāratayā mṛgān praghātya praghātya bhakṣayati; tasyāpareṇa samayena māṃsaṃ bhakṣayataḥ asthi dantāntareṇa praviṣṭaṃ; sa śūlarujoparuddhyamānavigraho (SBV II 103) vigatatrāsabhayo 'pi kāhalībhūtaḥ; āhāram āhartuṃ na śaknoto; daivāt sa dārukoṭako vṛkṣāntarasañcārābhyāsād yasmin pradeśe mṛgādhipatis taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena asau siṃho duḥkhavedanābhyāhato dṛṣṭaḥ; uktaś ca: mātula kim asi kāhalaḥ? iti? sa kathayati: bhāgineya duḥkhavedanābhyāhato 'smi; kīdṛśaṃ tava duḥkhaṃ? tena vistareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: mātula ahaṃ tava cikitsāṃ karomi; tvaṃ hi sarvacatuṣpadām adhipatiḥ; śaktaḥ sarvopakāraṃ kartuṃ; tat tvayā mama kālena kālaṃ yogodvahanaṃ kartavyaṃ; sa kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu; kariṣyāmi iti; sa dārukoṭakaḥ saṃlakṣayati: tathāsya cikitsāṃ karomi yathā kṛtam api na jānīte; svasthas tu saṃjānīte; sa tasyācāravihārasamanveṣaṇayā hitādhānatatparas tiṣṭhati; yāvad asau mṛgādhipatiḥ sukhavāyusaṃsparśaviṣkambhitāsyo mahatyāṃ pṛthivīśilāyāṃ vāmapārśvaṃ śirasy ādhāya middham avakrāntaḥ; tato 'sau dārukoṭakas tasya mṛgādhipates samīpam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; paśyati tathā tathā vipralambhavihāriṇaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ sa kālo 'sya cikitsāyāḥ; iti viditvā suparīkṣitaṃ kṛtvā dantānataravilagnam asthi pakṣanipātakrameṇa sahasā apakṛṣya mukhavivarān niṣkramya tam eva nirīkṣamāṇo vṛkṣe 'vasthitaḥ niṣaṇṇaḥ; tataḥ sa mṛgādhipatir asthiśalyāpahārasaṃjanitasaumanasyo nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya utthāya prakrāntaḥ; athāsau dārukoṭakaḥ taṃ mṛgādhipatiṃ vyapagataduḥkhadaurmanasyaṃ viditvā pramuditamanās tatsamīpam upasaṃkramya kathayati: mātula idaṃ tad asthi tava duḥkhanimittabhūtam iti; tato 'sau mṛgādhipatiḥ paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: bhāgineya asyopakārasya mayā tavāvaśyaṃ pratyupakāraḥ kartavyaḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkramethāḥ iti; śobhanam eva tathā bhavatu ity uktvā sa dārukoṭakaḥ prakrāntaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena sa (A 462a) mṛgādhipatir māṃsaṃ bhakṣayati; sa ca dārukoṭakaḥ śyenakasya pakṣiṇaḥ kramāntaraparibhraṣṭaḥ, mṛtam iva ātmānaṃ manyamānaḥ kṣudhāparigatahṛdayaḥ tasya mṛgādhipateḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ ārtinivedanaṃ kṛtvā kathayati: mātula kṣudhābhibhūto 'haṃ; māṃsastokaṃ (SBV II 104) prayaccha iti; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau dārukoṭakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau siṃho mṛgarājaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of a lord of a bear and a poor man (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇāsyāṃ nagaryām anyatamo daridrapuruṣaḥ prativasati; sa kāṣṭhāni vikrīya jīvikāṃ kalpayati: so 'pareṇa samayena kālyam evotthāya paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; mahāṃś cākālamegho jalamucamārutapūrvarūpaḥ samāgataḥ; tataḥ sa puruṣaḥ yuktaṃ vāyuktaṃ vā idam iti sthānāntarasamanveṣaṇayā vṛkṣād vṛkṣāntaraṃ gacchati; tathāpy ativṛṣyata eva; sa vṛkṣāntaracāratayā anupūrveṇa parvataguhāṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasyāṃ ca guhāyām ṛkṣas tiṣṭhati; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā santrasto niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; ṛkṣaḥ kathayati: vatsa kiṃ trasto 'si; nāsti te matsakāśād bhayaṃ; tiṣṭha iti; sa jātaśaṅko 'pi sādhvasān na śaknoti gantuṃ; tatas tena ṛkṣeṇa bāhubhyām upagṛhya dhāritaḥ; mūlaphalaiś ca santarpitaḥ; saptāhadurdinaṃ ca saṃvṛttaṃ; varṣaty eva devaḥ, na tiṣṭhati; saptāhasyātyayād aṣṭame divase vyabhre dine vigatabalāhake deve ṛkṣeṇa caturdiśaṃ vyavalokya prabhūtāni mūlaphalāni datvā sa puruṣaḥ abhihitaḥ: vatsa apetaṃ durdinaṃ; vybhraṃ dinaṃ; vigatabalāhako devaḥ; yathāsukhaṃ gaccha iti; sa puruṣaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: tāta gacchāmi; api tu mayā tava pratyupakāraḥ kartavyaḥ iti; sa kathayati (SBV II 105) vatsa etad eva me kṛtaṃ, yathā māṃ na kasyacin nivedayasi iti; sa kathayati: tāta evaṃ bhavatu utu; sa taṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya pādayor nipatya prakrāntaḥ; sa ca vārāṇasīṃ praviśati; anyatamaś ca mṛgalubdhako mṛgavadhāya nirgacchati; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ uktaś ca: mitra tvam iyatā kālena ihāgataḥ; putradāraṃ te viklavībhūtam; atīva virauti: tvaṃ kilākālasāptāhikameghena śvāpadena vā praghātitaḥ iti; aneke mṛgapakṣinaḥ sāptāhikākālameghena praghātitāḥ; tvaṃ punaḥ kathaṃ paribhraṣṭaḥ? iti; tena yathāvṛtaṃ sarvam ārocitaṃ; sa kathayati: vayasya kāmaṃ yena vā tena vā jīvikaṃ kalpayāmi, na bhūyo vanaṃ praviśāmi iti; sa tena tathā tathā pratilobhito māṃsapratyaṃśadvayena yathā pratipanno mārgam upadarśayan saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvad anupūrveṇa (A 462b) guhām anuprāptaḥ yatrāsau mahātmā ṛkṣas tiṣṭhati; tato nairghṛṇyam āsthāya akṛtajñatāṃ ca kathayati: eṣā guhā yatrāsau tiṣṭhati iti; tatas tena lubdhena paraprāṇoparodhinā guhāyām agnir dattaḥ; atha sa mahātmā ṛkṣo dhūmavyākulīkṛtamanā aśruparyākuleṣaṇo gāthāṃ bhāṣate:

ity uktvā kālagataḥ; tatas tair viśasyamāṃsasya bhāgān kṛtvā sa kṛtaghnapuruṣo 'bhihitaḥ: gṛhāṇa māṃsasya pratyaṃśadvayam iti; tena hastau prasāritau grahīṣyāmīti; pṛthivyāṃ nipatitau; tatas tena mṛgalubdhakena taṃ tathā viprakṛtaṃ dṛṣṭvā hā kaṣṭaṃ hā kaṣṭam ity uktvā svakān api pratyaṃśān parityajya prakrāntam; etad atyadbhutaṃ śrutvā mahājanakāyas tasmin pradeśe sannipatitaḥ; rājā brahmadattaḥ kutūhalajātas tatraiva gataḥ; tasmiṃś ca parvataikadeśe saṃghāramaḥ; tato rājā brahmadattas tasya carma gṛhītva vismayotphullalocanaḥ (SBV II 106) etam arthaṃ bhikṣusaṃghāya nivedayāmīti taṃ saṃghārāmaṃ gataḥ; carma puṣkariṇyāṃ sthāpayitvā vṛddhānte niṣaṇṇaḥ saṃghasyaitam arthaṃ vistareṇa rocayati; tatra ca saṃghasthavira arhan; sa gāthayā rājñaḥ kathayati:

rājā saṃlakṣayati: kartavyāsya pūjeti; bhikṣavaḥ kathayanti: deva bhadrakalpiko 'yaṃ bodhisatvaḥ; saṃvidhātavyāsya pūjā iti; tato rājā brahmadattaḥ sāntaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadaḥ sarvagandhakāṣṭhāny ādāya taṃ pradeśam abhigataḥ; sarvaṃ tan māṃsam asthi kalebaraṃ ca ekadhye kārayitvā kathayati: bhavantaḥ sarvagandhakāṣṭhaiś citāṃ citvā mahatā satkāreṇa dhyāpayata iti; tasmiṃś ca pradeśe mahān stūpaḥ pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; chatradhvajapatākāś ca ropitāḥ; mahaś ca prasthāpitam –Ed. pratisthāpitam–; yaiś ca tatra kārāḥ kṛtāḥ te sarve mokṣaparāyaṇāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau ṛkṣaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sāv akṛtajñaḥ puruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

Another story of a bear of a poor man (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇāsyāṃ nagaryām anyatamo daridrapuruṣaḥ prativasati; sa kāṣṭhāni vikrīya jīvikāṃ kalpayati: so 'pareṇa samayena kālyam evotthāya paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; tatparvatapradeśe vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite nānāpuṣpaphalasamṛddhe aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ ṛkṣeṣūpapannaḥ; yāvad asau kāṣṭhahārakaḥ kāṣṭhāni paryeṣamāṇaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe vyāghreṇābhidrutaḥ; maraṇabhayabhīto daivāt taṃ (SBV II 107) vṛkṣam abhirūḍho yasminvṛkṣe sa ṛkṣo bodhisatvas tiṣṭhati; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā bhūyaḥ santrastaḥ; tena mahātmanā samāśvāsya utsaṅgena dhāritaḥ; sa ca vyāghra āhāragṛddhas taṃ vṛkṣatalaṃ naiva muñcati; kathayati (A 463a) ca: bho mahātmann ete manuṣyāḥ kṛṣṇaśirasaḥ akṛtajñāḥ bhavanti; pātayainaṃ; bhakṣayitvā gacchāmi iti; prāyaḥ śaraṇāgatavatsalā anya 'pi manuṣyāḥ; prāgeva bodhisatvāḥ; sa kathayati: mamāyaṃ śaraṇāgataḥ; nāham etaṃ pātayāmi iti; tathāpy asau vyāghraḥ māṃsaśoṇitābhilāṣī tiṣṭhaty eva; na tasmād viprakrāmati; athāsau ṛkṣas taṃ puruṣam āha: śrānto 'haṃ; tvaṃ tāvat tiṣṭha; ahaṃ viśramāmi iti; sa tasyotsaṅganiṣaṇṇaḥ śramakheditapariṣrāntaś ca middham avakrāntaḥ; sa vyāhgraḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa kiyantaṃ kālaṃ tvayātra sthātavyaṃ? pātayainaṃ; bhakṣayitvā gamiṣyāmi: iti; sa nirghṛṇahṛdayaḥ pāpakarmā tyaktaparalokaḥ saṃlakṣayati: śobhanam eṣa kathayati; kiyantaṃ kālaṃ mayātra sthātavyaṃ? pātayāmi iti; sa tena pātitaḥ; tena mahātmanā patatābhihitaṃ hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi ity uktvā patitaḥ; vyāghreṇānayena vyasanam āpāditaḥ; sa tasya saṃdhāya bhāṣitaṃ śrutvā saṃlakṣayati: mamāyaṃ kenacit saṃvibhāgaṃ kartukāmaḥ, yenaivaṃ kathayati iti; tasya tṛṣṇāndhasya pralāpo lagnaḥ; kṣiptacittas tena tenānvāhiṇḍann evam āha: hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi iti; sa jñātibhir gṛhaṃ nītaḥ; pralapaty eva na santiṣṭhate; te vidyāmantradhāriṇo bhūtacikitsakān anyāṃś ca śramaṇabrāhmaṇān suhṛtsambandhibāndhavān pṛcchati; te bahudhā kathayanti; na kaścit cikitsāṃ karoti; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nātidūre āśramapade vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍite puṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne anekavihaganikūjite ṛṣiḥ paṃcābhijñaḥ prativasati; tasya puruṣasya jñātayas taṃ puruṣan ādāya tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ pādayor nipatya kathayanti: maharṣe ayam asmākaṃ jñātiḥ; muhur muhur evaṃ pralapati; kim asya kartavyam iti; pāpakārī ayaṃ satvaḥ; anena durātmanā kṛtopakārī bodhisatvo vyāghrasya purastāt pātitaḥ; tena mahātmanā cintitam asmai dharmaṃ deśayāmi iti; so 'nena pātitaḥ; tasya patato bhrāntasya daśānāṃ ślokānām ekaikam akṣaraṃ pratibhātaṃ hā nai vā te hā kiṃ cit dus se mi iti; tasya ṛṣeḥ śiṣyaḥ (SBV II 108) kathayati: upādhyāya kathayasva tāvat kīdṛśas te ślokāḥ iti; sa ṛṣir anupūrveṇa tān ślokān kathayitum ārabdhaḥ:

tena hi tvaṃ pare loke 'nubhaviṣyasi vedanām //

cittaṃ pāpaṃ vyavasyanti dharmalopo (A 463b) hi dhāruṇaḥ /

mitrabhedaṃ paraṃ garhyaṃ bruvate dharmavādinaḥ / kāyasya bhedād durbuddhe narakeṣūpapatsyate // 10 // iti kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo? yo 'sau ṛkṣaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnaḥ satvaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of the king Śibi (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo śibighoṣāyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ śibir nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ (SBV II 109) cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa ca rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgi nissaṅgaparityāgī mahati ca tyāge vartate; tasya nāsti kiṃcid adattam aparityaktaṃ yaduta śramaṇabrāhmaṇebhyaḥ kṛpaṇebhyo vaṇīpakebhyaḥ adhvagebhyaḥ yācanakebhyaḥ; yadbhūyasā tu glānebhyaḥ ācaritaṃ tasya rājñaḥ; kālyam evotthāya mātāpitarāv abhivādya glānāvalokyanaṃ kṛtvā arthādhikaraṇe niṣīdati; yāvad anyataraḥ puruṣo glānaḥ; sa sarvavaidyapratyākhyāto nirapekṣo jīvite maraṇābhimuktaḥ tena tenānvāhiṇḍamānaḥ śibighoṣāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tasmiṃś ca samaye rājā saṃprāpte vasantakālasamaye saṃpuṣpitaphaliteṣu pādapeṣu haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukākokilajīvañjīvonnādite vanaṣaṇḍe antaḥpuraparivṛtaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; sa ca vyādhitas tīvrarujopatāpasaṅjanitadaurmanasyo muhuḥ śvāsoparudhhyamānatanur aśruparyākulekaṇo daṇḍapāṇiḥ śanaiḥ śanai rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; śiraḥpraṇāmaṃ kṛtvā kathayati: deva paritrāyasva mām asmād vyādheḥ; prayaccha jīvitam iti; tataḥ śibirājā karuṇadīnavilambitair akṣarair ucyamānas tadāturavacanaṃ śrutvā kāruṇyād ākampitahṛdayaḥ tatra eva pratinivṛttaḥ amātyān āmantrayate: āhūyantāṃ madviṣayanivāsino vaidyāḥ iti; tais sarve vaidyā āhūtāḥ; rājña upanītāḥ; tato rājā taṃ puruṣaṃ śabdayitvā kathayati: bhavantaḥ kurutāsya cikitsām iti; vaidyā vicāryaikamatena kathayanti: deva yaḥ puruṣaḥ janmano na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ tasya rudhireṇa yavāgūṃ sādhayitvā yadi bhojyate, evam ayaṃ svasthībhavati; nānyathā iti; śrutvā rājā saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena evaṃvidhena jīvitena, rājyaiśvaryādhipatyena vā? īdṛśena yo 'haṃ pareṣāṃ duḥkhārtānāṃ na śaknomi śāntiṃ kartum iti; evaṃ vicintya rājā svasantatiṃ pratyavekṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tena dhātrī pṛṣṭā: amba asty ahaṃ kasyacid ruṣitapūrvaḥ? sā kathayati: deva yadā (A 464a) tvaṃ mamāṃsagatas tadā aham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā; prāgeva tvam iti; tato mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: putra yadā tvaṃ mama kukṣigatas tadā aham api na kasyacid ruṣitapūrvā, prāgeva tvam iti; rājā kathayati: idānīṃ saṃpannaṃ bhaiṣajyam iti; tena vaidyā uktāḥ: mama paṃcasu gātreṣu śirāṃ (SBV II 110) muñcata iti; te kathayanti: deva na vayaṃ prākṛtapuruṣasyārthāya devasya kāye śastraṃ nipātayāmaḥ iti; kuśalā bhavanti bodhisatvās teṣu teṣu śilpasthānakarmasthāneṣu; tena svayam eva paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; rudhirasya karparaḥ pūrṇaḥ; tataḥ peyā sādhayitvā dattā; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadā vikroṣṭum ārabdhāḥ; nānādeśābhyāgataś ca janakayo vivācayitum ārabdhaḥ: kathaṃ nāma ekasya prākṛtasatvasyārthāya iyantaḥ satvāḥ parityajyante? iti; tato rājñā sa janakāyaḥ samāśvāsitaḥ; tad anenopāyena ṣaṇ māsān paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; yavāgūṃ bhojitaḥ; rājñaḥ śibeḥ taccharīraṃ cālanīsadṛśaṃ saṃvṛttam; ojaḥ parihātum ārabdhaḥ; śuddhāvāsakāyikā devāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: yady evaṃ bhadrakalpiko bodhisatvaḥ parihīyate, na śobhanaṃ; te tasya pratyaham oja upaharanti, yenāsau yāpayati; yadā tasya puruṣasya vyādhir upaśāntaḥ, tadā śibinā rājñā paṃcabhir grāmavaraiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ, vārāṇasyāṃ pradhānasaṃmato jātaḥ; tadā sāmantakena śabdo visṛtaḥ; śibinā rājñā paṃcasu gātreṣu śirā muktā; svarudhireṇa glānasya iyantaṃ kālam upasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa ca svasthīkṛtaḥ iti; tataḥ kutūhalajātaḥ satvā āgamya taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛcchanti: bhoḥ puruṣa satyaṃ tava kila śibinā rājñā iyantaṃ kālam upasthānaṃ kṛtam? iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mamānena kṛtaṃ? duṣṭaśoṇitaṃ pṛthivyāṃ vā choryeta anyasya vā dīyeta, kim atra āścaryam iti; vaco 'vasānasamanantaram evāsya gṛhe agnir nipatitaḥ; yenāsya gṛhaṃ sarvaṃ ca svāpateyaṃ dagdhaṃ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo? yo 'sau śibī rājā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnaḥpuruṣaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar api yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of Kalyāṇakārin (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasyāṃ rājadhānyām anyatamo rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ (SBV II 111) kālāntareṇa devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaḥ chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ saṃgatabhrūs tuṅganāso (A 464b) sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; janmani cāsya anekāni kalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma? iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: devāsya janmani anekāni kalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya kalyāṇakārīti nāma iti; tasya kalyāṇakārīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; kalyāṇakārī dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; bhūyaḥ sa rājā devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ devī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasyāpi janmani akalyāṇasahasrāṇi prādurbhūtāni; tasya akalyāṇakārīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; so 'pi unnīto mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; kalyāṇakārī kumāro maitryātmakaḥ kāruṇikaḥ sarvasatveṣu dayāvān dānarucir dānābhirataḥ; sa śramaṇabrāhmaṇakṛpaṇavaṇīpakayācanakebhyo dānaṃ dadāti; sa pitrā ucyate: putra mā tvaṃ satataṃ dānam anuprayaccha; kuto 'smākam etāvad dhanajātaṃ bhaviṣyati yannv aham anvaham evaṃ dāsyāmīti; dharmatā hy eṣā dātur dānapater yad bahujanasya priyo bhavati manāpaś ca; digvidikṣu cāsya udāraḥ kalyāṇakīrtiśabdaśloko 'bhyudgacchati; tasyānyatareṇa bhūmyantareṇa rājñā guṇamāhātmyaṃ śrutvā duhitā dattā; rājñā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pratīṣṭā; kalyāṇakārī kathayati: na tāvad ahaṃ bhāryopādānaṃ karomi, yāvan na dhanopārjanaṃ kṛtaṃ; tad anujñātum ārhasi tāta, mahāsamudram avatarāmi iti; sa kathayati: evaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa paṇyam ādāya mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; so 'sya bhrātā akalyāṇakārī saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ bahujanasya priyo manāpaś ca; yadi mahāsamudrāt samṛddhayānapātro 'bhyāgacchati bhūyasā bahujanapriyo bhavati (SBV II 112) manāpaś ca; sthānam etad vidyate yat tiṣṭhata eva pituḥ rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayati; sarvathā kim atra prāptakālam? aham apy anena sākam avatarāmi: atraivainaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyāmi; evaṃ mamākāmasyāpi yauvarājyābhiṣekaḥ; iti viditvā pituḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: deva kalyāṇakārī mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; aham api tena sārdhaṃ gacchāmi iti;sa kathayati evaṃ kuruṣveti; tataḥ kalyāṇakāriṇā sve 'dhiṣṭhāne ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ; śṛṇvantu bhavanto nagaranivāsino vaṇijaḥ; kalyāṇakārī kumāro mahāsamudraṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yo yuṣmākam utsahate kalyāṇakāriṇā sārthavāhena sārdham aśulkena agulmena atarapaṇyena mahāsamudram avatartuṃ (A 465a) mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyaṃ samudānayatu iti; anekair vaṇikchatair mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyaṃ samudānītaṃ; tataḥ kalyāṇakārī sārthavāhaḥ akalyāṇakāriṇā bhrātrā sārdhaṃ kṛtakutūhalamaṅgalasvastyayanaḥ anekavaṇikśataparivāraḥ śakaṭair bhārair mūṭaiḥ piṭakaiḥ uṣṭrair gobhir gardabhaiḥ prabhūtaṃ mahāsamudragamanīyaṃ paṇyam ādāya saṃprasthitaḥ; so 'nupūrveṇa grāmanigamarājarāṣṭradhānīṣu paṭṭanāny avalokya samudratīram anuprāptaḥ; sa paṃcabhiḥ purāṇaśatair vahanaṃ kṛtvā paṃca pauruṣeyān gṛhītvā āhārakaṃ nirhārakaṃ nāvikaṃ kaivartaṃ karṇadhāraṃ ca trir ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kṛtvā mahāsamudram avatīrṇaḥ; saṃprasthite vahane bhrātur akalyāṇakāriṇaḥ kathayati: mahāsamudramadhyagatānāṃ yadi tad vahanaṃ vipadyeta, mama gale lageḥ; mā kāhalībhaviṣyasi iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ bhavatu iti; yāvat tad vahanam anuguṇena vāyunā ratnadvīpam anuprāptaṃ; karṇadhāraḥ kathayati: śṛṇvantu bhavanto jambūdvīpakā vaṇijaḥ; yo 'sau śrūyate ratnadvīpo nāma vajravaiḍūryendranīlamarakatādīnāṃ ratnānām ākaraḥ iti tam anuprāptāḥ sma; yatheṣṭaṃ ratnasaṅgrahaṃ kuruta iti; tatas taiḥ pramuditamanobhiḥ upaparīkṣya, tad vahanaṃ ratnānāṃ pūritaṃ (SBV II 113) tadyathā tilataṇḍulakolakutthānāṃ; nipuṇā bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ kuśalaś ca; kalyāṇakāriṇā kumāreṇa mahārhāṇi ratnāni kaṭyām upanibaddhāni; yāvat tad vahanaṃ viparivṛttaṃ; tīrasya nātidūre makareṇa matsyajātena anayena vyasanam āpāditaṃ; tataḥ akalyāṇakārī kalyāṇakāriṇo gale lagnaḥ; sa tena mahatā yatnena uttāritaḥ; sa tāvat kṛtapariṣramo middham avakrāntaḥ; tasya parivartamānasya akalyāṇakāriṇā kaṭyupanibaddhāni ratnāni dṛṣṭāni; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayaṃ nāma ratnāni gṛhītvā gamiṣyati; ahaṃ riktapāṇir gamiṣyāmi; iti viditvā tena tasya gāḍhamiddhāvaṣṭabdhasya tāni ratnāny apahṛtāni; kaṇṭakaiś ca akṣiṇī utpāṭite; sa tam andhaṃ samudratīre chorayitvā prakrāntaḥ; daivāt gopālakā gāś cārayantas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptāḥ; tair asau dṛṣṭaḥ pṛṣṭaś ca: bhoḥ puruṣa kas tvam īdṛśaḥ iti; tena yathāvṛtaṃ samākhyātaṃ; śrutvā teṣāṃ kāruṇyam utpannaṃ; tair asau pālabandhor gṛhe nītaḥ; sa tena viṇām āśrāvayitum ārabdhaḥ; tasya pālabandhor bhāryā yauvanamadākṣepāt vīṇāsvanaṃ śrutvā taṃ prārthayituṃ pravṛttā; sa kṛtaghnaceṣṭitam anusmṛtya karṇau pidhāyāvasthito nādhivāsayati; kāmādhyavasitānāṃ nāsti kiṃcid akaraṇīyam iti tayā svāmi vigrāhitaḥ: mām ayam andhaḥ puruṣaḥ prārthayati iti; (A 465b) īdṛśānāṃ tvaṃ saṃgrahaṃ karoṣi iti; pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta strīvairaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kṛtanigraho 'yaṃ; nāsti kiṃcid asya karaṇīyam ṛte nirvāsanād iti; sa tena gṛhān nirvāsitaḥ rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu vīṇayā jīvikāṃ kalpayati; tasya pitā kālagataḥ; bhrātā asya akalyāṇakārī rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhitaḥ; so 'py anupūrveṇa sīmāntarasya rājño nagaram anuprāptaḥ yenāsya pūrvaṃ duhitā dattā; sā ca mahatī saṃvṛttā; tasyā nānādeśanivāsino rājaputrāḥ purohitaputrāś ca varakā āgacchanti; sāpi tātenocyate: putri yasya tvaṃ dattā sa kalyāṇakārī kumāro mahāsamudraṃ (SBV II 114) gataḥ; tatraiva ca anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tava cedānīṃ yācakā āgacchanti; yasyaiva tvāṃ na dāsyāmi sa visukho bhaviṣyati; katham atra pratipattavyam? iti; sā kathayati: tāta yady evaṃ nagaraśobhāṃ kāraya; ahaṃ svayaṃvarāya avatarāmi iti; rājā kathayati: putri evaṃ kuruṣva iti; tato nānādeśeṣu nānādhiṣṭhāneṣu svayaṃvaraṇaṃ śrāvitaṃ; tac ca nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham ucchritadhvajapatākam āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ devānām iva nandanavanodyānaṃ; ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ ca kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavato nagaranivāsinaḥ paurā, nānādeśābhyāgataś ca janakāyaḥ; śvo rājakumārī svayaṃvarāya avatariṣyati; tad yuṣmābhir yathāvibhavena sannipatitavyam iti; tataḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyāṃ sā rājakumārī nānālaṃkāravibhūṣitā anekakumārīparivṛttā vanadevateva kusumitavanamadhye atīva vibhrājamānā mahatā śrīsamudāyena madhye nagarasya anekeṣu prāṇiśatasahasreṣu sannipatiteṣu svayaṃvarāya avatīrṇā; sa kalyāṇakārī anyatamasmin pradeśe vīṇām āśrāvayaṃs tiṣṭhati; karmāṇy eva satvānāṃ parasparaṃ saṃyojakāni; balavad api hetubalaṃ pratyabalam apekṣata iti; tataḥ sā rājakumārī vīṇāsvanāvarjitahṛdayā vīṇāvādake kalyāṇakāriṇy ākṣiptā; tayā tasya sragdāma kṣiptam: eṣa mama svāmī iti; janakāyo durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; kecid vegam asahamānāḥ avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ: kathaṃ nāma nānādeśābhyāgatān rājāmātyapurohitaputrān anyāṃś ca nagaranivāsinaḥ pradhānapuruṣān pratyākhyāya rājakumāryā evaṃrūpayauvanakalāsaṃpadyuktayā andhalakaḥ svāmī vṛtaḥ iti; pauruṣeyair daurmanasyavimukhai rājño niveditaṃ; deva kumāryā svayaṃvarāvatīrṇayā svāmī vṛtaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: kīdṛśaḥ? deva andhalakaḥ; so 'pi śrutvā durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tatas tena sā āhūyoktā; putri saṃvidyante rājāno dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ amātyaputrāḥ purohitaputrāś (A 466a) ca rūpayauvanavibhavasaṃpannāḥ; kasmāt tvayā evaṃvidhaḥ svāmī vṛtaḥ? iti; sā kathayati: tāta sa eva me rocate iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhasi iti; sā tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntā kathayati: tvaṃ mayā svāmī (SBV II 115) vṛtaḥ iti; na te śobhanaṃ kṛtaṃ; kiṃ tvaṃ cintayasi? eṣo 'ndhalakaḥ; ahaṃ parapuruṣaiḥ sārdhaṃ paricārayiṣyāmi it: sā kathayati: nāham evaṃvidhasya karmaṇaḥ kāriṇī iti; sa kathayati: kathaṃ jñāyate? sā satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhā: yena satyena satyavacanena tasya kalyāṇakāriṇo rājakumārasya tava cāntike rāgaḥ samutpannaḥ, nānyasya kasyacit, anena satyena satyavacanena tavaikam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ syād iti; satyādhiṣṭhānasamanantaram eva tasyaikaṃ cakṣuḥ yathāpaurāṇaṃ saṃvṛttaṃ: sa kathayati: sa evāhaṃ kalyāṇakārī; akalyāṇakāriṇā bhrātrā etāṃ daśāṃ nītaḥ; sā kathayati: kathaṃ jñāyate tvam evāsau kalyāṇakārī iti; so 'pi satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ: yena satyena satyavacanena tasya mamākṣiṇī samutpāṭayato 'ntike īṣad api na praduṣṭaṃ cittaṃ me, anena satyena satyavacanena mama dvitīyam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ bhaved iti; tasya saha satyayācanayā dvitīyam akṣi yathāpaurāṇaṃ saṃvṛttaṃ; tataḥ sā rājakumārī kalyāṇakāriṇam avikalendriyam ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatā kathayati: tāta eṣa evāsau kalyāṇakārī iti; rājā na śraddhatte; tena yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; tatas tenāsau duhitā mahatā śrīsamudāyena pariṇītā; sa ca kalyāṇakārī mahatā balasamudāyena tannagaraṃ gatvā akalyāṇakāriṇaṃ cyāvayitvā pitṛke rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ. kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kalyāṇakārī aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau akalyṇakārī eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar apy eṣa yathā akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of Viśākha (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvam anyatamasyāṃ rājadhānyām anyatamo rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ cākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; sa devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kramaśaś catvāraḥ putrā jātāḥ, śākhaḥ praśākhaḥ anuśākhaḥ viśākhaś ca; te unnītā vardhitā mahāntaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; bhūmyantarāṇāṃ ca rājñāṃ duhitṛbhiḥ pariṇītāḥ; te rājño vikartum ārabdhāḥ; tato rājñā nirvāsitāḥ svakasvakā (SBV II 116) patnīr ādāya nirgatāḥ; yāvat kāntāramārgaṃ pratipannāḥ; teṣāṃ pathyadanaṃ parikṣīṇaṃ; taiḥ parasparaṃkriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ: ekaikāṃ striyaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya tanmāṃsena kāntāramārgān nistarema iti; viśākhaḥ (A 466b) saṃlakṣayati: kāmaṃ svaprāṇavināśo, na tu paraprāṇoparodhaḥ; kim atra prāptakālaṃ bhāryām ādāya niṣpalāyeya iti; sa bhāryām ādāya niṣpalāyitaḥ; sāsya bhāryā annapānaviyogān mārgaśramakhedāc ca kāhalībhūtā kathayati: āryaputra prāṇair viyokṣye iti; viśākhaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mayā rākṣasamadhyāt paritrātā; idānīṃ yadi mariṣyati, na śobhanam iti; tena ūrumāṃsaṃ chitvā tasyā bhakṣaṇāya dattaṃ; bāhubhyāṃ ca śire muktvā rudhiraṃ pāyitā; so 'nupūrveṇa tām ādāya anyatamaṃ parvatam upasṛptaḥ; tatra ca mūlaphalair yāpayati; tasya ca parvatasya sannikṛṣṭe nadī vahati; tasyāṃ puruṣaḥ śatruṇā hastapādavikalaḥ kṛtvā pravāhitaḥ; sa srotasāpahriyamāṇaḥ ārtasvaraṃ krandati; viśākhaś cānyatamasmin pradeśe mūlāny utpāṭayati; tenāsau puruṣavirāvaḥ śrutaḥ; sa karuṇāmreḍitacittasantatiḥ parvatam abhiruhya samantād vyavalokayitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati taṃ puruṣam uhyamānaṃ; sa laghu laghv eva parvatād avatīrya nadīm abhyavagāhya taṃ puruṣaṃ pṛṣṭham abhirohya nadīm uttīrya tīre sthāpayitvā taṃ duḥkhasantāpitahṛdayaḥ kathayati: vatsa kim idam iti; tena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; tatas tenāsau samāśvāsitaḥ; mūlaphalaiś ca santarpya patnyāḥ samarpitaḥ; tayā tasyopasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ; sā tasyopasthānaṃ kurvatī praṇayasaumukhyā muhur muhur upasaṃkramya vividhābhiḥ kathābhir upatiṣṭhati; dharmatā hy eṣā prakṛtyā mandarāgiṇo bhavanti bodhisatvāḥ; viśākhas tayā sārdhaṃ kadācit paricārayati kadācin na paricārayati; bodhisatvānubhāvena ca tāni kandamūlaphalāni atīva vīryavanti; tāny asau paribhuṃjānā kleśaprābalyāt taṃ hastapādavikalaṃ prārthayitum ārabdhā; sa na saṃpratipadyate; kathayati ca: ahaṃ tāvad idānīṃ gatapratyāgataprāṇaḥ kathaṃcij jīvitaḥ; yadi punar īdṛśaṃ karomi sthānam etad vidyate yad ayaṃ tava bhartā māṃ sarveṇa sarvaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayati iti; sa bhūyo bhūyas tayā prārthyate; durjayāḥ kleśāḥ; sā tayā sārdhaṃ vipratipannaḥ; sā tena sārdham ānandasaumanasyād eva atīva saṃraktā preṣyamāṇāpi tatsakāśān na gacchati; sa saṃlakṣayati: yathaiveyam (SBV II 117) adhyavasitā, pratikruṣṭam etad vairāṇāṃ yaduta strīvairam: idānīm ahaṃ naṣṭaḥ; tena tayā sārdhaṃ saṃjalpaḥ kṛtaḥ; ayaṃ tava svāmī yadi jānīte āvayoḥ saṃprayogaṃ niyataṃ tava anarthaṃ karoti, māṃ ca jīvitād vyaparopayati iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: śobhanam ayaṃ kathayati; upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; asitapaṇḍito mātṛgrāmaḥ; sā śiro vastreṇa veṣṭayitvā parvataśilāyāṃ niṣadyāvasthitā; yāvan mūlaphalāny ādāya viśākha āgataḥ; paśyati tāṃ tathā viprakṛtāṃ; tataḥ pṛcchati: bhadre kim etad iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra śirorujā me 'tīva bādhate iti; viśākhaḥ kathayati: kimatra kartavyam iti; tayā pāṣāṇabhedakaḥ parvataprāgbhāre dṛṣṭaḥ iti sā (A 467a) kathayati: āryaputra pūrvam apy eṣā śirorujā āsid vaidyena pāṣāṇabhedako vyapadiṣṭaḥ; tena svasthīkṛtā iti; viśākhaḥ kathayati: pāśāṇabhedakaṃ samanveṣāmi iti; sā kathayati: āryaputra eṣa parvataprāgbhāre dṛśyate; ahaṃ tvāṃ rajvā dhārayāmi; tvam utpāṭaya iti; ṛjuko 'sau mahātmā tasyāḥ śāṭhyaṃ na vetti; sa pratipannaḥ: evaṃ bhavatu dhāraya utpāṭayāmi iti; sa tayā rajvā osāritaḥ; tena caikena pāṇinā rajjur muktā; tayā ca muktā; nadyāṃ patitaḥ; dīrghāyuḥ sa satvaḥ; rājyasukhaṃ ca pratyanubhavitavyaṃ; na mṛtaḥ; srotasā uhyamānaḥ anyatamāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tatra ca rājā aputraḥ kālagataḥ; amātyāḥ sapaurajānapadāḥ sarve sannipatya vicārayanti: bhavanto rājā kālagataḥ; kam idānīṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ iti; tair lakṣaṇajñāḥ puruṣāḥ prayuktāḥ: bhavantaḥ samanveṣata; yaḥ puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ satvaḥ taṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmaḥ iti; te samnatataḥ samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ;

viśākhaḥ pratyupasthitavipākatvād rājyasaṃvartanīyasya karmaṇaḥ nadīm uttīrya ekasmin pradeśe niṣaṇṇaḥ; bodhisatvānubhāvena sa pradeśo 'laṅkṛtaḥ ivāvasthitaḥ; yāval lakṣaṇaparīkṣakāḥ puruṣāḥ taṃ (SBV II 118) pradeśam āgatāḥ paśyanti taṃ mahātmānaṃ rājyalakṣaṇasaṃpannaṃ; te pramuditamanasaḥ amātyānāṃ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: samanveṣitaḥ asmābhiḥ puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ satvo yo rājyam arhati iti; tatas tair amātyair mārgaśobhāṃ nagaraśobhāṃ ca kṛtvā mahatā śrīsamudāyena nagaraṃ praveśya divasatithimuhūrtanakṣatrānupūrvyā rājye 'bhiṣiktaḥ; tasya devī nāstīti amātyāḥ purohitāḥ bhūmyantararājānaḥ anye ca dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ svakasvakā duhitṝn sarvālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ ādāya tannagaram āgatāḥ rājā pariṇeṣyatīti; sa rājā striyā vipralabdho na pratipadyate; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapadāḥ dhanino rājāno bhavanti; antaḥpuram upasthāpyatāṃ; nānādeśanivāsinaḥ pradhānapuruṣāḥ bhūmyantarāś ca rājānaḥ itastyāś ca pradhānapuruṣāḥ kanyāḥ sajjīkṛtya vyavasthitāḥ; abhimukhībhavatu iti; tathāpy asau na pratipadyate; sa bhūyasā ca striyo jugupsate; puṇyānubhāvāt satvānām upabhogā vīryavanto bhavanti saṃpadyante ca; yadā bodhisatvas tasmāt parvatāt kṛtaghnastriyā muktas tadā tasmin parvate mūlaphalāni tanūbhūtāni; nirvīryāṇi ca saṃvṛttāni; tataḥ sā strī durbhikṣākālamṛtyubhayabhītā taṃ hastapādavikalaṃ puruṣaṃ skandhe āropya grāmāntaṃ samavasṛtā; rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu bhikṣām aṭati; pṛṣṭā ca kathayati ahaṃ pativrateti; asti caiṣa lokadharmo yā strī pativratā sā loke pūjyate; sā yatra praviśati tatra bhikṣāṃ labhate; yāvad asāv anupūrveṇa tāṃ rājadhānīm anuprāptā; śrutvā lokaḥ (A 467b) paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; kecit kutūhalajātāḥ tāṃ draṣṭuṃ bahir nirgatāḥ; nagaranivāsinā janakāyenāvatāro labdhaḥ; te 'vadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti: bhavantaḥ ayaṃ rājā sarvāḥ striyo jugupsate; na paśyatīmāṃ satīṃ pativratāṃ hastapādavikalaṃ puruṣaṃ skandhenādāya paribhramatīm iti; sa vṛttāntaḥ purohitena rājño niveditaḥ; rājñā ca saṃlakṣitaṃ; sa kathayati: āhūyatāṃ sā strī paśyāmi iti; sā āhūtā, rājñā dṛṣṭā; vipuṣpitaṃ gāthā coktā:

pātayitvā prapāte māṃ śilodbhedasya kāraṇāt / (SBV II 119) skandhena vahase ruṇḍam idānīṃ tvaṃ pativratā // iti kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau rājakumāraḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāsav bhāryā eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; punar apy yathaiṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of Viśvantara (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo viśvapuryāṃ rājadhānyām viśvāmitro nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca praśāntakalikalahaḍimbaḍamarataskararogāpagataṃ śālīkṣugomahiṣīsaṃpannaṃ; dhārmiko dharmarājo dharmeṇa rājyaṃ kārayati; sa ca rājā śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena devyā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ va nāvānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādiko gauraḥ kanakavarṇaḥ chatrākāraśirāḥ pralambabāhur vistīrṇalalāṭaḥ saṃgatabhrūs tuṅganāsaḥ sarvāṅgapratyaṅgopetaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyate; kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma? iti; jñātaya ūcuḥ; ayaṃ dārako viśvāmitrasya rājñaḥ putraḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya viśvantara iti nāma iti; viśvantaro dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃśadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikadhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttaḥ tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; yāni tāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ (A 468a) janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjitya adhyāvasatāṃ (SBV II 120) pṛthag bhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastigrīvāyām aśvapṛṣṭhe rathe tsarau dhanuṣi apayāne niryāṇe aṃkuśagrahe pāśagrahe tomaragrahe chedye bhedye vedhye muṣṭibandhe pādabandhe śikhābandhe dūravedhe śabdavedhe marmavedhe akṣūṇavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; viśvantaraḥ kumāro śrāddho bhadraḥ kalyāṇāśayaḥ ātmahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kāruṇiko mahātmā dharmakāmaḥ prajāvatsalaḥ sarvapradaḥ sarvaparityāgī niḥsaṅgaparityāgī ca mahati tyāge vartate; tasya pradānavistaram upaśrutya yojanaśatād api arthinaḥ abhyāgacchanti; sarvāṃś ca paripūrṇamanorathān preṣayati

ity evam ukto viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ laghu laghv eva tasmād rathād avatīrya hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramuditahṛdayas tebhyo dvijātibhyas taṃ rathavaram upadarśayann uvāca yathā mayā rathas tyakto viprebhyaḥ parayā mudā / tathāhaṃ tribhavaṃ tyaktvā spṛśeyaṃ bodhim uttamām // (SBV II 121)

śuśrāva ca rājā viśvāmitraḥ: putreṇa ca tebhyo viśvantareṇa rājyavardhano nāma gajavaraḥ pratyarthikaprayuktebhyo dattaḥ iti; (A 468b) śrutvā ca punaḥ rājñā visvāmitreṇa kopakupitena viśvantaraḥ kumāraḥ āhūyoktaḥ: gaccha kumāra na te madviṣaye vastavyam iti; tato viśvantaraḥ kumāraḥ pitrā parityaktaḥ cintayāmāsa: bodhāya mayā kṛtavyavasāyena sarvalokānugrahārthaṃ baddhasannāhena gajo 'sau tyaktaḥ

athaivaṃ kṛtamatir bodhisatvo bhāryāyā mādryāḥ sakāśam abhigamya etad vistareṇa nivedayāmāsa; tataḥ sā mādrī sahaśravaṇād eva (SBV II 122) priyaviprayogāśaṅkitahṛdayā kṛtakarapuṭā bodhisatvam uvāca: āryaputra yady evam aham api tapovanaṃ yāsyāmi iti; na śakyaṃ mayā āryaputraviyuktayā muhūrtam api prāṇān dhārayituṃ; kutaḥ

ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; tataḥ putraduhitṛkalatrasahitaḥ śokotkaṇṭhaḥ paurajānapadasahasrair anugamyamānaḥ tasmān nagarān nirjagāma; kaścit puruṣaḥ taṃ rudanaparidevitaśabdaṃ śrutvā mahājanakāyaṃ ca nagaradvāreṇa nirgacchantaṃ dṛṣṭvā anyataraṃ puruṣam uvāca: bhoḥ puruṣa kiṃkṛto 'yaṃ mahājanasya ruditaśabdaḥ iti; sa uvāca: kiṃ bhavān na jānīte (SBV II 123)

tato bodhisatvas tasmān nagarān nirgatān paurān yathānyāyyam abhigamyovāca: nivartantu bhavantaḥ; suciram api hi priyasaṃyogo bhūtvā avaśyam evānte (A 469a) viprayogāvasānaḥ; vāsavṛkṣo 'dhvapratiśrayabhūto hi bandhujanasaṃyogaḥ; avaśyabhāvī priyaviprayogaḥ; kutaḥ

bodhisatva uvāca: na khalu na khalu bhavatyā brāhmaṇaḥ paribhāṣaṇīyaḥ; kutaḥ

tato bodhisatvas tam apy aśvarathaṃ pareṇa harṣeṇa tasmai brāhmaṇāya datvā uvāca anena mātsaryamalapravāhinā rathapradānena mamāstv iha dvija / (SBV II 124) maharṣibhiḥ sadbhir anupravartito nirāsravo dharmamayo mahārathaḥ // iti

atha sa brāhmaṇo (A 469b) viśvantaram uvāca: bhoḥ kṣatriyakumāra naitad bhavataḥ pratirūpaṃ mahati rājavaṃśe prasūtasya sarvasyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ khyātayaśasaḥ sarvaprāṇiṣu dayānukrośapravṛttasya dānamānasatkāragandhahastinaḥ (SBV II 125) śramaṇabrāhmaṇātithigurujanapūjakasya kṛpaṇavaṇīpakānāthadaridrajanaparigrāhakasya sarvamanorathaparipūrakasya amoghadarśanasya yat mama vandhyam āgamanaṃ bhavet, mogho vā mārgaśramaḥ nirarthakaṃ vā darśanam; aphalā sā āśā cirakālāśāsito vā cetasy āśāsakaḥ; tat śighraṃ saṅkkalpaturagasya manorathasya tadvacananāstikyapratyāhatasya me nirvṛttir bhavet; tad arhati bhavān paripūrṇamanorathaṃ māṃ visarjayituṃ kutaḥ

tato viśvantaro bodhisatvaḥ iṣṭasutaparityāgaṃ prati kṛtaniścaya uvāca: eṣa bho lokaṃ duḥkhamāharṇave pratibhaye majjantam ārtaṃ bhṛśam pāraṃ tārayituṃ suduṣkaraśatair badhnāmi mārgaplavam / ity uktvā vimalāmbupūrṇavadano vaktreṇa nirmanyunā bālāv aśrujalāmbupūrṇanayanau viprāya tasmai dadau // (SBV II 126)

tatrānyatamo vṛddhatāpaso vasiṣṭhasagotro nimittajñānakuśalaḥ; sa teṣām ṛṣīṇām etam arthaṃ nivedayāmāsa

tato bodhisatvaḥ snehaviklavaḥ sāśrudurdinanayanaḥ tau bāladārakau (A 470a) parityajyovāca: putrakau

tatas tau bāladārakau pitur āśayaparityāgam avagamya karuṇādīnavilambitākṣaraṃ pādayor nipatya kṛtakarapuṭāv ūcatuḥ yady evaṃ vyavasāyas te vacanād āvayos tvayā vaktavyā jananī tāta kṣantum amba tvam arhasi // iti (SBV II 127) api ca tāta

tasmiṃś ca samaye mādrī mūlaphalāny ādāya āśramābhimukhī saṃprasthitā; tena ca mahatā bhūmikampena tvaritam āśramapadaṃ pratasthe; anyatamā devatā siṃharūpadhāriṇī bhūtva mārgam avarudhyāvasthitā, mā haiva mādrī bodhisattvasya sarvasatvanirmokṣaṇakṛtodyogasya dānapāramitāyāṃ vighnam utpādayiṣyatīti tato mādrī tāṃ mṛgarājavadhūm uvāca

api ca tvam api mṛgarājapatnī aham api bhāryā narendrasiṃhasya / dharmeṇa bhavasi bhaginī mṛgarājñi dadasva me mārgam // (SBV II 128)

sā evam anarthaśatasahasrāṇi cintayantī āsramapadaṃ gatā; praviśya cā āśramapadaṃ sasaṃbhrāntā nirīkṣate; na paśyati putrakau; tato viklavahṛdayā vepamānā asthānapadānusāraṃ vikalpayati: asmin pradeśe jālinaḥ kumāraḥ sahabhaginyā mṛgapotakair (A 470b) abhīkṣṇaṃ krīḍitavān; imāni ca tābhyāṃ pāṃsunagarāṇi kṛtāni; imāni ca tayoḥ krīḍanakāni; tau tu na paśyāmi; atha vā ambā na dṛśyate iti parṇakuṭīṃ praviśya śayitau bhaviṣyataḥ ity evam āśaṅkāparigatahṛdayā sutadarśanalālasā mūlaphalāny ekānte upanikṣipya bāṣpāmbupariplutekṣaṇā bhartuḥ pādayor nipatya pṛcchati: āryaputra kva gatau bāladārakau iti; viśvantara uvāca

athaivam uktā mādrī viṣadigdhaviddheva mṛgī bhūmau nipapāta; jalāśayoddhṛteva matsī pṛthivyām āvartanaparivartanaṃ karoti sma; hṛtapoteva kurarī karuṇakaruṇaṃ virauti sma; naṣṭavatseva gaur bahuvidhaṃ hambhāravair vilalāpa; āha ca

niratau mṛgakaiḥ sahāśrame mṛgaśābārjanakau mṛgākṣakau / katham adya nu putrakau mama vrajatas tasya vaśe na duḥkhitau // (SBV II 129)

tato mādrī tābhyāṃ bāladārakābhyāṃ ye vṛkṣā ropitakāyapālitakās tān kisalayasaṃchannāṇ dṛṣṭvā sasaṃbhramā pariṣvajyovāca

punaś ca tayor bāladārakayoḥ krīḍanakān āśramavāsino mṛgaśābakān dṛṣṭvā karuṇādīnavilambitākṣaraṃ vacanam uvāca (SBV II 130) duḥkham etad aparam hy analpakam yad bhramanti mṛgaśābakā ime / yad vayasyaparidarśanotsukāḥ sthānakeṣu parimārgaṇotsukāḥ tato yena mārgeṇa tau bāladārakau gatau taṃ mārgam anusarantī tayor bāladārakayor itaś cāmutaś ca padāny anṛjukāni dṛṣṭvā tīvraduḥkhābhyāhatā punar uvāca (A 471a)

tataḥ śakro devendraḥ tad atyadbhutam atiduṣkaraṃ ca mādryā bodhisatvasya ca vyavasāyam āgamya tridaśagaṇaparivṛtaḥ upari (SBV II 131) vihāyasā tadāśramapadam upagamya udāreṇāvabhāsena tad vanam avabhāsya gaganatalastha eva bodhisatvam uvāca

tato bodhisatvas tāṃ mādrīm uvāca

iti viditvā mādrīpāṇau gṛhitvā taṃ brāhmaṇam uvāca bhāvānuraktaśuśrūṣāṃ sadvṛttāṃ priyavādinīm / (SBV II 132) (A 471b) mama bhāryām imām iṣṭāṃ gṛhāṇa tvaṃ dvijottama // iti

tataḥ śakro devendro brāhmaṇaveṣam antardhāpya svaveṣeṇa sthitvā mādrīm uvāca

yāvad anyenāmātyena rājñaḥ sakāśam upanītau (SBV II 133)

hiraṇyaṃ ca suvarṇaṃ ca gavāśvamaṇikuṇḍalam //

dadyāt saṃpannaśīlebhyo dāsakarmakaraṃ tathā //

yadā viśvāmitreṇa rājñā viśvantaranimittaṃ jujjukāya brāhmaṇāya prabhūtaṃ dhanaṃ dattaṃ tadāsau vistīrṇavibhavo jātaḥ; tasya (A 472a) suhṛtsambandhibāndhavā mitrāṇi cāgamya kathayanti: yā ca kācit tava śrīr asau viśvantaraṃ kumāram āgamya iti; sa kathayati: kiṃ mama viśvantareṇa kṛtam uttamavarṇaprasūto 'haṃ; dakṣiṇīyo lokasya; yena mama bhogā upanamanti iti bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau viśvantaro nāma rājakumāraḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau jujjukaḥ eṣa evāsau devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajña akṛtavedī; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yat kṛtajñā bhaviṣyāmaḥ kṛtavedinaḥ svalpam api kṛtaṃ na nāśyayiṣyāmaḥ; prāg eva prabhūtaṃ; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam (SBV II 134)

The story of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśā

buddho bhagavān viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena campāyāṃ potalo nāma gṛhapatiḥ prativasati, āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo vistīrṇaviśālaparigraho vaiśravaṇadhanasamudito vaiśravaṇadhanapratispardhī; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā upasthīyate śīte śītopakaraṇaiḥ uṣṇe uṣṇopakaraṇaiḥ vaidyaprajñaptair āhāraiḥ, nātitiktaiḥ nātyamlaiḥ nātilavaṇaiḥ nātimadhuraiḥ nātikaṭukaī nātikaṣāyaiḥ tiktāmlalavaṇamadhurakaṭukaṣāyavivarjitaiḥ; hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātrī apsarā iva nandane vane vicāriṇī maṃcān maṃcaṃ pīṭhāt pīṭham anavatarantī adharimāṃ bhūmiṃ; na cāsyāḥ kiṃcid amanojñāṃ śabdaśravaṇaṃ yāvad garbhasya paripākāya tena khalu samayena potalako gṛhapatiḥ rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ kenacid eva karaṇīyena; sā cāṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt śravaṇe nakṣatre prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya pādatalayor adhastāt caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi suvarṇavarṇavarṇāni jātāni; yāvat potalakasya gṛhapateḥ svamanuṣyaḥ tvaritatvaritaṃ rājagṛhaṃ gataḥ, potalakasya gṛhapateḥ kathayati: gṛhapate diṣṭyā vardhase putras te jātaḥ iti; sa prītisaumanasyajātaḥ bhūyaḥ pṛcchati kiṃ kathayasi gṛhapate putras te jātaḥ; punaḥ pṛcchati kiṃ kathayasi iti; atha tasya puruṣasyaitad abhavat kim ayaṃ gṛhapatir bhūyo bhūyaḥ pṛcchati? mā māṃ pralāpayitukāmaḥ iti viditvā tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; gṛhapatiḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa kṣūṇas tvaṃ; yadi tvayā śatam api vāṅ niścāritābhaviṣyat, mayāpi tava mukhaṃ suvarṇasya pūritam abhaviṣyat iti; tataḥ potalakena gṛhapatinā tasya puruṣasya trīn vārān suvarṇena mukhaṃ (A 472b) pūritaṃ; koṣṭhāgārikasya ca sandiṣṭaṃ dārakasyāvalehikāmūlyaṃ viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭīr dehi iti potalako gṛhapatiḥ prītamanāḥ rājñaḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ deva putro me jātaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: śobhanam eva; dadāmy (SBV II 135) ahaṃ tasya campāyāṃ sādhāraṇaṃ saptahastikaṃ dānīyam iti; potalako gṛhapatiḥ rājānaṃ bimbisāram avalokya campām āgataḥ; tato gṛhapater jñātayaḥ trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpayanti kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; anye kathayanti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ śravaṇanakṣatre jātaḥ; pitrā cāsya janmani viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyaḥ avalehikāmūlyaṃ dattaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśa iti nāma; tasya śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśa iti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo 'nupradattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃsadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; uddhāre nyāse nikṣepe vastuparīkṣāyāṃ vastraparīkṣāyāṃ ratnaparīkṣāyāṃ dāruparīkṣāyāṃ hastiparīkṣāyāṃ aśvaparīkṣāyāṃ kumāraparīkṣāyāṃ kumārikāparīkṣāyāṃ; so 'ṣṭāsu parīkṣāsu udghāṭako vācakaḥ paṇḍitaḥ paṭupracāraḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tasya puṇyamaheśākhyatāṃ śrutvā samānakulīnair bahubhir dārikā dattāḥ; tasya pitrā trīṇi vāsagṛhāṇi māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikaṃ; trīṇi udyānāni māpitāni haimantikaṃ graiṣmikaṃ vārṣikaṃ; trīṇi antaḥpurāṇi vyavasthāpitāni jyaiṣṭhaṃ madhyaṃ kanīyasaṃ; sa upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya dine dine paṃcaśatikāḥ pāko bhojanārthaṃ sādhyate

Ajātaśatru, impelled by Devadatta, seeks to take his father King Bimbisāra's life but fails in the attempt

devadattena ajātaśatruḥ kumāro viprasthāpyate: kumāra sarveṣāṃ rājñāṃ yadā śirasi palitaṃ jātaṃ bhavati, tadā jyeṣṭhaṃ kumāraṃ (SBV II 136) rājyaiśvaryādhipatye pratiṣṭhāpya pravrajanti; bhavataḥ pituḥ keśās tṛtīyaṃ varṇāntaraṃ gatāḥ; tathāpi kāmeṣv adhyavasita eva nopaśamaṃ gacchati iti; ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: kim asya karomi iti; devadattaḥ kathayati parākramasva iti; kāmārthināṃ nāstikiṃcid akaraṇīyaṃ; yāvad rājā bimbisāro bhagavato ghṛtapītasya maṇḍaṃ pātukāmasya maṇḍam adhiṣṭhāya veṇuvanaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; ajātaśatruṇā dṛṣṭaḥ; tena kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ; rājā śabde kṛtāvī, tena tasya maṇḍasthālī bhagnā; rājā tata eva pratinivṛttaḥ

The Buddha, desiring to convert Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa, sends Maudgalyāyana to him, who appears to him in the orb of the sun, and talks to him of the Buddha

atrāntare nāsti kiṃcid buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; tatra (A 473a) bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: vinipātito maudgalyāyana ajātaśatruṇā akalyāṇamitropagūḍhena tathāgatasya piṇḍapātaḥ; gaccha campāyāṃ potalakaputrasya sakāśāt piṇḍapātam ādāya iti; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ yathā samāhite citte rājagṛhe 'ntarhitaś campāyāṃ pratyaṣṭhāt; śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ ādityabhaktaḥ; sa dine dine kālyam evotthāya ādityaṃ namasyati; āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyayānaḥ ṛddhyā ādityamaṇḍalaṃ bhitvā avatīrṇaḥ; atha śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: pratyakṣam evāham ādityaṃ svena rūpeṇa paśyāmi iti; dṛṣṭvā ca punar gāthāṃ bhāṣate

āyuṣmān api mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV II 137)

śroṇaḥ kathayati: kiṃ bhavān muniḥ? sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate

ājñāpaya kim āgamanaprayojanam iti; sa kathayati: bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātam anuprayaccha; ko 'sau bhagavān? asti gṛhapatiputra śramaṇo gautamaḥ śākyaputraḥ śākyakulāt keśaśmaśrv avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; so 'nuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisambuddhaḥ; sa eṣa gṛhapatiputra buddho nāma; tasya buddha ity aśrutapūrvaṃ ghoṣaṃ śrutvā saromakūpāṇy āhṛṣṭāṇi; tenābhiprasannena sa eva paṃcaśatikaḥ pākaḥ āyuṣmate mahāmaudgalyāyanāya pratipāditaḥ

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa fills his bowl with food of extraordinary fragrance, which Mahāmaudgalyāyana carries back to the Buddha

athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tasyāntikāt piṇḍapātam ādāya tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte campāyām antarhito rājagṛhe pratyaṣṭhād venuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena bhagavataḥ piṇḍapāta upanāmitaḥ; bhagavān bhoktum ārabdhaḥ; rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ dvitīyaṃ sthālipākam ādāya bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāmati; yāvat paśyati sarvaṃ veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena (SBV II 138) (A 473b) surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati nūnaṃ śakreṇa devendreṇa anyābhir devatābhir bhagavataḥ piṇḍapātaḥ upanītaḥ; yathedaṃ veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭam; iti viditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: kiṃ bhadanta śakreṇa devendreṇa anyābhir devatābhir bhagavataḥ piṇḍapāta upanītaḥ? yena veṇuvanaṃ nānāvidhena surabhiṇā āhāragandhena sphuṭam iti; bhagavān āha: na mahārāja śakreṇa devendreṇa nāpy anyābhir devatābhir upanītaḥ; api tu tavaiva vijite campāyāṃ potalakaputrasya dine dine paṃcaśatikaḥ sthālīpākaḥ sādhyate; tato maudgalyāyanena bhikṣuṇā ānitaḥ iti; tasya bhagavān varṇaṃ bhāṣitum ārabdhaḥ iti śrutvāpi tasya darśanakāmatā utpannā; bhagavāṃs tasya cetasā cittam ājñāya kathayati: mahārāja puṇyamaheśākhyas sa satvaḥ; mā tasya ājñāṃ dāsyasi; mā te puṇyaparikṣayo bhaviṣyati; api tu mahārāja paribhuṅkṣva pātraśeṣaṃ; sa kathayati: aham asmi bhadanta rājā; bhadanta kṣatriyo mūrdhābhiṣiktaḥ; na mayā kasyacit pātraśeṣaṃ paribhuktapūrvaṃ; kiṃtu bhagavān dharmatayā pitā bhavati; yadi bhagavān ājñāpayati <tarhi paribhuṃje iti> paribhoktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān āha: asti mahārāja tvayā kadācid evaṃrūpam annapānaṃ paribhuktapūrvaṃ? rājā kathayati: ayaṃ bhadanta rājakule vṛddho, rājā ca saṃvṛttaḥ nābhijānāty evaṃrūpam annapānam āsvāditapūrvaṃ; puṇyamaheśākhyo mahārāja sa satvaḥ ya īdṛśam annapānaṃ paribhuṅkte

King Bimbisāra desires to see Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa

atha rājā māgadhaḥ śreṇyo bimbisāraḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; tena amātyānām ājñā dattā: sannāhayantu bhavantaḥ caturaṅgaṃ balakāyaṃ; campāṃ gamiṣyāmi; kasyārthe? potalakaputraṃ draṣṭuṃ; devasyāsau viṣayanivāsī; ihaivāhūyatāṃ; puṇyamaheśākhyo 'sau satvaḥ; na tasya ājñā dātavyā; deva vayaṃ tathā kariṣyāmaḥ, yathā ājñāṃ na dāsyāmaḥ; sa cāgamiṣyati; evaṃ kuruta iti; taiś campāyā lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; bhavanto nagaraśobhāṃ kuruta; yavasayogāsanaṃ ca samdānayata; rājā āgamiṣyati; iti śrutvā parituṣṭāḥ; bhūyo lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; bhavanto na rājā āgamiṣyati; api tu kumāra āgacchati it; te santrastāḥ: karkaśaḥ (SBV II 139) kumāraḥ, kadācid āgata anarthaṃ kariṣyati iti; bhuyo likhitaṃ; na rāja āgacchati; nāpi kumāraḥ; api tu yuṣmābhir gaṅgā tathā baddhavyā yathā pratilomā vahati; iti śrutvā campānivāsinaḥ paurās sannipatitāḥ: bhavanto nūnam asmān rājā daṇḍayitukāmaḥ, yenaivaṃ likhati iti tair amātyānām anena arthena lekho 'nupreṣitaḥ; tair vācayitvā punas teṣāṃ yathābhūtaṃ sandiṣṭaṃ: bhavantaḥ eṣa paramārthaḥ; na rājā āgacchati; na kumāraḥ; nāpi gaṅgābandhena kiṃcit prayojanam; api tu devaḥ potalakaputraṃ (A 474a) draṣṭukāmaḥ; tair avacarakaḥ puruṣaḥ preṣitaḥ; tenāpy evam eva samākhyātaṃ; tatas te saṃbhūya potalakasya gṛhapateḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; gṛhapate devaḥ śroṇaṃ koṭiviṃśaṃ draṣṭukāmaḥ; preṣaya amātyair asmākaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sandiṣṭam; avacarakapuruṣeṇapi sa evārthaḥ samākhyātaḥ iti; sa kathayati: bhavanto na preṣayāmi; yo mama bhāgas taṃ suvarṇapiṇḍair api badhnīyām iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate yady apy evaṃ tathāpi paścimā janatā anukampitavyā iti; sa kathayati: bhavanto yady evaṃ samayataḥ anujānāmi; yadi yuṣmākam api putrāḥ śroṇena sārdhaṃ gacchati iti; te kathayanti: gṛhapate evaṃ bhavatu; gacchantu bhavantaḥ

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa goes to Rājagṛha to visit Bimbisāra

atha potalako gṛhapatir yena śroṇakoṭīviṃśas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam idam avocat: putra imepaura evaṃ kathayanti iti; sa kathayati: tāta yady evaṃ gacchāmi iti; putra nūnaṃ sa rājā tava pādayoḥ suvarṇavarṇāni romāṇi draṣṭukāmaḥ; na tvayā tasya pādau utkṣipya darśayitavyau; rājāna asthānaprakopinaḥ; mā te anarthaṃ kariṣyanti; ayaṃ muktāhāraḥ; etaṃ rājñaḥ pādayoḥ sthāpayitvā praṇāmaṃ ca kṛtvā tasya purastāt paryaṅkaṃ badhvā niṣīda; tato romāṇi drakṣyati iti; tataḥ potalako gṛhapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: katareṇa yānena śroṇaṃ preṣayāmi? kiṃ hastiyānena? aśvayānena? rathayānen? uta nauyānena iti; tasyaitad abhavat; nauyānam eṣāṃ varaṃ; nauyānena preṣayāmi iti; tena nadyāṃ gaṅgāyāṃ nausaṅkramo māpitaḥ; tatra vicitram udyānaṃ kāritaṃ nānāpuṣpaphalasaṃpannaṃ haṃsakrauñcamayūraśukaśārikākokilādivihaṅganikūjitaṃ; vividhāni vāditrāṇi, naryaś ca nānālaṅkāravibhūṣitāḥ samāropitāḥ; tad anayā vibhūtyā jalamadhyena preṣitaḥ; (SBV II 140) so 'nupūrveṇa rājagṛhasamīpaṃ gataḥ; rājñā bimbisāreṇa śrutaṃ potalakaputraḥ āgacchati iti; tena yāvac ca rājagṛhaṃ, yāvac ca nādī gaṅgā atrāntarāt khātam asyāḥ pūrayitvā tanmadhyena naur ākṛṣṭā; rājagṛhaṃ ca tan nagaram apagatapāṣāṇaśarkarakaṭhallaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ candanavāripariṣiktaṃ surabhidhūpaghaṭikopanibaddham āmuktapaṭṭadāmakalāpam ucchṛtadhvajapatākaṃ nānāpuṣpāvakīrṇaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ devānām iva nandanavanodyānaṃ; so 'nayā vibhūtyā rājagṛhaṃ nagaraṃ praveśitaḥ; tato 'sau rājñaḥ siṃhāsanasthasya muktāhāraṃ pādayor datvā, śirasā praṇamya, purastāt paryaṅkaṃ badhvā niṣaṇṇaḥ; rājā tasya pādatalayoḥ suvarṇavarṇāni romāṇi dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ: aho puṇyamaheśākhyaḥ śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ iti

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa and King Bimbisāra go together to the Bamboo grove in order to see the Buddha

dṛṣṭvā kathayati: śroṇa dṛṣṭas te bhagavān? no deva; āgaccha gacchāmaḥ; sa pṛcchati deva kiṃ bhagavān yānena gaccchati? āhosvīt pādābhyām? iti; rājā kathayati (A 474b) pravrajito 'sau; kiṃ tasya yānena? iti; sa kathayati: deva yady evam aham api pādābhyām eva gacchāmi iti, pādābhyām eva saṃprasthitaḥ; tasya pauruṣeyair vastrāṇi pṛthivyām āstīrṇāni; sa kathayati: kiṃ bhagavān āstīrṇena gacchati? āhosvis anāstīrṇena? iti; te kathayanti anāstīrṇena iti; sa kathayati: apanyata vastrāṇi; aham apy anāstīrṇena gacchāmi iti; pauruṣeyair vastrāṇi apanītāni; amanuṣyakair āstīrṇāni; sa kathayati: bhavanto yūyaṃ mayā nivāritāḥ? iti; te kathayanti: deva nivāritāḥ; atha kena punar āstīrṇāni? iti; deva puṇyamaheśākhyas tvam; amanuṣyakair āstīrṇāni iti; tenāśayato vāṅ niścāritā apanayantu amanuṣyā vastrāṇi iti; tair apanītāni; tena pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ; iyaṃ mahāpṛthivī calati, saṃcalati, saṃpracalati; vyathate saṃvyathate saṃpravyathate; pūrvo digbhāga unnamati, paścima avanamati; paścima unnamati; pūrvo 'vanamati; dakṣiṇa unnamati, uttaro 'vanamati; uttara unnamati, dakṣiṇo 'vanamati; anta unnamati, madhyo 'vanamati; madhya (SBV II 141) unnamati, anto 'vanamati; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: ito bhikṣava ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācit potalakaputreṇa anāstīrṇāyāṃ pṛthivyāṃ pādo nyastaḥ; etarhi nyasto dharmagauravataḥ, no tu puṇyaparikṣayāt; tenāyaṃ ṣaḍvikāraḥ pṛthivīkampo jātaḥ iti

The Buddha converts Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa

atha śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo yena bhagavān tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇaḥ; tato bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñatvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā śroṇena koṭīviṃśena viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatya utthāya āsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā, yena bhagavāṃs tena añjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavantam idam avocat: labheyāhaṃ bhadanta svākhyāte dharmavinaya pravrajyām upasaṃpadaṃ bhikṣubhāvaṃ careyam ahaṃ bhagavato 'ntike brahmacaryam iti; bhagavān āha: na khalu gṛhaputra tathāgatā vā tathāgataśrāvakā vā ananujñātaṃ kulaputraṃ mātāpitṛbhyāṃ pravrājayanti upasaṃpādayanti vā; gaccha mātāpitarāv avalokaya iti; rājā kathayati ahaṃ bhadanta prabhuḥ sarvādhikaraṇānām; arthe mamaiva dharmatayā ayaṃ putro bhavati; aham enam anujānāmi; pravrājayatu bhagavān yathāsukham iti; tato bhagavatā ehibhikṣukayā ābhāṣitaḥ ehi bhikṣo cara brahmacaryam iti; tato vāco 'vasānasamanantaram eva muṇḍaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; saṅghāṭīprāvṛtaḥ; pātrakarakavyagrahastaḥ saptāhāvaropitakeśaśmasruḥ varṣaśatopasaṃpannasya bhikṣor īryāpathenāvasthitaḥ; āha cātra

ṣaḍvargīyās (A 475a) tad avasphaṇḍayitum ārabdhāḥ; ayaṃ tāvan nītapiṇḍakaḥ; ekāntaghaṭake śāsane kiṃ viśeṣam adhigamiṣyati iti (SBV II 142) sa tair avasphaṇḍito yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantam ānandam idam avocat: kataro bhadanta ānanda bhagavatā ekāntaghaṭakasya bhikṣoḥ yogānukūlas samādhir uktaḥ āyuṣman śroṇa bhagavatoktaṃ caṅkramata avigatasamādhiś cirasthitiko bhaviṣyatīti tena śītavanaṃ śmaśānaṃ gatvā caṅkramo 'dhiṣṭhitaḥ iti; tatrāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ rājagṛhe viharati śītavane śmaśāne yuktaḥ; sātatye naipakye saṃbodhipakṣikeṣu dharmeṣu bhāvanāyogam anuyukto bhavati

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa gives himself to severe penances. The example of the lute

atha āyuṣmataḥ śroṇakoṭīviṃśasya ekākino rahogatasya pratisaṃlīnasya evaṃ cetasi cetaḥparitarka udapādi; yāvantaḥ khalu bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ ārabdhavīryā viharanti; ahaṃ teṣām anyatamaḥ; atha ca punar me nānupādāyāsravebhyaś cittaṃ vimucyate; saṃvidyante ca me jñātiṣu vipulā bhogāḥ; yannv ahaṃ niṣadya kāmāṃś ca paribhuṅjīya; dānāni ca dadyāṃ; puṇyāni ca kuryām iti atha bhagavān āyuṣmataḥ śroṇasya cetasā cittam ājñāya anyatamaṃ bhikṣum āmantrayate: ehi tvaṃ bhikṣo; yena śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tenopasamkrāma; upasaṃkramya śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam evaṃ vada śāstā tvāṃ śroṇa āmantrayate iti; evaṃ bhadantety sa bhikṣur bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya yanāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśam idam avocat: śāstā tvām āyuṣman śroṇa āmantrayate iti; evam āyuṣman ity āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśas tasya bhikṣoḥ pratiśrutya yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekāṇte sthitaḥ; āyuṣmantaṃ śroṇaṃ koṭīviṃśaṃ bhagavān idam avocat: na te śroṇa ekākino rahogatasya pratisaṃlīnasya evaṃ cetasi cetaḥparitarka udapādi? yāvantaḥ khalu bhagavataḥ śrāvakāḥ ārabdhavīryā viharanti; ahaṃ teṣām anyatamaḥ; atha ca punar me nānupādāya āsravebhyaḥ cittaṃ vimucyate; saṃvidyante ca me (SBV II 143) jñātiṣu vipulā bhogāḥ; yannv ahaṃ niṣadya kāmāṃś ca paribhuñjīya; dānāni ca dadyāṃ; puṇyāni ca kuryām iti atha āyuṣmataḥ śroṇasya koṭīviṃśasya etad abhavat: jānāti me bhagavān cetasā cittam; iti viditvā bhītas trastas saṃvignaḥ āhṛṣṭaromakūpo bhagavantam idam avocat: evaṃbhadanta; tena hi śroṇa tvām eva pṛcchāmi; yathā te kṣamate tathainaṃ vyākuru; kiṃ manyase śroṇa? kuśalas tvam abhūḥ pūrvam āgārikaḥ san vīṇāyāṃ tantrīsvane; tathyam ahaṃ bhadanta kuśalo 'bhūvaṃ pūrvam āgārikaḥ san vīṇāyāṃ tantrīsvane: kiṃ manyase śroṇa? yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ atyātatā bhavanti, api nu tasmin samaye (A 475b) vīṇā valgusvarā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? no bhadanta; yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ atiślathā bhavanti api nu tasmin samaye vīṇā valgusvarā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? no bhadanta; atha punar yasmin samaye vīṇāyās tantryaḥ nātyātatā bhavanti nātiślathāḥ saha guṇeṣu pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ, nanu tasmin samaye vīṇā valgusvarā vā bhavati? manojñasvarā vā svaravatī vā karmaṇyā vā? evaṃ bhadanta; evam eva śroṇa atyārabdhaṃ vīryam atyauddhatyāya saṃvartate; atilīnaṃ cittaṃ kausīdyāya saṃvartate; tasmāt tvaṃ śroṇa samatāṃ pratipadyasva; tena ca mā maṃsthāḥ; tasmiṃś ca pramādaḥ; tasmiṃś ca nimittam udgṛhṇīṣva; anena tvaṃ śroṇa vihāreṇa viharan nacirād eva āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā, upasaṃpadya pravedayase kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti

Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa follows the advice of the Buddha, and in a short time becomes an arhat

athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandya anumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśo bhagavatā anena vīṇopamena avavādenāvavāditaḥ eko vyapakṛṣṭaḥ apramattaḥ ātāpī prahitātmā vyāhārṣīt; eko vyapakṛṣṭaḥ apramatta ātāpī prahitātmā viharan, yadarthaṃ kulaputrāḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy (SBV II 144) ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajanti, tad anuttaraṃ brahmacaryaparyavasānaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayate: kṣīṇā me jātiḥ; uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; ājñātavān sa āyuṣmān arhan babhūva suvimuktacittaḥ athāyuṣmataḥ śroṇāsya koṭīviṃśasya arhatvaprāptasya vimuktiprītisukhasaṃvedinaḥ etad abhavat: ayaṃ me kālo bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramituṃ, paryupasanāya iti; athāyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ sāyāhne oratisaṃlayanād vyutthāya yena hagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdat; ekāntaniṣaṇṇa āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ bhagavantam idam avocat

The discourse of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa

yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati arhan kṣīṇāsravaḥ kṛtakṛtyaḥ kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ apahṛtabhāraḥ anuprāptasvakāryaḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaḥ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittaḥ sa tasmin samaye ṣaṭ sthānāny adhimukto bhavati; naiṣkramyam adhimukto bhavati; trṣṇākṣayam upādānakṣayam asaṃ moṣaṃ ca cetasā adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu bhadanta ihaikatyasya evaṃ śraddhāmātrakaṃ, bata ayam āyuṣmān niśritya naiṣkramyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya naiṣkramyam adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu ihaikatyasya evaṃ śīlamātrakaṃ bata ayam āyuṣmān niśritya avyābādhyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭuṃ; kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya avyābādhyam adhimukto bhavati; syāt khalu bhadanta ihaikatyasya evaṃ lābhasatkāraślokamātrakaṃ (SBV II 145) bata ayam āyuṣmān parimṛgayamāṇāḥ prāvivekyam adhimukta iti; na khalv evaṃ draṣṭavyaṃ; kṣayād bhadanta rāgasya kṣayād dveṣasya kṣayān mohasya tṛṣṇākṣayam upādānakṣayam asaṃmoṣaṃ ca cetasā adhimukto bhavati; yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati arhan, kṣīṇāsravaḥ kṛtakṛtyaḥ kṛtakaraṇīyaḥ apahṛtabhāraḥ anuprāptasvakāryaḥ parikṣīṇabhavasaṃyojanaḥ samyagājñāsuvimuktacittaḥ tasmin samaye imāni ṣaṭ sthānāny adhimukto bhavati; yo 'sau bhadanta bhikṣur bhavati śaikṣa asaṃprāptamānasaḥ sa uttaraṃ yogakṣemaṃ nirvāṇam abhiprārthayamānarūpo bahulaṃ viharati; tasmin samaye śaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati śaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtya upasaṃpadya pravedayate; kṣīṇā me jāti, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; sa tasmin samaye aśaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati aśaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; tadyathā dahraḥ kumārako bālo mandaḥ uttānaśāyī tasmin samaye dahraiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati dahraiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena vṛddher anvayāt, indriyāṇāṃ paripākāt sa tasmin samaye vṛddhaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati vṛddhaiś cendriyaiḥ; evam eva yo 'sau bhikṣur bhavati śaikṣa asaṃprāptamānasaḥ sa uttaraṃ yogakṣemaṃ nirvāṇam abhiprārthayamānarūpo bahulaṃ viharati; sa tasmin samaye śaikṣaiḥ samanvāgato bhavatiṃ śaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena āsravāṇāṃ kṣayād anāsravāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtva upasaṃpadya pravedayate; kṣīṇā me jāti, uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ; kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ; nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmi iti; sa tasmin samaye aśaikṣaiḥ śīlaiḥ samanvāgato bhavati aśaikṣaiś cendriyaiḥ; tasya cet bhṛśāny api cakṣurvijñeyāni rūpāṇi cakṣuṣa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tat cittaṃ bhavati, adhyātmam aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; (SBV II 146) vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati; tasya ced bhṛśā api śrotavijñeyāḥ śabdāḥ ghrāṇavijñeyāḥ gandhāḥ jihvāvijñeyā rasāḥ kāyavijñeyāni spraṣṭavyāni manovijñeyā dharmāḥ manasa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvmukti paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tac cittaṃ bhavati; adhyātmam aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; (A 476b) vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati; tadyathā nagarasya vā nigamasya vā nātidūre mahāśailaḥ parvataḥ syāt, akhaṇḍaḥ acchidraḥ asuṣiraḥ susaṃvṛttaḥ ekaghanaḥ; tasya cet pūrvasyā diśo bhṛśo vāyuvega āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ paścimāyāṃ diśy upasaṃharet; saced dakṣiṇasyāḥ paścimāyāḥ uttarasyā diśo vāyuvegaḥ āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśy upasaṃharet; yatas tato vā bhṛśo vāyuvega āgacchen nainaṃ calayet, nainaṃ kampayet, nainaṃ yatas tata upasaṃharet; evam eva tasya bhṛśāny api cakṣurvijñeyāni rūpāṇi cakṣuṣa ābhāḥ samāgacchanti; nāsya tāṃ cetovimuktiṃ prajñāvimuktiṃ paryādadate; sthitam evāsya tac cittaṃ bhavati adhyātma aviparītaṃ suvimuktaṃ subhāvitaṃ; vyayaṃ cāsyānupaśyati iti; idam avocad āyuṣmān śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ; idam uktvā arhann athāparam etad uvāca sthaviraḥ

tato vimuktacittasya śāntacittasya tāyinaḥ / kṛteṣu karaṇīyeṣu karaṇiyaṃ na vidyate // (SBV II 147)

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta āyuṣmatā śroṇena karma kṛtam yasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; suvarṇavarṇāni ca romāṇi pādatalayor jātāni; paṃcaśatikaś cāsya dine dine sthālipāka upasthāpyate; ita ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācid anāstīrṇe pṛthivīpradeśe pādo nyastaḥ; jātamātreṇa viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyaḥ avalehikāmūlyaṃ labdhāḥ; bhagavataś ca śāsane praviśya sarvakleśaprahāṇās arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtam iti bhagavān āha: śroṇenaiva bhikṣavaḥ koṭīviṃśena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; śroṇakoṭīviṃśena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tu (A 477a) upātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

The story of Vipaśyin (concerning a previous birth of Śroṇakoṭīviṃśa)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ ekanavate kalpe vipaśyī nāma samyaksaṃbuddho loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa dvāṣaṣṭibhikṣusahasraparivāraḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran bandhumatīrājadhānīm anuprāptaḥ; tena khalu samayena bandhumatyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ saṃbahulā goṣṭhikāḥ prativasanti; taiḥ śrutaṃ vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dvāṣaṣṭibhikṣusahasraparivāraḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran ihānuprāptaḥ iti; śrutvā ca punaḥ sarve saṃbhūya yena vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhas tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; upasaṃkramya vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇāḥ; ekāntaniṣaṇṇān sambahulān goṣṭhikān vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya (SBV II 148) samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣya tūṣṇīm; atha sambahulā goṣṭhikāḥ utthāyāsanād ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā yena vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhas tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya vipaśyinaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham idam avocan: adhivāsayatv asmākaṃ bhagavān traimāsīṃ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ sārdhaṃ saṃghena iti / adhivāsayati vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ saṃbahulānāṃ goṣṭhikānāṃ tūṣṇīṃbhāvena atha saṃbahulā goṣṭhikā vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena adhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavato pādau śirasā vanditvā uttahāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; te saṃsthāgāre sannipatya sañjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; katham asmābhir bhavanto bhagavān bhojayitavyaḥ kiṃ saṃbhūya āhosvid ekaikena iti; tatraike kathayati; yadi dine dine saṃbhūya bhojayitavyo 'sau asmākaṃ kṛṣikarmāntāḥ samucchetsyanti; tad yadi bhavatām abhirucitaṃ vāreṇa vāraṃ bhojayāmaḥ iti; te vāreṇa vāraṃ gaṇādhīnaṃ bhojayitum ārabdhāḥ; yathāvibhavataś cātmīyam asyānuprayacchanti; tatraiko brāhmaṇadārako daridraḥ; sa mātuḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: amba goṣṭhikaiḥ kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ, bhagavān vāreṇa vāraṃ bhojayitavyaḥ iti; tad ahaṃ tanuvibhavaḥ; kathaṃ mayā bhojayitavyaḥ iti; sā kathayati: putra yady evam apaścimaṃ divasaṃ gṛhāṇa; tvam iyatā kālena kiṃcit samudānayiṣyasi; gaṇasantakāc ca kiṃcid utsadanadharmakaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; tena paścimo divaso gṛhītaḥ; tatra gaṇasantakād utsadanadharmakaṃ prabhūtām saṃpannaṃ; tenāpi kiṃcit samudānītaṃ; tatas tena (A 477b) layanaṃ kāritaṃ; tad vastrair ācchāditaṃ; koṇeṣu paṃca kārṣāpaṇaśatāni sthāpitāni; ṛkṣacarma cāsya saṃpannaṃ; tad api layanadvāre prajñaptaṃ; tataḥ paṃcaśatikaṃ pākaṃ sādhayitvā mahatā satkāreṇa vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddho bhojitaḥ; pādayoś ca praṇipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtam anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogo jāyeya; mā kadācid anāstīrṇe pṛthivīpradeśe pādau sthāpayeyaṃ; yādṛśāni ca vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya suvarṇavarṇāni caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi pādatalayor jātāni, mamāpy evaṃvidhāni syuḥ; evaṃvidhānāṃ ca guṇānāṃ lābhī syāṃ; evaṃvidham eva śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ; mā virāgayeyam iti (SBV II 149) kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau goṣṭhiko brāhmaṇadārakaḥ eṣa evāsau śroṇaḥ koṭīviṃśaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yad anena vipaśyinaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhasya kārān kṛtvā praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ, tasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; pādayoś cāsya suvarṇavarṇāni caturaṅgulamātrāṇi romāṇi jātāni; ita ekanavataṃ kalpam upādāya na kadācid anāstīrne pṛthivīpradeśe pādau sthāpitau; jātamātrasya cāsya viṃśatihiraṇyakoṭyo labdhāḥ; mama ca śāsane pravrajya sarvakleśaprahāṇād arhatvaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*

Rājagṛha's people begins tu murmur against Ajātaśatru and Devadatta

yadā ajātaśatruṇā devadattākalyāṇamitropagūḍhena rājño bimbisārasya kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ tadā rājagṛhanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ avadhyātum ārabdhāḥ; tatra kecid rājñaḥ akarṇaṃ bhāṣante ayaṃ pituḥ śatrutve vyākṛtaḥ; kasmān na jātamātra eva praghātitaḥ iti; apare kathayanti: na bhavanto rājño 'parādhaḥ; kiṃ sarveṣāṃ vyākaraṇaṃ bhūtaṃ bhavati? vinīta evāyaṃ kumāraḥ; api tu devadattenāyam akalyāṇamitreṇa vipralabdhaḥ, yena evaṃkriyāsu pravartate iti; apare kathayanti; na bhavanto rājño doṣaḥ nāpi devadattasya; api tu bhagavata eva doṣaḥ; yena devadattaḥ pravrājitaḥ; no tu lokadhātvantaraṃ nītvā avasthāpitaḥ iti; apare kathayanti: bhagavato nāyam aparādhaḥ; api tu saṃghasya yenāsya utkṣepanīyaṃ karma na kṛtam iti; tatra yena rājñaḥ akarṇaṃ bhāṣyate tena (SBV II 150) na rājā ārtīyate karmāṇy etāni mayā pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu kṛtāni upacitāni iti; yena tu bhagavataḥ saṃghasya ca akarṇaṃ bhāṣyate, tena rājā atyartham ārtīyate; madīyena durnītena loko bhagavataḥ saṃghasya ca akarṇaṃ bhāṣate iti bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ / paśya bhadanta anyair aparāddham (A 478a) anye doṣeṇa lipyante iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anyair aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ

The story of Kūla and Upakūla (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta and Ajātaśatru)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati, ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya dvau kukkurau kūlaś ca upakūlaś ca; tābhyāṃ rājñaḥ aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikā khāditā; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājño brahmadattasya saṃgrāmaḥ pratyupasthitaḥ; tena amātyānām ājñā dattā; pratyavekṣata bhavantaḥ aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikām iti; te pratyavekṣitum ārabdhāḥ, paśyanti sarvāṃ chinnapracchinnāṃ; tai rājñe niveditaṃ: deva aśvasannāhabhāṇḍikā kukkureṇa bhakṣitā iti; rājā kathayati; bhavanto yady evaṃ parityaktā mayā kukkurāḥ iti; tatra kecit praghātitāḥ; kecin niṣpalāyitāḥ; yāvad anyatamo jānapadaḥ kukkuraḥ janapadād vārāṇasīṃ gacchati; tena te niṣpalāyamānā dṛṣṭāḥ; pṛṣṭāś ca: bhavantaḥ kimartham evaṃ yūyaṃ santrastāḥ iti; tair yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: kimarthaṃ rājā yuṣmābhir na vijñaptaḥ iti; te kathayanti: kaḥ śaknoti rājānaṃ vijñapayitum anya praghātitāḥ; vayaṃ kathaṃcit prapalāyitāḥ; sa kathayati: tiṣṭhatu yūyam; ahaṃ yuṣmākam arthe rājānaṃ vijñapayāmi iti; tena samāśvāsitāḥ pratinivṛttāḥ; tatas tena saṃpātavelāyāṃ śravaṇopavicāre sthitvā rājā gāthayā vijñaptaḥ yau kukkurau rājakule nivāsinau kūlopakūlau balavarṇayuktau / (SBV II 151) tāv atra ghātyau vayam apraghātyāḥ aghātyaghāto na hi deva yuktaḥ // iti rājñā śrutaṃ; tena prabhātāyaṃ rajanyām amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto yenāhaṃ rātrau gāthayā vijñaptaḥ tasya samanveṣaṇaṃ kuruta iti; taiḥ rakṣiṇām ājñā dattā; samanveṣatat bhavantaḥ kena devo rātrau gāthayā vijñaptaḥ iti; taiḥ samākhyātaṃ jānapadena kukkureṇeti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ parīkṣāṃ kuruta kiṃ kūlopakūlābhyāṃ bhakṣitam āhosvit anyaiḥ kukkuraiḥ iti; amātyāḥ sannipatya saṃjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ: bhavanto devenaivājñā dattā kukkurāṇāṃ parīkṣāṃ kuruteti; tat katham eṣāṃ parīkṣā kartavyā iti; anye kathayanti: kim atra parīkṣitavyaṃ keśāṇḍukaṃ datvā chardāpayitavyau; atha kūlopakūlābhyāṃ carmakhaṇḍā udgīrṇāḥ; rājño niveditaṃ; rājñā parityaktau; pariśiṣṭānām abhayaṃ dattam kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yau kūlopakūlau etāv eva devadattājātaśatrū tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpi etābhyām aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; etarhy api etābhyām aparāddham anye doṣeṇa liptāḥ; punar api yathā devadattaḥ akṛtajña akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of a hunter and an ungrateful man (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājyaṃ kārayati; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ (A 478b) paraśum ābhaṅgīm ādāya kāṣṭhārthī vanaṃ gataḥ; sa tatra kāṣṭhaṃ paryeṣamāṇaḥ siṃhenābhidrutaḥ; niṣpalāyamānaḥ kūpe patitaḥ; so 'pi tadbhakṣaṇādhyavasāyas tatraiva patitaḥ; āśīviṣeṇa mūṣako 'bhidruto niṣpalāyate; mūṣakābhilāṣāt śyenakaḥ pradhāvitaḥ; yāvat sarve kūpe nipatitāḥ; tena sarva eva vyāpannāḥ; parasparam abhilaṣante vyāpādanāya; siṃhaḥ kathayati: bhavantaḥ sarve yūyaṃ mama gamyāḥ; api tu vayaṃ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptāḥ; niścalās tiṣṭhata; māyaṃ vyāpādanakālaḥ iti; yāvat daivān mṛgalubdhako mṛgān paryeṣamāṇas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; sa taṃ kūpaṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; (SBV II 152) tatraivaṃ bhrāntair vāṅ niścāritā: bhoḥ puruṣa paritrāyasva iti; tatas tena mṛgalubdhakena jñātvā pūrvataraṃ siṃha uddhṛtaḥ; sa pādayor nipatya kathayati: kṛtajñas te bhaviṣyāmi; kiṃtu atrakṛṣṇaśiraskas tiṣṭhati; sa tvayā noddhartavyaḥ; kṛtaghnā hy eta bhavanti ity uktvā prakrāntaḥ; yāvat tena mṛgalubdhakena sarve anupūrveṇa uddhṛtāḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena siṃhena mṛgo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; sa ca mṛgalubdhakas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; siṃhena taṃ parijñāya sa mṛgaḥ pādayor nipatya dattaḥ; apareṇa samayena rājā brahmadattaḥ udyānabhūmiṃ nirgataḥ sārdham antaḥpureṇa; sa tatrodyāne sukham anubhūya middham avakrāntaḥ; antaḥpurajano viśvastavihārī udyāne caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati middham avakrāmati; vastrāṇi śodhayati; alaṃkārāṇy apanīya pārśve sthāpayati; yāvad anyatamā antaḥpurikā alaṃkāram avamucya pārśve sthāpayitvā middham avakrāntā; tat śyenakenāpahṛtya tasmai lubdhakāya kṛtajñatayā dattaṃ; rājā brahmadatto nidrāklamaṃ prativinodya laghu laghv eva vārāṇasīṃ praviṣṭaḥ; antaḥpurakumārāmātyapaurajānapado 'pi atitvareṇa gataḥ; yāvad asāv antaḥpurikā alaṃkāraṃ samanveṣati; na paśyati; tayā rājñe niveditaṃ: deva udyāne me alaṃkāraḥ apahṛtaḥ iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavantaḥ alaṃkārāḥ udyāne apahṛtaḥ; samanveṣata kena gṛhītaḥ iti; te samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; sa kṛṣṇaśiraskaḥ tasya mṛgalubdhakasya kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmati; tena tasya gṛham upasaṃkrāmatā upāṃśunā vijñātam asyālaṃkāro 'stīti; tena kṛtaghnatayā rājño gatvā ārocitaṃ; tato rājñā paramakopakupitena mṛgalubdhako rājapuruṣair āhvāyya uktaḥ: bhoḥ puruṣa tvayā udyānād alaṃkāro 'pahṛtaḥ iti; tatas tena santrastena yathāvṛttaṃ samākhyāya asāv alaṃkāro rājñe samarpitaḥ; tathāpy asau puruṣaḥ cārake badhvā sthāpitaḥ; mūṣakena gatvā āśīviṣāya niveditaṃ: tena kṛṣṇaśiraskena pāpakāriṇā asmākaṃ kalyāṇamitro rājñā cārake badhvā sthāpitaḥ iti; āśīviṣaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ lubdhaka ahaṃ rājānaṃ (A 480a) daśāmi; tvayā ebhir mantrapadair ebhiś ca oṣadhaiḥ cikitsitavyaḥ; evaṃ sa rājā abhiprasanno niyataṃ tvāṃ muñcati; bhogasaṃvibhāgaṃ ca karoti iti; sa kathayati: śobhanam evaṃ kuru; āśīviṣeṇa rājā daṣṭaḥ; lubdhakena gatvā mantraiś cauṣadhaiś ca cikitsitaḥ; tato rājñā parituṣṭena bandhanān muktaḥ; bhogaiś ca saṃvibhaktaḥ (SBV II 153) bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau lubdhakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kṛtaghnapuruṣaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; punar api yathā akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī tac chrūyatāṃ.

The story of Nanda, the Mungoose (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo saptāha akālameghaḥ samupāgataḥ; deve varṣati nakula āśramaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; mūṣiko 'pi tatraiva praviṣṭaḥ, āśīviṣo 'pi varṣabhayāt paribhraman tatraiva praviṣṭaḥ; yāvad asau nakulas taṃ mūṣikam abhidravitum ārabdhaḥ; āśīviṣaḥ kathayati: bhavanto vayaṃ kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ; parasparam avyābādhāṃ kuruta; niścalās tiṣṭhata iti; tatrāśīviṣasya saṃjñākaraṇaṃ priyasena iti; nakulasya nāma nanda iti; mūṣikasya gaṅgadatta iti; iti; priyasena nandena ca gaṅgadatta uktaḥ; anālakṣya gaccha; asmākam āhāraṃ paryeṣaya iti; sa ṛjuko bhadrāśayaḥ; tayor arthāya āśayena āhāraṃ paryeṣitum ārabdhaḥ; na labhate; nandaḥ priyasenasya kathayati; yadi gaṅgadattaḥ āhāraṃ vinā āgacchati, mayā sa eva bhakṣayitavya iti; priyasenaḥ saṃlakṣayati kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāpto 'py eṣas tasya badhāya parākramati; prāg eva yady asau vinā āhāreṇa āgacchati; sarvathā tasya sandeṣṭavyam iti; tena tasya sandiṣṭaṃ; nanda evaṃ kathayati: yadi gaṅgadattaḥ vinā āhāreṇāgacchati sa eva mayā bhakṣayitavya iti; gaṅgadattena āhāraṃ paryeṣamāṇena na kiṃcid āsāditaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati niyatam asau māṃ bhakṣayati: iti; tena priyasenasya sandiṣṭam

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau gaṅgadattaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau nandanāmā nakulaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī; etarhy apy eṣa akṛtajñaḥ akṛtavedī (SBV II 154)

King Bimbisāra makes exceeding grants to Ajātaśatru

yadā ajātaśatruṇā rājño bimbisārasya kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ tadā rājñā upālabdhaḥ: kumāra kimarthaṃ tvayā mama kanakaḥ kṣiptaḥ sa kathayati: deva roṣāt; devasya bhogāḥ saṃvidyante; mama na (A 480b) saṃvidyante; rājā kathayati: putra yady evaṃ gaccha campā sādhāraṇā tava bhavatu iti; sa hṛṣṭatuṣṭapramudito devadattasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati: ārya mayā campā sādhāraṇā labdhā iti; sa kathayati: kumāra dṛṣṭaṃ te parākramasya phalam ārya dṛṣṭaṃ; bhūyaḥ parākramasva; ativṛddhis te bhaviṣyati iti; sa campāyāṃ prakarapratyayaiḥ pīḍayitum ārabdhaḥ; pīḍyamāno mahājanakāyaḥ niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; kecid rājagṛhaṃ gatāḥ; kecid deśāntaraṃ gatāḥ; amātyai rājño dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ: deva kumāraś campāṃ pīḍayati; janaḥ pīḍyamāno niṣpalāyate; tad arhati devaḥ kumārasya nivāraṇaṃ kartum iti; rājā kathayati: kumāra kasmāj janapadān pīḍayasi iti; sa kathayati: deva sādhanaṃ na puṣyati iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ rājagṛham ekaṃ tyaktvā magadhaviṣayaṃ gṛhāṇa iti; magadhaviṣayaṃ gṛhītvā devadattasya sakāśaṃ gatvā kathayati: ārya mayā (SBV II 155) rājagṛham ekaṃ muktvā sarvo magadhaviṣayo labdhaḥ iti; sa kathayati: īdṛśaṃ parākramasya phalaṃ; bhūyaḥ parākramasva iti; sa magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayitum ārabdhaḥ; magadhaviṣayanivāsinā janakāyena rājā bimbisāro vijñaptaḥ; deva kumāro magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayati; nivartyatām iti; sa rājñā āhūyoktaḥ kumāra kimarthaṃ magadhaviṣayaṃ nāśayasi iti; sa kathayati deva prabhūto janakāyo na puṣyati iti; rājā kathayati; kumāra yady evaṃ kośam ekaṃ muktvā sarvaṃ tavaiva bhavatu iti; sa rājagṛham api gṛhītvā devadattasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ kathayati: ārya mayā kośam ekaṃ muktvā, sarvabhogā labdhāḥ iti; sa kathayati parākramaphalam etat; api tu kośabalino hi rājānaḥ; yasya kośaḥ sa rājā; kośārthaṃ parākramasva iti; sa rājagṛham api nāśayitum ārabdhaḥ; rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ anyaś ca magadhanivāsī campeyaś ca sarva eva santrastāḥ yathā ajātaśatrur na paśyati tathā dūtasaṃpreṣaṇena rājānaṃ vijñapayitum ārabdhāḥ: devena vayaṃ putravat paripālitāḥ; kumāreṇātyantaṃ niḥsvīkṛtāḥ; prāyo devasya janapadā niṣpalāyitāḥ; vayam api niṣpalāyāmaḥ iti; dharmapradhānaḥ sa rājā; karuṇātmakaś ca; tena samutpannamanyunā ajātaśatrur āhūya priyamadhuravaconukūlatayā śiras parāmṛśyoktaḥ: putra mayā tava sarvajanapadā dattāḥ; kimartham udvejayasi? pratipālaya iti; sa kathayati: deva kośabalino rājānaḥ; mama kośabalaṃ nāsti; kiṃ karomi iti; a kathayati: yady evam antaḥpuram ekaṃ muktvā sarvaṃ tavaiva bhavatu iti; tathāpy asau duṣṭaprakṛtiḥ pāpasahāyaś ca nāśayaty eva, nāvatiṣṭhate; rājñā sopālambham uktaḥ: sakośakoṣṭhāgārajanapadās tavaiva dattāḥ; idānīṃ kimarthaṃ nāśayasi iti

Ajātaśatru casts his father in prison, there to die of hunger

sa evam ukte ruṣitaḥ amātyānāṃ kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ paribhāṣate, tasya ko daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: deva vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; sa kathayati: pitā mama; katham enaṃ praghātayāmi? gacchata; cārakāvabaddham enaṃ sthāpayata iti; sa cārake prakṣiptaḥ; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; tadviṣayanivāsī ca janakāyaḥ śrutvā (SBV II 156) durmanāḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; ajātaśatruś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ iti nāsya kaścit parivādaṃ mantrayati; rājā (A 481a) bimbisāraś cārake karmaparāyaṇo 'vatiṣṭhate; tasya ca vaidehī sthālīpākaṃ praveśayati: ajātaśatruś cārakapuruṣān pṛcchati: bhavantaḥ kathaṃ vṛddharājā yāpayati? iti; te kathayanti: deva jananī te sthālīpākaṃ praveśayati iti; ajātaśatruṇā ājñā dattā: dhārayata bhaktaṃ pānaṃ ca yathā na bhūyaḥ praveśayati iti; antaḥpure cājñā dattā na kenacic cārake bhaktaṃ pānaṃ praveśayitavyaṃ; yaḥ praveśayati tasya vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; tasya raudrakarmatāṃ jñātvā na kaścid bhaktaṃ sādhayati; kuta eva praveśayiṣyati; tato vaidehī bhartṛsnehoparuddhyamānahṛdayā saktukalkena gātrāṇi mrakṣayitvā nūpurāṇi ca pānīyasya pūrayitvā praveśayitum ārabdhā; tenāsau yāpayati; cārakapuruṣaiḥ so 'py upāyo vijñātaḥ; kiṃtu anurāgāt tasya rājñaḥ ajātaśatror na nivedayanti; bhūyaḥ ajātaśatruś cārakapuruṣān pṛcchati: bhavanto vṛddharājā kathaṃ yāpayati? iti; tair istareṇa samākhyātaṃ; sa kathayati: bhavanto vaidehīṃ dhārayata, yathā na bhūyaḥ praviśati iti; tato bhagavān tatkuśalamūlāvaropaṇārthaṃ gṛddhrakūṭaparvate vātāyanābhimukhaṃ caṃkramitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā bimbisāraḥ vātāyanena bhagavantam avalokya prāmodyam utpādayati yena prāṇair na viyujyate; ājātaśatruḥ ca bhūyaś cārakapuruṣān pṛccchati bhavantaḥ annapānaṃ vidhāritaṃ; idānīṃ vṛddharājaḥ kathaṃ yāpayati iti; te kathayanti: bhagavāṃs tasyānugrahārthaṃ gṛddhrakūṭe parvate caṃkramyate; tam asau sthitaḥ pratidinaṃ parīkṣate iti; sa kathayati vātāyanānāni pithayantu; tasya ca pādau kṣureṇa nirlikhata iti; tair vātāyanānāni pihitāni; tasya ca pādau ksureṇa nirlikhitau; sa duḥkhavedanārto bāṣpoparuddhyamānagadgadakaṇṭhaḥ aśruparyākulekṣaṇaś cintayati: na māṃ bhagavān kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaṃ samanvāharati iti

The Buddha sends Maudgalyāyana to visit and comfort the old king

atrāntare nāsti kiṃcit buddhānāṃ bhagavatām ajñātam adṛṣṭam aviditam avijñātaṃ; dharmatā khalu buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ mahākāruṇikānāṃ lokānugrahapravṛttānām ekārakṣāṇāṃ (SBV II 157) śamathavipaśyanāvihāriṇāṃ tridamathavastukuśalānāṃ caturoghottīrṇānāṃ caturṛddhipādacaraṇatalasupratiṣṭhitamatīnāṃ caturṣu saṃgrahavastuṣu dīrgharātrakṛtaparicayānāṃ pañcāṅgaviprahīnānāṃ pañcagatisamatikrāntānāṃ ṣaḍaṅgasamanvāgatānāṃ ṣaṭpāramitāparipūrṇānāṃ saptabodhyaṅgakusumāḍhyānām aṣṭāṅgamārgadeśikānāṃ navānupūrvavihārasamāpattikuśalānāṃ daśabalināṃ daśadiksamāpūrṇayaśasāṃ daśaśatavaśavartiprativiśiṣṭānāṃ trī rātres trir divasasya buddhacakṣuṣā lokaṃ vyavalokya jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate: ko hīyate ko vardhate kaḥ kṛcchraprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃkataprāptaḥ kaḥ saṃbādhaprāptaḥ kaḥ kṛcchrasaṃkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ ko 'pāyanimnaḥ ko 'pāyapravaṇaḥ ko 'pāyaprāgbhāraḥ kam aham apāyād uddhṛtya svarge mokṣe ca pratiṣṭhāpayeyaṃ; kasya anavaropitāni kuśalamulāni avaropayeyaṃ? kasyāvaropitāni paripācayeyaṃ? kasya pakvāni vimocayeyam iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: gaccha maudgalyāyana; rājānaṃ bimbisāraṃ madvacanād ārogya; evaṃ sa vada: bhagavān kathayati: yat kalyāṇamitreṇa karaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ tat te mayā; uddhṛtas te narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; api tu tvayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; tvayaiva karmāṇi kṛtāny ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na mahārāja karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja karmaparāyaṇena bhavitavyam iti; evaṃ bhadantety āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyano bhagavataḥ pratiśrutya (A 481b) tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte gṛddhrakūṭe (SBV II 158) antarhitaś cārake pratyaṣṭhāt, rājño bimbisārasya purastāt; evaṃ cāha: mahārāja bhagavāṃs te ārogayati; vande bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavantaṃ ca; bhagavān mahārāja evam āha: yat kalyāṇamitreṇa karaṇīyaṃ kṛtaṃ tat te mayā; uddhṛtas te narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; api tu tvayaivaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; tvayā karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na mahārāja karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante, nābdhātau, na tejodhātau, na vāyudhātau; api tūpātteṣv eva skandhadhātvāyataneṣu karmāṇi kṛtāni vipacyante śubhāny aśubhāni ca;

tasmāt tarhi te mahārāja karmaparāyaṇena bhavitavyam iti; sā cārakāvaruddhaḥ kṣurapādābhilikhanānnapānaviyogaduḥkhair abhyāhataḥ kathayati: kutra bhadanta mahāmaudgalyāyana praṇīta āhāro bhujyate iti; sa kathayati: mahārāja cāturmahārājakāyikeṣu deveṣu ity uktvā ayuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte cārake antarhito gṛddhrakūṭaparvate pratyaṣṭhāt

The tardy repentance of Ajātaśatru and the death of Bimbisāra

ajātaśatroḥ putrasya udayabhadrasya aṅgulyāṃ piṭako jātaḥ, sa rudann ajātaśatroḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tam aṅke sthāpayitvā āliṅgati cumbati pariṣvajati; tathāpy asau rudaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; ajātaśatruṇā tatsantikā aṅguliḥ mukhe prakṣiptā; sphoṭako mukhe sphuṭitaḥ; ajātaśatruṇā pūyaśoṇitaṃ pṛthivyāṃ choritam; udāyibhadraḥ kumāraḥ pūyaśoṇitaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhūyasā roditum ārabdhaḥ iti; vaidehyā vipuṣpitaṃ dṛṣṭvā ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: amba kim idam iti; sā kathayati: putra yuṣmākam eṣa pitṛparyāgatavyādhiḥ tavāpyāsīt; tava tu pitrā aṅgulyāṃ mukhe prakṣiptāvāṃ sphoṭakaḥ sphuṭitaḥ; mā tvaṃ rodiṣyasīti pūyaśoṇitam abhyavahṛtaṃ; na pṛthivyāṃ choritaṃ; sa kathayati: amba īdṛśo 'haṃ pituḥ priya (SBV II 159) āsaṃ sā kathayati: īdṛśaḥ; tataḥ ajātaśatroḥ pitur antike dveṣaparyavasthānaṃ vigatam; anunaya utpannaḥ; tenāmātyā uktāḥ: bhavanto yo mama kathayati vṛddharājo jīvatīti, tasyāham upārdharājyaṃ dadāmi iti; anuraktapaurajānapadaḥ sa rājā; mahājanakāyaś cārakābhimukho dhāvitum ārabdhaḥ; rājā śabdaṃ śrutvā saṃlakṣayati: idānīṃ kām api pratyavarāṃ kāraṇāṃ kariṣyati; iti santrasto dīrghaṃ niśvasya kālagataḥ; vaiśravaṇasya mahārājasya putratvam abhyupagataḥ; aṅke niṣaṇṇo divyāṃ sudhāṃ paribhuṅkte; vaiśravaṇaḥ kathayati; kas tvam iti; sa kathayati: jinarṣabho 'smi mahārājeti; tasya jinarṣabho jinarṣabha iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā

The story of a potter (concerning a previous birth of King Bimbisāra)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; yāvad anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caran (A 482a) vārāṇasīm anuprāptaḥ; vārāṇasyām anyatamasya kumbhakārasya āveśanaśālāyāṃ rātriṃvāsam upagataḥ; sārthaś ca tasyām (SBV II 160) eva śālāyām uṣitaḥ; tatraikena uccāraḥ kṛtaḥ; sārthaḥsarātram evotthāya prakrāntaḥ; asamanvāhṛtyārhatāṃ pratyekabuddhānām eva jñānadarśanaṃ na pravartate; pratyekabuddhas tatraivāvasthitaḥ; ihaiva piṇḍapātam aṭiṣyāmi iti; yāvat kumbhakāraḥ prabhātāyāṃ rajanyām āveśanaśālāyāṃ praviṣṭaḥ; paśyati aśucinā nāśitā; aparīkṣakā bhavanti prākṛtapuruṣāḥ; tena pratyekabuddhasyāntike cittaṃ pradūṣitaṃ; sa praduṣṭacittaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ pravrajita kiṃ tava pādau kṣureṇa likhitau? yena tvayā āveśanaśālāyām uccāraḥ kṛtaḥ; na bahir nirgataḥ iti; tenāsau dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpitaḥ ihaiva jighatsaya kālaṃ kuruṣva iti; sa mahātmā saṃlakṣayati: kṣato 'yaṃ tapasvī; yady ahaṃ dvāram avamucya gamiṣyāmi bhūyasyā mātrayā kṣato bhaviṣyati iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; yāvat kumbhakārasya bhojanavelā āsannā; tasya dveṣaparyavasthānaṃ vigataṃ; sa kathayati bhoḥ pravrajita āgaccha; bhuñjmahe; pratyekabuddhaḥ kathayati: bhadramukha kālabhojino vayam; atikrāntaḥ kālaḥ iti; sa kathayati: yady evam ihaiva śvo bhuktvā gamiṣyasi iti; tena tasyānukampārtham adhivāsitaṃ; sa tenāparasmin divase praṇītenānnāhāreṇa santarpitaḥ; kāyikī teṣāṃ mahātmanāṃ dharmadeśanā na vācikī; sa upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprāṭihāryāṇi kartum ārabdhaḥ; āśu pṛthagjanasya ṛddhir āvarjanakarī; sa mūlanikṛtta iva drumaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati; avatara mahādakṣiṇīya; mama kāmapaṅkanimagnasya hastoddhāram anuprayaccha iti; so 'vatīrṇaḥ; tena tasya pādayor nipatya praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ; yan mayā evaṃvidhe sadbhūtadakṣiṇīye apakāraḥ kṛtaḥ, mā asya karmaṇo bhāgī syāṃ; yat tu kāraḥ anenāhaṃ kuśalamūlena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jāyeya; evaṃvidhānāṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ lābhī syāṃ; prativiśiṣṭataraṃ cātaḥ śāstāram ārāgayeyaṃ mā virāgayeyam iti kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau kumbhakāraḥ eṣa eva sa rājā bimbisāraḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yat pratyekabuddhasyāntike cittaṃ pradūṣya kharaṃ vākkarma niścāritaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena pādau nirlikhitau; cārakāvabaddhaś ca jighatsayā kālagataḥ; yat tu tena praṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ, tasya karmaṇo vipākena āḍhye mahādhane mahābhoge kule jātaḥ; mamāntike viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ (SBV II 161) jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam*

The distress of Ajātaśatru at the death of King Bimbisāra, the arrival of a dancer from the south, and the extraordinary effects of Buddha's smile

amātyair ajātaśatror ārocitaṃ deva vṛddharājaḥ kālagataḥ iti; sa śrutvā mūrcchitaḥ pṛthivyāṃ nipatitaḥ; jalapariṣekapratyāgataprāṇaḥ śokāgāraṃ praviśyāvasthitaḥ; tasya na kaścit śaknoti cittavinodanaṃ kartuṃ; amātyās tasya cittavinodopāyaṃ (A 482b) samanveṣitum ārabdhāḥ; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathāt naṭaḥ abhyāgataḥ; so 'mātyais tasya purastān nartitaḥ; ajātaśatrur durmanā eveti na kenacit sādhur ity uktaḥ; sa naṭitvā nirgacchati; bhagavāṃś ca taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; tena bhagavān dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yadi tatraivaṃvidhaḥ sādhupuruṣaḥ syād anena mama sādhukāraḥ dattaḥ syād iti; tena bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya muravaḥ parāhataḥ; atha bhagavān smitam akārṣīt dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahava huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; (SBV II 162) nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti

atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ (A 483a) triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha nānāvidho raṅgasahasracitro vaktrāntarān niṣkasitaḥ kalāpaḥ / (SBV II 163) avabhāsitā yena diśaḥ samantāt divākareṇodayatā yathaiva //

gāthāś ca bhāṣate

tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām / dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /

dṛṣṭas tvayā ānanda sa naṭo yena mamāntike cittaṃ prasādya muravaḥ parāhataḥ dṛṣṭo bhadanta; sa eṣa ānanda naṭaḥ anena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena ca dundubhīśvaro nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asya deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ

Devadatta has himself gilt by gold

devadatta ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: mayā tvaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; mām api tvaṃ buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpaya iti; sa kathayati: bhagavataḥ suvarṇavarṇaḥ kāyaḥ; ādau tāvat tava suvarṇavarṇataiva nāsti iti; sa kathayati: ahaṃ suvarṇavarṇam abhinirvartayāmi iti; tena suvarṇakāra āhūyoktaḥ: mama kāye suvarṇaṃ cāraya iti; sa kathayati: ārya yadi śaknoṣi vedanāṃ soḍhum iti; sa kathayati: cāraya; śakṣyāmi iti; tena cuñcutailena gātraṃ mrakṣayitvā kāye suvarṇapatraṃ cāritaṃ; sa duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayati; bhikṣubhiḥ kokālikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutra devadatta (SBV II 164) sa kathayati: amuṣmin pradeśe suvarṇavarṇatām abhinirvartayati iti; bhikṣavas taṃ pradeśaṃ gatāḥ; tair asau śruto duḥkhavedanārto vikrośan; te bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatta suvarṇavarṇatāyā arte duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa suvarṇakholāyā arthe anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ

The story of a crow and a golden cap (suvarṇakholā) (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau bhikṣavaḥ kākaḥ eṣa eva devadattaḥ tena (A 483b) kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa suvarṇakholāhetor anayena vyasannam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa suvarṇavarṇatāyā ārthāya duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti

Devadatta has in his feet the sign of the wheel imprinted with red hot iron

punar api devadattaḥ ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: tvaṃ mayā rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tvam api māṃ buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpaya iti; sa kathayati (SBV II 165) bhagavataḥ cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatā lakṣanam asti; tava tu cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatā nāsti iti; ahaṃ cakrāṅkapādatalacihnam abhinirvartayāmi iti; tena ayaskārā āhūya uktāḥ: śakṣyatha mama pādatale cakrāṅkaṃ kartum iti; te kathayanti: ārya yadi śaknoṣi vedanāṃ soḍhum iti; sa kathayati kuruta śakṣyāmi iti; te saṃlakṣayanti: balavān eṣaḥ; yady evam evāṅkyāmaḥ, sthānam etad vidyate yat pārṣṇiprahāreṇa asmān jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyati; iti taiḥ kanthāṃ chidrayitvā uktaḥ: ārya anena kanthāchidreṇa pādau praveśaya iti; tena kanthāchidreṇa pādau praveśitau; ayaskārair agnivarṇaṃ cakraṃ kṛtvā pādāv aṅkitau; sa duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate; bhikṣubhiḥ kokālikaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: kutra devadatta sa kathayati: amuṣmin pradeśe cakrāṅkapādacihnatām abhinirvartayati iti; bhikṣavas taṃ pradeśaṃ gatāḥ; tair asau śruto duḥkhavedanārto vikrośan; te bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatta cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatāyā arthe duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti, bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa pādanimittam anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ

The jackal measuring the step of an elephant with its own (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo haimavato hastī pānīyaṃ pātum avatīrṇaḥ; tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ sṛgālo 'vatīrṇaḥ; sa hastipadaṃ dṛṣṭvā ātmīyena padena māpayitum ārabdhaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: mamaitāni padāni iti; sa utplutyotplutya padāni sthāpayan kalamacchinnena kāṣṭhena śūlāyāṃ protaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate na padaṃ tava muḍha tulyakaṃ gajapādapadena sarvathā / tyaja buddhim imāṃ nirarthikāṃ parikhedam āpsyase vṛthā // iti (SBV II 166) kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa pādanimittam anayena vyasannam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa cakrāṅkapādatalacihnatāyā arthe duḥkhāṃ tīvraṃ kharāṃ kaṭukām amanāpāṃ vedanāṃ vedayate iti

Devadatta calls a skilled master-mechanic and makes him construct a catapult in front of the Buddha's residence

buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati gṛdhrakūṭe parvate kumbhīrayakṣasya bhavane; bhūyo devadattaḥ ajātaśatroḥ kathayati: mayā tvaṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; tvayāhaṃ na śakto buddhatve pratiṣṭhāpayitum? idānīm ahaṃ śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ jīvitād vyaparopayāmi; na tvayā samanveṣṭavyaṃ kena praghātitaḥ kutra praghātitaḥ iti; sa kathayati: evam astu iti; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathād yantrakalācāryaḥ abhyāgataḥ; sa devadattena (A 484a) āhūyoktaḥ: bhoḥ ācārya śakṣyasi tvam īdṛśaṃ yantraṃ kartuṃ yaḥ paṃcabhiḥ puruṣaśataiḥ āmreḍyate? iti; sa kathayati: ārya śakṣyāmi iti; tena tasya śatasahasro muktāhāro dattaḥ; manuṣyasahasraṃ ca dattam; uktaś ca; yatra sthāne bhagavāṃs tiṣṭhati, tanmukhaṃ gṛdhrakūṭasyopari yantraṃ sajjīkuru iti; tatra paṃca manuṣyaśatāni sthāpitāni, ye tad yantram āmreḍayanti; aparasmin sthāne ardhatṛtīyāni śatāni sthāpitāni, uktāni ca; yadi śramaṇo gautamo yantreṇa na praghātyate, yuṣmābhiḥ praghātayitavyaḥ iti; aparasminn api sthāne tadarthena ardhatṛtīyāni manuṣyaśatāni; sarve ca samādiṣṭāḥ: yeṣāṃ yuṣmākaṃ śramaṇo gautamo bhāgaprāpto bhavati, taiḥ praghātayitavyaḥ iti; ātmanā cāparasmin pradeśe sthitaḥ; eṣāṃ paribhraṣṭo mayā praghātayitavyaḥ iti; yāvat tāni paṃca puruṣaśatāni yantram āmreḍayitum ārabdhāni; saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti: kasyārthe yantram āmreḍyate iti

The workmen refuse to kill the Buddha, go away, sit down at his feet, and are convertef by him

yāvat paśyanti adhastād buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ; te kathayanti: bhavanto varaṃ (SBV II 167) svajīvitaparityāgaḥ, na tu devamanuṣyapūjitasya buddhasya bhagavataḥ prāṇaghātaḥ; parityajata yantram iti; te yantraṃ parityajya gṛdhrakūṭe itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramanti, katareṇa sthānena yantram avatārayāmaḥ, yatra devadatto na paśyed iti; teṣāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhagavatā sopānaṃ nirmitaṃ; teṣāṃ sopānaṃ dṛṣṭvā etad abhavat: bhavantaḥ kuto 'tra sopānaḥ? bhagavata eṣo 'nubhāvaḥ iti; bhūyasyā mātrayā cittam abhiprasādya sopānena avatīrya, yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntāḥ; bhagavān api tadvinayanāpekṣayaiva gṛdhrakūṭe parvate caṅkramyamāṇo 'vasthitaḥ; tatas te bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā purastān niṣaṇṇā dharmaśravaṇāya: bhagavatā teṣām āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñatvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā, yāṃ śrutvā tair viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; te dṛṣṭasatyās trir udānam udānayanti: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā; na rājñā neṣṭena svakanabandhuvargeṇa na pūrvapretair, na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ, yat bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtaṃ; uddhṛto narakatiryakpretebhyaḥ pādaḥ; pratiṣṭhāpito devamanuṣyeṣu; paryantīkṛtaḥ saṃsāraḥ; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṅghitā asthiparvatāḥ; pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi; vivṛtāni svargadvārāṇi; anādikālopacitaṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; abhikrāntā vayaṃ bhadanta, abhikrāntāḥ; ete vayaṃ bhagavantaṃ śraṇaṃ gacchāmaḥ, dharmaṃ ca bhikṣusaṃghaṃ ca; upāsakāṃ ca asmān bhagavān dhārayatu adyāgreṇa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇopetān, śaraṇāgatān, abhiprasannān; ity uktvā bhagavato 'ntikāt paṃca śikṣāpadāni grahitum ārabdhāḥ

Devadatta perceives that the workmen and the mechanic too ran away, and manages himself to hurl a stone from the catapult at the Buddha

yantrakalācāryo 'pi (A 484b) buddhaṃ bhagavantam ayaṃ praghātayatīti viditvā, teṣām anupadam eva sopānād avatīrya, śatasahasraṃ muktāhāraṃ gṛhītvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; devadatto 'pi śilāpatanatatparo muhurmuhur nirīkṣate; na patatīti kṛtvā svayam eva tāny anyāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāny ādāya gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam (SBV II 168) abhiroḍhum ārabdhaḥ; paśyati tāni bhagavato 'ntikād dharmaṃ śṛṇvanti; dṛṣṭvā ca bhūyasyā mātrayā saṃjātāmarṣo 'nyatomukho gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam abhirūḍhaḥ; yāvat paśyati yantrakalācāryo 'pi niṣpalāyitaḥ; svayam eva paṃcaśataparivāro yantram āmreḍayitum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: mayaiva etāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; mayaiva etāni karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? iti viditvā tāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāni idam avocat: bhavanto devadattas tīvraparyavasthānāvasthito gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam abhirūḍhāḥ; gacchata; mamaitāni karmāṇi kṛtāni iti; tatas tāni paṃca manuṣyaśatāni niṣpalāyitāni; devatānām adhastāj jñānadarśanaṃ pravartate

The yakṣa Kumbhīra sacrifices his life in trying to arrest the stone, but a fragment strikes the Buddha on the foot

atha vajrapāṇer yakṣasyaitad abhavat: devadatto bhagavato vadhāya parākramati iti viditvā yena kumbhīrayakṣas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kumbhīraṃ yakṣam idam avocat: devadatto gṛdhrakūṭād yantreṇa bhagavataḥ śilāṃ kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; tava ca bhavane bhagavān viharati; tad ahaṃ yatnam āsthāya antarīkṣe etāṃ śilāṃ vajreṇa cūrṇayāmi; tvayāpi sāhāyye vartitavyaṃ; kadācic cūrṇitāyāḥ khaṇḍaḥ bhagavata upariṣṭān nipated ti; sa kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu iti; bhagavān abhyavakāśe sthitvā parvatavivare praviṣṭaḥ; devadattena paṃcaśataparivāreṇa yantram āmreḍya bhagavataḥ śilā kṣiptā; vajrapāṇinā yakṣeṇa cūrṇitā; ardhaṃ bhagavataḥ sthāne patitukāmaṃ kumbhīrayakṣeṇa gṛhṇatā na sugṛhītaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa tena praghātitaḥ; bhagavatā utplutya pāṣāṇaśarkarayā pādaḥ kṣataḥ kṛtaḥ; bhagavāṃs tasyāṃ velāyāṃ gāthāṃ bhāṣate

kumbhīro 'pi yakṣaḥ kuśalacittaḥ kālagataḥ; kālaṃ kṛtvā praṇīteṣu trayastriṃśeṣu deveṣu upapannaḥ; dharmatā khalu devaputrasya vā devakanyāyā vā aciropapannasya trīṇi cittāny utpadyante: kutaś cyutaḥ kutropapannaḥ kena karmaṇā iti sa paśyati: yakṣebhyaś cyutaḥ, praṇīteṣu trayastriṃśeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ bhagavato (SBV II 169) 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya iti; atha yakṣapūrviṇo devaputrasya etad abhavan na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ paryuṣitaparivāso bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyaṃ (A 485a) yan nv aham aparyuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam iti atha sa yakṣapūrvī devaputraś calavimalakuṇḍaladharo hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātras tām eva rātriṃ divyānām utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamāndārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā sarvaṃ gṛdhrakūṭaṃ parvatam udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya bhagavataṃ puṣpair avakīrya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya; tato bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī caturāryasatyasaṃprativedhikī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā yakṣapūrviṇā devaputreṇa viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatyas trir udānam udānayati: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā kṛtaṃ; neṣṭena svajanabandhuvargeṇa; na rājñā na devatābhir na pūrvapretair na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ yad bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtam; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṃghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ smo devamanuṣyeṣu āha ca

avalambya tataḥ pralambahāraḥ caraṇau dvāv abhivandya jātaharṣaḥ / parigamya ca dakṣiṇaṃ jitāriṃ suralokābhimukho divaṃ jagāma // (SBV II 170) atha yakṣapūrvī devaputro vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ saṃpannasasya iva kārṣakaḥ śūra iva vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo yayā vibhūtyā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ tayaiva vibhūtyā svabhavanaṃ gataḥ bhikṣavaḥ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikāyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tair dṛṣṭo bhagavato 'ntike udāro 'vabhāsaḥ; yaṃ dṛṣṭvā sandigdhāḥ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhagavan imāṃ rātriṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ śakro devendraḥ catvāro lokapālā upasaṃkrāntāḥ bhagavān āha: na bhikṣavo brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ na śakro devānām indraḥ nāpi catvāro lokapālā mām darśanāyopasaṃkrāntāḥ; api tu devadattena madvadhāyodyuktena yā gṛddhrakūṭaparvatād yantreṇa śilā kṣiptā sā antarīkṣe eva vajrapāṇinā vajreṇa cūrṇitā; tasyā ardhaṃ mamopari patamānaṃ kumbhīrayakṣeṇa durgṛhītaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa tena praghātito mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ; praṇīteṣu deveṣu trayastriṃśeṣu (A 485b) upapannaḥ; sa imāṃ rātriṃ matsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; tasya mayā dharmo deśitaḥ; sa dṛṣṭisatyaḥ svabhavanaṃ gataḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇām ekāntakṛṣṇo vipākaḥ; ekāntaśuklānām ekāntaśuklaḥ; vyatimiśrāṇāṃ vyatimiśraḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇāni karmāṇy apāsya vyatimiśrāṇi ca ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogāḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam* bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta kumbhīreṇa yakṣeṇa bhagavataḥ arthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ

The story of a hunter (concerning a previous birth of yakṣa Kumbhīra)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca kṣemaṃ ca subhikṣaṃ ca ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ nātidūre anyatarasminn āśramapade mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne nānāvihaganikūjite ṛṣiḥ prativasati; kaṣṭatapāḥ phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasya cāśramapadasya sāmantakena mṛgalubdhako mṛgān praghātya praghātya jīvikāṃ kalpayati; sa tasya ṛṣeḥ kālena kālam upasaṃkrāmati; tasyāsau ṛṣiḥ śrāntasya mūlaphalair upasaṃhāraṃ karoti; apy evāyaṃ lubdhako matsarī (SBV II 171) samīpanivāsino mṛgān na praghātayed iti; tayoḥ parasparaṃ pitṛputreti saṃjñā samutpannā;lubdhako ṛṣiṃ pitṛvādena samudācarati; ṛṣir api lubdhakaṃ putravādena; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā brahmadattaḥ kālyam evotthāya mṛgavadhāya nirgataḥ; tena mṛgaḥ śaraparamparayā tāḍitaḥ utpatitaḥ taya ṛṣer āśramapadaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tatrāpi rājñā nārācena marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ kālagataḥ; sa ṛṣiḥ krodhaparyavasthitaḥ kathayati: kalirājas tvaṃ durācāro yena me śaraṇopagato mṛgaḥ praghātitaḥ iti; evam ukte sa rājā dveṣaparyavasthānaniviṣṭabuddhir amātyānāṃ kathayati: bhavanto yo rājānaṃ kṣatriyaṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktaṃ paribhāṣate tasya ko daṇḍaḥ iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: vadho daṇḍaḥ iti; rājā kathayati: yady evaṃ parityakto me ayam ṛṣiḥ; amātyāḥ ṛṣiṃ praghātayitum ārabdhāḥ; daivāt sa lubdhakas tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam āgataḥ; āgata eva sa saṃlakṣayati; mama jīvataḥ katham ṛṣiḥ praghātyate iti; sa yoddhum ārabdhaḥ; ṛṣir niṣpalāyitaḥ; sa mahatā balakāyena praghātitaḥ bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau lubdhakaḥ eṣa eva sa kumbhīrayakṣaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy anena mamārthāya ātmā parityaktaḥ iti

Jīvaka prescribes a very rare substance called gośīrṣacandana in order to stop the hemorrhage at the foot of the Buddha

bhagavataḥ pāṣāṇaśarkarayā (A 486a) pādaḥ kṣataḥ; rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva nāvatiṣṭhate; jīvako vaidyarājo bhagavato rujāvalokakaḥ trikālam upasaṃkrāmati; rājagṛhanivāsī śrāddho janakāyaḥ nānādeśabhyāgatāś ca samyagdarśanasaṃpannāḥ dhaninaḥ śreṣṭhinaḥ sārthavāhāḥ; tatra kecit kathayati: jīvaka idam atra bhaiṣajyaṃ śobhanam iti; anye kathayanti: idaṃ śobhanam iti; jīvako vaidyarājaḥ kathayati: asty atra sadyaḥpraśamanaṃ bhaiṣajyaṃ; kiṃ tu tad durlabhaṃ; āyuṣmān ānanda kathayati: jīvaka kiṃ tat; sa kathayati: gośīrṣacandanaṃ; tena khalu samayena goṣīrṣacandanasya prāptir eva samucchinnā; yāvad anyatamena vaṇijā gośīrṣacandanam ātyayikaṃ sthāpitam: ayaṃ rājā ajātaśatruś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; yady asya daivād gośīrṣacandanena prayojanaṃ bhavati (SBV II 172) niyatam asyābhāvat śiraśchedam api karoti; yasmād ahaṃ kālānukālaṃ gośīrṣacandanavikrayaṃ kṛtavān iti; tena śrutaṃ yathā jīvakena vaidyarājena bhagavato rujāpraśamanaṃ gośīrṣacandanam upadiṣṭam iti; sa saṃlakṣayati: ayam ajātaśatrur devadattavigrāhito bhagavaty abhiniviṣṭabuddhiḥ; yady ahaṃ bhagavato gośīrṣacandanaṃ pradāsyāmi sthānam etad vidyate yad anarthaṃ kariṣyati iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bhagavān devamanuṣyapūjitaḥ; yadi tasyārthāy prāṇaviyogo bhavati, bhavaty eva; yannv ahaṃ bhagavato gośīrṣacandanaṃ prayaccheyam iti; sa gośīrṣacandanam ādāya bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: bhagavann upalabdhaṃ mayā bhagavato gośīrṣacandanena prayojanam iti; idaṃ tat pratigṛhṇātu bhagavān anukampām upādāya iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: pratigṛhṇīṣva ānanda asya mahātmanaḥ sakāśād gośīrṣacandanam iti; āyuṣmatā ānandena pratigṛhītaṃ; tato 'sau vaṇik prītiprāmodyajātaḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ atha bhagavān vismitam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahavaṃ huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti

atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha

gāthāś ca bhāṣate

tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām / dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /

bhagavān āha: evametad ānanda evam etat; nāhetapratyayam ānanda tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhāḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti; dṛṣṭas tvayā ananda sa vaṇik, yena tathāgatasya cittam abhiprasādya gośīrṣacandanaṃ (A 487a) dattaṃ dṛṣṭo bhadanta; sa eṣa ānanda vaṇik tena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca candano nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asya deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ

The hemorrhage does not stop, and Jīvaka prescribes the milk of a young woman

tathāpi tad rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; jīvakaḥ kathayati: idānīṃ kanyākṣīreṇa pariṣeko dīyatām iti; bhikṣavo na jānate kīdṛśaṃ kanyākṣīram iti; āyuṣmān ānandaḥ kathayati: jīvaka kīdṛśaṃ kanyākṣīram iti; sa kathayati: yā tu prathamaprasavā (SBV II 173) nārī sātra kanyā abhipretā; tasyā yat kṣīraṃ tat kanyākṣīram ity ucyate iti; āyuṣmatā ānandena kanyākṣīranimittaṃ catasro 'pi parṣadaḥ prayuktāḥ; bhikṣavaḥ kanyākṣīraṃ paryeṣitum ārabdhāḥ; bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakā upāsihyaś ca bhūyasā sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sthāpayitvā devadattaṃ devadattapakṣyāṃś ca; te catasṛṇāṃ parṣadāṃ janakāyasya ca paryeṣamāṇasya yais tair upāyaiḥ vighnaṃ kurvanti; yāvad rājagṛhe anyatamā prathamaprasavā kanyā svalpakṣīrā svakam api puraṃ kṣīreṇa na santarpayati; kutaḥ punar anyasya dāsyati? tayā śrutaṃ yathā bhagavataḥ kanyākṣīreṇa prayojanam iti; sā saṃlakṣayati: yadi dāsyāmi dārako me svalpaprāṇaḥ kṣīravirahāt prāṇair viyokṣyate; na kevalam ayaṃ ādīnavaḥ; ayam aparaḥ, devadattaḥ bhagavato dīrgharātraṃ pratyarthikaḥ pratyamitraḥ; tadvigrāhitaś ca rājā ajātaśatruḥ devadattapakṣyāś ca kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ; ete māṃ jīvitād vyaparopayiṣyanti iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: kāmaṃ svaprāṇaviyogaḥ putraviyogaś ca; na tu devamanuṣyapūjitasya buddhasya bhagavataḥ vyādhiduḥkhavedanānubhavanaṃ yena sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ samākulaḥ; yannv ahaṃ kṣīram ādāya gaccheyam iti; sā bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya nave bhājane kṣīraṃ dugdhvā yena bhagavāṃś tenopasaṃkrāntā; upasaṃkramya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavantam idam avocat: upalabdhaṃ mayā bhadanta jīvakena bhagavataḥ kanyākṣīram upadiṣṭam iti; tad idaṃ kanyākṣīraṃ pragṛhyatāṃ mamānugrahāya iti; tatra bhagavān āyuṣmantam ānandam āmantrayate: bhadrāśayā iyam ānanda dārikā; asyā sakāśād gṛhāṇa kṣīram iti; tena pratigṛhītaṃ kṣīraṃ; sā bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntā atha bhagavān vismitam akārṣīt; dharmatā khalu yasmin samaye buddhā bhagavantaḥ smitaṃ prāviṣkurvanti tasmin samaye nīlapītalohitāvadātāḥ arciṣaḥ mukhān niścarya kāścid adhastād gacchanti; kāścid upariṣṭād gacchanti yā adhastād gacchanti tāḥ sañjīvaṃ kālasūtraṃ saṅghātaṃ rauravaṃ mahārauravaṃ tāpanaṃ pratāpanam avīcim arbudaṃ nirarbudam aṭaṭaṃ hahavaṃ huhuvam utpalaṃ padmaṃ mahāpadmaṃ narakaṃ gatvā ye uṣṇanarakās teṣu śītībhūtvā nipatanti; ye śītanarakās teṣu uṣṇībhūtvā nipatanti; tena teṣāṃ satvānāṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabhyante; teṣām evaṃ bhavati: kiṃ nu vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ āhosvid anyatropapannāḥ iti; teṣāṃ prasādasaṃjananārthaṃ bhagavān nirmitaṃ visarjayati; teṣāṃ nirmitaṃ dṛṣṭvā evaṃ bhavati; na haiva vayaṃ bhavantaḥ itaś cyutāḥ; nāpy anyatropapannāḥ; api tu ayam apūrvadarśanaḥ satvaḥ; asya anubhāvena asmākaṃ kāraṇāviśeṣāḥ pratiprasrabdhāḥ iti; te nirmite cittam abhiprasādya, tan narakavedanīyaṃ karma kṣapayitvā devamanuṣyeṣu pratisandhiṃ gṛhṇanti yatra satyānāṃ bhājanabhūtā bhavanti

atha tā arciṣas trisahasramahāsahasraṃ lokadhātum anvāhiṇḍya bhagavantam eva pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchanti; tad yadi bhagavān atītaṃ karma vyākartukāmo bhavati, bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'ntardhīyante; anāgataṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati, purastād antardhīyante; narakopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādatale antardhīyante; tiryagupapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pārṣṇyām antardhīyante; pretopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati pādāṅguṣṭhe antardhīyante; manuṣyopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati jānunor antardhīyante; balacakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati vāme karatale antardhīyante; cakravartirājyaṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati dakṣiṇe karatale antardhīyante; devopapattiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati nābhyām antardhīyante; śrāvakabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati āsye 'ntardhīyante; pratyekabodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati ūrṇāyām antardhīyante; anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhiṃ vyākartukāmo bhavati uṣṇīṣe antardhīyante atha tā arciṣo bhagavantaṃ triḥ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya bhagavata ūrṇāyām antarhitāḥ; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kṛtakarapuṭo bhagavantaṃ papraccha

gāthāś ca bhāṣate

tatkālaṃ svayam adhigamya dhīra buddhyā śrotṛṇāṃ śramaṇa jinendra kāṅkṣitānām / dhīrābhir munivṛṣa vāgbhir uttamābhir utpannaṃ vyapanaya saṃśayaṃ śubhābhiḥ /

bhagavān āha: dṛṣṭas tvayā ananda sā dārikā, yayā mamāntike cittam abhiprasādyakṣīraṃ dattaṃ dṛṣṭā bhadanta; eṣā sā ānanda dārikā anena kuśalamūlena cittotpādena deyadharmaparityāgena ca kṣīraprado nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; ayam asyā deyadharmo yo mamāntike cittaprasādaḥ iti

Daśabalakāśyapa stops the hemorrhage

tathāpi tad rudhiraṃ pragharaty eva; nāvatiṣṭhate; nānādeśanivāsino bhikṣavaḥ abhyāgatāḥ bhagavata evaṃvidham ābādhaṃ (SBV II 174) śrutvā anye ca śrāddhā brāhmaṇagṛhapatayaḥ; tatra kecid agadān vyāharanti; kecin mantraiś cikitsāṃ kurvanti; āyuṣmān daśabalakāśyapaḥ satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ

satyopayācanasamantaram eva tad rudhiraṃ sthitaṃ; bhikṣavaḥ pramuditamanasaḥ saṃvṛttāḥ bhikṣuṇyaḥ upāsakāḥ upāsikyaḥ bhūyasā sarva eva rājagṛhanivāsī janakāyaḥ sthāpayitvā devadattājātaśatrū kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāṃś ca; bhagavān jānann eva yo yathā cikitsāṃ karoti, tasya tathānumodate, teṣāṃ kuśalamūlabījāvaropaṇārthaṃ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavatā āyuṣmatā daśabalakāśyapena satyopayācanayā sravad rudhiraṃ vidhāritam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani aham anena viṣakṛtena paryākulīkṛto nirviṣīkṛtaḥ; tac chrūyatāṃ

The story of Dharmakāma (concerning a previous birth of Daśabalakāśyapa)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasya karvaṭakasya nātidūre udyānaṃ mūlakandapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; tatra ṛṣiḥ prativasati phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ vidyāmantradhārī ca; tasmiṃś ca karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sa unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; sa caṃkramyamāṇaḥ (A 488b) sthito śayito vā kuśalaṃ cittam atikuśalaṃ ca karma karoti; tasya janakāyena dharmakāma iti saṃjñā kṛtā; sa kiṃkuśalagaveṣitayā karvaṭakān niṣkramya kālānukālaṃ tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāmati; upasthānaṃ cāsya karoti; tapasvina upasaṃkrāmatīti tāpasas (SBV II 175) tāpasa iti saṃvṛttā; tasyāpareṇa samayena viṣakṛtam utthitaṃ; so 'nekair agadamantraprayogaiś cikitsyate; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; sa mātāpitṛbhyāṃ tasya ṛṣeḥ sakāśam upanītaḥ; maharṣe upasthāyakas te viṣakṛtena prāṇair viyujyate; cikitsāṃ kuruṣva iti; sa satyopayācanaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ

sa satyopayācanakālasamanantaram eva nirviṣīkṛtaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau dārakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau ṛṣiḥ eṣa eva sa daśabalakāśyapaḥ; tadāpy aham anena satyopayācanena svasthīkṛtaḥ; etarhy apy aham anena satyopayācanena svasthīkṛtaḥ

The disappointment of Devadatta

devadatto duḥkhī durmanā vipratīsārī cintayati: vyarthaṃ mayā śramaṇasya gautamasya śilā kṣiptā; na ca śramaṇo gautamaḥ praghātitaḥ; mahājanapratisaṃvidito jātaḥ iti; sa vṛkṣamūlaṃ gatvā cintāparaḥ kṛtakena paryaṅkaṃ badhvā avasthitaḥ; bhikṣavaḥ sthānasthāneṣv avadhyāyanti kṣipanti vivācayanti: paśva bhadanta īdṛśaḥ krūrāśayo devadattaḥ, yena bhagavataḥ pravrajitasyāpi parākrāntam; upariṣṭāt śilā kṣiptā iti; kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ kathayanti: kiṃ bhavanto yadvā tadvā asamīkṣya kathayanti nanu paśyata devadattam asmin vṛkṣamūle; caturthaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpannaḥ mahātmāsau; katham evaṃ kariṣyati iti bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta amī kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattāḥ ātmanā alajjinaḥ alajjino devadattasya varṇaṃ bhāṣante iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani ete alajjina alajjino varṇam abhāṣanta; tac chrūyatāṃ (SBV II 176)

The story of a jackal and a crow (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta, etc.)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo rājagṛhīyakair manuṣyaiḥ rājñā ca kenacit kāraṇena kriyākāraṃ kṛtvā dve śmaśāne vyavasthāpite, ekasmin pradeśe puruṣāś chorayitavyāḥ ekasmin striyaḥ iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena paṇḍakaḥ kālagataḥ; sa na ekasmin śmaśāne avakāśaṃ labhate, na dvitīye; rājagṛhasyānyatamasmin pradeśe udyānaṃ mūlakandapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; tasmiṃś ca khustaśirā ṛṣiḥ prativasati; phalamūlāmbubhakṣaḥ ajinavalkalavāsāḥ; tasmiṃś ca pradeśe trikaṇṭakedārairaṇḍavṛkṣāś ca santi; tatra sa paṇḍako choritaḥ; kuṇapagandhena sṛgāla āgataḥ; (A 489a) sa taṃ paṇḍakaṃ bhakṣayitum ārabdhaḥ; kākaś ca eraṇḍavṛkṣāgratas tiṣṭhati; tasya buddhir utpannā: sṛgālasya varṇaṃ bhāṣe; kadācid bhakṣitaśeṣaṃ dadyād iti; sa tasya gāthayā varṇaṃ bhāṣitum ārabdhaḥ:

so 'vatīrṇaḥ sṛgālena saha kuṇapaṃ bhakṣayan tena ṛṣiṇā dṛṣṭaḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV II 177)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau ṛṣir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; sṛgālo devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena, kākaḥ kokālikaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy etāv alajjinau alajjinor varṇam abhāṣātām; etarhy apy etāv alajjinau alajjinor varṇaṃ bhāṣete bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kutra bhadanta bhagavato devadattasya ca tatprathamato vairūkṣyam utpannam iti; bhagavān āha

The story of the two birds Dharma and Adharma (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau jīvajīvakau ekena kāyena samudratīre prativasataḥ dharmaś cādharmaś ca; yāvad adharmo middham (SBV II 178) avakrāntaḥ; dharmo jāgarti; tena amṛtaphalam uhyamānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena tad gṛhītaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ tāvad enam utthāpayiṣyāmi? āhosvid bhakṣayāmi? iti; bhūyaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bhakṣayāmi: ekasminn eva śarīre vipakṣyate iti; sa tena notthāpitaḥ; svayam eva (A 489b) bhakṣitaḥ; sa pratibuddhaḥ; tasmin pradeśe dharmasya aṃrtaphalodgāraḥ utthitaḥ; adharmeṇa ghrātaḥ; sa kathayati: kasya eṣa udgāraḥ iti; sa kathayati: amṛtaphalasya; kutra labdhaṃ?; sa kathayati: mayā tava suptasya amṛtaphalaṃ labdhaṃ; tan mayā bhakṣitaṃ; tvaṃ notthāpitaḥ: ekasminn eva śarīre vipakṣyate iti; sa kathayati: na śobhanaṃ kṛtam; aham api kālajño bhaviṣyāmi iti; yāvad apareṇa samayena dharmo middham avakrāntaḥ; adharmo jāgarti; tena viṣaphalam uhyamānaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ; tena tad bhakṣitaṃ; tāv ubhāv api mūrcchitau; adharmo viṣaphalena paryākulīkṛtaḥ kathayati: tatra tatropapadyeya, yatra yatra janmani tava vadhakaḥ syāṃ pratyarthikaḥ pratyamitraḥ iti; dharmaḥ kathayati: aham api yatra yatropapadyeya, tatra tatra janmani tava maitryupasaṃhāraṃ kuryām iti bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau dharmaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sāv adharmaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tatrāyaṃ mama tatprathamato virūkṣitaḥ; ahaṃ cāsya maitreṇa cittenāvasthitaḥ; bhūyo 'py ayaṃ yathā mama virūkṣitaḥ, ahaṃ cāsya maitracittaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of Sūryanemi the poet (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ sarjaraso nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena bhūmyantarasya rājñaḥ sakāśād dārikā labdhā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ sā dārikā kālāntareṇa āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt sūryodaye prasūtā; dārako (SBV II 179) jātaḥ abhirūpo darśanīyaḥ prāsādikaḥ; tasya jātau jātimahaṃ kṛtvā nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpyte kiṃ bhavatu dārakasya nāma iti; amātyāḥ kathayanti: ayaṃ dārakaḥ sūryodaye jātaḥ; tasmād bhavatu dārakasya sūryanemīti nāma; tasya sūryanemīti nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sūryanemī dārakaḥ aṣṭābhyo dhātrībhyo dattaḥ; dvābhyām aṃsadhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ kṣīradhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ maladhātrībhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ krīḍanikābhyāṃ dhātrībhyāṃ; so 'ṣṭābhir dhātrībhir unnīyate vardhyate kṣīreṇa dadhnā navanītena sarpiṣā sarpirmaṇḍena anyaiś cottaptottaptair upakaraṇaviśeṣair āśu vardhate hradastham iva paṅkajam; sa yadā mahān saṃvṛttas tadā lipyām upanyastaḥ saṅkhyāyāṃ gaṇanāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ; yāni rājñāṃ kṣatriyāṇāṃ mūrdhābhiṣiktānāṃ janapadaiśvaryasthāmavīryam anuprāptānāṃ mahāntaṃ pṛthivīmaṇḍalam abhinirjitya adhyāvasatāṃ pṛthag bhavanti śilpasthānakarmasthānāni tadyathā hastigrīvāyām aśvapṛṣṭhe rathe tsarau dhanuṣi apayāne niryāṇe aṃkuśagrahe pāśagrahe tomaragrahe chedye bhedye vedhye muṣṭibandhe pādabandhe śikhābandhe dūravedhe śabdavedhe marmavedhe akṣūṇavedhe dṛḍhaprahāritāyāṃ pañcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; sa pitrā yauvarājye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ (A 490a) sarjarasasya rājñaḥ agramahiṣī dharmā nāma; agrāmātyaś ca goniṣādo nāmnā; tasmiṃś ca rājā atyarthaṃ viśvastaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena rājā sarjarasaḥ dharmayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ dharmā āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā naimittikair vyākṛtā: putraṃ janayiṣyati; sa rājānaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya svayam eva paṭṭe badhvā rājyaiśvaryādhipatyaṃ kārayiṣyati iti; yāvad rājā sarjarasaḥ glānaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; sa upasthīyate mūlagaṇḍapatrapuṣpaphalabhaiṣajyaiḥ; na cāsau vyādhir upaśamaṃ gacchati; śarīrāvasthā paricchinnā; sa saṃlakṣayati: mamātyayāt sūryanemī rājā bhaviṣyati; niyatam asau dharmāṃ ghatayiṣyati; kim atra prāptakālaṃ; iti bhūyaḥ sa saṃlakṣyati: ayam amātyo goniṣādaḥ mayā praṇītair bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ, pratipālitaś ca; asya dharmāṃ samarpayāmi iti; tena goniṣāda āhūyoktaḥ:mama dharmā agramahiṣī: tvaṃ cāgrāmātyaḥ; mama śarīrāvasthā paricchinnā; niyatam ahaṃ prāṇāir viyokṣye; tvayā matpriyatayā tathā anuṣṭheyaṃ yathā dharmā sūryaneminā jīvitān na vyaparopyate (SBV II 180) iti; sa kathayati: deva tad api na śakyaṃ te kartum; alpotsuko bhavatu devaḥ; tathā kariṣye yathā na praghātyate iti

iti rājā sarjaraḥ kālagataḥ; sa chatradhvajapatākādiśobhayā mahatā satkāreṇa dhyāpitaḥ; sūryanemī mahārājaḥ mahārājābhiṣekeṇa abhiṣiktaḥ; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā; dharmāṃ ghātayata iti; goniṣādaḥ kathayati: deva kim asamīkṣya praghātyate? na jñāyate kiṃ dārakaṃ janayiṣyati? uta dārikām iti; tad yadi dārakaṃ janayiṣyati sa eva jīvitād vyaparopyate iti; sūryanemī rājā kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu; tvayaiva saṃrakṣyā iti; tena gṛhe sthāpitā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; tasminn eva divase kaivartī prasūtā; tasyā dārikā jātā; sa jātamātra eva kaivartīṃ dhanena pralobhya parivartitaḥ; goniṣādena rājño niveditaṃ: deva dharmā prasūtā; dārikā jātā iti; rājā kathayati: śobhanaṃ; muktāḥ smaḥ iti; sa dārakaḥ kaivartyā āpāyitaḥ poṣitaḥ saṃvardhitaḥ mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; lipyakṣarāṇi pāṭhitaḥ; kāvyaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; tasya kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ iti saṃjñā saṃvṛttā; goniṣādena dharmāyāḥ samākhyātaṃ: putras te kāvyakartā saṃvṛttaḥ iti; sā kathayati: paśyāmi tāvat kīdṛśaḥ iti; sa kathayati: alaṃ; kiṃ tena dṛṣṭena iti; sā kathayati: putrābhilāṣiṇī ākāṃkṣaty eva darśanaṃ nāvatiṣṭhate iti; tasyā goniṣādena avaśyanirbandhaṃ jñātvā upāyasaṃvidhānena matsyāṃ kṛtvā praveśitaḥ; sa praviśann eva naimittikair vyākṛtaḥ: (A 490b) eṣa kaviḥ kaivartadārako rājānaṃ jīvitād vyaparopya, svayam eva paṭṭāṃ badhvā rājyaṃ kārayiṣyati iti; rājñā śrutaṃ; tenāmātyānām ājñā dattā: gṛhṇīta yathā na paribhraśyate iti; tena karṇaparamparayā śrutaṃ; sa itaś cāmutaś ca niṣpalāyamāno vṛddhayuvatyā gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; sa tayā gopāyitaḥ; tato haridratailena gātrāṇi mrakṣayitvā maṃce āropya mṛta iti kṛtvā niṣkāsitaḥ; sa ca śmaśāne choritaḥ; utthāya niṣpalāyitaḥ; tasmin pradeśe anyatamaḥ puruṣaḥ puṣpaphalāni paryeṣate; tenāsau niṣpalāyamāno dṛṣṭaḥ; tasya pṛṣṭhataś cārakapuruṣāḥ pradhāvitāḥ; tair asau puruṣaḥ pṛṣṭaḥ: bho (SBV II 181) puruṣa na tvayā īdṛśaḥ pramāṇena varṇena ca anena pathā gacchan kaścin manuṣyo dṛṣṭaḥ? sa kathayati: dṛṣṭaḥ; anena pathā gacchata iti; te tasya pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhāḥ; so 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake rajakasya gṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasya ca yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; cārakapuruṣaiḥ karvaṭako vicārayitum ārabdhaḥ; rajakena vastravaraṇḍena veṣṭayitvā gardabhe āropya karvaṭakān niṣkāsitaḥ; snānaśālāyāṃ nitvā muktaḥ; utthāya caturdiśaṃ vyavalokya niṣpalāyitaḥ; tatrāpy anyatareṇa puruṣeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ; tena cārakapuruṣāṇāṃ niveditaṃ; bhavanto yadarthaṃ yūyaṃ karvaṭakaṃ pratyavekṣatha, asau puruṣaḥ anena pathā gataḥ; gacchata śīghram iti; te saṃprasthitāḥ; so 'py aparasmin grāme carmakāragṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tasya tena yathāvṛttam ārocitaṃ; sa kathayati: pṛṣṭhato mukhe upānahau kuru iti; sa kathayati: na mayā kadācid evaṃrūpā upānahā kṛtapūrvā; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate

tenāsau carmakāraḥ śikṣitaḥ; carmakāreṇa tādṛśyau upānahau kṛte; kuḍyaparikṣipto 'sau karvaṭakaḥ; sa tena upānahau prāvṛtya upacchidreṇa niṣpalāyitaḥ; cārakapuruṣāḥ upānahā anusṛtya karvaṭakam anvāhiṇḍante; so 'pi niṣpalāyamānaḥ udakaṃ praviṣṭaḥ, nāgair nāgabhavanaṃ praveśitaḥ; rājñā śravaparamparayā śrutaṃ yathā asau nāgair nāgabhavanaṃ praveśitaḥ iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: bhavanto ye madviṣayanivāsinaḥ āhituṇḍikāḥ, te sarve matsakāśe āneyāḥ iti; taiḥ sarve viṣayanivāsinaḥ āhituṇḍikāḥ rājñaḥ upanītāḥ; rājñā teṣām ājñā dattā: bhavanto gacchata; amuṣmin nāgabhavane nāgam uddharata iti; evaṃ deveti sarve āhituṇḍikāḥ rājñaḥ pratiśrutya tannāgabhavanaṃ gatāḥ; anyatarasyāṃ cāṭavyāṃ piṅgalo nāma yakṣo māṃsarudhirabhakṣaḥ; tasya bhayāt śvāpadā api tam aṭavīṃ parityajanti; kim uta manuṣyāḥ sā piṅgalāṭavīti prakāśā (SBV II 182) saṃvṛttā; āhituṇḍikena sa nāgas tathā mantrabalādhānād upadruto yathā (A 491a) santrastaḥ piṅgalāṭavyāṃ chorito na śaktas tām atikrāmayituṃ; nāgāḥ saṃjalpaṃ kurvanti: na śobhanam asmābhiḥ kṛtaṃ yad asau piṅgalāṭavīṃ nātikrāmitaḥ; so 'pi piṅgalena yakṣeṇa praghātyate; vayaṃ ca tadartham abhidrutāḥ; katham atra pratipattavyam iti; sa nāgarājaḥ kathayati: etam artham āhituṇḍikānāṃ nivedayāmaḥ iti; tair āhituṇḍikānāṃ samākhyātaṃ: bhavanto yadarthaṃ vayam ākulīkriyāmahe, so 'smābhir arthataḥ praghātita eva, yat piṅgalāṭavyāṃ samutsṛṣṭaḥ iti; āhituṇḍikaiḥ rājña etat prakaraṇaṃ samākhyātaṃ; rājā kathayati: yady apy evaṃ tathāpi samanveṣyatām iti; sa piṅgalāṭavyām itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; piṅgalaś ca yakṣaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe kukkuraiḥ parivṛtas tiṣṭhati; tenāsau kukkuraiś ca dūrata eva dṛṣṭaḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: kiṃ mamānena mṛtapravṛttiḥ śrutā? yenāyam atra praviṣṭa iti; tena tasya kukkurā utsṛṣṭāḥ; sa niṣpalāyamāno vṛkṣam abhirūḍhaḥ; kukkurāḥ piṅgalaś ca vṛkṣasyādhastād vyavasthitāḥ; piṅgalaḥ kathayati: bhoḥ puruṣa na tvayā śrutaṃ piṅgalāṭavyāṃ piṅgalo nāma amanuṣyakaḥ prativasati; yas tatra praviśati sa taṃ praghātayati iti; prāptas te kālaḥ; avatara iti; sa kathayati: yāvaj jīvāmi tāvat tiṣṭhāmi iti; piṅgalayakṣaḥ avasaktikāṃ badhvā nirbandhenāvasthitaḥ; sa pracālayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena tasyopari vastraṃ kṣiptaṃ; kukkurāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: sa evāyaṃ manuṣyaḥ patitaḥ iti; te piṅgalaṃ yakṣaṃ bhakṣayitvā prakrāntāḥ; sa vṛkṣāt śanair avatīrya prakrāntaḥ tena tenānvāhiṇḍan; sa saṃlakṣayati: mama mātulaḥ ṛṣīṇāṃ madhye pravrajitaḥ; tasya sakāśaṃ gacchāmi iti; tasya ca ṛṣer anyatamasmin parvate udyānaṃ mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpannaṃ vividhataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍitaṃ nānāvihaganikūjitaṃ; so 'nupūrveṇa śravaparamparayā tasya riṣeḥ sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; jñātisambandham ākhyāyāvasthitaḥ; tatrāpi cārakapuruṣaiḥ samanviṣṭaḥ; te taṃ grahītum ārabdhāḥ; tena parvataprapātād ātmā muktaḥ; sa patann anyatamena puruṣeṇa śikhāyāṃ gṛhītāḥ; śikhā utpaṭitā; sa patitaḥ; te saṃlakṣayanti: mṛto 'yaṃ; gacchāmaḥ iti te śikhām ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ kathayanti: (SBV II 183) deva praghātito 'sau kaviḥ; iyam asya śikhā iti; rājā parituṣṭaḥ; tena te bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktāḥ; atha yā devatā ṛṣer udyānanivāsinī, tayā tasya riṣeḥ samākhyātaṃ: bhāgineyas te kṛcchrasaṅkaṭasaṃbādhaprāptaḥ; na samanvāharas? iti; sa kathayati: yadi mayā na samanvāhṛto 'bhaviyat prāṇair viyuktaḥ abhaviṣyad iti; sa ṛṣir vidyāmantradhārī; īdṛśīṃ vidyāṃ jānīte yayā puruṣaḥ strī bhavati strī puruṣo bhavati; sa tena tāṃ vidyāṃ grāhitaḥ; uktaś ca: gacchedānīm; akutobhayo vihara iti; so 'nyaṃ pratirūpaṃ strīveṣaṃ (A 491b) vidyayā abhinirmāya vārāṇasīṃ gatvā rājakīye udyāne sthitaḥ; udyānapālair dṛṣṭaḥ; paraṃ vismayam upagatāḥ; tair laghu laghv eva gatvā sūryanemino rājñaḥ samākhyātaṃ: deva evaṃrūpayauvanasaṃpannā strī udyāne tiṣṭhati iti; tenājñā dattā ānīyatām iti; sā mahatā śrīsamudāyena rājakulaṃ praveśitā; rājā sūryanemis tayā sārdham atīva saṃraktaḥ; tatas tayā avasaraṃ jñātvā rahasi sthito jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; punaś ca vidyāṃ parivartya puruṣaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tataḥ svayam eva paṭṭaṃ badhvā goniṣādasyāmātyasya nivedya rājye pratiṣṭhitaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sūryanemī rājā sarjarasya rājñaḥ putraḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kaviḥ kaivartadārakaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mama vairaprasaktaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mama vairaprasaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathaiṣa mama vairānubaddhas tac chrūyatām

The story of the two jewellers (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake dvau maṇikārau prativasataḥ; tayoḥ rathyā vibhaktā gṛhaṃ ca; tena khalu samayena anyatamaḥ parikṣīṇavibhavo vaṇik; sa maṇibhājanam ādāya taṃ karvaṭakam anuprāptaḥ; tato mārgaśramaṃ prativinodya ekasya maṇikārasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: idaṃ maṇibhājnam arghaṃ kuruṣva iti; tena svalpaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa kathayati: kim evaṃ kathayasi? yady api ahaṃ bhogebhyaḥ paribhraṣṭaḥ na tu prajñayā; jānāmy aham evāsya mūlyam iti; sa tasya sakāśam (SBV II 184) upasaṃkramya dvitīyasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ kathayati: idam maṇibhājanaṃ; mūlyam asya kuruṣva iti; tena tasya puṣkalaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; sa parituṣṭaḥ kathayati: gṛhāṇā, dehi mūlyam iti; sa kathayati: nāsti me etāvan mūlyam iti; sa kathayati: yad asti tad anuprayaccha iti; tena gṛhītaṃ; tenānyena maṇikāreṇa śrutaṃ; sa saṃjātāmarṣas tasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; mayaitat pūrvaṃ gṛhaṃ nītaṃ; mayā cāsya mūlyaṃ kṛtaṃ; tvaṃ kasmād gṛhṇīṣe? iti; tayoḥ parasparaṃ vairūkṣyam utpannam kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau maṇikāraḥ yena maṇibhājanasya svalpaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtam eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau dvitīyo maṇikāraḥ yena puṣkalaṃ mūlyaṃ kṛtam aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy āvayoḥ parasparaṃ vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; punar api yathā vayoḥ vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the elder son of a gṛhapati (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ (A 492a) kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārako jātaḥ; sā asya patnī kālagatā; sa saṃlakṣayati: dārakaṃ kaḥ samvardhayiṣyati? anyām ānayāmi iti; tenānyā ānītā; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasyā api putro jātaḥ; sāpi kālagatā; sa gṛhapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: yady anyām ānayāmi, sāpi kālaṃ kariṣyati; jyeṣṭhasya putrasya niveśanaṃ karomi iti; tena jyeṣṭhasya putrasya niveśaḥ kṛtaḥ; tasya bahavaḥ putrā duhitaraś ca jātāḥ; sā tasya bhāryā kathayati: āryaputra eṣa dārakas tava ko bhavati? iti: sa kathayati: kanīyān bhrātā; sā kathayati: ārya tava bahavaḥ putrāḥ; ayam ekaḥ; eṣāṃ cāsya ca tulyo gṛhabhogo deyaḥ; sa kathayati: bhadre eṣa lokadharmaḥ iti; sā kathayati: yady evaṃ praghātaya enam iti; kāmān khalu pratisevamānasya nāsti kiṃcit pāpakaṃ karma akaraṇīyam iti sa puṣpaphalavyājena aṭavīṃ nītvā praghātitaḥ; (SBV II 185) kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau jyeṣṭho gṛhapatiputraḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau kanīyān aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy anena mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpāditaḥ; etarhy apy anena vairūkṣyam utpāditaḥ; yathā punar apy āvayor vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; tac chrūyatām

The story of a girl and an astrologer (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)

sa pratigṛhītvā prakrāntaḥ (A 492b) tenānyena māṇavena śrutaṃ sā brāḥmaṇakanyā anena māṇavena pratīṣṭā iti; sa tasya sakāśaṃ gataḥ (SBV II 186) kathayati: māṇavakaḥ sā kanyā kimarthaṃ tvayā pratīṣṭā? mayā pūrvalabdhā iti; sa kathayati: tvaṃ nakṣatragaṇanāparaḥ; nakṣatraṃ tāvat parīkṣa; mama tu śobhanaṃ nakṣatram iti; sa ruṣitaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pūrvamāṇavaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau paścimako māṇavaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy asya mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ; etrhy apy asya mamāntike vairūkṣyam utpannaṃ

The very ferocious elephant of Ājātaśatru, Dhanapālaka by name

buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe viharati veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena yo 'sau rājñaḥ ajātaśatroḥ dhanapālako nāma duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; rājagṛhanivāsinā janakāyena rājā ajātaśatrur vijñaptaḥ: deva dhanapālako duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; tad arhati devaḥ hastidamakānām ājñāṃ dātuṃ yathā na pratidinaṃ niṣkāsayanti; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitum iti; rājā kathayati evaṃ bhavatu; gacchata iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: āhūyantāṃ bhavanto hastidamakāḥ iti; tair hastidamakā āhūtāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto rājagṛhanivāsinā janakāyena abhihito 'smi dhanapālako duṣṭanāgaḥ pratidinam āvāsān niṣkrāmyamāṇo rathyāvīthīcatvaraśṛṅgāṭakeṣu mahājanavipraghātaṃ karoti; tad arhati devaḥ hastidamakānām ājñāṃ dātuṃ yathā na pratidinaṃ niṣkāsayanti; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitum iti; tad yuṣmābhir na pratidinaṃ niṣkrāmayitavyaḥ; śvo niṣkrāmyate iti ca ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayitavyam iti; hastidamakāḥ rājñaḥ ajātaśatroḥ pratiśrutya pādayor nipatya prakrāntāḥ (SBV II 187)

Devadatta's attempt to kill the Buddha by means of the elephant Dhanapālaka

rājagṛhe cānyataro gṛhapatiḥ āḍhyo mahādhano mahābhogaḥ; tena buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena upanimantritaḥ; devadattena śrutaṃ yathā amukena gṛhapatinā buddhapramuko bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ iti; tena hastidamakasya śatasahasro muktāhāro dattaḥ; uktaś ca: amukena gṛhapatinā śramaṇo gautamaḥ saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena upanimantritaḥ; tat tvayā dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsraṣṭavyaḥ iti; sa kathayati: ārya evaṃ bhavatu; kiṃtu yathā vā tathā vā devam avalokaya iti; tato devadatto yena rājā ajātaśatrus tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānam ajātaśatrum idam avocat: śaktas tvaṃ māṃ buddhatve na pratiṣṭhāpayitum; (A 493a) api tu tvaṃ pitaraṃ jīvitād vyaparopya rājye pratiṣṭhapitaḥ; aham api śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ praghātya sarvajñatvaṃ karomi; dhanapālaṃ hastināgam utsṛja iti; ajātaśatruḥ kathayati: na tvayā śrutam? adāntadamakā buddhā bhagavantaḥ iti; sa kathayati: yady adāntadamakāḥ syuḥ aham eva tāvad anena dāntaḥ syām iti; sa taṃ yathā vā tathā vā avalokya hastidamakānāṃ sakāśam upasaṃkramya kathayati: niveditaṃ mayā devasya; tad yuṣmābhiḥ śvo dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsraṣṭavyaḥ iti; tato hastidamakaiḥ rājagṛhe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ: śṛṇvantu bhavanto rājagṛhanivāsinaḥ paurāḥ, śvo hastināgo mucyate; tad yuṣmābhiḥ śvaḥ sarvaprayatnena ātmarakṣā kartavyā iti; gṛhapatiḥ śrutvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ: īdṛśo 'haṃ mandabhāgyaḥ; mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktenopanimantritaḥ; dhanapālakaś ca duṣṭanāgaḥ śvo mucyate; kathaṃ mayā buddhapramukho bhikṣusaṃghaḥ bhojayitavyaḥ iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: sādhayāmi pākaṃ; tatraiva nītvā bhagavantaṃ bhojayāmi iti; sa śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ sādhayitvā kālyam evotthāya bhagavataḥ sakāśaṃ gataḥ: bhagavan rājagṛhe ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ śvo dhanapālako hastināgo mucyate; yuṣmābhiḥ śaktitaḥ ātmarakṣā kartavyā iti; tad bhagavatā rājagṛhaṃ na praveṣṭavyam; aham ihaiva annapānam ānayāmi iti; bhagavān kathayati: alpotsukas tvaṃ gṛhapate bhava; annapānaṃ sajjīkuru; vigataṃ tathāgatasya nāgabhayaṃ; praviśāmy ahaṃ saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ iti; tato 'sau gṛhapatir āttamanāttamanāḥ svagṛhaṃ gataḥ; annapānaṃ (SBV II 188) samanvāhṛtya āsanādi prajñapya bhagavantam udīkṣamāṇaḥ avasthitaḥ; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; dhanapālako hastināgaḥ utsṛṣṭaḥ; adrākṣīd dhanapālako hastināgo bhagavantaṃ dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punar bhrūkuṭiṃ kṛtvā nādaṃ ca muktvā yena bhagavāṃs tena sabalam ājavena prādhāvat

bhagavān āha: nīco 'si devadatta; pravādaṃ tvaṃ pravadasi daśabalabalinaṃ mām agaṇayitvā; paśyedānīṃ tu balaṃ daśabalabalinaḥ adbhutasya iti; tato bhagavatā dakṣiṇe karatale paṃca siṃhāḥ kesariṇaḥ paṭṭadhāriṇo nirmitāḥ; sa teṣāṃ gandhaṃ ghrātvā mūtrapuriṣam utsṛjan niṣpalāyitum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavatā sarvā diśaḥ ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitāḥ ekajvālībhūtā adhimuktāḥ sthāpayitvā (A 493b) svakam eva pādamūlaṃ śāntaṃ śītībhūtam adhiṣṭhitaṃ; tato dhanapālako hastināgaḥ itaś cāmutaś ca pradhāvan sarvam ādiptaṃ paśyati; nānyatra bhagavataḥ pādamūlaṃ śītībhūtṃ; dhanapālakaprakopaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve bhikṣavo niṣpalāyitāḥ sthāpayitvā āyuṣmantam ānandaṃ; tato dhanapālako vigatamadavego mandagatipracāratayā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa bhagavatā cakrasvastikanandyāvartena anekapuṇyaśatanirjātena bhītānām āśvāsanakareṇa kareṇa śirasi parāmṛṣṭaḥ; gāthā ca bhāṣitā mā kuñjara viheṭhaya nāgam duḥkhaṃ kuñjara viheṭhanam asya / (SBV II 189) no nāgahatasya parasmin bhadrā hi nāga gatir bhavati // iti+

The elephant Dhanapālaka follows submissively the Buddha, dies of grief and is reborn in the heaven of the four great kings

tvaṃ tāvad bhadramukha pūrvakeṇa duścaritena pratyavarāyāṃ tiryagyonāv utpannaḥ; sa tvam etarhi paraprāṇaharaḥ paraprāṇoparodhena parituṣyasi; itaś cyutasya te kā gatir bhaviṣyasi? kā upapattiḥ ko 'bhisaṃparāyaḥ iti hi bhadramukha sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ; sarvadharmāḥ anātmānaḥ; śāntaṃ nirvāṇaṃ; mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya adyaiva tiryagyoniṃ virāgayiṣyasi; ity uktvā yena tasya gṛhapater niveśanaṃ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; dhanapālako 'pi bhagavantaṃ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhaḥ; bhagavān praviṣṭaḥ; sa dvāramūle sthitaḥ; bhagavantam apaśyan gṛhaṃ bhaṅktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavatā tad gṛhaṃ sphaṭikamayaṃ nirmitaṃ yatrānāvṛtaṃ buddhabimbaṃ paśyati; sa bhagavnataṃ dṛṣṭvā na bhaṅktum ārabdhaḥ; bhagavān saśrāvakasaṃghaḥ bhuktvā dakṣiṇādeśanāṃ kṛtvā prakrāntaḥ; sa bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddha eva; etat prakaraṇam amātyaiḥ rājño niveditam:; ajātaśatruṇā devadatto 'bhihitaḥ: tvayā mama anarthaḥ kṛtaḥ; taṃ hastinam āgamya sīmāntarā rājānaḥ māṃ nābhidravanti; so 'pi tvayā vimadīkṛtaḥ iti; sa tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā; yadā bhagavān nirgato bhavati tadā bhavadbhir dhanapālaḥ hastināgo dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpayitavyaḥ yathā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ na nirgacchati iti; amātyai api hastidamakānām ājñā dattā dhanapālakaṃ hastināgaṃ dvāraṃ badhvā sthāpayata yathā bhagavataḥ pṛṣṭhato na nirgacchati iti; sa bhagavantam apaśyan pādena śuṇḍām avaṣṭabhya kālagataḥ; cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; dharmatā khalu devaputrasya vā devakanyāyā vā aciropapannasya trīṇi cittāny utpadyante: kutaś cyutaḥ kutropapannaḥ kena karmaṇā iti; sa paśyati nāgebhyaś (SBV II 190) cyutaḥ; praṇīteṣu cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; bhagavato 'ntike cittam abhiprasādya iti atha nāgapūrviṇo devaputrasyaitad bahavat: na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ paryuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkrameyaṃ; yannv aham aparyuṣitaparivāsa eva bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrameyam iti; atha (A 494a) nāgapūrvī devaputraś calavimalakuṇḍaladharo hārārdhahāravibhūṣitagātraḥ tām eva rātriṃ divyānām utpalapadmakumudapuṇḍarīkamāndārakāṇāṃ puṣpāṇām utsaṃgaṃ pūrayitvā sarvaṃ veṇuvanaṃ kalandakanivāpam udāreṇāvabhāsenāvabhāsya bhagavataṃ puṣpair avakīrya bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya; tataḥ asya bhagavatā āśayānuśayaṃ dhātuṃ prakṛtiṃ ca jñātvā tādṛśī dharmadeśanā kṛtā yāṃ śrutvā nāgapūrviṇā devaputreṇa viṃśatiśikharasamudgataṃ satkāyadṛṣṭiśailaṃ jñānavajreṇa bhitvā srotaāpattiphalaṃ sākṣātkṛtaṃ; sa dṛṣṭasatyas trir udānam udānayati: idam asmākaṃ bhadanta na mātrā kṛtaṃ na pitrā kṛtaṃ; na devatābhiḥ; neṣṭena svajanabandhuvargeṇa; na pūrvapretair na śramaṇabrāhmaṇaiḥ yad bhagavatā asmākaṃ kṛtam; ucchoṣitā rudhirāśrusamudrāḥ; laṃghitā asthiparvatāḥ pihitāny apāyadvārāṇi vivṛtāni svargamokṣadvārāṇi; pratiṣṭhāpitāḥ smo devamanuṣyeṣu āha ca

avanamya tataḥ pralambahāraḥ caraṇau dvāv abhivandya jātaharṣaḥ / (SBV II 191) parigamya ca dakṣiṇaṃ jitāriṃ suralokābhimukho divaṃ jagāma //

atha nāgapūrvī devaputro vaṇig iva labdhalābhaḥ sasyasaṃpanna iva kārṣakaḥ śūra iva jitasaṃgrāmaḥ sarvarogaparimukta ivāturo yayā vibhūtyā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ tayaiva vibhūtyā svabhavanaṃ gataḥ bhikṣavaḥ pūrvarātrāpararātraṃ jāgarikānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tair dṛṣṭo bhagavato 'ntike udāro 'vabhāsaḥ; yaṃ dṛṣṭvā bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhagavan imāṃ rātriṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ śakro devendraḥ catvāro lokapālā upasaṃkrāntāḥ bhagavān āha: na bhikṣavo brahmā sabhāṃpatiḥ na śakro devānām indraḥ nāpi catvāro lokapālāḥ māṃ darśanāyopasaṃkrāntāḥ; api tu yuṣmābhir bhikṣavaḥ sa dhanapālo hastināgaḥ, tāvac caṇḍaḥ tāvad rabhaso yas tathāgatasya vadhāya parākrāntaḥ dṛṣṭo bhadanta: mayā vinītaḥ sa mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ cāturmahārājijeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; sa imāṃ rātriṃ matsakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; tasya mayā dharmo deśitaḥ; sa dṛṣṭasatyaḥ svabhavanaṃ gataḥ iti bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta dhanapālakena karma kṛtaṃ (A 494b) yasya karmaṇo vipākena tiryakṣūpapannaḥ; kiṃ karma kṛtaṃ yena cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ satyadarśanaṃ ca kṛtam iti; bhagavān āha: dhanapālakenaiva hi bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny avaśyabhāvīni; dhanapālena karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na bhikṣavaḥ karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām

Dhanapālaka in a previous birth

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ asminn eva bhadrake kalpe viṃśativarṣasahasrāyuṣi prajāyāṃ kāśyapo nāma śāstā loka udapādi, vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm upaniśritya viharati ṛṣivadane mṛgadāve; tasya ca śāsane pravrajita āsīd vaiyāpṛtyakarah; tatrānena kṣudrānukṣudreṣu śikṣāpadeṣu anādaraḥ (SBV II 192) kṛtaḥ; tasya karmaṇo vipākena tiryakṣūpapannaḥ; yat tatrānena saṃghasya upasthānaṃ kṛtaṃ tasya karmaṇo vipākena annapānasya lābhī saṃvṛttaḥ; yan mamāntike cittam abhiprasādya kālagataḥ tena cāturmahārājikeṣu deveṣūpapannaḥ; yat kāśyape samyaksaṃbuddhe pravrajitena paṭhitaṃ svādhyāyitaṃ skandhakauśalaṃ dhātukauśalaṃ āyatanakauśalaṃ pratītyasamutpādakauśalaṃ sthānāsthānakauśalaṃ ca kṛtaṃ tena devabhūtena mamāntike satyadarśanaṃ kṛtam; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ karmaṇāṃ pūrvavad yāvad ekāntaśukleṣv eva karmasv ābhogaḥ karaṇīyaḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam uddānam haṃśa aṭṭo 'thotsṛṣṭo mṛgaḥ pūtiś ca markaṭo gajaḥ bidālo balivardaḥ candrapāṣāṇaḥ hasti sṛgālo brāhmaṇen ca bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta bhagavān paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ parityaktaḥ; āyuṣmatā ānandena na parityaktaḥ; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany abhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the king Dhṛtarāṣṭra, and his faithful captain Pūrṇamukha, etc. (concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.) bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'navatapte mahāsarasi dhṛtarāṣṭro nāma haṃsādhipatir babhūva; tasya dvau putrau pūrṇaś ca pūrṇamukhaś ca; pūrṇo jyeṣṭhaḥ pūrṇamukhaḥ kaniyān; tato pūrṇaś caṇḍo (SBV II 193) rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; nityam eva haṃsān bhartsayati; keṣāṃcit pakṣān utpāṭayati; keṣāṃcin nakharikābhiḥ kṣataṃ karoti; etāni cānyāni ca upadravaśatāni karoti; te haṃsāḥ pratidinam āgamya dhṛtarāṣṭrasya haṃsādhipater nivedayanti; sa saṃlakṣayati: pūrṇaś caṇḍo rabhasaḥ karkaśaḥ; yady aham enaṃ yauvarājye pratiṣṭhāpayāmi mamātyayād eṣa haṃsayūthaṃ nāśayiṣyati; tad upāyasaṃvidhānaṃ kartavyam iti; tena pūrṇaḥ pūrṇamukhaś ca ubhāv apy uktau; yaḥ utsān sarāṃsi taḍāgāni cāvalokya agrato matsakāsam āgacchati tam ahaṃ haṃsādhipatiṃ sthāpayāmi iti; tāv anyonyaṃ spardhayā paṃcaśataparivārau prankrāntau; tāv itaś cāmutaś ca utsān sarāṃsi taḍāgāni ca avalokayantāv (A 495a) anupūrveṇa vārāṇasīṃ nagarīm anuprāptau; tena khalu samayena vārāṇasyāṃ brahmadatto nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tena vārāṇasyām udyānasya nātidūre brahmāvatī nāma puṣkariṇī saraḥprativiśiṣṭatarākhyā; tasyāṃ nānāvidhāni jalajāni puṣpāṇi ropitāni; tīre samantāc caturṣv api pārśveṣu anekāni puṣpaphalavṛkṣasahasrāṇi ropitāni; sā utpalakumudapuṇḍarīkasaṃchannā anekataruṣaṇḍamaṇḍitā bahuvividhavihaganikūjitā; tasyās tāṃ vibhūtiṃ dṛṣṭvā pūrṇo haṃsaḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ avatīrya yatheṣṭagatipracāratayā krīḍitum ārabdhaḥ; pūrṇamukho 'pi svayūthyair ucyate: tvam apy avatīrya krīḍa iti; sa kathayati: rājyaṃ tāvat pratīcchāmi; tataḥ paścād āgamya krīḍiṣyāmi iti; tena laghu laghv eva gatvā rājyaṃ pratīṣṭaṃ: tataḥ paṃcaśataparivāraḥ vārāṇasīm āgamya brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrya krīḍitum ārabdhaḥ; taṃ tathā pramodavihāriṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā janakāyaḥ saṃśayam āpannaḥ: aho paramadarśanīyo haṃsādhipatiḥ kuto 'pīha saṃprāptaḥ; brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm alaṃkṛtya sarvajalacarān pakṣiṇo rūpaśobhayā abhibhūya lokasya spṛhām utpādayati; yatheṣṭaṃ ca viharati iti; śrutvā sarva eva vārāṇasīnivāsī janakāyaḥ samantād brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīṃ parivārya, tasya visrabdhavihāratāṃ rūpaśobhāṃ ca nirīkṣamāṇaḥ avasthitaḥ; amātyai rājño niveditaṃ: deva kuto 'pi haṃsādhipatir āgataḥ; sa brahmāvatīṃ puṣkariṇīm avatīrya anekahaṃsaśataparivāraḥ sarvān jalacarān pakṣiṇo rūpaśobhayā abhibhūya (SBV II 194) lokasya spṛhām utpādayan visrabdhavihāratayā tiṣṭhati iti; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ yady evam āhūyantāṃ śākunikāḥ iti; tair āhūtāḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavantaḥ śrūyate brahmāvatyāṃ puṣkariṇyām atiparamadarśanīyavigraho haṃsādhipatiḥ kuto 'py āgataḥ; sa yuṣmābhir eka akṣataḥ pāśair badhvā matsakāśam āneyaḥ; iti; sa taiḥ paramasukumāreṇa pāśena baddhaḥ; sa gāthāṃ bhāṣate

ekonāni paṃcaśatāni niṣpalāyitāni; eko na niṣpalāyitaḥ; tam eva ca baddhaṃ śocamāno 'vasthitaḥ; śākunikās te dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannāḥ; rājabhayān na badhnanti; nāpi praghātayanti; te taṃ haṃsādhipatim ādāya rājñaḥ sakāśaṃ gatāḥ; sa dvitīyaḥ abaddhaḥ; snehapāśapāśitaḥ svayam eva gataḥ; sa haṃsādhipatī rājña upanītaḥ; rājā kathayati: bhavanto 'yaṃ dvitīyaḥ kimartham ānītaḥ? te kathayanti: deva nāsmābhir ayaṃ baddhaḥ; api tu svayam evāgataḥ iti; rājā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ kathayati: nūnam asyeyaṃ (A 495b) bhāryā; gacchata; etaṃ haṃsādhipatiṃ saha bhāryayā muñcata; na ca yuṣmābhiḥ kenacid api etau praghātyau iti; śākunikāḥ kathayanti: deva anya praghātayiṣyanti; janakāyasya nivedyatām iti; rājñā amātyānām ājñā dattā: gacchata bhavanto vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryāṃ ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kārayata deva evaṃ samājñāpayati, na kenacid madviṣayanivāsinā jalacarāḥ pakṣiṇo ghātayitavyāḥ iti; tair ghaṇṭāvaghoṣaṇaṃ kāritaṃ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pūrṇamukho haṃsādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā sā tasya patnī sa evāsāv ānandaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca haṃsaśatāni, etāny eva tāni ekonāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhir haṃsabhūtaiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena haṃsabhūtena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena bhikṣuṇā na parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi bhikṣavaḥ yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ, ānandena bhikṣuṇā na parityakta tac chrūyatām (SBV II 195)

The story of Karadaṇḍī, the Sahasrayodha (concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo vārāṇasyāṃ nagaryām aṭṭo nāma rājā rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca sphītaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; tasya paṃcāmātyaśatāni yeṣām anubhāvāt prātisīmaiḥ koṭṭarājabhir nābhibhūyate; yāvad dakṣiṇāpathāt karadaṇḍī nāma sahasrayodhī abhyāgataḥ; so 'nyatamenāmātyena rājñaḥ sakāśam upanītaḥ; deva ayaṃ karadaṇḍī nāma sahasrayodhī; devam uddiśya dakṣiṇāpathād āgataḥ; tad arhati devo 'sya parigrahaṃ kartum iti; sa rājñā parigṛhītaḥ; bhogaiḥ saṃvibhaktaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena aṭṭasya rājñaḥ bhūmyantarā rājānaḥ upacittabalasādhanāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; te caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyam aṭṭaṃ rājānam abhigatāḥ yuddhāya; aṭṭo 'pi rājā caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ bhūmyantarān rājñaḥ pratyabhiniryāto yuddhāya; aṭṭena rājñā bhūmyantarā rājanaḥ jītāḥ bhītaḥ bhagnāḥ parājitāḥ parāpṛṣṭhīkṛtāḥ svaksvakān viṣayān gatāḥ; taiḥ punar api sannipatya aṭṭasya rājñaḥ paṃcāmātyaśatāni upaskāreṇa bhagnāni: āgacchata yūyaṃ; yuṣmān prativiśiṣṭaraiḥ bhogaiḥ saṃvibhajāmaḥ iti; te saṃpratipannāḥ; tato bhūmyantarā rājanaḥ punar api caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyam aṭṭam rājānam abhigatā yauddhāya; aṭṭo 'pi nāma caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyam aśvakāyaṃ rathakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ bhūmyantarān rājñaḥ pratyabhiniryāto yuddhāya; aṭṭasya rājñaḥ paṃca amātyaśatāni yuddhe vartamāne pratinivartya karaṇḍdinā sahasrayodhena sārdhaṃ yoddhum ārabdhāni (A 496a) rājā dṛṣṭvā vyathitaḥ; karadaṇḍī sahasrayodho gāthāṃ bhāṣate tyajanti sarvamitrāṇi cirasaṃstutikāni te / (SBV II 196) mitraṃ te karadaṇḍī tu tvām eko na prahāsyati // iti tena te sarve praghātitāḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sāv aṭṭo nāma rājā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā 'sau karadaṇḍī sahasrayodhaḥ ānandaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni paṃca amātyaśatāni etāny eva tāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ, ānandena na parityakta tac chrūyatām

The story of a lion and his jackal-friend (concerning a previous birth of Ānanda, etc.)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sīmhaḥ aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; sṛgāla ānando bhikṣuḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca sṛgālaśatāni etāny eva paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy (SBV II 197) aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; bhūyo 'pi yathā aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ tac chrūyatām

The story of a Mṛgī and Mṛgādhipati

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ aniyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe paṃcānāṃ mṛgaśatānāṃ mṛgādhipatir babhūva; yāvad anyatamena lubdhakena mṛgāṇāṃ vadhāya prabhūtāḥ kūṭapāśāḥ lepāś ca vyavasthāpitāḥ; sa ca mṛgādhipatiḥ visrabdhavihāratayā paṃcaśataparivāro mṛgadāve paribhramati; sa mṛgayūthasyāgrato gacchan pāśena baddhaḥ; taṃ baddhaṃ dṛṣṭvā sarve mṛgā niṣpalāyitāḥ; ekā mṛgī yūthapateḥ pārśve avasthitā; sa mṛgādhipatir vyāyacchati pāśaṃ chettuṃ; sa śaknoti; taṃ tathā calantaṃ dṛṣṭvā sā mṛgī gāthāṃ bhāṣate vyāyamasva mahābhāga vyāyamasva mṛgottama / āgamiṣyati lubdho 'sau pāśo yenaiṣa āhṛtaḥ // (A 496b)

so 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate kiṃ karomi na śaknomi bhinadmy āśu mahīm imāṃ / dṛḍhāni carmapāśāni pādau karṣanti me bhṛśam // iti (SBV II 198)

tatas tena lubdhena bhūyasyā mātrayā vismayajātena mṛgo muktaḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau mṛgādhipatir aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yā sā mṛgī ānandaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāni tāni ekonāni paṃca mṛgaśatāni etāny eva ekonāni paṃca bhikṣuśatāni; tadāpy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ; etarhy apy aham ebhiḥ parityaktaḥ; ānandena na parityaktaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ pūtiḥ pūtinā lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa pūtinā pūtir lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of a jackal competing with an elephant (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin paravataikadeśe mahat padmasaraḥ; tasya samīpe hastī prativasati; aparasminn api pradeśe sṛgālaḥ prativasati; yāvad apareṇa samayena hastī tasmāt padmasarasaḥ pānīyaṃ pītvā uttiṣṭhati; sṛgālaś cāvatarati; tena hastī uktaḥ; yuddhaṃ vā anuprayaccha mārgaṃ vā iti; hastī saṃlakṣayati: (SBV II 199) pūtir ayaṃ tapasvī dhvāṅkṣaś ca; yad enaṃ pādena ghātayiṣyāmi, śuṇḍayā vā dantena vā aśucinā vā nāśayiṣyāmi iti; punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: sarvathā pūtir ayaṃ pūtinaiva hantavyaḥ; iti viditvā gathāṃ bhāṣate

hastī saṃlakṣayati: apakramyaikānte gacchāmi; niyatam eṣa māṃ pṛṣṭhato 'nugacchati iti; sa mārgād apakramya tvaritatvaritaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; (A 497a) sṛgālaḥ saṃlakṣayati: vacanamātreṇaiva eṣa bhagno mayā yena tvaritatvaritaṃ niṣpalāyitaḥ iti; sa tasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhato 'nubaddhaḥ; hastinā samīpaṃ gataṃ jñātvā tasyopari mahatā vegena purīṣaṃ muktaṃ; patitaḥ kālagataḥ kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena tadāpy eṣa pūtinā pūtir hataḥ iti; etarhy apy eṣa pūtinā pūtir lābhasatkāreṇa hataḥ

[Here there is a leaf missing, seemingly because of an error of the scribe himself.]

punar api bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattaḥ dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of Āgneya, the cat (concerning a previous birth of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe mūṣikāṇāṃ yūthapatiḥ paṃcaśataparivāro 'vatiṣṭhate; āgneyo nāma biḍālaḥ; tena taruṇāvasthāyāṃ yasmin pradeśe prativasati; tatsāmantakena sarve mūṣikāḥ praghātitāḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena jīrṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; parākrameṇa na śaknoti mūṣikān grahītuṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: pūrvam ahaṃ taruṇāvasthāyāṃ śaktaḥ parākrameṇa mūṣikān grahītum; idānīm aśaktaḥ; kiṃ tu upāyasaṃvidhānena bhakṣayāmi iti; sa śanair (SBV II 200) mandaṃ mandaṃ mūṣikān paryeṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tena paryeṣamāṇena paṃcaśatiko mūṣikayūthaḥ parijñātaḥ; sa muṣikavivarasya nātidūre kṛtakena tapas tapyati; sa mūṣikair bhramadbhir dṛṣṭaḥ śānteneryāpathena avasthitaḥ; te dūrataḥ sthitvā kathayanti: mātula kiṃ karoṣi iti; sa kathayati:mayā taruṇāvasthāyāṃ prabhūtam apuṇyaṃ kṛtaṃ; tasya kṣapaṇāya tapaś carāmi iti; teṣāṃ tasyāntike dharmānvayaprasādaḥ upapannaḥ; virato 'yaṃ tasmāt pāpakād asaddharmād iti; te taṃ pratidinaṃ pradakṣiṇīkṛtya vivaraṃ praviśanti; sa teṣāṃ paścimaṃ gṛhītvā bhakṣayati; yāvad asau yūthaḥ parihīyate; yūthapatiḥ saṃlakṣayati: mama mūṣikāḥ parihīyante; ayaṃ ca biḍālo balavān jātaḥ; kāraṇenātra bhavitavyam iti; sa biḍālasya viṣṭhāṃ nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; yāvat paśyati sarvalomikāṃ viṣṭhāṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: niyatam anena mūṣikāḥ praghātyante; yannv aham enaṃ gṛhṇīyām iti; (A 497b) sa tasyādarśanapathe nirīkṣamāṇaḥ tatparo vyavasthitaḥ; yāvat tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ paścimaṃ mūṣikaṃ bhakṣayan; sa tam upasaṃkramya dūreṇa gatvā gāthayā pratyabhāṣata

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau tena kālena tena samayena āgneyo biḍālaḥ devadattaḥ saḥ; tadāpy anena dharmamukhikayā mūṣikā bhakṣitāḥ; etarhy apy anena dharmamukhikayā loko vyaṃsitaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta ye bhagavato dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttīrṇāḥ; ye devadattaḥ dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany ye mama dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntārād uttīrṇāḥ; ye dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ; tac chrūyatām (SBV II 201)

The story of a bull that got entangled other bulls into trouble by bad counsels (concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo dvau sārthavāhau paṃcabhiḥ śakaṭaśataiḥ sārdham anuvyaharamāṇau kāntāramārgaṃ pratipannau; tavyoḥ kāntāramārgapratipannayoḥ kadācid balīvardānāṃ parītto yavaso bhavati; pānīyaṃca kadācit parīttaṃ bhavati; kadācin nāsty eva; tato 'sau sārthaḥ saha balīvardaiḥ atīva pariśrāntaḥ kṛcchreṇa kāntāmārgaṃ pratipannaḥ paśyati anyatarasmin pradeśe haritaśādvalaṃ salilasaṃpannaṃ ca snātāḥ; prabhūtaṃ ca pānīyaṃ pītaṃ; tatas te balīvardāḥ parīttena pānyena yavasena ca parikhinnāḥ, paryāptaṃ yavasaṃ pānīyaṃ ca pītvā viśrāntāḥ; teṣāṃ yaḥ pradhāno balīvardaḥ sa tān prabodhayati: bhavanto vayaṃ parīttena yavasena parīttena ca pānīyena parikheditāḥ; ayaṃ pradeśo haritaśādvalaḥ salilasaṃpannaś ca; yadi bhavatām abhipretam ihaiva haṭhaṃ kṛtvā tiṣṭhāmaḥ iti; dvitīyaḥ pradhānabalīvardaś ca yūthyān kathayati: bhavanto balavanto manuṣyāḥ durdāntadamakāḥ; yathaiva vayaṃ vahāmas tathaiva vahata; mā anarthaṃ prāpayiṣyatha iti; evam ukte pradhānabalīvardo ruṣitaḥ svayūthyān kathayati: bhavantaḥ kena candrasya pṛṣṭhaṃ (A 498a) dṛṣṭam ebhir yuṣmābhir na voḍhavyam iti; yāvat sārthikā balīvardān yojayitum ārabdhāḥ; te balīvardair bhreṣaṇarūpā avasthāpitāḥ; sārthikā prabhūtān prahārān datvā pratodayaṣṭibhir ātāḍya ātāḍya rudhireṇa pragharatā śakaṭe yojitāḥ; anye tūṣṇīṃ voḍhum ārabdhāḥ; teṣāṃ na kiṃcit kṛtaṃ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau pradhāno balīvardaḥ yena te samyag eva coditāḥ ahaṃ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yena tu (SBV II 202) balīvardā viprasthāpitāḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpi yair mama vacanaṃ śrutaṃ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ kāntāramārgaṃ nistīrṇāḥ; yair devadattasya vacanaṃ śrutaṃ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ; etarhy api ye mama dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te svastikṣemābhyāṃ saṃsārakāntāramārgād uttīrṇāḥ; ye devadattasya dṛṣṭyanumatam āpannāḥ te anayena vyasanam āpannāḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatto mūrkho murkhaparivāraḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvani devadatto mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the leader of the monkeys (concerning a previous life of Devadatta)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau markaṭayūthapatiḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mūrkho mūrkhaparivāraḥ

The five causes of the division of the congregation

bhagavān śrāvastyāṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍadasyārāme; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: tathāgatasya saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārāṇi karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni labdhasaṃbhārāṇi pariṇatapratyayāny oghavat pratyupasthitāny (A 498b) avaśyabhāvīni; tathāgatenaiva karmāṇi (SBV II 203) kṛtāny upacitāni ko 'nyaḥ pratyanubhaviṣyati? na hi karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni bāhye pṛthivīdhātau vipacyante pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām; avaśyaṃ devadattena tathāgatasya saṃgho bhettavyaḥ paṃcabhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ saṃgho bhidyate: ādau tāvat saṃgho na bhidyate; yāvat buddho loke utpadyate lokas tāvat tanmukho 'vatiṣṭhate buddhaḥ kila mārṣā loka utpanna iti; parinirvṛte śāstari saṃgho bhidyate; yaḥ kaścid evaṃ brūyād: aham eva śāstā iti tasya vaktavyaṃ: yadā bhagavān jīvati tiṣṭhati dhriyate yāpayati tadā tvaṃ kva āsīḥ? arbude anutpanne saṃgho na bhidyate dṛṣṭyarbude vā śīlārbude vā śrāvakayuge anirdiṣṭe saṃgho na bhidyate; tat kasya hetoḥ saṃgho bhinnaḥ avaśyaṃ śrāvakayugaṃ pratisandhatte; sīmāyām abaddhāyāṃ saṃgho na bhidyate; tat kasya hetoḥ antaḥsīmni saṃgho bhidyate na bahiḥsīmni

Solicitudes of the Buddha

atha bhagavata etad abhavat: mama nirarbude bhikṣusaṃghe arbudam utpannaṃ śīlārbudaṃ dṛṣṭyarbudaṃ ca; śīlārbudam utpāditaṃ sudattena kalantakaputreṇa; dṛṣṭyarbudam ariṣṭena bhikṣuṇā; avaśyaṃ ca devadattena saṃgho bhettavyaḥ; yannv ahaṃ rājagṛhe varṣām upagaccheyam; atha bhagavata etad abhavat: yadi tāvat śaikṣāśaikṣaiḥ pudgalaiḥ sārdhaṃ rājagṛhaṃ gamiṣyāmi na śakṣyati devadattaḥ saṃghabhedaṃ kartuṃ; yannv ahaṃ pṛthagjanakalyāṇakaiḥ pudgalaiḥ sārdhaṃ gaccheyam; iti viditvā āyuṣmatā rāhulena upasthāyakena paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ sārdhaṃ yathābhiramyaṃ śrāvastyāṃ vihṛtya yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntaḥ; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ caran rājagṛham anuprāptaḥ iti (SBV II 204)

Famine in Rājagṛha, division of the congregation and new rules imparted by Devadatta

buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe varṣā upagato veṇuvane kalandakanivāpe; tena khalu samayena durbhikṣam abhūt; kṛcchraḥ kāntāraḥ durlabhaḥ piṇḍako yācanakena; tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: icchāmy ahaṃ bhikṣavaḥ imāṃ traimāsīṃ pratisaṃlātuṃ; na me kenacid bhikṣuṇā upasaṃkramitavyaṃ sthāpayitvā piṇḍapātanirhārakaṃ; tad eva poṣadham iti; bhikṣusaṃghena kriyākāraḥ kṛtaḥ na kenacid asmākam imāṃ traimāsīṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāyopasaṃkramitavyaṃ sthāpayitvā piṇḍapātanirhārakaṃ; tad eva poṣadham iti tena khalu samayena āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau dakṣiṇāgiriṣu varṣā upagatau; devadattena traimāsīṃ bhikṣusaṃghaḥ pravāritaḥ cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ; sa trayāṇāṃ va dvikānāṃ vā māsānām atyayād bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: śramaṇa āyuṣmanto gautama evaṃ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayati; āraṇyakatvena bhikṣuḥ śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; piṇḍapātikatvena pāṃsukūlikatvena (A 499a) traicīvarikatvena ābhyavakāśikatvena śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; yasya cāyuṣmantaḥ imāni paṃca vratapadāni na rocante na kṣamante na saṃprakhyānti sa śramaṇasya gautamasya ārād bhavatu durād bhavatu; śalākaṃ gṛhṇātu iti; paṃcabhir bhikṣuśataiḥ śalākā gṛhītāḥ; devadatta utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ; paṃca bhikṣuśatāni pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāni; āyuṣmān rāhulo dvāre tiṣṭhati; tena tāni devadattasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāni dṛṣṭāni; sa kathayati: āyuṣmantaḥ kimarthaṃ tathāgatam arhantaṃ samyaksaṃbuddham apahāya asya pāpecchasya pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanugacchata? iti; te kathayanti: āyuṣman rāhula evaṃvidhe durbhikṣe kṛcchre kāntāre bhagavān adarśano vyavasthitaḥ; vayaṃ (SBV II 205) devadattānubhāvāt prāṇair na viyuktāḥ; yadi devadattena traimāsīṃ bhikṣusaṃgho na pratipādito 'bhaviṣyat, ekaḥ bhikṣur na jīvito 'bhaviṣyad iti yadā devadattena tathāgatena śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ, tadā mahān pṛthivīcalo jātaḥ; ulkāpātā diśodāhāḥ; devadundubhayaḥ abhinadanti; niyamānavakrāntā niyamaṃ nāvakrāmanti; phalaṃ na prāpnuvanti; vairāgyaṃ na gacchati; āsravān na kṣapayanti; noddiśanti; na paṭhanti; na svādhyāyanti; sūtravinayadharābhidhārmikāraṇyakāḥ sūtravinayābhidharmāraṇyakacintāyāṃ na prayujyante; na śrāvakabodhau bījam āropayanti; na pratyekāyāṃ bodhau; nānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau; sadevamānuṣaṃ jagad vyākulaṃ vartate; trisahasramahāsahasre lokadhātau dharmacakraṃ viṣṭhitaṃ na satvasantāne vartate

Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana visit the Buddha and promise to him to restore the congregation

āyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau saṃlakṣayanti: kimartham ayaṃ mahāpṛthivīcālaḥ? iti; samanvāhṛtyārhatāṃ jñānadarśanaṃ na pravartate; tau samanvāhartuṃ pravṛttau; paśyataḥ: devadattena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhinnaṃ; tayor etad abhavat: gaccāvaḥ bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhātum iti; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau trayāṇāṃ vārṣikāṇāṃ māsānām atyayāt kṛtacīvarau niṣṭhitacīvarau samādāya pātracīvaraṃ yena rājagṛhaṃ tena cārikāṃ prakrāntau; anupūrveṇa cārikāṃ carantau rājagṛham anuprāptau; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau pātracīvaraṃ pratiśamayya pādau prakṣālya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; tena khalu samayena āyuṣmān rāhulo dvare tiṣṭhate; athāyuṣmān rāhulaḥ āyuṣmantaṃ śāriputram idam avocad upādyāya devadattena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ iti; (SBV II 206) sa kathayati: āyuṣman etadartham eva vayam āgatāḥ; alpotsukas tvaṃ bhava; pratisandhānaṃ kariṣyāmaḥ; ity uktvā bhagavatsakāśaṃ praviṣṭau; praviśya bahagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte niṣaṇṇau; ekāntaniṣaṇṇāv āyuṣmatau (A 499b) śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhagavantam idam avocatāṃ: gachāmo vayaṃ bhadanta tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ sandhātum iti

The sermon on the four merituous men

bhagavān āha: sādhu sādhu śāriputramaudgalyāyanau; bahu sa puṇyaṃ prasūyate apramāṇam asaṃkhyeyaṃ yas tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhatte, tadyathā śatachinnaṃ vālaṃ yaḥ koṭyā koṭiṃ pratisandadhyāt; evam eva sa bahu puṇyaṃ prasūyate aprameyam asaṃkhyeyaṃ yas tathāgatasya bhinnaṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ pratisandhatte catvāra ime śāriputramaudgalyāyanau brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavanti; katame catvāraḥ? 1) yaḥ pudgalaḥ apratiṣṭhitapūrve pṛthivīpradeśe tathāgatasya śārīraṃ stūpaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati; ayaṃ prathamaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 2) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ apratiṣṭhitapūrve pṛthivīpradeśe caturdiśasya bhikṣusaṃghasya vihāraṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati; ayaṃ dvitīyaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 3) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ tathāgataśrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhinnaṃ sandhatte; ayaṃ tritīyaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate; 4) punar aparaṃ yaḥ pudgalaḥ maitrīsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena ekāṃ diśam adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; tathā dvitīyāṃ tathā tṛtīyāṃ tathā caturthīm; ity ūrdhvam adhaḥ tiryak sarvaśaḥ sarvam imaṃ lokaṃ maitrīsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena (SBV II 207) mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; evaṃ karuṇāmuditaupekṣāsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; tathā dvitīyāṃ tathā tṛtīyāṃ tathā caturthīm; ity ūrdhvam adhaḥ tiryak sarvaśaḥ sarvam imaṃ lokaṃ upekṣāsahagatena cittena avaireṇa asapatnena avyābādhena vipulena mahadgatena apramāṇena subhāvitena ekāṃ diśam adhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; ayaṃ caturthaḥ pudgalaḥ brāhmaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavati; kalpaṃ svargeṣu modate

Śāriputra and Mahāmaudgalyāyana visit Devadatta and exhort the misguided monks to return to the true doctrine

āthāyuṣmantau śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntau; tena khalu samayena devadatto dakṣiṇāgiriṣu buddhalīlayā anudharmaṃ deśayati; kokāliko 'sya dakṣiṇe pārśve niṣaṇṇaḥ; khaṇḍadravyaḥ vāme; adrākṣīd devadattaḥ śāriputramaudgalyāyanau dūrād eva; dṛṣṭvā ca punaḥ saṃlakṣayati: mahāśrāvakā api mayā anvāvartitāḥ; idānīm ahaṃ sarvajñaḥ; kokālikaṃ khaṇḍadravyaṃ ca bāhubhyāṃ (A 500a) ghaṭṭayati uttiṣṭhottiṣṭheti; tau saṃlakṣayataḥ eṣa evāsmākaṃ doṣo yad asmābhir asya saṃghabhede sāhāyyaṃ kalpitam; uttiṣṭhāmaḥ; yadi prahāraṃ dadāti, balavān eṣa niyatam asmān hanti iti; tāv utthitau; āyuṣmān śāriputro dakṣiṇe pārśve niṣaṇṇaḥ; āyuṣmān maudgalyāyanaḥ uttare iti; tatra devadattaḥ āyuṣmantam śāriputram āmantrayate pratibhātu te śāriputra bhikṣūṇāṃ dharmyāṃ kathāṃ kathayituṃ; pṛṣṭhī me āvilāyati; tat tāvad āyāmayiṣye iti; adhivāsayaty āyuṣmān śāriputraḥ devadattasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha devadattaś caturguṇam uttarāsaṅgaṃ prajñapya dakṣiṇena pārśvena śayyāṃ kalpayitvā middham avakrāntaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa (SBV II 208) tathādhiṣṭhito yathottānakaḥ kāyena krathamanena avasthitaḥ; tatra āyuṣmān śāriputro bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: paśyata āyuṣmantaḥ śāstur avasthām: uttānakaḥ kāyena krathamānena middham avakrāntaḥ iti; athāyuṣmān śāriputraḥ āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocat: saṃvejaya āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana parṣadam iti; athāyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ yathā samāhite citte pūrvasyāṃ diśy upari vihāyasam abhyudgamya caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayati caṃkramyate tiṣṭhati niṣīdati śayyāṃ kalpayati; tejodhātum api samāpadyate; tejodhātusamāpannasya āyuṣmato mahāmaudgalyāyanasya vividhāny arciṃṣi kāyān niścaranti nīlāni pītāni lohitāny avadātāni māñjiṣṭhāni sphaṭikavarṇāni; yamakāny api prātihāryāṇi vidarśayati; adhaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati uparimāt kāyāt śītalā vāridhārā syandate; uparimaḥ kāyaḥ prajvalati addhaḥkāyāt śītalā vāridhārā syandate; yathā pūrvasyāṃ diśi evaṃ dakṣiṇasyāṃ paścimāyām uttarasyāṃ diśi; iti caturdiśaṃ caturvidhaṃ ṛddhiprātihāryaṃ vidarśya tān ṛddhyabhisaṃskārān pratiprasrabhya prajñapta evāsane niṣaṇṇaḥ; āyuṣmantā ca mahāmaudgalyāyanena te bhikṣavaḥ saṃvejitāḥ; tata āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa teṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ tathāvidho dharmo deśitaḥ; yaṃ śrutvā devadatte nirapekṣāḥ saṃvṛttāḥ; uktāś ca: yeṣāṃ vaḥ āyuṣmantaḥ śāstā priyaḥ te uttiṣṭhantu; gacchāmaḥ iti

Many misled monks are led back to the Buddha and readmitted into the order without a word of reproach

āyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau saṃprasthitau; bhikṣavaḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhataḥ samanubaddhāḥ; kokālikena devadattaḥ utthāpyate: utthiṣṭhottiṣṭha; mahāśrāvakais te parṣad apahriyate iti; athāyuṣmataḥ śāriputrasya etad abhavad: yadi devadattasa apaśyataḥ parṣadaṃ neṣyāmi sthānam etad vidyate yad uṣṇaṃ rudhiraṃ chardayitvā kālaṃ kariṣyati; paśyata eva netavyā iti; tau mandagatipracāratayā saṃghasametau gacchataḥ; devadatto 'pi tīvreṇa paryavasthānena akṣiṇī saṃparimārjan pradhāvitaḥ; āyuṣmatā śāriputreṇa atiparamabhīṣaṇapātālaprakhyā (A 500b) gartā nirmitā; devadattaḥ kokālikakhaṇḍadravyakaṭamorakatiṣyasamudradattaiḥ sārdhaṃ samantatas tāṃ gartāṃ paribhramitum ārabdhaḥ; na śaknoty uttartuṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: (SBV II 209) na ca parṣadam ārāgayiṣyāmi; atha ca punar anayena vyasanam āpatsyāmi; iti viditvā pratinivṛttaḥ; āyuṣmantāv api śāriputramaudgalyāyanau bhikṣusaṃgham ādāya yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntau; atha te bhikṣavaḥ ālekhajātāḥ madgubhūtāḥ srastaskandhā adhomukhā bhagavatsakāśam upasaṃkrāmanti: kathaṃ vā vayaṃ bhagavantam aprameyaguṇasamanvāgatam apahāya pāpecchaṃ devadattaṃ saṃsṛtāḥ iti; atha bhagavān teṣāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ cetasā cittam ājñāya bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: svāgataṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ supravrajitaṃ; sulabdho vo manuṣyapratilambhaḥ; kadācit karhicid āryāyatane pratyājātiḥ indriyair avikalatā ajaḍatā aneḍamūkatā ahastasaṃvācikatā pratibalatā subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāṃ dharmāṇām artham ājñātuṃ; kadācit karhicit tathāgatā arhantaḥ samyaksaṃbuddhā loka utpadyante; kadācit karhicit tathāgatapraveditasya dharmavinayasya loke dharmadeśanā prajñāyate; tad idaṃ bhikṣavaḥ sudurlabhaṃ sudurlabhaṃ yaduta āryāyatane pratyājātiḥ, indriyair avikalatā ajaḍatā aneḍamūkatā ahastasaṃvācikatā pratibalatā subhāṣitadurbhāṣitānāṃ dharmāṇām artham ājñātuṃ; ahaṃ caitarhi śāstā loka utpannaḥ tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; dharmaś ca deśyate aupaśamikaḥ pārinirvāṇikaḥ saṃbodhigāmī saugatapratisaṃveditaḥ yaduta asmin sati idaṃ bhavati; asyotpādād idam utpadyate; yaduta avidyāpratyāyāḥ saṃskārāḥ; saṃskārapratyayaṃ vijñānaṃ vijñānapratyayaṃ nāmarūpaṃ nāmarūpapratyayaṃ ṣaḍāyatanaṃ ṣaḍāyatanapratyayaḥ sparśaḥ sparśapratyayā vedanā vedanāpratyayā tṛṣṇā tṛṣṇāpratyaym upādānaṃ upādānapratyayo bhavaḥ bhavapratyayā jātiḥ jātipratyayāḥ jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsāḥ saṃbhavanti; evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya samudayo bhavati; yaduta asminn asati na bhavati; asya nirodhād idaṃ nirudhyate; yaduta avidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodhaḥ saṃskāranirodhād vijñānanirodho vijñānanirodhān nāmarūpanirodho nāmarūpanirodhāt ṣaḍāyatananirodhaḥ ṣaḍāyatananirodhāt sparśanirodhaḥ sparśanirodhād vedanānirodhaḥ vedanānirodhāt (SBV II 210) tṛṣṇānirodhaḥ tṛṣṇānirodhād upādānanirodhaḥ upādānanirodhād bhavanirodho bhavanirodhāj jātinirodhaḥ jātinirodhāj jarāmaraṇaśokaparidevaduḥkhadaurmanasyopāyāsā nirudhyante evam asya kevalasya mahato duḥkhaskandhasya nirodho bhavati; tasmāt tarhi (A 501a) bhikṣavaḥ ātmārthaṃ samanupaśyadbhiḥ parārthaṃ cobhayārthaṃ ca idaṃ pratisaṃśikṣitavyaṃ: kaccin naḥ pravrajya amoghā bhaviṣyanti kriyāḥ saphalāḥ sukhodayāḥ sukhavipākāḥ; yeṣāṃ ca paribhokṣyāmahe cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkārān teṣāṃ te kārāḥ kṛtāḥ atyarthaṃ mahāphalā bhaviṣyanti mahānuśaṃsāḥ mahādyutayaḥ mahāvistārāḥ ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam yadā te bhikṣavo bhagavatā svāgatavādena supravrajitavādena samudācaritāḥ tadā teṣāṃ yat tad abhūn madgutvaṃ kaukṛtyam ālekhaḥ vilekhaḥ vipratisāraḥ tat sarveṇa sarvaṃ prativigataṃ; tato 'nye bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: kiṃ bhadanta bhagavatā karma kṛtaṃ yasya karmaṇo vipākena bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: tathāgatenaiva bhikṣavaḥ pūrvam anyāsu jātiṣu karmāṇi kṛtāny upacitāni pūrvavad yāvat phalanti khalu dehinām

The story of a ṛṣi living in the country (concerning a previous birth of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasminn āśramapade mūlapuṣpaphalasalilasaṃpanne nānāvṛkṣopaśobhite anekapakṣigaṇaniṣevite ṛṣiḥ prativasati paṃcānām ṛṣiśatānāṃ pramukhaḥ; yāvad anyaḥ ṛṣiḥ janapadacārikāṃ caran tadāśramapadam anuprāptaḥ; sa tena ṛṣiṇā na samyak pratimānitaḥ; tena saṃjātāmarṣeṇa tasya parṣad bhidyate: ayaṃ pāpecchaḥ ṛṣir na kiṃcid api jānīte; kimartham asya sakāśe tiṣṭhatha? āgacchata; mayā sārdhaṃ gacchata; ahaṃ yuṣmān paṃcasv abhijñāsu pratiṣṭhāpayāmi iti; tena bhidyamānās te tasya ṛṣer avavādena avatiṣṭhante; tena ṛṣiṇā saṃlakṣitam: anena pāpakāriṇā mamaite ṛṣayo bhinnāḥ iti; sa tam upasāntvayitum ārabdhaḥ: mā āyuṣman parṣadbhedaṃ kuru; naiṣa ṛṣidharmaḥ iti; tathāpy asau bhinatty eva, nāvatiṣṭhate iti sa ṛṣir durmanāḥ upāyasaṃvidhānena avasthitaḥ; asati buddhānām utpāde pratyekabuddhā loka (SBV II 211) utpadyante hīnadīnānukampakāḥ prāntaśayanāsanabhaktāḥ ekadakṣiṇīyā lokasya; atha anyatamaḥ pratyekabuddho janapadacārikāṃ caran tasya ṛṣer āśramapadam anuprāptaḥ; tenāsau dṛṣṭaḥ kāyaprāsādikaḥ śānteryāpathaś ca; sa taṃ dṛṣṭvā abhiprasannaḥ; tena tasmai kārān kṛtvā mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ kṛtaṃ: yan mamānena pāparṣiṇā parṣadbhedaḥ kṛtaḥ aham asya sarvajñeyavaśiprāptasyāpi parṣadbhedaṃ kuryām iti kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau jānapadaḥ ṛṣiḥ yena tasya ṛṣeḥ parṣad bhinnā aham eva saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau naivāsikaḥ ṛṣiḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yan mayā asya parṣad bhinnā tasya karmaṇo vipākena anena mithyāpraṇidhānaṃ kṛtvā saṃgho mama bhinnaḥ; iti hi bhikṣavaḥ ekāntakṛṣṇānāṃ pūrvavad ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ (A 501b) sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattena sabāhyān abhyantarīkṛtya abhyantarāṃś ca bāhyīkṛtya parṣad hāritā iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi, yathā atīte 'py adhvany anena sabāhyān abhyantarīkṛtya abhyantarāṃś ca bāhyīkṛtya parṣad hāritā; tac chrūyatām

The story of a jackal, Śatadru by name (concerning a previous life of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe sṛgālaḥ prāṇī prativasati; sa atilolupaḥ araṇye paryaṭati grāme 'pi; so 'nupūrveṇa paryaṭan nīlarajakagṛhaṃ praviṣṭaḥ; nīlakuṇḍe patitaḥ; tena ghṛṇā gṛhītā; tasya nātidūre ūṣasya puñjas tiṣṭhati; sa tasmin patitaḥ pārśvena pārśvaṃ luṭhitaḥ; sa bhūyasyā mātrayā śarīraṃ jugupsamānaḥ pānīye patitaḥ; utthāya saṃprasthitaḥ ādityaraśmispṛṣṭaḥ mecakavarṇo jātaḥ; yāvat sṛgālair dṛṣṭaḥ; te samantād vidrutāḥ; dūre sthitvā kathayanti: kas tvaṃ? kuto vā abhyāgataḥ? iti; sa kathayati: (SBV II 212) ahaṃ śatadrunāmā śakreṇa devendreṇa catuṣpadānāṃ rājye abhiṣiktaḥ iti; sṛgālāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: apūrvarūpo 'yaṃ; nūnam evaṃ bhaviṣyati iti; sṛgālaiḥ sarvacatuṣpadānāṃ niveditaṃ; siṃhāḥ saṃlakṣayanti: ko 'sāv asmat prativiśiṣṭo yaś catuṣpadānāṃ rājā bhaviṣyati? gacchāmas tāvat; svasya yūthapater nivedayāmaḥ iti; teṣāṃ yūthapatir anyatamasmin parvataikadeśe nivasati; sa kesarī paṭṭadhārī; tais tasya niveditaṃ; tenānyacatuṣpadasya ājñā dattā: gaccha catuṣpadādhipatiṃ nirīkṣasva kim asau kenacic catuṣpadena dṛṣṭo na vā iti; sa tena gatvā pratyavekṣitaḥ apūrvadarśanaḥ; sarvaiś catuṣpadaiḥ parivṛtaḥ sthāpayitvā siṃhān; tena tasya yathādṛṣṭaṃ gatvā niveditaṃ; sa śrutvā siṃhayūthaparivṛtaḥ tasya sakāśam abhigataḥ; so 'nekacatuṣpadaparivṛtaḥ hastiskandhābhirūḍhaḥ anvāhiṇḍate; taṃ parivārya siṃhā gacchanti; tato vyāghrāḥ; tato 'nye catuṣpadāḥ; teṣāṃ bahir dūreṇa sṛgālāḥ; tasya mātā anyasmin parvatakuñje prativasati; tasyās tena sṛgālaḥ preṣitaḥ: āgaccha putrarājyaṃ pratyanubhava iti; sā kathayati: kīdṛśaḥ tasya parivāraḥ? iti; sa kathayati: siṃhavyāghrā hastinaś ca abhyantaraparivāraḥ; vayaṃ tu bāhyāḥ iti; sā kathayati: gaccha; vinaṣṭaḥ sa iti; sā gāthāṃ bhāṣate

sa gataḥ; tena teṣāṃ sṛgālānāṃ niveditaṃ: sṛgāla evāyaṃ catuṣpadānāṃ rājā; dṛṣṭāsya mayā mātā, yā amuṣmin parvatanikuñe prativasati iti; te kathayanti: yady evaṃ vayam enaṃ jñāsyāmaḥ sṛgālo vā na vā iti; dharmatā hy eṣā sṛgālānāṃ yaḥ sṛgālaśabdaṃ śrutvā na vāśate, tasya romāṇi patiṣyanti; sṛgālā vāśitum ārabdhāḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: yady ahaṃ na raumi, niyataṃ mama romāṇi patiṣyanti; yadi (A 502a) hastiskandhād avatīrya raviṣyāmi, mām ete praghātayiṣyanti; atraiva viraumi iti; sa hastiskandha eva vāśitum ārabdhaḥ; hastinā jñātaṃ sṛgālo māṃ vahatīti; tenāsau pātayitvā padbhyāṃ marditaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV II 213)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau sṛgālaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattaḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa abhyantarān bāhyīkṛtya bāhyāṃś ca abhyantarīkṛtya anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy anena abhyantarān bāhyīkṛtya bāhyāṃś ca abhyantarīkṛtya pariṣad hāritā

devadatta gets angry with Kokālika and Khaṇḍadravya

yadā āyuṣmadbhyāṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devattasya parṣad apahṛtā tadā devadattaḥ kokālikaṃ khaṇḍadravyaṃ ca tāḍayitum ārabdhaḥ: yuvābhyāṃ mama parṣad hāritā iti; bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta anyair devadattasya parṣad apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditam iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvany anyenaivāsya bhāryā apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditaṃ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the elephant (concerning a previous life of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin pradeśe hastiyūthapatiḥ prativasati; tatrāpy anyatamasya hastino 'nyatarā hastinī bahumatā; sānyatamasmin kalabhake 'tyarthaṃ saktā; tayāsau kalabha ucyate; niṣpalāyāmahe iti; sa kathayati: ko 'sāv upāyo yena niṣpalāyyāmahe iti; sā kathayati: aham upāyaṃ jāne; tayor gajo 'bhihitaḥ; snāyāmo hradam avatarāmaḥ iti; so 'vatīrṇaḥ; sā kathayati: paśyāmaḥ kaḥ āvayoś cirataraṃ nimagnas tiṣṭhati iti; sa mohapuñjas tayā sārdham udake nimagnaḥ; sā utthāya kalabhahastinā niṣpalāyitā; sa hastī ciraṃ sthitvā utthito na paśyati; sa saṃlakṣayati: bhūyo nimajjāmi mā me syāt parājayaḥ iti; bhūyo nimagnaḥ dantau nikhātyāvasthitaḥ sucirād gatapratyudgataprāṇaḥ; vyutthito na paśyati tāṃ hastinīṃ; sa taṃ hradam itaś cāmutaś ca kṣobhayitum ārabdhaḥ; tena tatra bahavo matsyakacchapamaṇḍūkādayaḥ prāṇino 'nayena vyasanam āpaditāḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV II 214)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau hastināgaḥ devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy asya anyena bhāryā apahṛtā; anyeṣām anena duḥkham utpāditaṃ

bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta āyuṣmadbhyāṃ (A 502b) śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devadattasya vīcim āgamayamānābhyāṃ vīcir labdhaḥ iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi; yathā atīte 'py adhvani śāriputramaudgalyāyanābhyāṃ devadattasya vīcim āgamayamānābhyāṃ vīcir labdhaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of a leader of the thieves (concerning a previous life of Devadatta, etc)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavaḥ anyatamasmin karvaṭake iṣvastrācāryaḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sā aṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dārikā jātā; tasyās trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān vistareṇa jātāyā jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kulasadṛśaṃ (SBV II 215) nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sā unnītā vardhitā mahatī saṃvṛttā; iṣvastrācāryaḥ saṃlakṣayati: iyaṃ dārikā na mayā kasyacid rūpeṇa dātavyā na śīlena nāpi dhanena; api tu yo matsakāśāt paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī bhavati, tasyaiṣā mayā deyā iti; tasya ca sakāśād dvau māṇavau iṣvastraṃ śikṣitau; tatraikaḥ paṃcasu sthāneṣu kṛtāvī; dvitīyas tu chedye kṛtāvī saṃvṛttaḥ; tasmai tena sā dārikā dattā; so 'nyaḥ saṃjātāmarṣaḥ corāṇāṃ madhyaṃ praviṣṭaḥ, paṃcānāṃ coraśatānāṃ senāpatir jātaḥ; sa ekasmin pradeśe mārgaṃ badhvā avasthitaḥ; prathamas tāṃ patnīṃ pariṇīya ratha āropya svagṛhaṃ saṃprasthitaḥ; yāvac corabhayāt sārthaḥ agrato gacchan sthitaḥ; sa kathayati: bhavanto gacchata; kiṃ tiṣṭhatha? iti; te kathayanti: corair mārgo baddhaḥ iti; sa kathayati: āryā gacchata; kiṃ kariṣyanti iti; sa saṃprasthitaḥ; sārthikāḥ kathayanti: bhavanto gacchatv eṣaḥ; tiṣṭhāmas tāvat; sthānam etad vidyate yad ayam ātmānaṃ dārayiṣyati; patnīṃ ca hārayiṣyati iti; corā vṛkṣam adhiruhya digavalokanaṃ kurvanto 'vasthitāḥ; tair asau rathābhirūḍho dṛṣṭaḥ; kathayanti: bhavantaḥ puruṣo rathābhirūḍhaḥ āgacchati iti; corasenāpatinā dūto 'nupreṣitaḥ: nivartaya ratham iti; sa kathayati: bhavantaḥ śūrasya śūraparihāraṃ prayacchata iti; te kathayanti: vayam api śūrāḥ iti; senāpatinā paṃca corāḥ preṣitāḥ; tena te praghātitāḥ; evaṃ viṃśatir āgatāḥ, te 'pi praghātitāḥ; yāvat sarve praghātitāḥ; senāpatir eko 'vaśiṣṭaḥ; sa khaḍgam ādāya agrataḥ sthitaḥ; sa śarān kṣeptum ārabdhaḥ; sa khadgena chinatti; yāvat tena paṃcaśatikas tūṇīraḥ kṣiptaḥ; tena sarve khaḍgena chinnāḥ; ekaḥ śaro 'vasthitaḥ; sa taṃ na muñcati; sā dārikā kathayati: muñca śaraṃ; kimarthaṃ tiṣṭhati? iti; sa kathayati: eṣa eva eko 'vaśiṣṭaḥ, eṣa cen muktaḥ, ahaṃ praghātitaḥ; tvaṃ cāpahṛtā iti; tataḥ sā dārikā vijṛmbhamāṇā veṇiṃ bandhum ārabdhā; corasenāpatis tasyām avekṣamāṇāyām nirīkṣitum ārabdhaḥ; sa tena śareṇa marmaṇi tāḍitaḥ; sa mriyamāṇo gāthāṃ bhāṣate (SBV II 216) (A 503a)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau rathikaḥ śāriputraḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yāsau dārikā maudgalyāyanaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau corasenāpatir devadattaḥ saḥ tena kālena tena samayena; tadā ābhyām asya vīciṃ paryeṣamāṇābhyāṃ vīcir labdhā; etarhy api ābhyām asya vīciṃ paryeṣamāṇābhyāṃ vīcir labdhā

The fruit of monachal life in the visible world Ajātaśatru visits the Buddha

1. buddho bhagavān rājagṛhe varṣā upagato jīvakasya kumārabhṛtasya āmravaṇe; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ tadaiva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām upariprāsādatalagataḥ amātyān āmantrayate: hambho grāmaṇyaḥ evaṃrūpāyāṃ jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ kim asmābhiḥ karaṇīyaṃ syāt? 2. athānyatamā avaruddhikā strī rājānam ajātaśatruṃ vaidehīputram idam avocat: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaḥ paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍed rameta paricārayed idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 3. athānyatamā avaruddhikā evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaḥ rājagṛhasya nagarasya anuparyāyapathakān anvāhiṇḍan paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaḥ samanvaṅgībhūtaḥ krīḍed rameta paricārayed idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 4. udāyibhadra kumāraḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām (SBV II 217) abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ yad devaś caturaṅgabalakāyaṃ sannāhya hastikāyaṃ rathakāyam aśvakāyaṃ pattikāyaṃ pararāṣṭraṃ paraviṣayaṃ gatvā mahāntaṃ saṅgrāmaṃ saṅgrāmya vijitasaṃgrāmaḥ tadaiva saṃgrāmaśirasi nirjito 'dhyāvased; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 5. athānyataro vṛddhāmātyaḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā ca janakāyena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ paṃcamātrāṇām ājīvikaśatānāṃ pramukhaḥ; so 'smin rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 6. athānyataro vṛddhāmātyaḥ evam āha: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām (A 503b) āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ maskarī gośālīputraḥ sañjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyanaḥ tathā ca nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā ca gaṇena saṃpuraskṛtaḥ amuṣminn eva rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 7. tena khalu samayena jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ tasyām eva parṣadi sanniṣaṇṇo 'bhūt sannipatitaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam āmantrayate: aho jīvaka kim asi tuṣṇīṃ? kiṃ na lapasi? sa kathayati: evaṃrūpāyāṃ deva jyotsnāyāṃ rātryām āṣāḍhyāṃ varṣopanāyikāyām abhijñātāyām abhilakṣitāyāṃ pūrṇāyāṃ paurṇamāsyām ayaṃ devaḥ bhagavān saṃghī ca gaṇī ca gaṇācāryaś ca sādhurūpasaṃmato bahujanasya mahatā gaṇena ca saṃpuraskṛtaḥ asminn eva rājagṛhe varṣā upagataḥ asmākam eva āmravaṇe; taṃ devaḥ paryupāsīta; idam ahaṃ devasya karaṇīyaṃ manye 8. tena khalu samayena rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya (SBV II 218) bhagavannimmaṃ cittaṃ bhagavatpravaṇaṃ bhagavatprāgbhāraṃ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: gacha jīvaka hastināgaṃ sannāhaya yatrāham abhirūḍhaḥ adyaiva bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramiṣyāmi; evaṃ deveti jīvikaḥ kumārabhṛto rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya pratiśrutya mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ sannāhya paṃcamātrāṇi hastinīśatāni paṃcamātrāṇi avaruddhikāśatāni pradīpikāhastāni pratyekapratyekaṃ hastinīṣv āropya yena rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrus tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya rājānaṃ māgadham ajātaśatruṃ vaidehīputram idam avocat: sannaddho devasya mahān hastināgaḥ; yasyedānīṃ devaḥ kālaṃ manyate iti; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ mahāntaṃ hastināgam abhiruhya paṃcamātrair avaruddhikāśataiḥ pratyekapratyekaṃ hastinīṣv abhirūḍhaiḥ pradīpikāhastaiḥ saṃpuraskṛto rājagṛhān niryāti bhagavato 'ntikaṃ bhagavantaṃ darśanāya upasaṃkramituṃ pratyupāsanāya 9. tena khalu samayena rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ vṛjibhiḥ sārdhaṃ viruddhaḥ; atho rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya samanantaraniṣkrāntasya rājagṛhād abhūd bhayam abhūt chambhitatvam abhūd romaharaḥ: mā me jīvakaḥ kumārabhṛtaḥ ghātayitukāmo bhavati? vañcayitukāmo vā? vadhakebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? iti viditvā jīvikaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: māsi māṃ jīvika ghātayitukāmo vā lāpayitukāmo vā vañcayitukāmo vā (A 504a) vadhakebhyo vā pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? sa evam āha: nāhaṃ deva tvāṃ ghātayitukāmaḥ na lāpayitukāmaḥ na vañcayitukāmaḥ nāpi vadhakebhyaḥ pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ iti 10. atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ jīvikaṃ kumārabhṛtam idam avocat: kiyatparivāraḥ sa bhagavān sātirekāny asya ardhatrayodaśabhikṣuśatāni; aho jīvaka kathaṃ tvaṃ māṃ na ghātayitukāmo vā na lāpayitukāmo vā nāpi vadhakebhyo vā pratyarthikebhyaḥ pratyamitrebhyo vā anupradāpayitukāmaḥ? yatredānīm iyatparivārasya naivotkāsanaśabdaḥ śrūyate? alpaśabdakāmo deva sa bhagavān alpaśabdanirataḥ alpaśabdasaṃtuṣṭaḥ (SBV II 219) alpaśabdatāyāś ca sa varṇavādī; tasya parṣad alpaśabdaiva; tena hi deva tvaritatvaritaṃ mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ preraya; tathā hy ālokyate maṇḍalavāṭe tailapradyotanābhā; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ tvaritatvaritaṃ mahāntaṃ hastināgaṃ prerayati; tasya yāvatī yānasya bhūmis tāvad yānena gatvā tasmād avatīrya padbhyām evārāmaṃ prāvikṣat 11. tena khalu samayena bhagavān madhye bhikṣusaṃghasya niṣaṇṇaḥ hrada ivāccho viprasannaḥ anāvilaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ maṇḍalavāṭam anusaṃyāya jīvakaṃ kumārabhṛtam āmantrayate: kutra jīvaka sa bhagavān eṣa deva bhagavān madhye bhikṣusaṃghasya niṣaṇṇaḥ hrada ivāccho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ; atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya ekāṃsam uttarāsaṅgaṃ kṛtvā dakṣiṇaṃ jānumaṇḍalaṃ pṛthivyāṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yena bhagavāṃs tenāñjaliṃ praṇamayya bhagavanatm idam avocat: yadrūpeṇa bhadanta bhagavān cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgato bhikṣusaṃghaś ca tadrūpeṇa cittadamavyupaśamena samanvāgato udāyibhadraḥ kumāraḥ bhavatu iti; sādhu sādhu mahārāja pravakṣyāmi, mahārāja svakaṃ prema; niṣīda tvaṃ mahārāja yathāsvake āsane

Ajātaśatru asks the Buddha if it is possible to show any visible benefit to be derived from asceticism

12. atha rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā ekānte nyaṣīdad; ekāntaniṣaṇṇo rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ bhagavantam idam avocat: pṛcchema vayaṃ bhadanta bhagavantaṃ kaṃcid eva pradeśaṃ saced avakāśaṃ kuryāt praśnasya vyākaraṇāya; pṛccha mahārāja yad evākāṅkṣase 13. ime bhadanta pṛthakśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā (SBV II 220) mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān (A 504b) bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum? abhijānāsi tvaṃ mahārāja itaḥ pūrvam anyān api śramaṇabrāhmaṇān evaṃrūpaṃ praśnaṃ praṣṭu? abhijānāmi bhadanta

Ajātaśatru narrates how he propounded this same question to Pūraṇa Kāśyapa, etc., and any of them expounded him his own theory

14. eko 'yaṃ bhadanta samayaḥ, ahaṃ yena pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya pūraṇaṃ kāśyapam evaṃ vadāmi: ime bhadanta kāsyapa pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum 15. sa evam āha: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; nāsti dattaṃ nāsti iṣṭaṃ nāsti hutaṃ nāsti sucaritaṃ nāsti sucaritaduścaritānāṃ karmaṇāṃ phalavipākaḥ nāsty ayaṃ lokaḥ nāsti paralokaḥ nāsti mātā nāsti pitā nāsti satva upapādukaḥ na santi (SBV II 221) loke 'rhantaḥ samyaggatāḥ samyakpratipannāḥ ye imaṃ ca lokaṃ paraṃ ca lokaṃ dṛṣṭa eva dharme svayam abhijñayā sākṣātkṛtvā upasaṃpadya pravedayante: kṣīṇā me jātiḥ uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānīmaḥ iti; ihaiva jīvo jīvati sa pretyocchidyate vinaśyati na bhavati paraṃ maraṇād cāturmahābhautikaḥ puruṣasya samucchrayaḥ; yasmin samaye kālaṃ karoti tasya pṛthivyāṃ pṛthivīkāyaḥ upaiti; apsu apkāyaḥ; tejasi tejaḥkāyaḥ; vāyau vāyukāyaḥ; ākāśe indriyāṇy anuparivartante; āsandīpañcamāḥ puruṣāḥ puruṣam ādāya śmaśānam anuvrajanty ādahanāt paraṃ na prajñāyate; bhasmībhavanti āhutayaḥ; kapotavarṇāny asthīny avatiṣṭhanti iti; dṛptopajñātaṃ dānaṃ; paṇḍitopajñātaḥ parigrahaḥ; tatra ye astivādinaḥ sarve te riktaṃ tucchaṃ mṛṣā pralapanti iti bālaś ca paṇḍitaś ca ubhāv api etau pretya ucchidyete vinaśyataḥ na bhavataḥ paraṃ maraṇāt 16. tadyathā bhadanta āmrāṇi pṛṣṭaḥ lakucāni vyākuryāt, lakucāni vā pṛṣṭaḥ āmrāṇi vyākuryād eva pūraṇaḥ kāśyapaḥ mayā sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ nāstitām eva vyākārṣīt; tasya mama bhadanta etad abhavat; na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yan mādṛśo vijñapuruṣaḥ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayed iti; so 'haṃ bhadanta pūraṇasya kāśyapasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; (A 505a) anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Maskarī Gośāliputra' theory

17. so 'haṃ yena maskarī gośāliputraḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya maskariṇaṃ gośāliputram evaṃ vadāmi: ime bhadanta maskarin pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum 18. sa evam āha: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; nāsti hetuḥ nāsti pratyayaḥ; satvā saṃkliṣyante? ahetvapratyayaṃ satvāḥ saṃkliṣyante; nāsti hetuḥ nāsti pratyayaḥ satvāḥ viśudhyante (SBV II 222) ahetvapratyayaṃ satvā viśudhyante; nāsti hetur nāsti pratyayaḥ; satvānām ajñānādarśane bhavataḥ ahetvapratyayaṃ satvānām ajñānādarśane bhavataḥ; nāsti hetur nāsti pratyayaḥ; satvānāṃ jñānādarśane bhavataḥ? ahetvapratyayaṃ satvānāṃ jñānādarśane bhavataḥ; nāsti balaṃ nāsti vīryaṃ nāsti balavīryaṃ nāsti puruṣakāraḥ nāsti parākramāḥ nāsti puruṣakāraparākramaḥ; nāsty ātmakāraḥ na parakāraḥ anātmakāraparakārāḥ sarve bhūtāḥ asthāmā abalā avaśā avīryā aparākramāḥ niyatasaṃgatibhāvapariṇatāḥ sukhaduḥkhaṃ pratisaṃvedayante yaduta ṣaṭsv abhijātiṣu 19. tadyathā puruṣaḥ āmrāṇi pṛṣṭaḥ lakucāni vyākuryāt, lakucāni vā pṛṣṭaḥ āmrāṇi vyākuryād evam eva maskarī gośāliputraḥ mayā sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ ahetutām eva vyākārṣīt; tasya mama etad abhavat; katham idānīṃ mādṛśo vijñapuruṣaḥ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayed iti; so 'haṃ maskariṇo gośāliputrasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāya āsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Sañjayī Vairaṭṭīputra's theory

20. so 'haṃ yena sañjayī vairaṭṭīputras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya sañjayinaṃ vairaṭṭīputram idam avocam: ime bhadanta sañjayin pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum 21. sa evam āha: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; kurvataḥ kārayataḥ chindataḥ chedayataḥ pacataḥ pācayataḥ hiṃsato ghātayataḥ prāṇino hiṃsataḥ adattam ādadataḥ kāmeṣu mithyā carataḥ saṃprajānaṃ (A 505b) mṛṣāvādaṃ bhāṣamāṇasya madyapānaṃ (SBV II 223) pibataḥ sandhiṃ chindato granthiṃ muñcataḥ nirlopaṃ harataḥ paripanthaṃ tiṣṭhataḥ; grāmaghātaṃ kurvataḥ, nagaraghātaṃ janapadaghātaṃ kṣuraparyantīkṛtena vā cakreṇa ye 'syāṃ mahāpṛthivyāṃ prāṇinas tān sarvān saṃchindataḥ saṃbhindataḥ saṃkuṭṭayataḥ saṃpradālayataḥ tān sarvān saṃchindya saṃbhindya saṃkuṭṭya saṃpradālya ekamāṃsakhalaṃ kurvataḥ māṃsapiṇḍaṃ māṃsapuñjaṃ māṃsarāśim; idaṃ pratisaṃśikṣato nāsty atonidānaṃ pāpaṃ nāsty atonidānaṃ pāpasyāgamaḥ dakṣiṇena nadīṃ gaṅgāṃ chindan bhindan vāgacched uttareṇa vā nadyā gaṃgāyā dadad vyajamānāḥ āgacchen nāsty atonidānaṃ puṇyapāpaṃ; nāsty atonidānaṃ puṇyapāpasyāgamaḥ; yaduta dānena damena saṃyamena arthacaryayā samānārthatayā iti kurvatā na kriyata eva puṇyam iti 22. tadyathā bhadanta puruṣaḥ āmrāṇi pṛṣṭaḥ lakucāni vyākuryāt, lakucāni vā pṛṣṭaḥ āmrāṇi vyākuryād evam eva saḥ; mayā sañjayī vairaṭṭīputraḥ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ praśnaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ akriyām eva vyākārṣīt; tasya mama etad abhavat; katham idānīṃ mādṛśo vijñapuruṣaḥ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayed iti; so 'haṃ sañjayino vairaṭṭīputrasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Ajita Keśakambala's theory

23. so 'haṃ yena ajitaḥ keśakambalas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya ajitaṃ keśakambalam idam avocam: ime bhadanta ajita pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum (SBV II 224) 24. evam uktaḥ ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ mām idam avocat: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; sapta ime kāyāḥ akṛtāḥ akṛtakṛtāḥ anirmitāḥ anirmāṇakṛtāḥ avadhyāḥ kūṭasthāḥ iṣīkāvad avasthitaḥ; katame sapta tadyathā pṛthivīkāyaḥ apkāyaḥ tejaḥkāyaḥ vāyukāyaḥ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ jīvajīvam eva saptamam itīme sapta kāyāḥ akṛtāḥ akṛtakṛtāḥ anirmitāḥ anirmāṇakṛtāḥ avadhyāḥ kūṭasthāḥ iṣīkāvad avasthitaḥ; te neñjanti; na pariṇamanti; nānyonyaṃ vyābādhante puṇyāya vā pāpāya vā; puṇyapāpāya vā; sukhāya vā duḥkhāya vā; sukhaduḥkhāya vā; yo 'py asau puruṣaḥ puruṣasya śiraś chinatti so 'pi na kiṃcil loke vyābādhate trasaṃ vā sthāvaraṃ vā saptānāṃ kāyānāṃ vivaram antareṇa śastraṃ vyativartate; na cātra jīvo vadhyate; tatra nāsti kaścid hantā vā ghātayitā vā (A 506a) chettā vā chedayitā vā; smartā vā smārayitā vā; cottā vā codayitā vā; vijñaptā vā vijñāpayitā vā; caturdaśemāni yonipramukhasahasrāṇi ṣaṣṭisahasrāṇi mahāpratipadaḥ ṣaṭ śatāni pañca ca karmāṇi trīṇi ca karmāṇi dve ca karmaṇī karma ca ardhakarma ca dvāṣaṣṭiḥ karmāṇi dvāṣaṣṭiḥ antarapratipadaḥ sapta saṃjñāḥ viṃśatyadhikaṃ narakaśataṃ triṃśadadhikam indriyaśataṃ ṣaṭtriṃśad rajodhātavaḥ ekānnapañcāśan nāgakulasahasrāṇi ekānnapañcāśat suparṇikulasahasrāṇy ekānnapañcāśad ājīvakulasahasrāṇy ekānnapañcāśad acelakulasahasrāṇy ekānnapañcāśan nigranthakulasahasrāṇy sapta saṃjñikalpāḥ sapta (SBV II 225) asaṃjñikalpāḥ sapta surāḥ sapta paiśācāḥ sapta ādityāḥ sapta mānuṣāḥ sapta sarāṃsi sapta saraśśatāni sapta apāyāḥ sapta apāyaśatāni sapta svapnāḥ sapta svapnaśatāni sapta prabuddhāḥ sapta prabuddhaśatānisapta prapātāḥ sapta prapātaśatāni ṣaḍ abhijātayo daśa abhivṛddhayaḥ aṣṭau mahāpuruṣabhūmayaḥ iti; imāni caturaśītir mahākalpasahasrāṇi yāni bālaś ca paṇḍitaś ca saṃdhāvya saṃsṛtya duḥkhasyāntaṃ kurutaḥ; tadyathā laghusūtraguḍakam upari vihāyasā kṣiptaṃ yāvat pṛthivīm udveṣṭyamānaṃ paraity evam evaitāni caturaśītir mahākalpasahasrāṇi yāni bālaś ca paṇḍitaś ca saṃdhāvya saṃsṛtya duḥkhasyāntaṃ kurutaḥ; tatra nāsti kaścit śramaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ya evaṃ vadet: aham anena śīlena vā vratena vā tapasā vā brahmacaryavāsena vā aparipakvaṃ vā karma paripācayiṣyāmi paripakvaṃ vā karma spṛṣṭvā vāntīkariṣyāmi; dhruvam idaṃ sukhaduḥkham; utkarṣāpakarṣau na prajñāyete; evaṃ vā no vā tulitaḥ saṃsāraḥ iti 25. tadyathā bhadanta puruṣaḥ āmrāṇi pṛṣṭaḥ lakucāni vyākuryāt, lakucāni vā pṛṣṭaḥ āmrāṇi vyākuryād evam eva ajitaḥ keśakambalaḥ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ saṃsāraśuddhatām eva vyākārṣīt; tasya mama etad abhavat; katham idānīṃ mādṛśo vijñapuruṣaḥ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayed iti; so 'ham ajitasya keśakambalasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Nirgrantha Jñātiputra's theory

26. so 'haṃ yena nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya nirgranthaṃ jñātiputram idam avocam: ime bhadanta (SBV II 226) jñātiputra pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum 27. (A 506b) sa evam āha: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; yat kiṃcid ayaṃ puruṣapudgalaḥ prativedayate sarvaṃ tat pūrvahaitukam iti purāṇānāṃ karmaṇāṃ tapasā vāntībhāvaḥ; navānāṃ karmaṇām akaraṇasatusamudghātaḥ; evam āytyām anavasravaḥ; anavasravāt karmakṣayaḥ; karmakṣayād duhkhakṣayaḥ; duḥkhakṣayād duḥkhasyāntakriyā bhavati iti 28. tadyathā bhadanta puruṣaḥ āmrāṇi pṛṣṭo lakucāni vyākuryāt, lakucāni vā pṛṣṭaḥ āmrāṇi vyākuryād evam eva mayā bhadanta nirgrantho jñātiputraḥ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ pṛṣṭaḥ pūrvakṛtahetutām eva vyākārṣīt; tasya mama bhadanta etad abhavat; na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayeyam iti; so 'haṃ nirgranthasya jñātiputrasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Kakuda Kātyāyana's theory

29. so 'haṃ yena kakudaḥ kātyāyanas tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramya kakudaṃ kātyāyanam idam avocam: ime bhadanta kātyāyana pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum 30. evam uktaḥ kakudaḥ kātyāyanao mām idam avocat: aham asmi mahārāja evaṃdṛṣṭir evaṃvādī; yadi māṃ kaścid upasaṃkramya evaṃ pṛcched: asti paraloka iti tasya ca syād asti paraloka iti tasyāham asti paraloka iti praśnaṃ pṛṣṭo vyākuryāṃ nāsti paralokaḥ asti ca nāsti ca naivāsti na nāsti paraloka evaṃ vā no vā anyathā vā na vā no vā na vā no vā na tv iti vā no vā paraloka iti tasya ca syān (SBV II 227) na vā no vā na nv iti vā no vā paraloka iti tasyāhaṃ na vā no vā na nv iti vā no vā praśnaṃ pṛṣṭo vyākuryām iti 31. so 'haṃ bhadanta cintayāmi etad: ye kecid asmin rājagṛhe pravrajitasamāpannāḥ prativasanti ayaṃ teṣāṃ mūrkhataraś ca jaḍataraś ca sthapiṇḍataraś ca yaduta kakudaḥ kātyāyanaḥ iti; tasya mama etad abhavat; na mama pratirūpaṃ syād yad ahaṃ sādhurūpasaṃmataṃ viṣayanivāsinaṃ śramaṇaṃ vā brāhmaṇaṃ vā saṃmukham avasādayeyam iti; so 'haṃ kakudasya kātyāyanasya bhāṣitaṃ nābhinandāmi na pratikrośāmi; anabhinandya apratikrośya utthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ

Ajātaśatru propounds the question to the Buddha

32. so 'haṃ bhagavantam etam arthaṃ paripṛcchāmi yad ime bhadanta pṛthaglokeśilpasthānakarmasthānikāḥ; tadyathā mālākārāḥ naḍakārāḥ naiṣadyikāḥ yāvasikāḥ sūtāḥ hastyārohāḥ aśvārohāḥ rathikāḥ tsarukāḥ dhanurgrahāḥ sevāḥ ceṭāḥ piṇḍabhujaḥ ugrāḥ śūrāḥ praskandinaḥ mahānagnāḥ rājaputrāḥ ārādhakāḥ kalpakāḥ snapakāḥ; te svakasvakaiḥ śilpasthānakarmasthānaiḥ kṛtyāni kurvanti, dānāni dadati, puṇyāni kurvanti, bhṛtyān bibhrati; paṃcabhiś ca kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitāḥ samanvaṅgībhūtāḥ krīḍanti ramante paricārayanti; labhyam evaṃrūpāṇāṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalaṃ prajñaptum ? (A 507a)

Buddha's reply

33. tena hi mahārāja tvām eva prakṣyāmi; yathā te kṣamate tathaivaṃ vyākuru; tadyathā mahārāja iha te dāsaḥ syāt preṣyo nirdeśyo bhujiṣyaḥ nayenakāmaṃgamaḥ; sa tvāṃ paśyed upariprāsādatalagataṃ paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaṃ samanvaṅgībhūtaṃ niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍantaṃ ramamāṇaṃ paricārayantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asyaivaṃ syād: rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ puruṣaḥ; aham api puruṣaḥ; nānyatra rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur (SBV II 228) vaidehīputraḥ pūrvaṃ kṛtatvāt puṇyānām upacitatvād etarhy upariprāsādatalagataḥ niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayti; yannv ahaṃ kaṃcid eva kuśalaṃ dharmaṃ samādāya varteya; kaṃ punar ahaṃ kuśalaṃ dharmaṃ samādāya varteya? yannv ahaṃ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyam iti sa idaṃ pratisaṅkhyāya keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajati; yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ mṛṣāvādaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirataḥ syāt; tena enaṃ paśyeyus tava pauruṣeyāḥ jānapadā anvāhiṇḍamānāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar eṣām evaṃ syād: ayaṃ sa rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya dāsaḥ preṣyo nirdeśyo bhujiṣyaḥ nayenakāmaṃgamaḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ mṛṣāvādaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirato bhavati samyagdṛṣṭikaḥ; yannu vayaṃ rājño gatvā ārocayema iti; te tavāgamya ārocayeyuḥ yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ yo 'sau devasya dāsaḥ preṣyo nirdeśyo bhujiṣyaḥ nayenakāmaṃgamaḥ sa keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā (A 507b) agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa yāvajjīvaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātaṃ prāṇātipātāt prativirataḥ; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ mṛṣāvādaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya samyagdṛṣṭikaḥ iti; tat kiṃ manyase mahārāja api nu tvam evaṃ vadeḥ? gacchantu bhavantaḥ; taṃ puruṣam ānayantu; punar api me dāso bhaviṣyati preṣyo nirdeśyo bhujiṣyaḥ nayenakāmaṃgamaḥ iti 34. no bhadanta; nānyatra ahaṃ darśanāyāsya upasaṃkrameyaṃ; yac ca me pūrvam abhivādanavandanapratyutthānāñjalisāmīcīkarma akārṣīt tad aham eva tasya kuryāṃ; yāvajjīvaṃ cainaṃ pravārayeyaṃ yaduta cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ (SBV II 229) tat kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ bhavati; sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam tathyaṃ bhadanta; evaṃ darśitaṃ bhagavatā sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 35. tadyathā mahārāja iha te syāt karṣako gṛhapatiḥ ādāyakaḥ poṣako rājakośasaṃvardhakaḥ; sa tvāṃ paśyed upariprāsādatalagataṃ paṃcabhiḥ kāmaguṇaiḥ samarpitaṃ samanvaṅgībhūtaṃ niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍantaṃ ramamāṇaṃ paricārayantaṃ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar asya evaṃ syād: ayaṃ rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ puruṣaḥ; aham api puruṣaḥ; nānyatra rājā māgadhaḥ ajātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ pūrvaṃ kṛtatvāt puṇyānām upacitatvād etarhy upariprāsādatalagato niṣpuruṣeṇa tūryeṇa krīḍati ramate paricārayti; yannv ahaṃ kaṃcid eva kuśalaṃ dharmaṃ samādāya varteya; kaṃ punar ahaṃ kuśalaṃ dharmaṃ samādāya varteya? yannv ahaṃ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyam iti sa idaṃ pratisaṅkhyāya keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajati; yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ mṛṣāvādaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirataḥ syāt; tena enaṃ paśyeyus tava pauruṣeyāḥ jānapadāḥ anvāhiṇḍamānāḥ; dṛṣṭvā ca punar eṣām evaṃ syād: ayaṃ sa rājño māgadhasya ajātaśatror vaidehīputrasya karṣako gṛhapatiḥ ādāyakaḥ poṣakaḥ rājakośasaṃvardhakaḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirataḥ; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirato bhavati samyagdṛṣṭikaḥ; yannu vayaṃ rājño gatvā ārocayema iti; te tavāgamya ārocayeyuḥ yat khalu deva jānīyāḥ yo 'sau devasya karṣako gṛhapatiḥ ādāyakaḥ poṣakaḥ rājakośasaṃvardhakaḥ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajitaḥ; sa yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirataḥ; adattādānam abrahmacaryaṃ paiśunyaṃ pāruṣyaṃ saṃbhinnapralāpam abhidhyāvyāpādaṃ mithyādṛṣṭim prahāya mithyādṛṣṭeḥ prativirato bhavati samyagdṛṣṭikaḥ iti; tat kiṃ manyase mahārāja api nu tvam evaṃ vadeḥ? gacchantu bhavantaḥ; taṃ puruṣam ānayantu; punar api me (SBV II 230) karṣako bhaviṣyati ādāyakaḥ poṣakaḥ (A 508a) rājakośasaṃvardhakaḥ iti 36. no bhadanta; nānyatra aham evāsya darśanāyopasaṃkrameyaṃ; yac ca me pūrvam abhivādanavandanapratyutthānāñjalisāmīcīkarma akārṣīt tad aham evāsya kuryāṃ; yāvajjīvaṃ cainaṃ pravārayeyaṃ yaduta cīvarapiṇḍapātaśayanāsanaglānapratyayabhaiṣajyapariṣkāraiḥ tat kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam tathyaṃ bhadanta; evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 37. iha mahārāja śāstā loka utpadyate tathāgato 'rhan samyaksaṃbuddhaḥ vidyācaraṇasaṃpannaḥ sugato lokavid anuttaraḥ puruṣadamyasārathiḥ śāstā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ buddho bhagavān; sa dharmaṃ deśayati, ādau kalyāṇaṃ madhye kalyāṇaṃ paryavasāne kalyāṇaṃ svarthaṃ suvyañjanaṃ kevalaṃ paripūrṇaṃ pariśuddhaṃ paryavadātaṃ; brahmacaryaṃ praśāsayati; taṃ dharmaṃ śṛṇoti gṛhapatir vā gṛhapatiputro vā; sa taṃ dharmaṃ śrutvā śāstuḥ triṣu sthāneṣu viśuddhiṃ samanveṣate yaduta lobhadharme dveṣadharme mohadharme: kiṃ nv asty asyāyuṣmataḥ sa lobhaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena lobhenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacitto 'jānaka eva san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; āhosvin nāsty asyāyuṣmataḥ sa lobhaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena lobhenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacitto 'jānaka eva san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; tasyaivaṃ bhavati; nāsty āyuṣmataḥ sa lobhaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena lobhenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacitto 'jānaka eva san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; tat kasya hetoḥ? te hy asyāyuṣmataḥ kāyasaṃskārāḥ vāksaṃskārāḥ manaḥsaṃskārāḥ (SBV II 231) alubdhasya; ayaṃ ca eṣa dharmaṃ bhāṣate saṃkṣiptena vā vistareṇa vā; śānto 'sya dharmaḥ praṇītaḥ gambhīro gambhīrāvabhāsaḥ, durdṛśaḥ duranubodhaḥ atarkyaḥ atarkyāvacaraḥ sūkṣmanipuṇapaṇḍitavijñavedanīyaḥ; sa cānenāyuṣmatā na sukaram ājñātuṃ yathāpitad ekāntalubdhena; alubdho 'yam āyuṣmān; nāyam āyuṣmān lubdhaḥ; yadā cainam asmin prathame lobhadharme viśuddhiṃ samanupaśyati; athainam uttare samanveṣate, dvitīye dveṣadharme tṛtīye mohadharme; kim nv asyāyuṣmataḥ sa mohaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena mohenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacittaḥ ajānaka eva san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya (A 508b) ahitāya duḥkhāya; āhosvin nāsty asyāyuṣmataḥ sa mohaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena mohenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacittaḥ ajānaka san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; tasyaivaṃ bhavati; nāsty asyāyuṣmataḥ sa mohaḥ aprahīṇaḥ aparijñātaḥ anirodhitaḥ avāntīkṛtaḥ yena mohenābhibhūtaḥ paryāttacittaḥ ajānaka eva san jānako 'smīti vaded apaśyaka eva san paśyako 'smīti vadet; parān vā tathā tathā pratipādayed yat teṣāṃ syād dīrgharātram anarthāya ahitāya duḥkhāya; tat kasya hetoḥ? te hy asyāyuṣmataḥ kāyasaṃskārāḥ vāksaṃskārāḥ manaḥsaṃskārāḥ amūḍhasya; ayaṃ caiṣa dharmaṃ bhāṣate samkṣiptena vā vistareṇa vā; śānto 'sya dharmaḥ praṇītaḥ gambhīraḥ gambhīrāvabhāsaḥ, durdṛśo duranubodhaḥ atarkyaḥ atarkyāvacaraḥ sūkṣmanipuṇapaṇḍitavijñavedanīyaḥ; sa cānena āyuṣmatā na sukaram ājñātuṃ yathāpitad ekāntamudhena; amūḍho 'yam āyuṣmān; nāyam āyuṣmān mūḍhaḥ; yadā cainam asmin tṛtīye mohadharme viśuddhiṃ samanupaśyati; athātra ākāravatīṃ śraddhām abhinivedayati; śraddhājātaḥ idaṃ pratisaṃśikṣate; saṃbādho gṛhāvāsaḥ rajasām āvāsaḥ; abhyavakāśaṃ ca pravrajyā; tad idaṃ na sukaraṃ gṛhiṇā agāram adhyāvasatā ekāntaśaṅkhalikhitaṃ, yāvajjīvaṃ kevalaṃ (SBV II 232) paripūrṇaṃ pariśuddhaṃ paryavadātaṃ; brahmacaryaṃ carituṃ; yannv ahaṃ keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajeyaṃ; sa idaṃ pratisaṅkhyāya prabhūtaṃ vā alpaṃ vā dhanaskandhaṃ prahāya prabhūtaṃ vā alpaṃ vā jñātiparivartitaṃ prahāya keśaśmaśrūṇy avatārya kāṣāyāṇi vastrāṇy ācchādya samyag eva śraddhayā agārād anagārikāṃ pravrajati sa evaṃ pravrajitaḥ san śīlavān viharati; prātimokṣasaṃvarasamvṛtaḥ ācāragocarasaṃpannaḥ aṇumātreṣv avadyeṣu bhayadarśī samādāpayati, śikṣate śikṣāpadeṣu; sa prāṇātipātaṃ prahāya prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati; nyastadaṇḍaḥ nyastaśastraḥ lajjī dayāvān sarvasatvaprāṇibhūteṣv antataḥ kuntapipīlakaprāṇinam upādāya prāṇātipātāt prativirato bhavati 38. sa adattādānaṃ prahāya adattādānāt prativirato bhavati; dattādāyī dattarataḥ dattatyaktamuktapratikāṅkṣī astenam alolupaṃ śuddhaṃ śucim ātmānaṃ pariharan anavadyam adattādānāt prativirato (A 509a) bhavati; sa abrahmacaryaṃ prahāya abrahmacaryāt prativirato bhavati; brahmacārī kucaryāvirataḥ, śuddhaḥ śuciḥ nirāmagandhaḥ, virato maithunād apeto grāmyadharmād abrahmacaryāt prativirato bhavati 39. sa mṛṣāvādaṃ prahāya mṛṣāvādāt prativirato bhavati; satyavādī satyarataḥ śraddhitaḥ pratyayitaḥ stheyaḥ avisaṃvādako lokasya mṛṣāvādāt prativirato bhavati; sa na eṣāṃ śrutvā teṣām ārocayati, teṣāṃ bhedāya; teṣāṃ vā śrutvā naiṣām ārocayati eṣāṃ bhedāya iti; bhinnānāṃ sandhātā bhavati; samagrāṇāṃ cānupradātā; samagrārāmaḥ samagrarataḥ samagrakaraṇīṃ vācaṃ bhāṣate; paiśunyāt prativirato bhavati; pāruṣyaṃ prahāya pāruṣyāt prativirato bhavati; sa yā iyaṃ vāg bādhakā; karkaśā parakaṭukā parābhiṣaṅgiṇī bahujanāniṣṭā bahujanākāntā bahujanāpriyā bahujanāmanāpā asamāhitā asamādhisaṃvartanīyā ityevaṃrūpaṃ vācaṃ prahāya yeyaṃ vāg nelā, karṇamukhahṛdayaṃgamā premaṇīyā paurī valguvispaṣṭā vijñeyā aniśritā apratikūlā aparyādattā bahujaneṣṭā bahujanakāntā bahujanapriyā bahujanamanāpā samāhitā samādhisaṃvartanī ityevaṃrūpaṃ (SBV II 233) vācaṃ bhāṣate; pāruṣyāt prativirato bhavati, sa ca bhavati kālavādī bhūtavādī tatvavādī arthavādī dharmavādī niśāmyavādī; niśāmyavatīṃ vācaṃ bhāṣate kāle na viprakīrṇāṃ sāvadānāṃ sopadeśāṃ dharmyām arthopasaṃhitāṃ; saṃbhinnapralāpāt prativirato bhavati 40. ### sa vadhabandhanachedanatāḍanaparāmarśaṃ prahāya vadhabandhanachedanatāḍanaparāmarśāt prativirato bhavati ālokasahāgāraśayyāṃ prahāya ālokasahāgāraśayyātaḥ prativirato bhavati, sa kṣetravastugṛhavastvāpaṇavastuparigrahaṃ prahāya kṣetravastugṛhavastvāpaṇavastuparigrahāt prativirato bhavati; hastyaśvagaveḍakakukkuṭasūkarapratigrahaṃ prahāya hastyaśvagaveḍakakukkuṭasūkarapratigrahāt prativirato bhavati; sa dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyapratigrahaṃ prahāya dāsīdāsakarmakarapauruṣeyapratigrahāt prativirato bhavati; sa strīpuruṣadārakadārikāpratigrahaṃ prahāya strīpuruṣadārakadārikāpratigrahāt prativirato bhavati; sa jātarūparajatapratigrahaṃ prahāya jātarūparajatapratigrahāt prativirato bhavati; āmadhānyapratigrahaṃ prahāya āmadhānyapratigrahāt prativirato bhavati; sa ekabhaktiko bhavati; sa rātryuparataḥ; viratotkālabhojanaḥ kālacārī kālacaryāyogam anuyuktaḥ; sa kāyapārihārikeṇa cīvareṇa tuṣṭo bhavati saṃtuṣṭaḥ; kukṣipāripūrikeṇa (A 509b) piṇḍapātikena tuṣṭo bhavati saṃtuṣṭo; yena yena prakrāmati sapātracīvaraḥ prakrāmati; tadyathā pakṣī śakunako yena yenoḍḍayate sapakṣaḥ sapalāśaḥ uḍḍayate; evam eva sa kāyapārihārikeṇa cīvareṇa tuṣṭaḥ (SBV II 234) saṃtuṣṭaḥ kukṣipāripūrikeṇa piṇḍapātena tuṣṭaḥ saṃtuṣṭaḥ yena yena prakrāmati sapātracīvaraḥ prakrāmati 41 yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhabījagrāmabhūtagrāmasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā mūlabīje skandhabīje agrabīje sphuṭabīje bījabīje eva paṃcame ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vividhabījagrāmabhūtagrāmasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 42. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhasannidhisamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā annasannidhau pānasannidhau vastrasannidhau gandhasannidhau mālyasannidhau patrasannidhau puṣpasannidhau phalasannidhau ity apy evaṃrūpād vividhasannidhisamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 43. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya uccaśayanamahāśayanasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā āsandyāṃ paryaṅke paṭṭikāyāṃ goṇikāyāṃ tūlikāyāṃ bṛhatikāyāṃ citrikāyāṃ paṭalikāyāṃ hastyāstaraṇe aśvāstaraṇe ekāntarome uccarome adhorome skandharome kāliṅgaprāvaraṇe pratyāstaraṇe sottarocchadanapaṭe ubhayāntalohitopadhāne ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇaḥ uccaśayanamahāśayanasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 44. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhamaṇḍanasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā utsadane snapane parimardane mālāgandhavilepane varṇasaṃdhāraṇe nakhalikhane dantaparimarjane mukhālepane mukhādarśe śikhābandhe nāḍe daṇḍe chatre khaḍge vālavyajane citre copānahau ahatāni ca vastrāṇi navāni dīrghadaśāni (SBV II 235) dhāraṇajātīyāni bhavanti ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vividhamaṇḍanasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 45. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhadarśanasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā hastiyuddhe aśvayuddhe rathayuddhe pattiyuddhe yaṣṭiyuddhe muṣṭiyuddhe ṛṣabhayuddhe mahiṣayuddhe ajayuddhe miṇḍhakayuddhe kukkuṭayuddhe vartakayuddhe lāvakayuddhe kukkuṭavartakalāvakayuddhe strīyuddhe puruṣayuddhe dārakayuddhe dārikayuddhe aṭṭālavaṃśe śobhitanagare utsantikāyāṃ dhvajāgre balagre vyūḍhe senikādarśane mahāsamājaṃ vā draṣṭum icchanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt (A 510a) śramaṇo vividhadarśanasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 46. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhaśabdaśravaṇasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā hastiśabde aśvaśabde rathaśabde śaṅkhaśabde paṭahaśabde āḍambaraśabde bherīśabde nṛttaśabde gītaśabde vāditraśabde vācakaśabde acchaṭāśabde pāṇisvare kumbhatūṇīre kavatīkāveye citrākṣare citrapadavyañjane lokāyatapratisaṅghuṣṭe ākhyāyikāyāṃ vā śrotum icchanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt vividhaśabdaśravaṇasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 47. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhākṣakavañcakadyūtasamārambhānuyogam anuyuktā (SBV II 236) viharanti; tadyathā aṣṭāpade daśapade ākarṣaṇe pare ghaṭike cale muṣkale akṣavaṅkānucarite śalākāhaste yathāpi vā prayojayanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vañcakadyūtasamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 48. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhakathāsāmarambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā rājakathāyāṃ corakathāyaṃ yuddhakathāyam annakathāyāṃ pānakathāyāṃ vastrakathāyāṃ vīthīkathāyāṃ veśyakathāyāṃ kumārikākhyānakathāyāṃ samudrākhyānakathāyāṃ lokākhyānakathāyāṃ janapadamahāmātrākhyānakathāyām ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vividhakathāsamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 49. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya vividhavigṛhyakathāsāmārambhānuyogam anuyuktā viharanti; tadyathā na tvam enaṃ dharmavinayam ājānāsi; aham enaṃ dharmavinayam ājānāmi; yathā anvaham enaṃ dharmavinayam ājānāmi; yathā nānvaham enaṃ dharmavinayam ājānāsi; yuktaṃ mama; ayuktaṃ tava; sahitaṃ mama; asahitaṃ tava; pūrvaṃ vacanīyaṃ paścād avocat; paścād vacanīyaṃ pūrvam avocat; atitūrṇaṃ te parāmṛṣṭam; āropitas te vādaḥ vādārthāya; apahara vādaṃ vādavipramokṣāya; gṛhīto 'si nirveṭhaya; saced uttaraṃ prajānāsi brūhi pṛṣṭaḥ ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vividhavigṛhyakathāsamārambhānuyogāt prativirato bhavati 50. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya dūtagamanasaṃpreṣaṇamithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti (SBV II 237) te rājñāṃ rājāmātyāṇāṃ brāhmaṇānāṃ naigamānāṃ jānapadānāṃ śreṣṭhināṃ sārthavāhānāṃ mitaupau ### iha āhvaya amutra preṣaya iha preṣaya amutra āhvaya ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo dūtagamanasaṃpreṣaṇamithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 51. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya kuhakāś ca bhavanti lapakāś ca naimittikāś ca naiṣpeṣikāś ca lābhena lābhaṃ niścikīrṣante (A 510b) te kuhanalapananaimittikanaiṣpeṣikalābhena lābhaniścikīrṣakatvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇo vividhakuhananlapananaimittikanaiṣpeṣikalābhena lābhaniścikīrṣaṇāt prativirato bhavati 52. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā utpāte vraṇalakṣaṇe svapnalakṣaṇe agnidagdhe dakaspṛṣṭe mūṣikacchinne āveśane svaravicaye sarvabhūtarute aṅgavidyāyāṃ vāstuvidyāyāṃ śukavidyāyāṃ śakunavidyāyāṃ prayojayanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇaḥ tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 53. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā nakṣatrāṇāṃ saṃprayoge muhūrtānām abhyutthāne śavaparīkṣāyāṃ patrakarmaṇi śāntikarmaṇi bhūtakarmaṇi puṣṭikarmaṇi praṇidhikarmaṇi lipikarmaṇi gaṇane nyasane saṅkhyāyāṃ mudrāyāṃ (SBV II 238) mārgadarśavidyāyāṃ prayojayanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇaḥ tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 54. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā cikitsāyāṃ mūlabhaiṣajye añjanānupradāne ### nuprādāne rasānupradāne strīcikitsāyāṃ puruṣacikitsāyāṃ kumāracikitsāyāṃ kumārikācikitsāyām oṣadhīr vā prayojayanti ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 55. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā maṇilakṣaṇe daṇḍalakṣaṇe asilakṣaṇe iṣulakṣaṇe āyudhalakṣaṇe hastilakṣaṇe aśvalakṣaṇe ṛṣabhalakṣaṇe mahiṣalakṣaṇe ajalakṣaṇe miṇḍhakalakṣaṇe avilakṣaṇe kukkuṭalakṣaṇe vartakalakṣaṇe ### lakṣaṇe strīlakṣaṇe puruṣalakṣaṇe kumāralakṣaṇe kumārikālakṣaṇe alpāyurlakṣaṇe dīrghāyurlakṣaṇe alpabhāgalakṣaṇe mahābhāgalakṣaṇe alpapuṇyalakṣaṇe mahāpuṇyalakṣaṇe alpeśākhyalakṣaṇe maheśākhyalakṣaṇe āryalakṣaṇe dāsalakṣaṇe ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 56. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā ājavane javane ūrdhvavirecane adhovirecane nastekarmaṇi (?) dhūmapāne svedaparikarmaṇi āmādhyāśaye pakvādhyāśaye ### piṭakādhyāśaye cakre vāyasamaṇḍale hanusaṃhanane jihvānikṛntane vetāḍārdhavetādaṃ vā prayojayanti (SBV II 239) eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 57. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena (A 511a) jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā vahane āvāhane vivāhane āmohane saṃmohane uccāṭane māraṇe sukhakaraṇe duḥkhakaraṇe darbhahome tilahome taṇḍulahome dhanahome dhānyahome mudgahome māṣahome dravyahome agnihome ādityopasthāne nakṣatropasthāne devatopasthāne mahāprasthānaṃ vā prayojayanti eke ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 58. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā bhayaṃ bhaviṣyati kṣemaṃ bhaviṣyati durbhikṣaṃ bhaviṣyati subhikṣaṃ bhaviṣyati durvṛṣṭir bhaviṣyati suvṛṣṭir bhaviṣyati ītir bhaviṣyati anītir bhaviṣyati ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 59. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā abhyantarāṇāṃ rājñāṃ jayo bhaviṣyati bāhyakānāṃ parājayaḥ bāhyakānāṃ rājñāṃ jayo bhaviṣyati ābhyantarāṇāṃ parājayaḥ ābhyantarāṇāṃ rājñām apayānaṃ bhaviṣyati bāhyakānāṃ niryāṇaṃ bāhyakānām apayānaṃ bhaviṣyati ābhyantarāṇāṃ niryāṇam ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 60. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā evaṃvirūpau pathā sūryācandramasau gacchataḥ evaṃvirūpāv utpathā sūryācandramasau gacchataḥ evaṃvirūpakā pathā sūryācandragrahāḥ (SBV II 240) ulkāpātāḥ diśodāhāḥ antarikṣe devadundubhayaḥ atinadanti utpathā sūryācandragrahāḥ ulkāpātāḥ diśodāhāḥ antarikṣe devadundubhayaḥ atinadanti; anayor vā sūryācandramasor evaṃmahardhikayor evaṃmahānubhāvayor udgamanāgamanasaṃkleśavyavadānavyavasthānaviśuddhir na prajñāyate yaduta pathā apy utpathāpi ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 61. yathāpitan mahārāja eke śramaṇabrāhmaṇāḥ śraddhādeyaṃ paribhujya tiryagvidyāmithyājīvena jīvikāṃ kalpayanti; tadyathā evaṃvipākau pathā sūryācandramasau gacchataḥ evaṃvipākāv utpathā sūryācandramasau gacchataḥ evaṃvipākāḥ pathā sūryagrahaḥ candragrahaḥ ulkāpātāḥ diśodāhāḥ antarikṣe devadundubhayo atinadanti evaṃvipākā utpathā sūryagrahaś candragrahaḥ ulkāpātāḥ diśodāhāḥ antarikṣe devadundubhayo 'tinadanti; anayor vā sūryācandramasor evaṃmahardhikayor evaṃmahānubhāvayor udgamanāgamanasaṃkleśavyavadānavyavasthānaviśuddhir na prajñāyate yaduta pathā apy utpathāpi ity apy evaṃrūpāt śramaṇas tiryagvidyāmithyājīvāt prativirato bhavati 62. so 'nena āryeṇa śīlaskandhena samanvāgataḥ adhyātmam anavadyasukhaṃ prativedayate; sa indriyair guptadvāro bhavati; nipakasmṛtir guptasmṛtimānasaḥ (A 511b) sahāvasthāvacārakaḥ; sa cakṣuṣo rūpāṇi dṛṣṭvā na nimittagrāhī bhavati; nānuvyañjanagrāhī; yato 'dhikaraṇam eva cakṣurindriyeṇa asaṃvarasaṃvṛtasya viharataḥ abhidhyādaurmanasye loke pāpakā akuśalā dharmāś cittam anusravanti; teṣāṃ saṃvarāya pratipadyate; rakṣati cakṣurindriyaṃ; cakṣurindriyeṇa saṃvaram āpadyate; śrotrendriyeṇa śabdān ghrāṇendriyeṇa gandhān jihvayā rasān kāyena spraṣṭavyāni manasā dharmān vijñāya na nimittagrāhī nānuvyañjanagrāhī; yato 'dhikaraṇam eva manaindriyāsaṃvarasaṃvṛtasya viharataḥ abhidhyādaurmanasye loke pāpakā akuśalā dharmāś cittam anusravanti; teṣāṃ saṃvarāya pratipadyate; rakṣati manaindriyaṃ; manaindriyeṇa saṃvaraṃ pratipadyate (SBV II 241) 63. so 'nena āryeṇa śīlaskandhena samanvāgataḥ anayā ca indriyaguptadvāratayā adhyātmam anavadyasukhaṃ saṃvedayate; so 'tikramapratikrame saṃprajānavihārī bhavati; ālokitavyavalokite samiñjitaprasārite saṃghāṭīpātracīvaradhāraṇe gate sthite niṣaṇṇe śayite jāgarite bhāṣite tūṣṇīṃbhāve nidrāklamaprativinodane saṃprajānavihārī bhavati; so 'nena āryeṇa śīlaskandhena samanvāgataḥ anayā ca indriyaguptadvāratayā anena ca parameṇa smṛtisaṃprajanyena samanvāgataḥ adhyātmam avyābādhasukhaṃ pratisaṃvedayate; so 'nena āryeṇa śīlaskandhena samanvāgataḥ anayā ca indriyaguptadvāratayā anena ca parameṇa smṛtisaṃprajanyena samanvāgataḥ prāntāni śayanāsanāny adhyāvasati araṇyāni vṛkṣamūlāni śūnyāgārāṇi; so 'raṇyagato vā vṛkṣamūlagato vā śūnyāgāragato vā niṣīdati paryaṃkam ābhujya ṛjuṃ kāyaṃ praṇidhāya pratimukhāṃ smṛtim upasthāpya; so 'bhidhyāṃ loke prahāya vigatābhidhyena cetasā bahulaṃ viharati; abhidhyāyāś cittaṃ pariśodhayati; vyāpādastyānamiddham auddhatyakaukṛtyavicikitsāṃ loke prahāya tīrṇakāṅkṣo bhavati; tīrṇavicikitsākāṃkṣaḥ kuśaladharmeṣu vicikitsāyāś cittaṃ pariśodhayati 64. tadyathā mahārāja puruṣaḥ ṛṇam ādāya karmāntān prayuñjīta tasya te karmāntāḥ saṃpadyeran; sa tasmāt tac ca ṛṇaṃ śodhayet; asti cāsya svāpateyamātrā yāvad eva dārāṇāṃ poṣaṇārthā; tasyaivaṃ bhavati: ṛṇam ādāya karmāntāḥ prayuktāḥ; tasya te me karmāntāḥ saṃpannāḥ; na vipannāḥ; tena mayā tac ca ṛṇaṃ śodhitam; asti ca me svāpateyamātrā yāvad eva dārāṇāṃ poṣaṇāya; sa tatonidānam adhigacchet saumanasyam 65. tadyathā puruṣaḥ ābādhikaḥ syād duḥkhī rogī durbalaḥ; tasya bhojanaṃ bhuktaṃ na kāyaṃ chādayati; pānakaṃ pītaṃ kukṣiṃ ca vyābādhate; so 'pareṇa samayena sukhī syād arogaḥ balavān; tasya bhojanaṃ bhuktaṃ kāyaṃ chādayati; pānakaṃ pītaṃ kukṣiṃ na vyābādhate; tasya evaṃ syād: aham asmi pūrvam ābādhikaḥ (SBV II 242) duḥkhī <rogī durbalaḥ; mama bhojanaṃ bhuktaṃ na kāyaṃ chādayati;> pānakaṃ (A 512a) pītaṃ kukṣiṃ na vyābādhate; sa tatonidānam adhigacchet prāmodyam 66.tadyathā puruṣo <dāsaḥ syāt preṣyo nirdeśyo bhujiṣyo nayenakāmagaḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena na dāsaḥ syāt preṣyo bhujiṣyo nayenakāmagaḥ; tasya evaṃ syād: aham asmi pūrvaṃ dāsaḥ preṣyo nirdeśyo> bhujiṣyo nayenakāmagaḥ; so 'smy etarhy adāso <'preṣyo> 'bhujiṣyo '<na>yenakāmagaḥ; sa tato<nidānam adhigacchet prāmodyam 67. tadyathā puruṣo bandhanāgāre baddho paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddhaḥ; sa ca tato muktaḥ svastikṣemābhyām avyayena; tasyaivaṃ syād: yaḥ pūrvaṃ bandhanāgāre baddho> paścādbāhugāḍhabandhanabaddho 'bhūvaṃ so 'haṃ tato muktaḥ svastikṣemābhyām avyayena; sa <tatonidānam adhigacchet prāmodyam 68. tadyathā puruṣaḥ sapratibhayo bhūtvā sukhī bhavati; durbhikṣaṃ pratipādayitvā pratipādayati subhikṣaṃ; tasyaivaṃ syād: aham asmi sukhī sapratibhayo bhūtvā; yasya me durbhikṣam abhūd etarhi bhavati> subhikṣaṃ; sa tatonidānam adhigacchet sukham adhigacchet saumanasyam 69. evam eva <mahārāja> imāni paṃcavaraṇāni <tadyathā ṛṇaṃ rogaṃ dāsyaṃ bandhanāgāraṃ kāntāraṃ prahāya samanupaśyati; imāni paṃcavaraṇāni cittopakleśakarāṇi> prahāya prajñādaurbalyakarāṇi vighāṭapakṣyāṇy anirvāṇasaṃvartanīyāni viviktaṃ kāmair viviktaṃ <pāpakair akuśaladharmaiḥ savitarkaṃ savicāraṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhaṃ prathamaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati; sa imam eva kāyaṃ vivekajaṃ prītisukhenābhiṣyandayati> pariṣyandayati pariprīṇāti parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ <bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ (SBV II 243) yaduta vivekajena prītisukhena 70. tadyathā dakṣiṇo rajako rajakāntevāsī vā ### snātacūrṇāny ākīrya udakena> pariprokṣya pariprokṣya syandayet; sa cāsya snātrapiṇḍī snigdhā snehānugatā snehaparītā sphuṭāntarbahirdhā <na pragharati na niścarati; evam eva sa imam eva kāyaṃ vivekajena prītasukhenābhiṣyandayati pariṣyandayati paripariprīṇāti parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta vivekajaṃ prītisukhena kiṃ manyase ma<hārāja na tv evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 71. sa vitarkavicārāṇāṃ vyupaśamād> adhyātmaṃ saṃprasādāc cetasa ekotībhāvād avitarkam avicāraṃ samādhijaṃ prītisukhaṃ dvitīyaṃ dhyānam <upasaṃpadya viharati; sa imam eva kāyaṃ samādhijena prītisukhenābhiṣyandayati pariṣyandayati pariprīṇāti parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ> kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta samādhijena prītisukhena 72. tadyathā upariparvataṃ saṃ<### udakahrado bhavati; tasya na pūrvasyā na dakṣiṇasyā na paścimāyā nottarasyā diśo udakaḥ pravahati; nātra> (A 512b) devaḥ kālena kālaṃ samyag vāridhārān anuprayaccheta; anyatra tasmād evodakahradān mahān <udakākodā udakaśulpo vā sarvaṃ tam udakahradaṃ śītalena vāriṇābhiṣyandayet (SBV II 244) pariṣyandayet paripūrayet parispharayet; na kiṃcit sarvata> udakahradād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta śītalena vāriṇā; evam eva sa imam eva kāyaṃ samādhijena <prītisukhenābhiṣyandayati pariṣyandayati pariprīṇāti parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta samādhijena> prītisukhena kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta <evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 73. sa prīter virāgād upekṣako viharati smṛtaḥ saṃprajānan sukhaṃ ca kāyena> pratisaṃvedayate yat tad āryā ācakṣate upekṣakaḥ smṛtimān sukhaṃ viharantīti niṣprītikaṃ tṛtīyaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati; sa imam <eva kāyaṃ niṣprītikena sukhena abhiṣyandayati pariṣyandayati pariprīṇāti parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ> yaduta niṣprītikena prītisukhena 74. tadyathā utpalāni vā padmāni vā kumudāni vā puṇḍarīkāni vā <udake jātāni udake vṛddhāni ### tiṣṭhanti; teṣām agrato mūlataś ### na kiṃcid asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta śītalena> vāriṇā; evam eva imam eva kāyaṃ niṣprītikena sukhenābhiṣyandayati pariṣyandayati pariprīṇāti <parispharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta niṣprītikena sukhena kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ> śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 75. sa sukhasya <ca prahāṇād duḥhasya ca prahāṇāt pūrvam eva saumanasyadaurmanasyayor aṣṭaṃgamād aduḥkhāsukham upekṣāsmṛtipariśuddhaṃ caturthaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati; sa imam eva kāyaṃ pariśuddhacittena paryavadātena adhimucya spharitvopasaṃpadya (SBV II 245) viharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta pariśuddhena cittena paryavadātena 76. tadyathā gṛhapatir gṛhapatiputro vā ### evam eva imam eva kāyaṃ pariśuddhena cittena paryavadātenādhimucya spharitvā upasaṃpadya viharati; nāsya kiṃcit sarvataḥ kāyād asphuṭaṃ bhavaty aspharaṇīyaṃ yaduta pariśuddhena cittena paryavadātena kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 77. yasmin samaye mahārāja āryaśrāvakaḥ sukhasya ca prahāṇād duḥkhasya ca prahāṇāt pūrvam eva ca saumanasyadaurmanasyayor aṣṭaṃgamād aduḥkham asukham upekṣāsmṛtipariśuddhaṃ caturthaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati, tasya cittaṃ tasmin> samaye naivonnataṃ bhavati nāvanatam anabhinataṃ sthitam āniñjyaprāptaṃ 78. tadyathā kūṭāgāre <vā kūṭāgāraśālāyāṃ vā taila ### tasya tejaḥ naivonnataṃ bhavati> nāvanatam anabhinataṃ sthitaṃ āniñjyaprāptam evam eva yasmin samaye āryaśrāvakaḥ <sukhasya ca prahāṇād duḥkhasya ca prahāṇāt pūrvam eva ca saumanasyadaurmanasyayor aṣṭaṃgamād aduḥkham asukham upekṣāsmṛtipariśuddhaṃ caturthaṃ dhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati, tasya cittaṃ tasmin> samaye naivonnataṃ bhavati nāvanatam anabhinataṃ sthitam āniñjyaprāptaṃ; tasyaivaṃ bhavati 79. <ayaṃ mama kāyo rūpī> (A 513a) odārikaś (MSV IV 213) <cāturmahābhūtikaḥ>; vijñānām atra pratiṣṭhitam atra paryāpannaṃ; yannv aham asmāt kāyād mānasaṃ vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmāyāṃ rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam ahīnendriyaṃ; sa tasmāt kāyān <mānasaṃ vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmimīte rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam> ahīnendriyaṃ; tadyathā maṇir aṣṭāṃgamo vaiḍūryaḥ śubho jātimānn accho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ paṃcāṅgaraṅgike sūtre 'rpitaḥ syān nīle pīte lohite avadāte mañjiṣṭhe; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā <jānīyād ayaṃ maṇir idaṃ sūtraṃ sūtre maṇir arpito 'stīti>; evam eva sa tasmāt kāyān mānasaṃ vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmimīte rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam (SBV II 246) ahīnendriyaṃ; tadyathā puruṣo muñjād iṣikām āvṛhyāt; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā jānīyād <ayaṃ muñja iyam iṣikā muñjād iṣikām āvṛhatīti evam> eva (MSV IV 214) sa tasmāt kāyān mānasaṃ vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmimīte rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam ahīnendriyaṃ; tadyathā puruṣāḥ karaṇḍād ahim āvṛhyāt; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā jānīyād ayaṃ karaṇḍaḥ ayam ahiḥ karaṇḍād ahim āvṛhatīti evam eva sa> tasmāt kāyān mānasaṃ vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmimīte rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam ahīnendriyaṃ; tadyathā puruṣaḥ kośād asim āvṛhyāt; taṃ cakṣuṣmān puruṣo dṛṣṭvā jānīyād ayaṃ kośo 'yam asiḥ kośād ahim āvṛhatīti <evam eva sa tasmāt kāyān mānasaṃ> vyutthāpyānyaṃ kāyam abhinirmimīte rūpiṇaṃ manomayam avikalam ahīnendriyaṃ 80. sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe rijubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte ṛddhiviṣayasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇamayya so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; tadyathā eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvaiko bhavati; āvirbhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥprākāram asajjamānaḥ kāyena gacchati tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathā udake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkenātikrāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakuniḥ; imau vā sūryācandramasāv evaṃ maharddhikāv evaṃ mahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi yāvad brahmalokaṃ (MSV IV 215) kāyena vaśe vartayati; tadyathā dakṣaḥ karmāro vā karmārāntevasī vā suparikarmīkṛtaṃ jātarūpaṃ viditvā yāṃ yāṃ piṇḍakavikṛtiṃ kāṅkṣaty upanayituṃ yadi vā paṭṭikāyāṃ yadi vā karṇikāyāṃ yadi vā graiveye yadi vā hastābharaṇe yadi vā pādābharaṇe yadi vā aṅgulimudrikāyāṃ yadi vā jātarūpamālāyāṃ tatra tatra laghu laghv evopanayati; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe rijubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte ṛddhiviṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ (SBV II 247) cittam abhinirṇāmayati (A 513b) so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; tadyathā eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvā eko bhavati; āvirbhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥprākāram asajjamānaḥ kāyena gacchati tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjannaimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathodake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakuniḥ; imau vā punaḥ sūryācandramasāv evaṃ maharddhikāv evaṃ mahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi yāvad brahmalokaṃ kāyena vaśe vartayati; tadyathā dakṣaḥ kumbhakāro vā kumbhakārāntevasī vā suparikarmīkṛtaṃ mṛtpiṇḍaṃ viditvā yāṃ yāṃ eva kāṅkṣate bhājanavikṛtim abhinirvartayituṃ tāṃ tām eva bhājanavikṛtiṃ laghu laghv evābhinirvartayati; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite citte paryavadāte (MSV IV 216) anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe rijubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte ṛddhiviṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati; evam eva so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; tadyathā eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvaiko bhavati; āvirbhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ tiraḥprākāram asajjamānaḥ kāyena gacchati tadyathā ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathodake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakuniḥ; imau vā sūryācandramasāv evaṃ maharddhikāv evaṃ mahānubhāvau pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi yāvad brahmalokaṃ kāyena vaśe vartayati; tadyathā dakṣaḥ dantakāro vā dantakārāntevasī vā suparikarmīkṛtaṃ <dantaṃ yāṃ yāṃ yāṃ yām eva kāṅkṣate> rūpavikṛtim abhinirvartayituṃ tāṃ tām eva rūpavikṛtiṃ laghu laghv evābhinirvartayati; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite citte paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye <sthite āniñjyaprāpte ṛddhiviṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām> abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati; so 'nekavidham ṛddhiviṣayaṃ pratyanubhavati; tadyathā eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavati; bahudhā bhūtvaiko bhavati; āvirbhāvaṃ tirobhāvaṃ jñānadarśanena pratyanubhavati; tiraḥkuḍyaṃ tiraḥśailaṃ <tiraḥprākāram (MSV IV 217) asajjamānaḥ kāyena gacchati tadyathā> ākāśe; pṛthivyām unmajjananimajjanaṃ karoti tadyathodake; udake abhinnasroto gacchati tadyathā pṛthivyām; ākāśe paryaṅkena krāmati tadyathā pakṣī śakunakaḥ; imau vā punaḥ sūryācandramasāv eva maharddhikāv evaṃ mahānubhāvau <pāṇinā āmārṣṭi parimārṣṭi yāvad brahmalokaṃ kāyena vaśe vartayati> kiṃ manyase <mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā> darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam (SBV II 248) 81. sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte <anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe rijubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte> (A 514a) divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati sa divyena śrotreṇa viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyenobhayān śabdān śṛṇoti mānuṣyān apy amānuṣyān api; ye 'pi dūre ye 'py antike; tadyathā śaṅkhadhāmakaḥ puruṣo mahāśailaparvatam abhiruhya niśārdhe śaṅkham ādhamet tasya śabdo 'vyāhataḥ pṛthagdiśaḥ sphured; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte divyaśrotrajñānasākṣātkriyāyām (MSV IV 218) abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati sa divyena śrotreṇa viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyenobhayān śabdān śṛṇoti mānuṣyān apy amānuṣyān api; ye 'pi dūre ye 'py antike <kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam> 82. sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati sa parasatvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ vitarkitaṃ vicāritaṃ manasā mānasaṃ yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sarāgaṃ cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sadveṣaṃ vigatadveṣaṃ samohaṃ vigatamohaṃ saṃkṣiptaṃ vikṣiptaṃ līnaṃ pragṛhītam uddhatam anuddhatam avyupaśāntaṃ vyupaśāntaṃ samāhitam asamāhitam abhāvitaṃ subhāvitam avimuktaṃ vā cittam avimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; suvimuktaṃ vā citaṃ suvimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; tadyathā cakṣuṣmān puruṣaḥ supariśuddham ādarśamaṇḍalaṃ gṛhītvā saṃmukhanimittaṃ vā pratyavekṣate; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte cetaḥparyāyajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati sa parasatvānāṃ parapudgalānāṃ vitarkitaṃ vicāritaṃ manasā mānasaṃ yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sarāgaṃ (MSV IV 219) cittaṃ sarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; vigatarāgaṃ cittaṃ vigatarāgaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; sadveṣaṃ vigatadveṣaṃ vigatamohaṃ saṃkṣiptaṃ vikṣiptaṃ līnaṃ pragṛhītam uddhatam anuddhatam avyupaśāntaṃ vyupaśāntaṃ samāhitam asamāhitaṃ subhāvitam abhāvitam avimuktaṃ vā cittam avimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; suvimuktaṃ vā citaṃ suvimuktaṃ cittam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ (SBV II 249) śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 83. sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati so 'nekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsaṃ samanusmarati; tadyathā ekam api dve tisraś catasraḥ paṃca ṣaṭ saptāṣṭau nava daśa viṃśataṃ (A 514b) triṃśataṃ catvāriṃśataṃ paṃcāśataṃ jātiśataṃ jātisahasraṃ jātiśatasahasram anekāny api jātiśatāni anekāny api jātisahasrāṇi anekāny api jātiśatasahasrāṇi saṃvartakalpam api vivartakalpam api saṃvartavivartakalpam api anekān api saṃvartakalpān anekān api vivartakalpān anekān api saṃvartavivartakalpān samanusmarati; ami nāma te bhavantaḥ satvā yatrāham āsam evaṃnāmā evaṃjātya evaṃgotra evamāhāra evaṃsukhaduḥkhapratisaṃvedī evaṃdīrghāyuḥ evaṃcirasthitika evamāyuṣparyantaḥ; so 'haṃ tasmāt (MSV IV 220) sthānāc cyuto 'mutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyuto 'mutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyutaḥ ihopapanna iti; sākāraṃ soddeśam anekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsam anusmarati; tadyathā puruṣo grāmād grāmaṃ gacchet; tasmād api grāmād aparaṃ grāmaṃ gacchet; tasmād apīhāgacchet; tasyaivaṃ syād; aham amuṣmād grāmad amuṃ grāmam āgataḥ; tasmād apīhāgata iti; evam eva sa samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati tadyathā ekām api jātiṃ dve tisraś catasraḥ paṃca ṣaṭ saptāṣṭau nava daśa viṃśataṃ triṃśataṃ catvāriṃśataṃ paṃcāśataṃ jātiśataṃ jātisahasraṃ jātiśatasahasram anekāny api jātiśatāni anekāny api jātisahasrāṇi anekāny api jātiśatasahasrāṇi saṃvartakalpam api vivartakalpam api saṃvartavivartakalpam api anekān api saṃvartakalpān anekān api vivartakalpān anekān api saṃvartavivartakalpān samanusmarati; ami nāma te bhavantaḥ satvā yatrāham evaṃnāmā āsam evaṃjātya evaṃgotra evamāhāra evaṃsukhaduḥkhapratisaṃvedī evaṃdīrghāyuḥ evaṃcirasthitika evamāyuṣparyantaḥ; so 'haṃ tasmāt sthānāc cyutaḥ amutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyuto 'mutropapannaḥ; tasmād api cyutaḥ ihopapanna iti; sākāraṃ soddeśam anekavidhaṃ pūrvanivāsam anusmarati kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ (SBV II 250) śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam 84. (MSV IV 221) sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyakena satvān paśyati cyavamānān upapadyamānān api suvarṇān api durvarṇān api hīnān api praṇītān api sugatim api gacchato durgatim api yathākarmopayogān satvān yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakā mithyādṛṣṭayo (A 515a) mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetuṃ tatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakam upapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanaḥsucaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetuṃ tatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante; <tadyathā cakṣuṣmān puruṣaḥ rathyācatvāre niṣaṇṇo mahājanakāyo āgacchati gacchati tiṣṭhati niṣīdati ity anekān samudācārān paśyet; sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte cyutyupapādajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati divyena cakṣuṣā viśuddhenātikrāntamānuṣyakena satvān paśyati cyavamānān upapadyamānān api suvarṇān api durvarṇān api hīnān api praṇītān api sugatim api gacchato durgatim api yathākarmopayogān satvān yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; amī bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyaduścaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanoduścaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām apavādakā mithyādṛṣṭayo mithyādṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetuṃ tatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt paraṃ maraṇād apāyadurgativinipātaṃ narakam upapadyante; amī vā punar bhavantaḥ satvāḥ kāyasucaritena samanvāgatā vāṅmanaḥsucaritena samanvāgatā āryāṇām anapavādakāḥ samyagdṛṣṭayaḥ samyagdṛṣṭikarmadharmasamādānahetos taddhetuṃ tatpratyayaṃ kāyasya bhedāt sugatau svargaloke deveṣūpapadyante <kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam> 85. sa evaṃ samāhite citte pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati; sa idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayo 'yaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ; iyaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyam iti yathābhūtam prajānāti; tasyaivaṃ jānata evaṃ paśyataḥ kāmāsravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; bhavāsravād avidyāsravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; vimuktasya vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati; kṣīṇā me jātiḥ uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti; (SBV II 251) tadyathā grāmasya vā nigamasya vā nātidūre gambhīre syād udakahradaḥ accho viprasanno 'nāvilaḥ; tatra cakṣuṣmān puruṣas tīre niṣaṇṇaḥ paśyet śarkarān vā kaṭhallāni vā matsyān vā kūrmān vā śuktīr vā śambūkān vā; evam eva sa evaṃ samāhite pariśuddhe paryavadāte anaṅgaṇe vigatopakleśe ṛjubhūte karmaṇye sthite āniñjyaprāpte āsravakṣayajñānasākṣātkriyāyām abhijñāyāṃ cittam abhinirṇāmayati; sa idaṃ duḥkham āryasatyam iti yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti; ayaṃ duḥkhasamudayo 'yaṃ duḥkhanirodhaḥ iyaṃ duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad āryasatyaṃ yathābhūtam prajānāti; tasyaivaṃ jānata evaṃ paśyataḥ kāmāsravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; bhavāsravād avidyāsravāc cittaṃ vimucyate; vimuktasya (MSV IV 222) vimuktam eva jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati; kṣīṇā me jātiḥ uṣitaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāmīti kiṃ manyase mahārāja na tv evaṃ sati mayā darśitaṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam? tathyaṃ bhadanta evaṃ sati bhagavatā darśitaṃ sāndṛṣṭikaṃ śrāmaṇyaphalam

King Ajātaśatru, repented of the murdering of his father is finally gained over to the Buddha creed

evam ukte rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ prārodīd aśrūṇi varṣayan; atha rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ cīvarakarṇikenāśrūṇy utsṛjya bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya bhagavantam idam avocad: atyayo bhagavann atyayaḥ sugata yathā bho yathā mūḍho yathā avyakto yathā akuśalaḥ yena mayā pāpamitrasahāyena pāpamitravaśaṃgatena (MSV IV 223) pāpamitropagūḍhakena pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; tasya mama bhadanta atyayaṃ jānato 'tyayam paśyato 'tyayam atyayaḥ pratigṛhṇīṣvānukampān upādāya; tathyaṃ tvaṃ mahārāja atyayam atyayataḥ adhigataḥ tadyathā bālo yathā mūḍho yathā avyakto yathā akuśalo yena tvayā pāpamitrasahāyena pāpamitravaśaṃgatena (A 515b) pāpamitropagūḍhakena pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; yataś ca tvaṃ mahārāja atyayaṃ jānāsi (SBV II 252) atyayaṃ paśyasi ca dṛṣṭvādeśayasi āyatyāṃ cā saṃvaram āpadyase; vṛddhir eva te pratikāṅkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na hāniḥ; tat kasya hetoḥ yaḥ kaścin mahārāja atyayaṃ jānāti atyayaṃ paśyati taṃ dṛṣṭvādeśayati āyatyāṃ ca saṃvaram āpadyate vṛddhir evāsya pratikāṅkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na hāniḥ; evam eva tvaṃ mahārāja yataś cātyayaṃ jānāsi atyayaṃ ca paśyasi dṛṣṭvādeśayasi āyatyāṃ ca saṃvaraṃ āpadyase vṛddhir eva te pratikāṅkṣitavyā kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇāṃ na hāniḥ

The Buddha, invited by King Ajātaśatru, regrets for the sin commited by his royal guest

atha rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputro bhagavantam idam avocad: adhivāsayatu me bhagavān śvo 'ntargṛhe bhaktena sārdhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghena; adhivāsayati bhagavān rājño māgadhasyājataśatror vaidehīputrasya tūṣṇīṃbhāvena; atha rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ bhagavatas tūṣṇīṃbhāvenādhivāsanāṃ viditvā bhagavato bhāṣitam abhinandyānumodya bhagavataḥ pādau śirasā vanditvā bhagavato 'ntikāt prakrāntaḥ; atha bhagavān aciraprakrāntaṃ rājānaṃ māgadham ajātaśatruṃ vaidehīputraṃ viditvā bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: kṣato (MSV IV 224) bhikṣavo rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ upahato yena pāpamitrasahāyena pāpamitravaśaṃgatena pāpamitropagūḍhakena pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo dharmasthito mahārājo jīvitād vyaparopitaḥ; saced bhikṣavo rājāñā māgadhenājātaśatruṇā vaidehīputreṇa pitā dhārmiko dharmarājo dharmasthito mahārājo jīvitān na vyaparopito bhaviṣyat sthānam etad vidyate yad asminn evāsane niṣaṇṇena catvāri āryasatyāni abhisamitāny abhaviṣyan; evaṃ kṣato bhikṣavo rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ evam upahataḥ; tasmāt tarhi bhikṣava evaṃ śikṣitavyaṃ yad dagdhasthūṇāyām api cittaṃ na pradūṣayiṣyāmaḥ prāg eva savijñānake kāye; ity evaṃ vo bhikṣavaḥ śikṣitavyam atha rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputras tām eva rātriṃ śuci praṇītaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ samudānīya kālyam evotthāyāsanāni prajñapyodakamaṇiṃ pratiṣṭhāpya bhagavato dūtena kālam ārocayati; (SBV II 253) samayo bhadantaḥ sajjaṃ bhaktaṃ yasyaivedānīṃ bhagavān kālaṃ manyate; atha bhagavān pūrvāhṇe nivāsya pātracīvaram ādāya bhikṣsugaṇaparivṛto bhikṣusaṃghapuraskṛto yena rājñā māgadhenājātaśatruṇā vaidehīputreṇa bhaktābhisāras tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasamkramya purastād bhikṣusaṃghasya prajñapta evāsane nyaṣīdad; atha rājā māgadho 'jātaśatrur vaidehīputraḥ sukhopaniṣaṇṇaṃ buddhapramukhaṃ bhikṣusaṃghaṃ viditvā śucinā praṇītena (MSV IV 225) khādanīyabhojanīyena svahastaṃ saṃtarpayati saṃpravārayati; anekaparyāyeṇa śucinā praṇītena khādanīyabhojanīyena (A 516a) svahastaṃ saṃtarpya saṃpravārya bhagavantaṃ bhuktavantaṃ viditvā dhautahastam apanītapātraṃ nīcataram āsanaṃ gṛhitva bhagavataḥ purastān niṣaṇṇo dharmaśravaṇāya

Buddha converses with Ajātaśatru, who grows more and more attached to him

nakṣatrāṇāṃ mukhaṃ candra ādityas tapatāṃ mukham / ūrdhvaṃ tiryag adhaś cāpi yāvatī jagato gatiḥ / sadevakeṣu lokeṣu saṃbuddho hījyatāṃ varaḥ / atha bhagavān rājānaṃ māgadham ajātaśatruṃ dharmyayā kathayā samdarśayati samādāpayati samuttejayati saṃpraharṣayati; anekaparyāyeṇa dharmyayā kathayā saṃdarśya samādāpya samuttejya saṃpraharṣyotthāyāsanāt prakrāntaḥ yadā bhagavatā rājā ajātaśatrur vaidehīputro 'mūlikayā śraddhayā pratisṭhāpitaḥ tadā yadā bhagavantaṃ harmyatalastho hastiskandhāvarūḍho (MSV IV 226) vā paśyati tadātmānaṃ muñcati; yāvad apareṇa samayena hastiskandhāvarūḍhena bhagavān dṛṣṭaḥ; tenātmā muktaḥ; bhagavatā riddhyā pratīṣṭaḥ; pauruṣeyam antarjanaṃ cāmantrayate (SBV II 254) yat khalu bhavantaḥ jānīyuḥ; adyāgreṇa bhagavataḥ śrāvako bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; adyāgreṇānāvṛtaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavataḥ śrāvakāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnām upāsakānām upāsikānām āvṛtaṃ dvāraṃ devadattasya devadattasya śrāvakāṇāṃ ceti

Devadatta, no more admitted into the palace, strucks the bhikṣuṇī Utpalavarṇā, who shortly after dies

yāvad apareṇa samayena devadatto rājño 'jātaśatror gṛhaṃ praveṣṭum ārabdho dauvārikeṇābhihitaḥ: tiṣṭha mā pravekṣyasīti; kiṃ kāraṇaṃ? devājñā dattā: adyāgreṇāhaṃ bhagavataḥ śrāvako bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ; adyāgreṇānāvṛtaṃ dvāraṃ bhagavataḥ śrāvakāṇāṃ bhikṣūṇāṃ bhikṣuṇīnām upāsakānām upāsikānām; āvṛtaṃ tu devadattasya devadattaśrāvakāṇāṃ evadattaśrāvikāṇāṃ ceti; sa ca dvāre vidhāritas tiṣṭhati; utpalavarṇā ca bhikṣuṇī piṇḍapātam ādāya rājakulān niṣkrāmati; devadattasyaitad abhavad; asyā muṇḍikāyāḥ śrāmaṇikāyā etat karma; anayā rājājātaśatruḥ sāntaḥpurakumārāmatyo bhinno yena me īdṛśī samavastheti viditvotpalavarṇām idam avocat: kiṃ mayā tavāparāddhaṃ yena tvayā mama bhaikṣākakulaṃ durīkṛtam iti; sa tāṃ praghātayitum ārabdhāḥ; sā praghātyamānā karuṇadīnavilapitair akṣarair (MSV IV 227) uvāca: ārya śāntaṃ kim aham eva kariṣye? tvaṃ tāvad bhagavato punaḥ śākyakulāt pravrajitaḥ; nāham evaṃ karomi kṣamasveti; tathāpy ucyamānena devadattena tasyāḥ śirasi khaṭaprahāro dattaḥ; sā maraṇavedanābhyāhatā jīvitasaṃskārān adhiṣṭhāya āyuḥsaṃskārān utsṛjya vīryam avalambya bhikṣuṇīvarṣakaṃ gatā; bhikṣuṇyas tāṃ tathāvidhāṃ dṛṣṭvā kathayanti: aho ārye kim idam iti; sā kathayati: bhaginyaḥ (A 516b) sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ; sarvadharmā anātmānaḥ; śāntaṃ nirvāṇaṃ; yuṣmābhiḥ kuśaleṣu dharmeṣv apramādaḥ karaṇīyaḥ; devadattena (SBV II 255) tṛtīyam ānataryaṃ kṛtaṃ; parinirvāsyāmīti; tato 'sau bhikṣuṇīsaṃghasya purastād vicitrāṇi prātihāryāṇi kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvṛtā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadattenotpalavarṇā bhikṣuṇī karuṇakaruṇaṃ vipralapanti khaṭaprahāreṇa praghātitā iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvany asyāḥ karuṇakaruṇaṃ vipralapantyā hatvā māṃsaṃ bhakṣitaṃ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the old sheep (concerning a previous life of Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tasya eḍakānāṃ vargaḥ; taṃcrāraṇāya eḍakapālo grāmād bahir nirgataḥ; tataś cārayitva sūryasyāstaṃgamanakālasamaye karvaṭakaṃ praveśitum ārabdhaḥ; tatrānyatarā jīrṇeḍikā pṛṣṭhato 'valambamānā; vṛko gacchati; tāvad vṛkeṇa gṛhītā; kathayati (MSV IV 228) kaccit te mātula kṣemaṃ sukhaṃ kaccin nu mātula / ekaḥ kaccid araṇye 'smin sukhaṃ vindasi mātula // iti / so 'pi kathayati marditvā mama lāṅgūlaṃ khosayitvā ca vāladhim / atha mātulavādena kutra mokṣyase eḍake // iti / eḍakā punar āha pṛṣṭhatas tava lāṅgūlaṃ purato hy āgatā aham / atha kenābhyupāyena lāṅgūlaṃ marditaṃ mayā // iti / vṛko bhūyaḥ kathayat catvāra ime dvīpāḥ sasamudrāḥ saparvatāḥ / sarveṣu mama lāṅgūlam atha kena tvam āgatā // iti / (SBV II 256) eḍikā prāha pūrvam eva mayā bhadra jñātīnām antikāc chrutam / sarvatra tava lāṅgūlam ākāśenāham āgatā // iti / vṛkaḥ prāha ākāśena patantyā vai tvayā me ajareḍike / trāsito mṛgasaṃgho 'sau yo me bhakṣya upāgataḥ // iti / evaṃ tasyāḥ pralapantyā utpatya pāpakarmaṇā / eḍikāyāḥ śiraḥ chinnaṃ hatvā māṃśaṃ ca bhakṣitam // bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavo yo 'sau vṛkaḥ eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; yā sājareḍikā eṣaiva sā (MSV IV 229) utpalavarṇā tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣā karuṇakaruṇaṃ vilapanti praghātitā; etarhy apy eṣā karuṇakaruṇaṃ vipralapanti praghātitā

Devadatta is gained over the nihilistic doctrine of Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

atha devadattasyaitad abhavad: bahuśo mayā bhagavataḥ parākrāntam ānantaryatrayaṃ ca kṛtaṃ; bhagavataḥ śilā kṣiptā rudhirotpādaḥ kṛtaḥ, idaṃ prathamam ānantaryaṃ; saṃgho bhinnaḥ, idaṃ dvitīyam; utpalavarṇā jīvitād vyaparopitā, idaṃ tṛtīyaṃ; na ca sarvajñatvam avāptaṃ; na cānyā kācit kāryasiddhir avāptā; nānyatredānīṃ narakeṣūpapattavyam it viditvā kare kaplaṃ datvā cintāparo vyavasthitaḥ yāvat pūraṇas taṃ pradeśam anuprāptaḥ; sa kathayati: devadatta kim (A 517a) arthaṃ kare kapolaṃ datvā cintāparas tiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: katham ahaṃ na cintāparas tiṣṭhāmi; yena mayā dveṣāveśād bhagavato bahuśaḥ parākrāntaṃ; trīṇi cānantaryakarmāṇi kṛtāni; ciram avīcau mahānarake vastavyaṃ bhaviṣyatīti; sa kathayati: jñātaṃ mayā tvam ekaḥ śākyānāṃ paṇḍita iti; tvam api mūrkhaḥ; kutaḥ paralokaḥ syāt tvayā īdṛśaṃ karma kṛtam iti vayam api tvadarthaṃ cintāparas tiṣṭhema; tataḥ tatpratyayanārthaṃ ca tena tasya purastāt kuṇḍikā bhagnā; sadevas (SBV II 257) tāval lokaḥ etāṃ pratisandadhātu; sarvathā mā kāhalo bhava; (MSV IV 230) nāsty atra kartā vā kārako vā; api tu gaccha kapilavastunagaraṃ; gatvā rājyaṃ kāraya; vayaṃ tavāgre śrāvakā bhaviṣyāma iti; tatra devadatta āryāpavādikāṃ mithyādṛṣṭiṃ pratilabdhavān yayā sarveṇa sarvaṃ kuśalamūlāni samucchinnāni

The Buddha blames Devadatta

tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: samucchinnāni bhikṣavo devadattena kuśalamūlāni; yāvac cāhaṃ bhikṣavo devadattasya śuklaṃ dharmam adrākṣam, na tāvan mayā devadatto vyākṛtā ity api devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsya iti; tadyathā grāmasya vā nigamasya vā nātidūre gūthoḍīraṃ syād ūrdhvaṃ sādhikapauruṣyaṃ; tatra kaścid eva puruṣaḥ saśiraḥpāṇipādo magnaḥ syāt; tatra kaścid eva puruṣa upapadyeta dīrgharātram arthakāmo hitakāmaḥ sukhakāmaḥ sparśakāmo yogakṣemakāmaḥ; sa taṃ gūthoḍīraṃ sāmantakenānuparivāryāgacched apy eva labheyāsya puruṣasya kaṃcid eva pradeśaṃ gūthenāmrakṣitaṃ yatrainaṃ gṛhītvoddhareyam iti; sa tatra sāmantakenānuparivāryāgacchan na labhate tasya puruṣasya kaṃcid eva pradeśaṃ gūthenāmrakṣitam antataḥ pāṇitalamātram api yatrainaṃ gṛhītvoddhared; evam eva yāvac cāhaṃ bhikṣavo devadattasya śuklaṃ dharmam adrākṣaṃ na tāvan mayā devadatto vyākṛta ity api devadatta āpāyiko (MSV IV 231) nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsya iti; yataś cāhaṃ devadattasya śuklaṃ dharmaṃ nādrākṣam antato vālāgrakoṭīmātram api tato mayā devadatto vyākṛta ity api devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsya iti; tribhir bhikṣavaḥ asaddharmaiḥ samanvāgato devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsyaḥ; katamais tribhiḥ? 1) pūrvam eva bhikṣavo pāpeccho 'bhūt pāpikayā icchayā vaśagataḥ; yad devadattaḥ pūrvam eva pāpeccho 'bhūt pāpikayā icchayā vaśagato (SBV II 258) 'nena prathamenāsaddharmeṇa samanvāgato devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsyaḥ; 2) punar aparaṃ bhikṣavaḥ devadattaḥ pāpamitro 'bhūt pāpasahāyaḥ pāpasaṃparkaḥ; yad devadattaḥ pūrvam eva pāpamitro 'bhūt pāpasahāyaḥ pāpasaṃparko 'nena dvitīyenāsaddharmeṇa samanvāgato devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsyaḥ; 3) punar aparaṃ devadatto 'lpamātrāvaramātrakeṇa viśeṣādhigamenāntarā viṣādam (A 517b) āpannaḥ saty uttare karaṇīye; yad devadatta alpamātrāvaramātrakeṇa viśeṣādhigamenāntarā viṣādam āpannaḥ saty uttare karaṇīye; anena tṛtīyenāsaddharmeṇa samanvāgato devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsyaḥ

sa vai pramādam anuyujyāsādyeha tathāgatam / vyākṛtas tu sa kalpasthaḥ saṃbuddhena prajānatā // (MSV IV 232)

evam eva tathāgataṃ yo vādenopahiṃsati / (SBV II 259) samyagdarśī śāntacitto vādo yasmin na rohati //

<idam avocad bhagavān: āttamanasas te bhikṣavo bhagavato bhāṣitam abhyanandan>

The new rules of Devadatta

tato devadatta āryāpavādikāṃ mithyādṛṣṭiṃ pratilabhya samucchinnakuśalamūlo nāsti paraloka iti niścayaṃ labdhvā paṃcabhiḥ padaiḥ śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayati; śramaṇo gautamo dadhikṣīraṃ (MSV IV 233) paribhuṅkte; asmābhir adyāgreṇa na paribhoktavyaṃ; yatkāraṇam; atonidānaṃ vatsakāḥ klāmyanti; śramaṇo gautamo māṃśaṃ paribhuṅkte; asmābhir na paribhoktavyaṃ; yatkāraṇaṃ; atonidānaṃ prānino ghātyante; śramaṇo gautamo lavaṇaṃ paribhuṅkte; asmābhir na paribhoktavyaṃ; reṇusaṃbhūtam iti kṛtvā; śramaṇo gautamaś chinnadaśāni vastrāṇi dhārayati; asmābhir dīrghadaśāni vastrāṇi dhārayitavyāni; yatkāraṇaṃ; atonidānaṃ kuvindānāṃ puruṣakāro dhvaṃsyate; śramaṇo gautamo 'raṇye prativasati; asmābhir grāme vastavyaṃ; yatkāraṇam; atonidānaṃ manuṣyānāṃ deyadharmā na paribhujyanta iti antaroddānam kṣīraṃ māṃsaṃ ca lavaṇaṃ vastram āraṇyakena ca //

Devadatta is thrown into a pond

yāvad bhagavān janapadacārikāṃ caran śrāvastīm anuprāptaḥ; devadattaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bahuśo mayā śramaṇasya gautamasyāpakṛtaṃ; na ca śaktaḥ śramaṇaṃ gautamaṃ praghātayituṃ; gacchāmi dārāpamardam asya karomīty; sa kapilavastuṃ gataḥ; tena tatra gatvā yaśodharāyāḥ saṃdiṣṭaṃ: śramaṇo gautamaḥ pravrajitaḥ; ahaṃ tvadartham āgataḥ; sā tvaṃ mayā sārdhaṃ paricārayeti; tayā gopikāyā (SBV II 260) samākhyātaṃ; sā kathayati: tvam evaṃ saṃdiśa: bodhisatvo 'smākaṃ hastagrahaṇaṃ sahate; yadi tvam api sahase āgaccha; sa nirlajjatayā antaḥpuraṃ praviṣṭaḥ; tena sopānam abhiruhatā gopikā dṛṣṭā; tasyāḥ samanupahāsam anñjalīkartum ārabdhaḥ; sā mahānagnabalā; tayā vāmena (MSV IV 234) pāṇinā tasyāṅgulyo nipīḍitāḥ; śoṇitam āgataṃ; tatas tayā bodhisatvasya krīḍāpuṣkariṇyāṃ (A 518a) kṣiptaḥ; tena patalā nādo muktaḥ; śrutvā śākyāḥ pradhāvitāḥ: devadatto bodhisatvasyāntaḥ puraṃ praviśya dārāpamardaṃ karotīti; tair asau krīḍāpuṣkariṇyāṃ patito dṛṣṭaḥ; te samjalpaṃ kartum ārabdhāḥ; praghātayāma etam iti; bhūyaḥ kathayanti: asya hatasya hanyate; vyākṛta evāyaṃ bhagavatā ity api devadatta āpāyiko nairayikaḥ kalpastho 'cikitsyaḥ; taiḥ utsṛṣṭaḥ; trasacchidreṇa niṣpalāyitaḥ; tasya vastraṃ pāṭitaṃ dvikhaṇḍaṃ jātaṃ; sa saṃlakṣayati: śobhanam; anena kalpena me śrāvakair nivasanaṃ nivāsayitavyam iti

Devadatta fails in his attempts to become King of the Śākyas, fills underneath his nails with a deadly poison, intending to scratch the Buddha's feet, dies and falls into hell

so 'pareṇa samayena śākyān samnipātya kathayati: māṃ rājye pratiṣṭhāpayateti; te kathayanti: bodhisatvasyātrāntaḥpuram avatiṣṭate; tvaṃ tāvat svīkuru; tataḥ paścād rājyaṃ kārayiṣyasīti; evam ukto devadattaḥ śākyebhyo vigataśaṃko harmyatalam avarūḍhaḥ; yaśodharāyāḥ sakāśam upasaṃkramyāñjaliṃ kṛtvā kathayati: niyojye 'haṃ tava; prasādaṃ kuru mamāgramahiṣī; kapilavastuni rājyaṃ kārayāmīti; yaśodharā praskandibalini; tadā śrīparyaṅkād utthāyobhayor hastayor gṛhītvā jānubhyāṃ pātitaḥ; tasya hastayoḥ rudhiraṃ syanditum ārabdhaṃ; (SBV II 261) sa duḥkhavedanābhyāhato yaśodharayābhihitaḥ: nirapatrapas tvaṃ mūrkhaś ca; yas tvaṃ mama hastagrahaṇam api na śaktaḥ soḍhuṃ sa māṃ prārthayase; cakravartī (MSV IV 235) vāsmākaṃ bhartā syād bodhisatvo veti; tatas tayāvamānito 'ntaḥpurān nirgataḥ; śākyair ukto gaccha bhagavantaṃ kṣamaya; yadi te bhagavān kṣamati paścād rājyaṃ kārayiṣyasīti; sa vatsanābhasya paramatīkṣṇasya viṣasya nakhān pūrayitvā yena bhagavāṃs tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; yadi me śramaṇaḥ gautamaḥ kṣamiṣyatīti evaṃ kuśalaṃ; nocet kṣamiṣyati tatraivāsya pādayor nipatito nakhaviṣapūrṇau pādau kariṣyāmīti viditvā bhagavataḥ pādayor nipatya bhagavantam idam avocat: kṣamasva bhagavann iti; bhagavān saṃlakṣayati: kīdṛśena cittenāyaṃ mām upasaṃkrānta iti; paśyati vadhacittena; tato bhagavān pādatalād yāvaj jānumaṇḍalam upādāya sphaṭikamayau pādau nirmāya tūṣṇīm avasthitaḥ; sa bhagavataḥ pādau nakhair veddhum ārabdhaḥ; tasya nakhā bhagnāḥ; sa prativibhinnaḥ kathayati: tvāṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmi; yasmād uktaṃ tvayā: ye buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchanti na te gacchanti durgatim iti; yadi durgatiṃ gamiṣyāmi idaṃ te mṛṣā iti; abhydīrṇaparipūrṇāni hi karmāṇi śarīrasya patanaṃ nāpekṣante; sa jīvann evāvīcikābhir jvālābhir āliṅgito vikroṣṭum ārabdho dahye ānanda dahye ānandeti; athāyuṣmān ānandaḥ kāruṇiko maitryātmakaḥ svajanavatsalaḥ; sa kathayati: ehi devadatta tathāgatam arhantaṃ buddhaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccheti; tena duḥkhavedanābhibhūtena (MSV IV 236) pratyakṣakarmaphaladarśinā āśayataḥ cittaḥ utpāditaṃ; vāg bhāṣitā: eṣo 'ham asthito 'pi buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ gacchāmīty uktvā (A 518b) svaśarīreṇāvīcau mahānarakau patitaḥ (SBV II 262)

The Buddha foretells that, on the expiration of a kalpa, Devadatta will become a Pratyekabuddha, Asthimān by name

tatra bhagavān bhikṣūn āmantrayate sma: pratisaṃhṛtāni bhikṣavo devadattena kuśalamūlāni; kalpam avīcau mahānarake sthitvā pratyekaṃ bodhiṃ sākṣātkariṣyati; asthimān nāma pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyati; so 'bhisaṃbuddhamātraḥ piṇḍapātam ekānte sthāpayitvā hastau nirmardayan samanvāhariṣyati: kimartham ahaṃ dīrghakālaṃ saṃsāre saṃsṛtaḥ? iti; smanvāharan jñāsyati: janmani janmani mayā bhagavataḥ parākrāntaṃ bodhisatvabhūtasyāpi sarvajñeyavaśitāprāptasyāpi, tac ca lābhasatkārahetor iti; sa tam apy ekapiṇḍapātam aparibhujyoparivihāyasam abhyudgamya jvalanatapanavarṣaṇavidyotanaprātihāryāṇi kṛtvā nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau parinirvāsyatīti

Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana descend to hell to visit and comfort Devadatta

ācaritaṃ śāriputramaudgalyāyanoḥ kālena kālaṃ narakacārikāṃ caritum; athāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam idam avocad: āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana bhagavatā devadattaḥ pratyekabodhau vyākṛtaḥ; ehy āvām avīciṃ mahānarakaṃ gatvā devadattam āśvāsayāva iti; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau (MSV IV 237) avīciṃ mahānarakaṃ gatau; tatrāyuṣmān śāriputra āyuṣmantaṃ mahāmaudgalyāyanam āmantrayate: samanvāhara āyuṣman mahāmaudgalyāyana nārakān satvān iti; āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanas tadrūpaṃ samādhiṃ samāpanno yathā samāhite citte musalamātrābhir dhārābhir varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tad udakam avīcikābhir jvālābhir antarāt paryādīyate; evam īṣāmātrābhir akṣamātrābhir dhārābhir varṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tad apy udakam antarāt paryādīyate; tata āyuṣmān śāriputra (SBV II 263) ādhimokṣikaṃ samādhiṃ samāpannaḥ; sarvaṃ tan narakam udakena plāvitam; āyuṣmatā mahāmaudgalyayenoktaṃ: yo devadattaḥ sa āgacchatv iti; anekni devadattasahasrāṇy āgatāni; āyuṣmān mahāmaudgalyāyanaḥ kathayati: yo bhagavato bhrātā devadattaḥ sa āgacchatv iti; atha devadatto yenāyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau tenopasaṃkrāntaḥ; upasaṃkramyāyuṣmatoḥ śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanayoḥ pādau nipatitaḥ; tābhyām uktaḥ: asti te kaccit kāraṇānāṃ viśeṣa? iti; sa kathayati: yā tāvad āvīcikaiḥ satvaiḥ sādhāraṇatā sthitā sā evāstu mama; yāḥ prātipaudgalikā vartante tāḥ śṛṇu: (MSV IV 238) ayasmayāḥ parvatā āgacchanti, ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvalībhūtāḥ; te māṃ tilavat peṣayanti; ubhayato dantakaiḥ krakacair aṅgapratyaṅgāni pāṭyante; ayasmayair mudgarair ādīptaiḥ pradīptaiḥ saṃprajvalitair ekajvālībhūtair muhur muhuḥ śiraś cūrṇyate; caturdiśaṃ hastina āgacchanti; te māṃ piṣṭavat peṣayanti iti āyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau kathayataḥ: yas tvaṃ devadatta kathayasi: ayasmayāḥ parvatā āgacchanti ādīptāḥ pradīptāḥ saṃprajvalitā ekajvalībhūtāḥ; te māṃ tilavat peṣayantīti; tathā hi tvayā bhagavato vadhāya gṛdhrakūṭaparvatāc chilā kṣiptā tasyaitat karmaṇaḥ phalam yat kathayasi: ubhayatodantakaiḥ krakacair ādīptaiḥ pradīptaiḥ saṃprajvalitair ekajvālībhūtair aṅgapratyaṅgāni pāṭyante iti; tathā hi tvayā bhagavataḥ śrāvakasaṃgho bhinnaḥ; tasyaitat karmaṇaḥ phalam yat kathayasi: ayasmayair mudgarair ādīptaiḥ pradīptaiḥ saṃprajvalitair ekajvālībhūtair muhur muhuḥ śiraś cūrṇyate; tathā hi tvayā utpalavarṇā bhikṣuṇī arhantī khaṭaprahāreṇa praghātitā; tasyaitat karmaṇaḥ phalam yat kathayasi: caturdiśaṃ hastina āgacchanti; te māṃ piṣṭavat peṣayanti iti; tathā hi tvayā bhagavato vadhāya dhanapālako hastināga utsṛṣṭaḥ; tasyaitat karmaṇaḥ phalam api tu vyākṛtas tvaṃ bhagavatā: kim iti bhadanta śāriputra? pratisaṃhṛtāni bhikṣavo devadattena kuśalamūlāni; kalpam avīcau (MSV IV 239) mahānarake sthitvāsthimān pratyekabuddho bhaviṣyatīti; sa kathayati (SBV II 264) bhadanta śāriputra yady evam utsahe aham ekapārśvenāvīcau mahānarake sthātum iti

Śāriputra and Maudgalyāyana visit in hell followers of Devadatta, Kokālika, etc., and Pūraṇa Kāśyapa

athāyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau yena kokālikaprabhṛtyayas tenopasaṃkrāntau; yāvat kokālikasya hi jihvā halaśatena dhāryate; brahmaṇā sabhāṃpatinā kokālika ucyate; kokālikābhiprasādya śāriputramaudgalyāyanayor bhikṣvor antike cittaṃ peśalayoḥ sabrahmacāribhir vatsalayor iti; evam ukto kokālika āyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau dṛṣṭvā kathayati: ihāpy etau pāpecchāv āgatāv iti; vākpravyāharaṇakālasamanantaram eva kokālikasya halasahareṇa jihvā pāṭayitum ārabdhā; athāyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanāv akaraṇīyā hy ete iti viditvā prakrāntau; yena pūrānaḥ kāśyapas tenopasaṃkrāntau atha pūraṇaḥ kāśyapa āyuṣmantoḥ śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanayoḥ pādayor nipatya kathayati: ārya śāriputra mayā mithyādharmadeśanayā mahājanakāyo vipralabdhaḥ; tasya me karmaṇo vipākena jihvāyāṃ paṃca halaśatāni vahanti; yathā yathā ca śrāvakā stūpakārān kurvanti tathā tathā tīvrataravedanāṃ vedayāmi; tad arhasi madīyām avasthāṃ teṣāṃ nivedya nivārayituṃ: mā tasya stūpakāraṃ kariṣyatheti; tatheti pratijñāya āyuṣmantau śāriputramahāmaudgalyāyanau narakacārikāṃ (MSV IV 240) caritvā ṛddhyā jambūdvīpam anuprāptā; tābhyāṃ bhagavato bhikṣūṇāṃ janakāsya devadattakokālikapūraṇaprabhṛtīnāṃ narakopapannānām avasthā vistareṇa samākhyātā bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatto bhagavato vacanam avacanīkṛtyāvīcau mahānarake (A 519b) patita iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani eṣa mama vacanam avacanīkṛtya anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatām (SBV II 265)

The story of the bull and the ass (concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'niyatarāśyavasthito bodhisatvo goṣūpapanno vṛṣo babhūva; sa rātrau nagarān nirgamya rājakīye māṣakṣetre carati; divā nagare tiṣṭhati; yāvat tasya sakāśaṃ gardabhaḥ upasamkramya kathayati: mātula tvaṃ upacitatvamāṃsaśoṇitaḥ; na cāhaṃ tvāṃ paśyāmi kadācic carantam iti; sa kathayati: bhagineyāhaṃ rātrau rājakīye māṣakṣetre carāmīti; sa kathayati: aham api mātula tvayā sārdhaṃ carāmīti; sa kathayati: bhāgineya tvaṃ vācāṭo manarthaṃ kariṣyasīti; sa kathayati: mātula gachāmi na kariṣyāmīti; tau vāṭaṃ bhaṅktvā rājakīye māṣakṣetre nipatitau; gardabhas tāvat tūṣṇīm avasthito yāvad āśito jātaḥ; tataḥ kathayati: mātula gāyāmi tāvad; vṛṣaḥ kathayati: tiṣṭha tāvan uhūrtaṃ yāvad ahaṃ nirgacchāmīti; paścād yatheṣṭaṃ kariṣyasi; ity uktvā niṣpalāyitaḥ; gardabho vāśitum ārabdhaḥ; rājapuruṣaiḥ (MSV IV 241) śrutvā gṛhītaḥ: bhavantaḥ anena gardabhena sarvam idaṃ rājakīyaṃ māṣakṣetraṃ bhakṣitaṃ; nigraham asya kurma iti; taiḥ karṇau cchitvā ulūkhalaṃ ca grīvāyāṃ baddhvā muktaḥ; itaś cāmutaś ca paribhraman vṛṣeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ; sa taṃ gāthayā pratyabhāṣata

evaṃ hi tasya bhavati yo vācaṃ ca na rakṣati / bhramedānīṃ karṇahīnaḥ ulūkhalavibhūṣitaḥ // iti / so 'pi gāthayā pratyabhāṣata tūṣṇīṃ bhava khaṇḍadanta tūṣṇīṃ bhava jaradgava / tvām apy atra gaveṣanto daṇḍahastās trayo janāḥ // iti / bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vṛṣaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau gardabha eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mama vacanam avacanīkṛtyānayena (SBV II 266) vyasanam āpannaḥ; punar api yathaiva mama vacanam avacanīkṛtyānena vyasanam āpannas tac chrūyatām

The story of the bull and the jackal (concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatasmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ prativasati; tasya valīvardo lakṣaṇasaṃpannaḥ; tenāsau śramaṇabrāhmaṇān svajanān anāthakṛpaṇavanīpakān bhojayitvā yatheṣṭapracārī utsṛṣṭaḥ; so 'pareṇa samayena itaś cāmutaś ca paribhraman kaluṣe magno 'vasthitaḥ; tena sūryāstaṃgamanakālasamaye śrutaṃ; samanveṣamāṇas tasya sakāśaṃ (MSV IV 242) gataḥ; sa saṃlakṣayati: na śaknomi aham adhunā samuddhartuṃ; śvaḥ prabhāte samuddhariṣyāmīti; vṛṣaḥ kathayati: mama purastāt pāśaṃ sthāpayitvā gaccha; yadi śṛgāla āgamiṣyati tasyāhaṃ śṛṅge pāśaṃ kṣepsyāmīti; sa tasya (A 520a) purastāt pāśaṃ kṣiptvā prakrāntaḥ; yāvad rātrau śṛgāla āgataḥ; sa kathayati: ko 'yaṃ bisāny utkhanati puṇḍarīkāni ceti; vṛṣaḥ kathayati: ahaṃ nimagnas tiṣṭhāmīti; śṛgālaḥ saṃlakṣayati: bhakṣyo me pratyupasthita iti; sa tam abhidravitum ārabdhaḥ; vṛṣaḥ kathayati: gaccha tvam asmāt pradeśān mā anayena vyasanam āpatsyasa iti; tathāpy asau nivāryamāno 'bhidravaty eva; sa vṛṣo gāthāṃ bhāṣate nāhaṃ bisāny utkhanāmi puṇḍarīkāni nāpy aham / saced bhakṣitukāmo 'si pṛṣṭhato gaccha bhakṣaya // iti / śṛgālo bhakṣayāmīti pṛṣṭhato gataḥ; vṛṣeṇa śṛṅge pāśaḥ kṣiptaḥ; śṛgālo grīvāyāṃ baddhaḥ; ākāśe pralambhate; vṛṣo gāthāṃ bhāṣate kiṃ naṭo nartako vā tvam uta śobhitadārakaḥ / grāme vidarśyatāṃ śilpam araṇye nāsti dāyakaḥ // iti / (SBV II 267) śṛgālo 'pi gāthāṃ bhāṣate nāhaṃ naṭo nartako vā nāpi śobhitadārakaḥ / dattā śakeṇa me śreṇī brahmalokaṃ vrajāmy aham // iti / (MSV IV 243) bhūyo vṛṣo gāthām bhāṣate na śakro dadāti śreṇīṃ brahmalokaḥ kutas tava / baddho 'si kūṭapāśena na te paśyāmi jīvitam // iti / kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau vṛṣaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau śṛgāla eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mama vacanam avacanīkṛtyānayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mama vacanam avacanīkṛtyānena vyasanam āpannaḥ bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: bhadanta devadatto bhagavato vacanam aśṛṇvann avīciparāyaṇaḥ saṃvṛtta iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvani eṣa mama vikrośato vacanam aśṛṇvann avīciparāyaṇaḥ saṃvṛttaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the King Caitika and the two sons of the Purohita (concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasyāṃ rājadhānyāṃ rājā caitiko nāma rājyaṃ kārayati ṛddhaṃ ca yāvad ākīrṇabahujanamanuṣyaṃ ca; puṇyānubhāvād devatā antarīkṣe āsanaṃ dhārayanti; tasya rājñaḥ purohitasya dvau putau jyeṣṭho kanīyāṃś ca; tatra jyeṣṭho naiṣkramyābhinandī; kanīyān paurohityābhinnandī; jyeṣṭhaḥ paśyati pitaraṃ dharmādharmeṇa paurohityaṃ kārayantaṃ; sa samlakṣayati; ahaṃ pitur atyayāt purohito bhaviyāmi; yannv aham api pravrajeyam iti; sa pitaram anujñāpya bhagavacchāsane pravrajitaḥ; yāvad apareṇa samayena purohitaḥ kālagataḥ; sa kanīyān paurohitye pratiṣṭhāpitaḥ; sa adharmeṇa paurohityaṃ kartum ārabdhaḥ; janakāyaḥ pīḍyate; yāvad anyatamaḥ puruṣa itaś cāmutaś ca paribhramaṃs tasya (MSV IV 244) jyeṣṭhasya (SBV II 268) pravrajitasya sakāśam upasaṃkrāntaḥ; sa tena dṛṣṭaḥ: kutas tvam āgacchasīti; tena samākhyātam: amuṣyā rājadhānyāḥ; sa vārttāṃ praṣṭum ārabdhaḥ; sa kathayati: rājñaḥ purohitaḥ kālagataḥ; tasya kanīyān putraḥ paurohitye pratiṣṭhati; so 'dharmeṇa paurohityaṃ (A 520b) karoti; janakāyaḥ pīḍyate iti; sa kathayati: kaṃcitkālaṃ prekṣaya; aham eva tatra gatvā ahitān nivārayiṣyāmi hite ca saṃniyojayiṣyāmi yathā na janapadān nipīḍayatīti; tena puruṣeṇa gatvā jñātīnām etat prakaraṇaṃ niveditaṃ; śrutiparaṃparayā tena kanīyasā śrutaṃ; tena rājñe niveditaṃ: deva mama sa jyeṣṭho bhrātā āgamiṣyatīti; rājā kathayati: śobhanaṃ; sa eva purohito bhaviṣyatīti; sa kathayati: deva tvaṃ nāma mayā iyantaṃ kālaṃ vṛthā sevita iti; rājā kathayati: eṣa lokadharmo jyeṣṭhaḥ saḥ; apitv ekena prakāreṇa tava paurohityaṃ bhavatv iti; yadi tvaṃ tsminn āgate kathayasi: ahaṃ jyeṣṭha iti; sa kathayati: evaṃ bhavatu, vakṣyāmīti; yāvad asāv āgataḥ; taṃ dṛṣṭvā sarājakā parṣad utthitā; sa tu notthitaḥ; tenoktaḥ: tvaṃ mama kanīyān kasmān nottiṣṭhasīti; sa kathayati: tvam eva kanīyān ahaṃ jyeṣṭhaḥ; yadi tava na pratyayo vayaṃ rājakule vṛddhāṃs devaṃ ca pṛcchāmaḥ; jyeṣṭhena rājā pṛṣṭhaḥ; kathaya bho rājan ka āvayor jyeṣṭha iti; rājñā saṃprajānaṃ mṛṣā vāg bhāṣitā: eṣa jyeṣṭhas tvaṃ kanīyān iti; vākpravyāharaṇakālasamantaram eva tasya devatābhir (MSV IV 245) āsanaṃ muktaṃ; sa pṛthivyāṃ patito mukhāc cāsya pūtigandhaḥ pravāti; jyeṣṭhaḥ purohitaputro gāthāṃ bhāṣate

satyaṃ kathaya bho rājan bhaviṣyasi yathā purā / (SBV II 269) mṛṣā vadasi ced vyaktam adho yāsyasi caitika //

dve jihve bhavatas tasyoragasyeva hi jantunaḥ / paripṛṣṭo hi yo dharmam adharmam upadarśayet // (MSV IV 246)

kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau jyeṣṭhaḥ purohitaputraḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau caitiko rājā eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa mama vikrośato vacanam aśṛṇvann avīciṃ narakaṃ prāptaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mamavikrośato vacanam aśṛṇvann avīciṃ narakaṃ prāptaḥ (A 521a) bhikṣavaḥ saṃśayajātāḥ sarvasaṃśayacchettāraṃ buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ papracchuḥ: paśya bhadanta devadatto hitam ucyamāno vacanam aśṛṇvann avīciparāyaṇaḥ saṃvṛtta iti; bhagavān āha: na bhikṣava etarhi yathā atīte 'py adhvany eṣa mayā hitam ucyamāno vacanam aśṛṇvann anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; tac chrūyatām

The story of the master-mechanic and his pupil (concerning a previous life of the Buddha and Devadatta)

bhūtapūrvaṃ bhikṣavo 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake yantrakalācāryaḥ prativasati; tena sadṛśāt kulāt kalatram ānītaṃ; sa tayā sārdhaṃ krīḍati ramate paricārayati; tasya krīḍato ramamāṇasya paricārayataḥ kālāntareṇa patnī āpannasatvā saṃvṛttā; sāṣṭānāṃ vā navānāṃ vā māsānām atyayāt prasūtā; dāriko jātaḥ; tasya trīṇi saptakāny ekaviṃśatidivasān (SBV II 270) vistareṇa jātasya jātimahaṃ kṛtvā kulasadṛśaṃ nāmadheyaṃ vyavasthāpitaṃ; sā unnīto vardhito mahān saṃvṛttaḥ; pitā cāsya kālagataḥ; so 'nyatamasmin karvaṭake 'nyasya yantrakalācāryasyāntikād (MSV IV 247) yantrakalāṃ śikṣitum ārabdhaḥ; tenānyatamasmin karvaṭake gṛhapateḥ sakāśād dārikā prārthitā; sa kathayati: yadi amuṣmin divase āgacchasi dāsyāmi; anyathā neti; tena yantrakalācāryasya niveditam; upādhyāyāmuṣmin karvaṭake gṛhapatiḥ; tasya sakāśān mayā dārikā prārthitā: sa kathayati: yady amuṣmin divasa āgacchasi dāsyāmi; anyathā neti; yantrakalācāryaḥ kathayati: putra yady evaṃ gacchāvaḥ; aham eva pratīcchāmīti; sa ten sārdhaṃ kāṣṭhamayaṃ mayūram abhiruhya yasminn eva divase avadhiḥ kṛtas tasminn eva divase karvaṭakam anuprāptaḥ; dṛṣṭvā paraṃ vismayam āpannaḥ; tato dārikāṃ pratigṛhya punas tad yantram āruhya svagṛham āgataḥ; yantraṃ saṃgṛhya mātuḥ samarpitam uktaṃ ca; ayaṃ tava putro yantrasya pravartanayogaṃ jānīte no tu nivartanaṃ; na tvayāsya yantraṃ deyam iti; sa bhūyo bhūyo matuḥ kathayati: amba prayaccha me yantraṃ mahājanakāyam anvāvartayāmīti; sā kathayati: putra ācāryas te kathayati: ayaṃ pravartanaprayogaṃ jānīte no tu nivartanaṃ; mā dāsyasi mānayena vyasanam āpatsyatīti; tasmād ahaṃ na dadāmīti; sa kathayati: amba pravartanam apy ahaṃ jānāṃi nivartanam api; kiṃ tv asāv ācāryo mātsaryeṇa na dadātīti; laghucitto mātṛgrāmaḥ; tayā lobhitayā dattaṃ; sa yantram āmreḍyābhiruhya saṃprasthitaḥ; mahājanakāyo 'bhiprasannaḥ; tato yantrakalācāryeṇa dṛṣṭaḥ; sa kathayati: gato 'yam apunarāgamanāyeti; sa yathā yathā saṃbhramād āmreḍayati (MSV IV 248) tathā tathā dūrataraṃ gacchati; yāvan mahāsamudraṃ gataḥ; mahāsamudre sadā varṣati devaḥ; bandhanāmi klinnāni; anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; devatā gāthāṃ bhāṣate yo hy arthakāmasya hitānukampino vaco na gṛhṇāti yathānuśiṣṭam / sa uhyate dārumayeṇa pakṣiṇā anāyako na śṛṇotīha kasyacit // iti / bhagavān āha: kiṃ manyadhve bhikṣavaḥ? yo 'sau yantrakalācāryaḥ aham eva sa tena kālena tena samayena; yo 'sau tasyāntevāsī eṣa eva sa devadattas tena kālena tena samayena; tadāpy eṣa vacanam aśṛṇvann anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ; etarhy apy eṣa mayā hitam ucyamāno mama vacanam aśṛṇvann anayena vyasanam āpannaḥ (SBV II 271) (A 521b)

The question of Upāli

āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati: ucyate bhadanta saṃghabhedaḥ ucyate bhadanta saṃghasāmagrī iti; tatra kataro bhedaḥ katarā saṃghasāmagrī; yataś copālin bhikṣavaḥ dharme 'dharmsaṃjñinaḥ adharme dharmasaṃjñino vyagre avyagrasaṃjñinaḥ karmāṇi kurvanti; ayam ucyate saṃghabhedaḥ; yatas tu dharme dharmasaṃjñinaḥ samagre samagrasaṃjñinaḥ karmāṇi kurvanti; iyam ucyate saṃghasāmagrī iti yatraiko bhikṣur na tatra saṃgho bhidyate; yatrau dvau yatra trayo yāvad aṣṭau na tatra saṃgho bhidyate; yatra nava bhikṣavo uttare vā tatra dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyāṃ saṃgho bhidyate; jñaptikarmaṇā śalākāgrahaṇena ca (MSV IV 249) kathaṃ jñaptikarmaṇā? yathāpitad devadatto bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati: paṃcabhir āyuṣmanto vratapadair bhikṣuḥ śudhyati vimucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; katamaiḥ paṃcabhiḥ? āraṇyakatvena āyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ śudhyati vimucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; vṛkṣamūlikatvena paiṇḍapātikatvena traicīvarikatvena pāṃsukūlikatvenāyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ śudhyati vimucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; yeṣāṃ yuṣmākam āyuṣmantaḥ na kṣamante ebhiḥ paṃcabhiḥ vratapadaiḥ śodhuṃ moktuṃ niryātuṃ te śramaṇasya gautamasyārād bhavantu, hirug bhavantu; dūreṇa pareṇa bhavantu ity eṣā jñaptiḥ; ity evaṃ jñaptikarmaṇā kathaṃ śalākāgrahaṇena? yathāpitad devadatto bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati: paṃcabhir āyuṣmanto vratapadair (SBV II 272) bhikṣuḥ śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; katamaiḥ paṃcabhiḥ? āraṇyakatvenāyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ śudhyati mucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; vṛkṣamūlikatvena paiṇḍapātikatvena traicīvarikatvena pāṃsukūlikatvenāyuṣmanto bhikṣuḥ śudhyati vimucyati niryāti sukhaduḥkhaṃ vyatikrāmati; sukhaduḥkhavyatikramaṃ cānuprāpnoti; yeṣāṃ yuṣmākam āyuṣmantaḥ na kṣamante (MSV IV 250) ebhiḥ paṃcabhiḥ vratapadaiḥ śodhuṃ moktuṃ niryātuṃ te śramaṇasya gautamasyārād bhavantu, hirug bhavantu; dūreṇa pareṇa bhavantu; śalākāṃ gṛhṇantv iti; devadattaś cātmapaṃcamaḥ śalākāṃ gṛhṇāti; evaṃ śalākāgrahaṇena // // āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati utkṣiptakena tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyate utkṣiptakānuvartakena utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvarttakena na utkṣepakena na utkṣepakānuvartakena na utkṣepakānuvartakānuvarttakena na utkṣepakānuvarttakena tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta na utkṣiptakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvartakena na utkṣepakena na utkṣepakānuvartakānuvartakena utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvartakena tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta na utkṣiptakena na utkṣiptānuvartakena na utkṣepakena na utkṣepakānuvarttakānuvartakena // // utkṣepakena tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta na utkṣiptakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakena utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvartakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakena na utkṣiptānuvartakānuvartakena (A 522a) tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta na utkṣiptakānuvartakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakena na utkṣiptānuvartakena na utkṣiptānuvartakānuvartakānuvartakena na utkṣiptakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvartakena // utkṣepakānuvartakānuvartakena tāvad bhadanta saṃgho bhidyeta (a2) na utkṣiptakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakānuvartakānuvartakena na utkṣepakena na utkṣiptakānuvartakena (SBV II 273) sarvair ebhir upāliṃ saṃgho bhidyeta sthāpayitvā eka utkṣiptakam* // //

āyuṣmān upālī buddhaṃ bhagavantaṃ pṛcchati: yad uktaṃ bhadanta bhagavatā samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte; spṛśyati cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā; kiyatā bhadanta bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 1) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 2) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede dharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya (MSV IV 252) parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate anantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 3) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte <na tu> spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā (SBV II 274) 4) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 5) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede dharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 6) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 7) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; (A 522b) iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā (MSV IV 253) 8) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede dharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 9) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme adharmasaṃjñī bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 10) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 11) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede dharmasaṃjñī (SBV II 275) bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 12) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme dharmasaṃjñī bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā (MSV IV 254) 13) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme vaimatiko bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 14) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme vaimatiko bhede dharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 15) yataś copālin bhikṣur adharme vaimatiko bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 16) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme vaimatiko bhede adharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā (A 523a) āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte spṛśyate cānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 17) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme vaimatiko bhede dharmasaṃjñī bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā 18) yataś copālin bhikṣur dharme vaimatiko bhede vaimatiko bhikṣūṇāṃ jñāpayati saṃjñāpayati śikṣayati grāhayati saṃghasya bhedāya parākrāmati; iyatā upālin bhikṣuḥ samagraṃ śrāvakasaṃghaṃ bhitvā āvīcikam avadyaṃ prasūte na tu spṛśyate ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā (SBV II 276) evam etāvanti aṣṭādaśa; āsāṃ ṣaṭ psṛśyante ānantaryāvadyena karmaṇā; yāsu bhede adharmasaṃjñī; avaśiṣṭāḥ na spṛśyante ānataryāvadyena karmaṇeti vinaye saṃghabhedavastu samāptaḥ // // vinayavastvāgamaṃ // //